(MKV) 993-0976-401

APPLICATION
DASH NO. NEXT ASSY USED ON

-401 960-0329
960-0331
960-0335
960-0336
TITLE SHEET
INDEX
SHEET NO.
TITLE SHEET ——————————— 1
REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX —— 2
REVISIONS ———————————— 3
DOCUMENT ———————————— 4
This document is an unpublished work. Copyright 1997-2001 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
This document and all information and expression contained herein are the property of Honeywell International Inc., and is provided to
the recipient in confidence on a “need to know” basis. Your use of this document is strictly limited to a legitimate business purpose
requiring the information contained therein. Your use of this document constitutes acceptance of these terms.
Typed signatures constitute approval. Actual

signatures on file at Honeywell in Redmond WA.
CONTRACT NO. PRECIOUS METAL

------------------- INDICATOR CODE: HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.
N/A Redmond, WA 98073-9701
DRAWN Marc Calhoun 09-SEP-97 Interface Control Document
CHECK
for the Mark V
ENGR Marc Calhoun 09-SEP-97 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
MFG
(MKV EGPWS)
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO. REV.
QA
APVD Lyle Kendall 09-SEP-97 A 97896 993-0976-401 H
APVD SCALE: NONE SHEET 1 OF 1242

HIF-2121/R4 WWAFORM.DOC
MKV EGPWS Interface Control Document
REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX

ADDED SHEETS ADDED SHEETS
SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV SHEET REV
NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR NUMBER LTR
All A
All B
All C
All D
All E
All F
All G
All H
HIF-2121/R4 CAGE CODE: 97896 SCALE: NONE SIZE: A DWG NO: 993-0976-401 REV: H SHEET 2
REVISIONS
SH REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED
Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 1/6/98 M. Calhoun
All A at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 1/8/98 J. Mitchell
the previous revision were made as part of this revision.
Reason: 01 Severity: 10
All B Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 5/20/98 M. Calhoun
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 5/20/98 J. Mitchell
All C Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 6/08/98 A. Loos
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 6/08/98 J. Mitchell
All D Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 10/2/98 J. Kistler
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 10/2/98 L. Kendall
All E Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 23-MAR-99 M.Calhoun
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 23-MAR-99 L. Kendall
All F Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 08-NOV-99 G.
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 08-NOV-99 Burlingame
the previous revision were made as part of this revision. L. Kendall
All G Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 6-JUN-00 M.Calhoun
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 6-JUN-00 L. Kendall
the previous revision were made as part of this revision. M. Save
A.
Reason: 01 Severity: 10 Anderson
All H Details of each sections updates are listed in the Revision History 15-FEB-01 M.
at the beginning of each section. Changes made after the date of 15-FEB-01 Henderson
the previous revision were made as part of this revision. M. Grigore
E. Mannisto
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.0 PART NUMBER ........................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.1 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.3 DOCUMENT OVERVIEW.............................................................................................................................................. 12
2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................................................... 13
3 COMPUTER DESIGN CRITERIA .............................................................................................................................. 14
4 EXTERNAL INTERFACE ............................................................................................................................................ 15

4.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 20
4.1 REAR CONNECTOR ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
4.1.1 ARINC 429 Input Data ..................................................................................................................................... 20
4.1.1.125 Range (271)................................................................................................................................................... 83
4.1.1.126 DSU Status Word (350) ................................................................................................................................ 84
4.1.1.127 Query / Continuous Response (011) ............................................................................................................. 84
4.1.1.128 Key Press / Display Mode Data (012) - Optional.......................................................................................... 84
4.1.1.129 Honeywell RS-422 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word ........................................................ 85
4.1.2 ARINC 575 Input Data ..................................................................................................................................... 85
4.1.3 DC Analog Inputs ............................................................................................................................................. 87
4.1.4 +28 VDC Discrete Inputs.................................................................................................................................. 91
4.1.5 Ground Discrete Inputs ..................................................................................................................................... 92
4.1.6 ARINC Serial Output Buses ............................................................................................................................. 92
4.1.7 Ground/Open Discrete Outputs ......................................................................................................................... 93
4.1.8 Audio Output Interface...................................................................................................................................... 94
4.1.9 Program Pin Interface........................................................................................................................................ 96
4.1.10 RS-232 Serial Bus ............................................................................................................................................. 96
4.2 FRONT CONNECTOR ................................................................................................................................................... 97
4.3 FRONT PANEL STATUS AND TEST .............................................................................................................................. 97
4.4 PCMCIA INTERFACE................................................................................................................................................. 97
4.5 INTERNAL GPS RECEIVER ......................................................................................................................................... 98
5 FUNCTIONAL INPUTS ................................................................................................................................................ 99
5.0.1 Discretes.......................................................................................................................................................... 100
5.0.2 Program Pins ................................................................................................................................................... 110
5.0.3 Analog Inputs .................................................................................................................................................. 110
5.0.4 ARINC 429 Inputs .......................................................................................................................................... 110
5.1 RADIO ALTITUDE ..................................................................................................................................................... 112
5.2 ALTITUDE RATE....................................................................................................................................................... 113
5.3 TRUE AIRSPEED ....................................................................................................................................................... 113
5.4 COMPUTED AIRSPEED .............................................................................................................................................. 113
5.5 GROUNDSPEED......................................................................................................................................................... 113
5.6 UNCORRECTED ALTITUDE ....................................................................................................................................... 113
5.7 CORRECTED ALTITUDE ............................................................................................................................................ 113
5.8 STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE ...................................................................................................................................... 114
5.9 PRECISION LANDING SIGNALS ................................................................................................................................. 114
5.9.1 Preferred Source Selection .............................................................................................................................. 114
5.9.2 Glideslope Deviation....................................................................................................................................... 115
5.9.3 Localizer Deviation ......................................................................................................................................... 115
5.9.4 Runway Heading/Selected Course .................................................................................................................. 115
5.10 DECISION HEIGHT .................................................................................................................................................... 115
5.11 LATITUDE ................................................................................................................................................................ 115
5.12 LONGITUDE .............................................................................................................................................................. 115
PROPRIETARY NOTICE ON TITLE PAGE APPLIES
ASAF-2121/R2 CAGE CODE: 97896 SCALE: NONE SIZE: A DWG NO: 993-0976-401 REV: H SHEET 4
5.13 ATTITUDE MODE ..................................................................................................................................................... 115
5.14 HEADING AND TRACK .............................................................................................................................................. 115
5.14.1 Magnetic Track Angle..................................................................................................................................... 115
5.14.2 True Track Angle ............................................................................................................................................ 116
5.14.3 True Heading................................................................................................................................................... 116
5.15 AIRCRAFT ANGLE OF ATTACK ................................................................................................................................. 116
5.16 PITCH ANGLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 116
5.17 BODY PITCH RATE ................................................................................................................................................... 116
5.18 ROLL ANGLE............................................................................................................................................................ 116
5.19 BODY NORMAL ACCELERATION .............................................................................................................................. 116
5.20 BODY LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION .................................................................................................................... 116
5.21 FLAP POSITION......................................................................................................................................................... 116
5.22 LANDING GEAR........................................................................................................................................................ 116
5.23 WINDSHEAR COMMAND WORD ............................................................................................................................... 117
5.24 FCC COMMAND WORD ........................................................................................................................................... 117
5.25 BOEING CMC COMMAND ........................................................................................................................................ 117
5.26 CFDS/CMC WORDS ............................................................................................................................................... 117
5.27 DISPLAY INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................................... 117
5.27.1 Range .............................................................................................................................................................. 117
5.27.2 Weather Radar On/Off .................................................................................................................................... 117
5.27.3 Display Modes ................................................................................................................................................ 117
5.28 GPS DATA ............................................................................................................................................................... 117
5.29 CAIMS DISCRETE DATA ......................................................................................................................................... 118
5.30 INTERNAL TEMPERATURE ........................................................................................................................................ 118
5.31 PFD DISCRETE (BOEING 777 ONLY) ....................................................................................................................... 118
5.32 GPWC DISCRETE WORD ......................................................................................................................................... 118
5.33 INERTIAL VERTICAL ACCELERATION ....................................................................................................................... 118
5.34 MINIMUM OPERATING SPEED .................................................................................................................................. 118
5.35 MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE ................................................................................................................................ 118
5.36 LANDING ALTITUDE................................................................................................................................................. 119
5.37 FMC DISCRETE WORD STATUS WORD .................................................................................................................... 119
6 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 120
6.0 MODE CONTROL ................................................................................................................................................................ 121
6.1 PROGRAM PINS .................................................................................................................................................................. 121
6.1.1 Feature Selection.................................................................................................................................................... 122
6.2 GPWS FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................ 126
6.3 TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR ............................................................................................................................................ 126
6.4 ADVISORY ALERTS ............................................................................................................................................................ 126
6.5 WINDSHEAR DETECTION ALERTS ...................................................................................................................................... 126
6.6 EXTERNAL TRIGGERED ALERTS......................................................................................................................................... 126
6.7 TERRAIN AWARENESS FUNCTIONS .................................................................................................................................... 126
6.8 ENVELOPE MODULATION................................................................................................................................................... 126
6.9 SYSTEM OUTPUTS .............................................................................................................................................................. 126
6.9.1 Serial Output .......................................................................................................................................................... 126
6.9.2 Audio Output.......................................................................................................................................................... 126
6.9.3 Discrete Outputs..................................................................................................................................................... 127
6.10 MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 129
6.10.1 Maintenance Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 129
6.10.2 System Status .................................................................................................................................................. 130
APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................................................................... 133
APPENDIX A: DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 133
APPENDIX B: CHANGE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................................... 136
APPENDIX C: CONNECTOR INTERFACES ................................................................................................................................ 137
APPENDIX D: PROGRAM PIN USAGE ...................................................................................................................................... 145
D-1 Aircraft Type Select (PPCNF1...PPCNF3) .............................................................................................................. 156
D-2 Callout Menu Select & Smart Callout Enable (PPCNF4...PPCNF6) ...................................................................... 163
D-3 PPCNF7: Optional Inputs Select/GPS Overlays/GPIRS Overlays .......................................................................... 175
D-4 PPCNF8: Audio Menu Select .................................................................................................................................. 177
D-5 PPCNF9: Dual ILS /Dual LRRA/Triple LRRA/Alternate Mode 4B Reversal ........................................................ 185
D-6 PPCNF10: Glideslope Cancel/EGPWS Suppress/QFE Select................................................................................. 186
D-7 PPCNF11: Audio Declutter Disable/Volume Level Control/GPS Altitude Ref ...................................................... 187
D-8 PPCNF12: Windshear Control/Lamp Format .......................................................................................................... 188
D-9 PPCNF13: Enhanced Feature Control/Sim Reposition............................................................................................ 189
D-10 PPCNF14: Bank Angle/Alternate LRRA............................................................................................................... 191
D-11 PPCNF15: Alternate Pop-Up/PWS Options .......................................................................................................... 192
D-12 PPCNF16: Alternate GPS Speed/Configuration Option Selects............................................................................ 193
D-13 PPCNF17: Parity.................................................................................................................................................... 193
D-14 PPCNF18/19, Terrain Display/WGS-84 Select .................................................................................................... 194
APPENDIX E: ARINC DITS OUTPUT DATA .......................................................................................................................... 206
E-1 Discrete Output Words............................................................................................................................................. 211
E-2 Internal Data Outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 215
E-3 Honeywell Windshear Algorithm Outputs ............................................................................................................... 216
E-4 Boeing Windshear Algorithm Outputs ..................................................................................................................... 217
E-5 Terrain Display Outputs ........................................................................................................................................... 219
E-6: Equipment Identification......................................................................................................................................... 222
E.7: Fault Summary Words Formatted for Boeing CMC................................................................................................ 222
E.8: Fault Summary Words Formatted for Airbus/Douglas CMC/CFDS....................................................................... 224
E.9: Fault Summary Words Formatted for All Other Aircraft Types.............................................................................. 226
E.10: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for Boeing CMC Aircraft ........................................................ 228
E.11: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for Airbus/Douglas Aircraft..................................................... 233
E.12: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for NON-CMC/CFDS Aircraft ................................................ 238
E-13: MD-11 CFDS ........................................................................................................................................................ 242
E-14: AIRBUS CFDS ..................................................................................................................................................... 245
E.15: Summary Words Formatted for CAIMS ............................................................................................................... 248
E-16: EGPWC CONFIGURATION DATA FOR BOEING CMC................................................................................ 253
E.17: Fault Summary Words for Collins Proline 4 & 21 ................................................................................................ 255
E-18 ASCII PROTOCOL OUTPUTS ............................................................................................................................ 257
E-19 Peak Binary Labels................................................................................................................................................. 260
E-20 DATA FOR THE WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM ............................................................................................... 262
APPENDIX F: AIRCRAFT INTERFACE TABLES ......................................................................................................................... 265
F-0 Aircraft Type 0: Mark III (965-0577 Boeing) ......................................................................................................... 272
F-1 Aircraft Type 1: A319/A320/A321 (UA) ................................................................................................................ 278
F-2 Aircraft Type 2: 747-400 BA .................................................................................................................................. 284
F-3 Aircraft Type 3: 767-300ER Basic ........................................................................................................................... 291
F-4 Aircraft Type 4: 737-300 Basic ............................................................................................................................... 292
F-5 Aircraft Type 5: 767-300 Basic ................................................................................................................................ 301
F-6 Aircraft Type 6: 757-200 Basic ................................................................................................................................ 302
F-16 Aircraft Type 16: 737-300 with PPI Display......................................................................................................... 312
F-30 Aircraft Type 30: Boeing 747-400 Basic................................................................................................................ 322
F-31 Aircraft Type 31: 767-200 Basic ............................................................................................................................ 330
F-33 Aircraft Type 33: Embraer EMB-145/EMB-135................................................................................................... 338
F-35 Aircraft Type 35: Dornier 328 Jet ......................................................................................................................... 347
F-36 Aircraft Type 36: Saab 2000 ................................................................................................................................. 356
F-37 Aircraft Type 37: Cessna Citation Jet 1 (CJ1)........................................................................................................ 364
F-38 Aircraft Type 38: Cessna Citation Jet 2 (CJ2)........................................................................................................ 372
F-39 Aircraft Type 39: Canadair CL-604 ...................................................................................................................... 380
F-40 Aircraft Type 40: Canadair CL-604 (Integrated)................................................................................................... 388
F-43 Aircraft Type 43: Canadair Regional Jet (RJ-100/RJ-200) ................................................................................... 395
F-44 Aircraft Type 44: MD10......................................................................................................................................... 403
F-45 Aircraft Type 45: MD11......................................................................................................................................... 411
F-46 Aircraft Type 46: Canadair Regional Jet (CRJ) Series 700 ................................................................................... 420
F-47 Aircraft Type 47: Canadair Regional Jet (RJ-100/RJ-200) Integrated .................................................................. 428
F-54 Aircraft Type 54: AVRO Regional Jet/ PPI Display with WXR Scan Control..................................................... 436
F-55 Aircraft Type 55: AVRO Regional Jet with PPI Display ...................................................................................... 444
F-57 Aircraft Type 57: Airbus A330/A340.................................................................................................................... 453
F-62 Aircraft Type 62: Cessna Citation X ..................................................................................................................... 460
F-63 Aircraft Type 63: Test Aircraft Type..................................................................................................................... 469
F-65 Aircraft Type 65: Hawker 800 (C: Collins Display) ............................................................................................. 475
F-66 Aircraft Type 66: Hawker 800 (S: Honeywell (Sperry) Display).......................................................................... 483
F-67 Aircraft Type 67: Hawker 1000 (SafeFlight AOA) ............................................................................................... 491
F-68 Aircraft Type 68: Gulfstream II............................................................................................................................. 499
F-69 Aircraft Type 69: Gulfstream IIB/III ..................................................................................................................... 508
F-70 Aircraft Type 70: Falcon 20F ................................................................................................................................ 510
F-71 Aircraft Type 71: Falcon 20F/IRS ......................................................................................................................... 518
F-73 Aircraft Type 73: Hawker 800/800SP (C/SF) Collins/SafeFlight AOA............................................................... 526
F-74 Aircraft Type 74: FIAS Beechcraft 300F .............................................................................................................. 534
F-75 Aircraft Type 75: Falcon 900 ................................................................................................................................ 542
F-77 Aircraft Type 77: Falcon 20F, Integrated Proline 4................................................................................................ 550
F-78 Aircraft Type 78: Learjet Model 60........................................................................................................................ 558
F-79 Aircraft Type 79: Gulfstream IV ........................................................................................................................... 567
F-81 Aircraft Type 81: Canadair CL601/3A (SafeFlight AOA) ..................................................................................... 576
F-82 Aircraft Type 82: Falcon 50 .................................................................................................................................. 584
F-85 Aircraft Type 85: Canadair CL601/3A.................................................................................................................. 594
F-87 Aircraft Type 87: Gulfstream IV with Dual IRS/ADC/RA ................................................................................... 602
F-88 Aircraft Type 88: DeHavilland Dash 8-400 ........................................................................................................... 611
F-89 Aircraft Type 89: Galaxy (IAI) Non-Integrated ..................................................................................................... 620
F-90 Aircraft Type 90: IAI Astra SPX Non-Integrated................................................................................................... 628
F-91 Aircraft Type 91: Falcon 2000 ............................................................................................................................... 636
F-92 Aircraft Type 92: Falcon 50EX .............................................................................................................................. 644
F-93 Aircraft Type 93: Falcon 900EX ........................................................................................................................... 652
F-94 Aircraft Type 94: Falcon 50, Integrated Proline 4.................................................................................................. 661
F-95 Aircraft Type 95: Test Aircraft Type 2................................................................................................................... 669
F-96 Aircraft Type 96: Gulfstream V ............................................................................................................................ 670
F-97 Aircraft Type 97: Canadair GEX........................................................................................................................... 678
F-98 Aircraft Type 98: Honeywell KING AIR .............................................................................................................. 686
F-99 Aircraft Type 99: Qual Test Configuration ........................................................................................................... 693
F-100 Aircraft Type 100: 747-400 Simulator ................................................................................................................ 699
F-101 Aircraft Type 101: 737-400 (AK)........................................................................................................................ 706
F-102 Aircraft Type 102: Learjet Model 45................................................................................................................... 714
F-103 Aircraft Type 103: Cessna Citation Excel ............................................................................................................ 722
F-104 Aircraft Type 104: Gulfstream V with 4 ILS........................................................................................................ 730
F-105 Aircraft Type 105: 757-200 (AA)......................................................................................................................... 738
F-106 Aircraft Type 106: 767-200 AA ........................................................................................................................... 746
F-108 Aircraft Type 108: A300-600 (AA)..................................................................................................................... 754
F-109 Aircraft Type 109: 767-300ER AA ...................................................................................................................... 761
F-110 Aircraft Type 110: Hawker Horizon (Preliminary) ............................................................................................. 769
F-111 Aircraft Type 111: Boeing 747-400 JAL Simulator ............................................................................................. 777
F-112 Aircraft Type 112: Premier 1, Integrated Proline 21 ............................................................................................ 784
F-113 Aircraft Type 113: Airbus A319/A320/A321...................................................................................................... 792
F-114 Aircraft Type 114: AA MD80 EFIS Aircraft ....................................................................................................... 799
F-115 Aircraft Type 115: AA MD80 non-EFIS Aircraft ................................................................................................ 806
F-116 Aircraft Type 116: 757-200 (SAUDIA) ............................................................................................................... 813
F-117 Aircraft Type 117: Honeywell Sabre 65.............................................................................................................. 821
F-118 Aircraft Type 118: DAL MD88/90 EFIS Aircraft................................................................................................ 829
F-120 Aircraft Type 120: MD-87 with PPI Display ....................................................................................................... 838
F-122 Aircraft Type 122: NIMROD MRA4 ................................................................................................................... 846
F-123 Aircraft Type 123: PSCI C-130A ........................................................................................................................ 854
F-125 Aircraft Type 125: Falcon 2000 Non-integrated .................................................................................................. 861
F-126 Aircraft Type 126: Falcon 50EX Non-integrated ................................................................................................. 870
F-129 Aircraft Type 129: B-717 (Formerly MD95) ....................................................................................................... 879
F-130 Aircraft Type 130: DC-8-72 with Collins Display ............................................................................................... 887
F-131 Aircraft Type 131: Fokker 100 (AA).................................................................................................................... 895
F-132 Aircraft Type 132: Airbus A319/A320/A321 Alternate Lamp Format ............................................................... 903
F-133 Aircraft Type 133: A330/A340 (DLH)................................................................................................................ 904
F-134 Aircraft Type 134: RC-135................................................................................................................................... 911
F-135 Aircraft Type 135: KC-135 .................................................................................................................................. 918
F-136 Aircraft Type 136: Airbus A330/A340 Alternate Lamp Format ......................................................................... 925
F-137 Aircraft Type 137: C-5 ......................................................................................................................................... 926
F-138 Aircraft Type 138: Hawker 800 (S: Honeywell (Sperry) Display/SafeFlight AOA)........................................... 934
F-139 Aircraft Type 139: TWA DC-9-82/-83 EFIS........................................................................................................ 942
F-143 Aircraft Type 143: 737-500 Contained Popup/Alt Lamp Format (BA)............................................................... 950
F-144 Aircraft Type 144: 737-300 Alternate Lamp Format/Contained Pop Up ............................................................ 951
F-145 Aircraft Type 145: 737-400 Alt Lamp Format/Contained Pop-Up ..................................................................... 960
F-146 Aircraft Type 146: 757-200 Contained Pop Up.................................................................................................... 961
F-147 Aircraft Type 147: 767-300ER Contained Pop Up............................................................................................... 969
F-148 Aircraft Type 148: Airbus A319/A320/A321 Alt Lamp Format/Contained Pop Up .......................................... 970
F-152 Aircraft Type 152: DeHavilland Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS.............................................................. 977
F-154 Aircraft Type 154: Galaxy (IAI) Integrated.......................................................................................................... 985
F-155 Aircraft Type 155: CASA (Multi Use Aircraft Type Configuration) ................................................................... 993
F-157 Aircraft Type 157: Falcon 900EX/No Display.................................................................................................... 999
F-162 Aircraft Type 162: Beechjet 400A ..................................................................................................................... 1007
F-163 Aircraft Type 163: Beechjet 400A Integrated .................................................................................................... 1016
F-166 Aircraft Type 166: Learjet Model 45 (Integrated Display)................................................................................ 1025
F-167 Aircraft Type 167: Cessna Citation Excel (Low Speed ILS).............................................................................. 1033
F-169 Aircraft Type 169: 757-200 No WXR ON Label (DAL) ................................................................................... 1041
F-172 Aircraft Type 172: Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production Aircraft) ................................................................. 1044
F-173 Aircraft Type 173: 767-300ER No WXR ON Label (DAL) .............................................................................. 1051
F-174 Aircraft Type 174: 737-300 No WXR ON Label (DAL) .................................................................................. 1052
F-175 Aircraft Type 175: 737-500 No WXR ON Label (Lufthansa)........................................................................... 1061
F-176 Aircraft Type 176: AH-98, Hawker 800XP with Integrated Proline 21 ............................................................. 1062
F-179 Aircraft Type 179: Alaska MD80 non-EFIS Aircraft......................................................................................... 1070
F-180 Aircraft Type 180: Alaska MD80 EFIS Aircraft ................................................................................................ 1071
F-187 Aircraft Type 187: 737-200 (DAL) ................................................................................................................... 1078
F-192 Aircraft Type 192: 737-300 OEM ..................................................................................................................... 1085
F-195 Aircraft Type 195: 737-600 Integrated.............................................................................................................. 1095
F-198 Aircraft Type 198: 747-400 Integrated............................................................................................................... 1105
F-203 Aircraft Type 203: 767-300ER Integrated......................................................................................................... 1124
F-207 Aircraft Type 207: 737-700IGW Integrated ...................................................................................................... 1142
F-212 Aircraft Type 212: 737-NG Windshear Update................................................................................................. 1143
F-213 Aircraft Type 213: Boeing 707.......................................................................................................................... 1151
F-217 Aircraft Type 217: 737-300 (UA)...................................................................................................................... 1159
F-218 Aircraft Type 218: 737-300 (UA - Alternate Lamp Format)............................................................................. 1168
F-221 Aircraft Type 221: 767-200 (UA)....................................................................................................................... 1171
F-222 Aircraft Type 222: 767-300ER (UA).................................................................................................................. 1179
F-223 Aircraft Type 223: 767-300 (UA)....................................................................................................................... 1180
F-224 Aircraft Type 224: 757-200/200ER (UA) .......................................................................................................... 1181
APPENDIX G – TERRAIN DISPLAY CONFIGURATION DATA TABLES....................................................................................... 1184
G-0 No Display ........................................................................................................................................................ 1205
G-1 PPI AMD Display ............................................................................................................................................. 1205
G-2 Collins WXI-707/711 PPI Display.................................................................................................................... 1205
G-3 Collins ProLine II and IV (Non-integrated) Display......................................................................................... 1206
G-4 Collins FDS-255 Display .................................................................................................................................. 1208
G-5 Honeywell Primus 708 Radar Display .............................................................................................................. 1209
G-6 Honeywell SPZ8000 5x6 Integrated Display (Older style)............................................................................... 1210
G-7 Honeywell SPZ8000 5x6 (New Style) and EDZ805 5x6 Integrated Display ................................................... 1211
G-8 Bendix IN182A/IN812A Radar Display ........................................................................................................... 1212
G-9 Bendix IN842A/IN862A Radar Display ........................................................................................................... 1212
G-10 Bendix EFS 40/50 Non-Integrated Display................................................................................................... 1213
G-11 Honeywell Primus 1000 Integrated Display.................................................................................................. 1214
G-12 Honeywell Primus 2000 Integrated Display.................................................................................................. 1216
G-13 Boeing Integrated Collins EFIS Display ....................................................................................................... 1218
G-14 Boeing integrated Honeywell LCD EFIS Display ........................................................................................ 1219
G-15 Boeing Non-Integrated Collins EFIS Display............................................................................................... 1220
G-16 Collins ProLine 4 and Proline 21 (Integrated) Displays................................................................................ 1223
G-17 KC Picture Bus (KCPB) 4.............................................................................................................................. 1225
G-18 Sextant EFIS Display for Airbus A300/A310 ............................................................................................... 1226
G-19 Honeywell SPZ8x00 (Gulfstream) Integrated Display.................................................................................. 1227
G-20 MD 80/88/90, DC-9 Honeywell EFIS Display ............................................................................................. 1229
G-21 Boeing-DPD Integrated Honeywell CRT EFIS Display ............................................................................... 1231
G-22 Honeywell Boeing-DPD Integrated LCD EFIS Display............................................................................... 1232
G-23 RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) ............................................................................................................................... 1233
G-24 Fokker 100 Collins EFIS Display ................................................................................................................. 1235
G-25 Sextant EFIS Display for Airbus A319/A320/A321/A330/A340 ................................................................. 1236
G-26 Sextant SMD68 EFIS Display for de Havilland DASH 8-400 (Integrated).................................................. 1238
G-27 Honeywell DU-1080 EFIS Display for Lockheed C-5 (FUTURE) .............................................................. 1239
G-28 Bendix EFIS 10 ............................................................................................................................................. 1240
G-29 Boeing integrated Collins LCD EFIS Display .............................................................................................. 1241
G-30 Astronautics EFIS (integrated) Display......................................................................................................... 1241
G-31 Honeywell Primus Epic CDS and CDS/R Integrated Display ...................................................................... 1242

1. Introduction
Revision History
Effectivity
Date - Modified By Description of the Updates App. Cfg.
09/08/97 MJC 1.0, Added -105-105 part number. -105 -105
11/20/97 MJC 1.0, Added -202-202/-203-203 part numbers. -202 -202
05/18/98 MJC 1.0, Added -204-204 part number. -204 -204
10/09/98 RADS 1.0, Added -206-206 part number. -206 -206
05-MAR-99 GAO 1.0, Added -208-208 part numbers. -208 -208
25-MAR-99 MJC 1.0, Added -206-207 part numbers. -208 -208
27-SEP-99 GAB 1.0, Added –210-210 part numbers. -210 -210
03-NOV-99 A Loos 1.3, Added Appendix G -210 -210
23-MAY-00 MJC 1.0, Added -211-211 and –212-212 part numbers. -212 -212
6-JUN-00 JDK Document clean up to remove proprietary note in footer - -
14-FEB-01 MHH SCR 5809: Document clean up, and to 1.0, Added –213-213 part numbers. -213 -213
1.0 Part Number

This document is the ICD for the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS), Honeywell part numbers:
965-0976-002-101-101 965-0976-003-101-101
965-0976-003-102-102 965-0976-040-102-102
965-0976-003-104-104 965-0976-040-104-104
965-0976-003-105-105 965-0976-040-105-105
965-0976-003-202-202 965-0976-040-202-202
965-0976-003-203-203
965-0976-003-204-204 965-0976-040-204-204
965-0976-003-206-206 965-0976-040-206-206
965-0976-003-206-207
965-0976-003-208-208 965-0976-040-208-208 965-0976-020-208-208
965-0976-003-210-210 965-0976-040-210-210 965-0976-020-210-210
965-0976-003-211-211
965-0976-003-212-212 965-0976-040-212-212 965-0976-020-212-212
965-0976-003-213-213 965-0976-040-213-213 965-0976-020-213-213
Within this document the 965-0976-xxx-xxx-xxx part number series is referred to as the MKV EGPWC. Differences, where
they exist, between the different part numbers, are highlighted within this document.
In order to minimize complexity, the EGPWC utilizes a 16 digit part number. This 16 digit part number will identify the
configuration of the EGPWC which affects form, fit, or function as seen by the pilot.
In order to support manufacturing the EGPWC 16 digit part number will be mapped to a 10 digit part number for production
purposes via a 960-XXXX drawing.
The 16 digit part number is defined as follows:
• 965-0976-0XX-YYY-ZZZ (example 965-0976-003-101-101)
• Hardware (including boot code) = 965-0976-0XX
• Application Software = -YYY
• Configuration Software = -ZZZ
• Terrain Database - Version not identified in 16 digit part number.
• Envelope Modulation Database - Version not identified in 16 digit part number.
• Modifications - All modifications will be identified via “mod dots”. No mod dots will be skipped.
The digits identifying the Application software and Configuration software will match the respective version numbers of the
Application software and Configuration software. The subcomponents making up each of the items listed above are identified
via the 960-xxxx system drawing and the 965-0976 top assembly drawing. See section 6.10.12 of the Product Specification
for details on Configuration Management.
1.1 Purpose
The Interface Control Document describes all of the system external interfaces for the Mark V Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System (EGPWS).
1.2 System Overview

Refer to the EGPWS Product Specification document referenced in section 2.
1.3 Document Overview

This document is organized as follows.
Section 1 Introduction, identifies this ICD and describes the content and organization of the document.
Section 2 Referenced Documents, references the Product Specification.
Section 3 Computer Design Criteria, references the Product Specification.
Section 4 External Interface, describes the characteristics of the external interfaces supported by the EGPWS.
Section 5 Functional Inputs, describes each of the functions external system inputs used in the EGPWS.
Section 6 System Functions, references the Product Specification.
Appendix A Definitions and Symbols, contains lists of acronyms used in this document.
Appendix B Change Summary, historical information only. Only includes changes between Product Specification 965-
0976-602 Rev B (which contained ICD information) and this document (rev new) which contains the ICD
information removed from that Product Specification.
Appendix C Connector Interfaces, describe the electrical interfaces for the rear and the front panel connectors.
Appendix D Program Pin Usage, describes the default usage of each program pin. Exceptions to the default usage can be
made as a function of aircraft type.
Appendix E ARINC DITS Output Data, describes the content of the ARINC DITS output data generated and transmitted
by the EGPWS.
Appendix F Aircraft Interface Tables. Specifies the interfaces used to support each aircraft type as well as specific data
provided on each interface.
Appendix G Terrain Display Configuration Tabels. Specifies Contains the details of the Terrain Display Configuration
data for each display type.
2 Reference Documents
Revision History
Effectivity
6-JUN-00 JDK General document clean up to remove proprietary note in footer - -
Refer to section 2 of the Product Specification, Doc. No. 965-0967-603 for a complete list of applicable documentation.
3 Computer Design Criteria

Revision History
Effectivity
6-JUN-00 JDK General document clean up to remove proprietary note from footer - -
Refer to the Product Specification section 3 for environmental, power and mechanical interface details.
4 External Interface
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 MJC SCR 2094: Added Steep Approach bit to 4.1.1.92. -105 -105
SCR 2050: Added test command bit for type 2 only to 4.1.1.92.
08/26/97 MJC 4.1.1.78: Corrected SAT LSB definition from 0.025 to 0.25 degrees. - -
4.1.1.86: Data bits definition (was 11-28).
4.1.1.33: SCR 2164, indicated new PFD Word definitions for future use.
4.1.1.62.1: SCR 2159, added Mag Var definition for future use.
4.1.1.27.2: SCR 2170, added new DH definitions for future use.
4.1.1.65.1: SCR 2166, added new MDA definitions for future use.
4.1.1.105: SCR 2163, added EFIS Discrete Word 1 for future use.
4.1.1.106: SCR 2164, added EFIS Discrete Word 2 for future use.
4.1.1.107: SCR 2171, added RNP for future use.
4.1.1.108: SCR 2171, added ANP for future use.
4.1.1.109: SCR 1438, added PWS Status Word for future use.
08/29/97 MJC 4.1.1.27.2: SCR 2170, revised Format 1 SDI usage. - -
4.1.1.65.1: SCR 2166, revised Format 1 SDI usage.
09/11/97 MJC 4.1.1: SCR 2168: Indicated which characters are displayable on MCDU. - -
4.1.1.19: SCR 2168, added future CMC command codes.
10/08/97 NSP SCR 2293: Added 4.1.1.110 for KC-135. -202 -202
10/10/97 MJC SCR 2171: Corrected ANP/RNP data bit ranges in 4.1.1.107 and -202 -202
4.1.1.108, was 14 to 28, changed to 13 to 28.
10/10/97 NSP SCR 2233 Revised 4.1.1.110 to be similar to 4.1.1.92 except for label -202 -202
10/13/97 NSP SCR 2236 Corrected 4.1.1.49 SDI definition.
10/14/97 RadS 4.1.1.106: SCR 1982: Replaced note: “This section added for future -202 -202
applications” with note: “This section added for the 965-0976-XXX-202-
202 partnumber.” Added format 5 MD11 Range label 372
10/16/97 JEM SCR 1248: Added FMS Discrete Word Type 4 to 4.1.1.89 in support of -202 -202
production A300-600R/A310.
10-23-97 - CAB SCR 2107: -202 -202
- Added Section 4.1.1.111, FCC Mode Word 2, for the AC091/AC092
- Added definition of bit 13 to 4.1.1.67, PFD Display Select word,
AC091/AC092.
10/26/97 JEM SCR 2282: -202 -202
- Added Section 4.1.1.112, Baro Reference Discrete Word
- Added Section 4.1.1.113, Destination QNH
Corrected typo in table for 4.1.1.111.

10/29/97 NSP Corrected SCR reference for 10/08/97: change -202 -202
SCR 2293, Revised 4.1.1.110 to delete bit 18 and 23 definitions
11/1/97 JEM SCR 2282: -202 -202
- Added Note 3 to Section 4.1.1.113, renamed to Landing (Destination)
QNH
11/3/97 JEM SCR 2306: -202 -202
- Revised table in 4.1.1.89.4 to include “Equivalent Nav Mode” - this
change is for document clarification.
11/19/97 GRE SCR 2293: Fixed typos in 4.1.1.110: Removed cut n’ paste errors to -202 -202
“Type1” format and FWC/GP.
11/20/97 MJC 4.1.1.86: Revised VFOM from 15 bits @ 1 foot to 18 bits at 0.125 feet to -202 -202
match ARINC 743 definition.
12/05/97 MJC 4.1.1.91: SCR 2398: Added note that KC-135 does not use 640 NM 202 202
Effectivity
range setting.
12/17/97 MJC 4.2, 4.1.1.48, 4.1.1.86: Added information on front panel test connector - -
pinout and noted that HFOM/VFOM are ARINC 743A.
01/08/98 JEM 4.1.8: Added text to explain how voice levels are matched relative to the - -
“Whoop” tone.
01/14/98 MJC 4.1.1.86.1 & 4.1.1.48.1: SCR 2122: Added ARINC 743 definitions of 204 204
HFOM and VFOM.
02/06/98 MJC 4.1.1.112.2: SCR 1315: Added definition of Barometric Reference 204 204
Discrete Word Type 2 (label 275).
02/16/98 LRC 4.1.1.112.2: SCR 1315: Changed ‘FAULT’ definition of type 2. 204 204
03/05/98 MJC 4.1.1.105 & 4.1.1.106: SCR 2594: Revised SSM definition used for 204 204
Discrete Word 1 & 2 for integrated Boeing applications.
03/10/98 MJC SCR 2539: Added 4.1.1.73.1, 4.1.1.73.2, 4.1.1.114 & 4.1.1.115: 204 204
04/08/98 CAB SCR 2541: Section 4.1.1.6 – Added the SAAB 2000.FI to label 201 of Future Future
the note
04/28/98 CAB SCR 2541: Future Future
- Section 4.1.1.6 – Changed the SAAB 2000.FI label from 201 to 221.
- Added 4.1.1.37.2, Flap Angle for SAAB 2000.FI
06/16/98 MJC SCR 2847: Added section 4.1.1.116 for AVRO EFIS Discrete Word. 206 206
06/23/98 MJC Added note to 4.1.1.62.1 that number of bits in Mag Var can vary. - -
06/25/98 BCB SCR 2875: Revised 4.1.8 for new volume level control options. 206 206
07/13/98 MJC Clarified definition of label 171 formats in section 4.1.1.92. - -
07/29/98 SCA SCR 2464: Revised section 4.1.1.41 to add reference to label 117. 206 206
SCR 2464: Revised section 4.1.1.56 to add reference to label 116.
SCR 2354: Added section 4.1.1.67.1 for PFD Mode Word Select 1 Type
2.
Comment – Indicated No Nav combination not available on label 302 in
section 4.1.1.89.2.
07/30/98 BM SCR 2898: Revised 4.1.1.46 to state that range values are used by the 206 206
EGPWC flight history function. Added note for this label. Added
4.1.1.117, Hazard Data Word. Added 4.1.1.118, Hazard Azimuth Output.
08/03/98 Richard auf der SCR 3015: Added Type 4 to section 4.1.1.35 Discrete Word 1 DAU Flap 206 206
Springe Position types.
08/07/98 BM SCR 2898: Added comment to 4.1.1.46 and 4.1.1.109 for inclusion of 206 206
Labels 074, 076, and 077 on the same hazard bus.
08/26/98 MJC In section 4.4 noted that PCMCIA information is in the product - -
specification.
08/31/98 SCA SCR 2938: Added section 4.1.1.119 for SFECU Discrete Word 1 for CRJ Future Future
Series 700.
09/02/98 MJC SCR 2938: Changed section 4.1.1.119 for SFECU Discrete Word 1 to Future Future
call out label 270 instead of 167.
10/26/1998 Richard auf der SCR 2855: Added label 273 ‘EFIS DISCRETE WORD #2’ from the 208 208
Springe MFD being range from the FDS-255 (FDS-2000) display to section
4.1.1.22.
10/30/98 F. Trowbridge SCR 3229: Added section 4.5 for the Internal GPS Receiver 208 208
30-OCT-98 MJC SCR 3223: Updated program pin description in 4.1.9. 208 208
02-NOV-98 Richard auf der SCR 3271: Added section 4.1.1.89.5 for the Boeing FMC Nav Mode 208 208
Springe Word.
04-NOV-98 G. Burlingame In section 4.1.1.44 added note for specified and required update rates - -
03-DEC-98 S. Arnett SCR 3275: Added comment to 4.1.1.9 and 4.1.1.10 to indicate label 222 - -
and 223 are provided on the Galaxy aircraft, as well as the EMB-145.
10-DEC-98 MJC SCR 3401: Added Map Mode Track up bit definitions to formats 2 and 3. 208 208
18-DEC-98 S. Arnett SCR 3415: Added comment to section 4.1.1.111 to reference Type 2. 208 208
Effectivity
19-DEC-98 R. auf der SCR 3115: Updated section 4.1.1.37.2 to include label 107 ‘Flap position 208 208
Springe selected.’ Updated section 4.1.1.56 to include label 166 – MLS Azimuth
deviation. Updated section 4.1.1.41 to include label 167 – MLS Elevation
Deviation.
SCR 3434: Updated section 4.1.1.27.3 to include new scaling of DH label
170.
SCR 3369: Added section 4.1.1.120 for label 277, Discrete Word 1: Nav
source Selected and Backcourse.
SCR 3370: Added section 4.1.1.121 for label 271, Discrete Word 2:
Displayed Range, Terrain Selection and Gear Down.
04-JAN-99 – MJC SCR 3437: Added OOTMAX and OOTMIN values to radio altimeters in 208 208
sections 4.1.3.2.1 & 4.1.3.2.2.
08-JAN-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3377: Added section 4.1.1.122, Discrete Word, Bendix Weather 208 208
Radar Vertical Profile Mode.
19-JAN-99-Richard auf der SCR 3477: Added section 4.1.1.90.5, Discrete Word 2, Track Up status. 208 208
Springe
20-JAN-1999 – Richard auf SCR 3369: Corrected Typos in section 4.1.1.120. 208 208
der Springe
22-JAN-99 – Richard auf SCR 3115: corrected typo (changed Discrete Word 1 to Discrete Word 2) 208 208
der Springe in 4.1.1.121. Clarified note 3 in 4.1.1.41 and 4.1.1.56 on update rate of
label 273 and 274 on A/C type 88.
11-FEB-99 MJC SCR 3523: Added Nav Mode Track up bit definition in 4.1.1.90.1 to 208 208
format 2.
15-FEB-99 – Richard auf SCR 2855: Changed fast limit of update rate of label 273 in 4.1.1.22 to 50 208 208
der Springe msec.
SCR 3369: Removed Honeywell SSM processing in 4.1.1.120.
SCR 3370: Removed Honeywell SSM processing in 4.1.1.121.
16-FEB-99 - Richard auf SCR 3115: Specified IOP as source for Rad Alt in 4.1.1.69 with update 208 208
der Springe rate of 40-60 msec.
08-MAR-99 – G. Ostrom Corrected format issues in sections 4.1.1.120, 4.1.1.121 and 4.1.1.122 208 208
30-MAR-99 MJC SCR 3724: Added V1 to format 1 definition in 4.1.1.106. 210 210
31-MAR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 2944: (comment only) Added comment in format 4 of 4.1.1.106 that - -
V1 is only read from left side.
01-APR-99-G. Burlingame SCR 1602: Added Discrete word format with Gear and Flap in 4.1.1.35.1 -210 -210
Added scaling note to 4.1.1.62.1.
Added notes for alternate resolutions to 4.1.1.68, 4.1.1.70 and 4.1.1.72
Modified title and removed unused MDA definition in 4.1.1.65
Modified title of 4.1.1.65.1
Added MDA - Proline 21 IOC format in 4.1.1.65.2
Added PFD Mode Select Word in 4.1.1.67.2
Added alternate label 176 for PFD Mode Select word 3 in 4.1.1.91
Modified Note 3 to include MDA/DH selection in section 4.1.1.111
06-APR-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Revised ICD section 4 for CRJ-700 as follows: 210 210
Added PFD Mode Select Word, type 4 in 4.1.1.67.3.
Changed section 4.1.1.119 for SFECU Discrete Word 1 to call out label
167 instead of 270.
Modified title of 4.1.1.65.2 to reference to Proline 4 IOC.
Referenced label 246 with existing 273 for GPS Sensor Status in 4.1.1.77,
and indicated that bits 11, 24, and 25 are spare for Collins IOC.
Referenced label 151 with existing 125 for GPS UTC in 4.1.1.84.
Add note referencing format 3 (No SDI) in section 4.1.1.29 for those
configurations which provide DH and MDA on separate labels.
09-APR-99 – MJC Clarified analog glideslope polarity in 4.1.3.2.3. - -
23-APR-99 - BKO SCR 3724: Added note to V1 command Format 1 for 4.1.1.106. 210 210
Effectivity
26-APR-99 - NSP SCR 3824: Added Section 4.1.1.123 Roll Rate Input for NIMROD -212 -212
SCR 2802: Added section 4.1.1.124, MOA Input for NIMROD -212 -212
SCR 3846: Added Section 4.1.1.65.3, NIMROD MDA scaling -212 -212
SCR 3847: Added Section 4.1.1.37.3, Flap Angle for NIMROD -212 -212
02-MAY-99 G.Burlingame SCR 3861: Modified sections 4.1.1.67.2 and 4.1.1.67.3 to support -210 -210
separate MDA/DH Selected indications
SCR 3862: Modified Note 1 in section 4.1.1.35.1 to indicate 1 Flap
Setting bit is active at a time
03-MAY-99 G.Burlingame SCR 3861: Corrected MDA selected bit definition in section 4.1.1.67.2 -210 -210
06-MAY-99 - NSP Changed SCRs 3824, 2802, 3846 and 3847 from Future to 210
SCR 2802: Added –210 part numbers to 4.1.1.124.
SCR 3846: Added –210 part numbers to 4.1.1.65.3.
10-MAY-99 – P. Bateman SCR 3718: Added Sections 4.1.1.125 and 4.1.1.126 to cover ASPB -210 -210
Range and DSU Status Word ARINC 429 Inputs.
11-MAY-99 – M. Grigore SCR 3900: Added Section 4.1.1.127 to cover ASPB Query Response -210 -210
SCR 3718: Added Section 4.1.1.128 and Key Press Data.
17-MAY-99 - NSP SCR 2802: Added With SDI Selection to 4.1.1.124 title, Changed
references to SCR 3845 to 2802.
19-MAY-99 - NSP SCR 3846: Changed scaling in 4.1.1.65.3 after customer change. -212 -212
SCR 2802: Changed scaling in 4.1.1.124 after customer change.
20-MAY-99 - NSP SCR 2802, 3824, 3846 and 3847 changed effectivity from 210 to Future
30-MAY-99 – M. Grigore Updated Audit Trail (ref. SCR 3718, 3900). -210 -210
SCR 3900: Updated label 011 data to reflect both Query and Continuous
Response in 4.1.1.127.
03-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3892: Added description of SAT FW Mask Format in 4.1.1.78. -210 -210
03-JUN-99 – MJC SCR 3880: Added 4.1.1.129 for RS422 input. -210 -210
15-JUN-99 – R. auf der SCR 3972: Added label 276 to 4.1.1.89.5. - -210
Springe
21-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3893: Added comment to 4.1.1.29 and 4.1.1.65.2 regarding range. - -210
15-JUL-99 – M. Force SCR 3769: Added label 101 note to 4.1.1.72 for use with UNS-1D. - -210
30-JUL-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4114: Added bit 19 (landing gear down) to 4.1.1.92 for a/c 110. -210 -210
06-AUG-99 –G. Burlingame SCR 4133: Deleted Flap bits from IOC Discrete label in 4.1.1.35.1 -210 -210
12-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: The following changes are for Hawker Horizon - -210
(MAU(FMS)):
Revised section 4.1.1.53 to add reference to label 010.
31-AUG-99 – M. Force SCR 4192: Added Note 2 to section 4.1.1.68 and 4.1.1.70 - -210
27-SEP-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 4334. Cleaned-up formatting - -
19-OCT-99 – M. Grigore SCR 4334: Updated section 4.1.1.127 to reference the EGPWS Interface -210 -210
Methodology and made 4.1.1.128 FUTURE.
03-JAN-00 – Richard auf SCR 4761: Updated section 4.1.1.120 to add ‘HSI Selected Left/Right’ - -212
der Springe bits.
06-JAN-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 4764: Added notes to 4.1.1.8 for Body AOA applications. - -212
SCR 4749: Added section 4.1.1.66.1 for Vref.
07-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 3824: Clarified LSB value in section 4.1.1.123 -212 -212
Changed effectivity from future to –212 for revisions dates 26-APR-99
and 19-MAY-99
19-JAN-00 – L. Caldeira SCR 2802: Took out future from 4.1.1.124 and changed ‘sign not used’ - -
notation. Comment changes only.
19-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 3846: Moved section 4.1.1.65.3 to 4.1.1.130. -212 -212
Effectivity
15-FEB-00 – M. Henderson SCR 4878: Added Discrete word format with Gear in signal 4.1.1.35.2. -212 -212
18-FEB-00 – M. Henderson SCR 4878: Document clean up of signal 4.1.1.35.2 - -
1-MAR-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4895: Added Label 371 to definition of MDA in Section 4.1.1.65.2. -212 -212
Added 4.1.1.67.4 and 4.1.1.67.4.1. for Beechjet 400A (IOC) PFD Word.
03-MAR-00 – Richard auf SCR 4761: Backed out change to 4.1.1.120 introduced on 03-JAN-00. - -212
der Springe
22-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added reference for IOC to NOTE 1 for 4.1.1.29. - -
Henderson
23-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added new PFD Mode Select Word Type 6 in section -212 -212
Henderson 4.1.1.67.5, for Hawker 800XP with Integrated Proline 21.
28-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Document clean up of 4.1.1.35.1 and 4.1.1.35.2 by adding - -
Henderson descriptions of Type 1 and Type 2 to the signal.
20-APR-00 – MJC SCR 5045: Added use of SDIs for SFECU Flap data, and changed update -212 -212
rate from 100 to 500 ms in 4.1.1.119.
24-APR-00 – S. Arnett SCR 5045: Comment change in 4.1.1.119 - SDI2 should be SDI1. -212 -212
01-MAY-00 – M. Grigore SCR 5059: Changed nomenclature to KCPB, updated Transmit Interval -212 -212
for label 271, section 4.1.1.125. Added content to section 4.1.1.128, Key
Press/Display Mode data and deleted FUTURE
06-JUN-00 – J. Kistler General document clean up to remove proprietary note from footer - -
12-OCT-00 – M. Force SCR 5512: Added Command Word to section 4.1.1.110.1 future future
02-NOV-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 5512: Added “Future” comment for 4.1.1.110.1 - -
08-JAN-01 – F. Trowbridge SCR 5702: Changed upper limit of max range for Landing QNH - -
(4.1.1.113) from 1050 to 1100 Hpa. (Note: The input processing code
already reflects this maximum - no range checking.)
24-JAN-01 – L. Caldeira SCR 5356: Added reference to label 210 to 4.1.1.53 and 211 to 4.1.1.59. -213 -213
14-FEB-01 – M. Henderson SCR 5809: General document clean up. - -
4.0 Introduction
The EGPWC provides external interfaces for integration into aircraft systems and to support maintenance functions. The
interfaces are contained in the ARINC 600 rear connector, front panel maintenance port, front panel LEDs, front panel
PCMCIA interface, front panel self test switch, and front panel headset jack. The following sections describe each of the
external interfaces contained in these physical interfaces.
4.1 Rear Connector

This section identifies and describes the number and characteristics of each interface type located in the ARINC 600 rear
connector. Appendix C identifies the connector pin assignment for each rear connector interface.
4.1.1 ARINC 429 Input Data

The EGPWC supports 18 ARINC 429 digital receivers used to monitor broadcast data from other LRUs and to support
interactive protocols. Each receiver channel follows the characteristics of reference document Digital Information Transfer
System (DITS), ARINC Characteristic 429.
Transmission System Interconnect. Each EGPWC 429 receiver shall be connected to an ARINC 429 transmitter by means
of a single twisted and shielded pair of wires. The shield shall be grounded at both ends and at all production breaks in the
cable to an aircraft ground close to the rack connector.
Receiver Bus Frequency. Each EGPWC 429 receiver is capable of operating at both Low and High speed. The following
table identifies the bus speed characteristics:
Bus Speed Bus Frequency
High 100 KBPS +/- 1%
Low 12.0 KBPS to 14.5 KBPS +/- 1%
ARINC Receiver Bus Identification. Each ARINC Receiver Channel is identified with two identifiers, one for each leg of
the twisted wire pair. The identifier is formed as follows:
RX429[Channel Id][Leg] where Channel Id ranges [1-20], and Leg is A for the positive leg and B for the negative leg. An
example of a channel identifier would be RX429-15A, which identifies leg A of ARINC 429 channel 15.
In addition, two of the ARINC 429 channels are connected to UARTs to provision for RS422 operation.
SIGN/STATUS Matrix The number of BITS, and the meaning of these BITS, varies depending on the type of data in the
ARINC word.
BINARY (BNR) DATA

BIT 31 BIT 30 DEFINITION BIT 29 DEFINITION
0 0 Failure Warning 0 Plus, North, East,
0 1 No Computed Data (NCD) Right, To, Above
1 0 Functional Test 1 Minus, South, West,
1 1 Normal Operation Left, From, Below
BINARY CODED DECIMAL (BCD) DATA

BIT 31 BIT 30 DEFINITION
0 0 Plus, North, East, Right, To, Above
0 1 No Computed Data (NCD)
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Minus, South, West, Left, From, Below
Unless identified as using the Honeywell Discrete definition all data indicated as ‘Discrete’ uses the following SSM
definition. (Note that PWS uses a non-standard SSM format as described in section 4.1.1.46.)
DISCRETE DATA
0 0 Normal Operation
0 1 No Computed Data NCD
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Not Used
Data identified as Honeywell Discrete uses the SSM definition below. This includes the CAIMS data of sections 4.1.1.25,
4.1.1.84, 4.1.1.94, 4.1.1.95, 4.1.1.96 and 4.1.1.97.
HONEYWELL DISCRETE DATA

0 1 No Computed Data NCD
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Failure Warning
ISO 5 ALPHABET
Some ARINC 429 labels transmit data using the ISO 5 alphabet as defined in the following table.
Note: Shaded squares indicate those characters displayable on the Boeing CMC MCDU.
B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5 B7 B6 B5
B4 B3 B2 B1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 NUL SP 0 P MCDU SEL1
MENU
0 0 0 1 CNTRL DC1 ! 1 A Q PROG SEL2
0 0 1 0 STX DC2 “ 2 B R PERF SEL3
0 0 1 1 ETX DC3 # 3 C S INIT SEL4
0 1 0 0 EOT DC4 4 D T DATA SEL5
0 1 0 1 ENQ NAK % 5 E U FPLN SEL6
0 1 1 0 ACK SYN & 6 F V RAD
NAV
0 1 1 1 ‘ 7 G W FUEL NEXT
PRED PAGE
1 0 0 0 CLEAR LOGOFF ( 8 H X SEL SER1
see note F-PLN
1 0 0 1 EVENT ) 9 I Y SPARE SER2
see note
1 0 1 0 * : J Z SER3
1 0 1 1 + ; K [ SER4
1 1 0 0 DEGREE , < L \ SER5
SYMBOL
1 1 0 1 <CR> BOX - = M ] SER6
1 1 1 0 ↓ . > N ↑ TRI-
ANGLE
1 1 1 1 → / ? O ← DIA-
MOND
Note: 747-400 MCDU will display ‘<‘ and ‘>‘ instead of ‘(‘ and ‘)’ and only a subset of the ISO 5 characters above.
4.1.1.1 Aircraft Configuration Word

AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION WORD - AIRBUS CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS or CMC
LABEL (Octal) 155 Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: 11 to 31 See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: BIT 11 = Printer Status: 0 = Printer NOT Installed, 1 = Printer IS Installed.
BITS 12 to 28 = Not Used
BITS 30, 31 = SSM
4.1.1.2 Aircraft ID Word #1

AIRCRAFT ID WORD #1 - AIRBUS CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS or CMC
Transmit Interval (mSec): 4000 Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: BITS 11 to 17 = First A/C Tail No. Character [Most Significant Character]
BITS 18 to 24 = Second A/C Tail No. Character
BITS 25 to 31 = Third A/C Tail No. Character

AIRCRAFT ID WORD #2 – AIRBUS CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS or CMC
LABEL (Octal) 302 Units: N/S Max. Range: N/S Approx. LSB: N/S‘
NOTE: BITS 11 to 17 = Fourth A/C Tail No. Character
BITS 18 to 24 = Fifth A/C Tail No. Character
BITS 25 to 31 = Sixth A/C Tail No. Character

AIRCRAFT ID WORD #3 – AIRBUS CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS or CMC
NOTE: BITS 11 to 17 = Seventh A/C Tail No. Character [Least Significant Character]
BITS 18 to 31 = Spare (Set to ZERO value)
4.1.1.5 Altitude - GPS (MSL)

ALTITUDE - GPS (MSL) Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 076 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = Up Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: None
4.1.1.6 Angle of Attack - Body

ANGLE OF ATTACK BODY Source: IOC/IAC (see note)
LABEL (Octal) See note Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Nose Up Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 100 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Label 201 is found on the Falcon 2000 IOC
Label 221 is found on the SAAB 2000.IF IOC.
Label 222 is found on the Falcon 900EX IAC (left).
Label 223 is found on the Falcon 900EX IAC (right).
Label 224 is found on the Canadair GEX (left).
Label 225 is found on the Canadair GEX (right).
4.1.1.7 Angle of Attack - Corrected

ANGLE OF ATTACK - CORRECTED Source: DSWC/AIMS GP BUS #1
LABEL (Octal) NOTE Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
NOTE: Label 224 for 777-200.
Label 222 for ALL other aircraft.
4.1.1.8 Angle of Attack – Indicated/Body

ANGLE OF ATTACK INDICATED/BODY Source: DSWC
LABEL (Octal) Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
See Note
Note: Label 221 for all non-body applications.
Label 224 for Body AOA applications
4.1.1.9 Angle of Attack - Local - Left

ANGLE OF ATTACK - LOCAL - LEFT See NOTE 1 Source: SPC (EMB-145), SPQC (Galaxy)
LABEL (Octal) 222 Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 100 (See NOTE 2) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: ‘Local AOA’ is transmitted on this Designated ‘Indicated AOA’ Label.
NOTE 2: Rosemount Specification for SPC/SPQC Transmit Interval is 31.3 to 62.5 mSec.
4.1.1.10 Angle of Attack - Local - Right

ANGLE OF ATTACK - LOCAL - RIGHT See NOTE 1 Source: SPC (EMB-145) , SPQC (Galaxy)
NOTE 1: ‘Local AOA’ is transmitted on this Designated ‘Indicated AOA’ Label.
NOTE 2: Rosemount Specification for SPC/SPQC Transmit Interval is 31.3 to 62.5 mSec.
4.1.1.11 Angle of Attack - Stick Shaker

ANGLE OF ATTACK - STICK SHAKER Source: DSWC/ AIMS GP BUS #1
LABEL (Octal) 241 Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439
4.1.1.12 Attitude Mode

ATTITUDE MODE Source: ARINC 704 IRS, AHRS
Data Bits: BIT 12 (See NOTE) + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 250 to 500 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE: A “1” in Bit Position 12 indicates that the IRS is operating in “ATTITUDE MODE”.
4.1.1.13 Barometric Altitude Rate

BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE RATE Source: ARINC 706 DADC/ AIMS GP BUS #3
LABEL (Octal) 212 Units: Feet/Minute Max. Range: ± 32,768 Ft/Min Approx. LSB: 16 Ft/Min
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11 + = Ascent Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): 31.3 to 62.5 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.14 BITE Command Word

BITE COMMAND WORD Source: See NOTE
Data Bits: 11 to 31 See TABLE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): N/A Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE: AIRBUS Source = ARINC 604 CFDS or CMC.
MD-11 Source = ARINC 604 CFDS
BITE COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Spare, or used to indicate “Ready” in CTS word.
12 Spare
13 - 24 Equipment Code: (Hex) xxxx xxxx xxxx
000H = All Systems
023H = EGPWC
25 - 31 ISO-5 Alphabet Command Code: (Hex) xxx xxxx
00H = NULL Command
11H = DC1 Command
12H = DC2 Command
14H = DC4 Command
4.1.1.15 Body Longitudinal Acceleration

BODY LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
LABEL (Octal) 331 Units: g’s Max. Range: ± 4.0 g’s Approx. LSB: 0.000977 g’s
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Forward Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
4.1.1.16 Body Normal Acceleration

BODY NORMAL ACCELERATION Source: See NOTE
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Up See NOTE Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
NOTE: For Source = ARINC 704 IRS or AHRS or AIMS IRS BUS - Output reads 0 g’s nominal when aircraft
is on the ground, or during unaccelerated level flight. This type is identified as type 1.
For Source = AHRS AHC-85 - Output reads 1 g’s nominal when aircraft is on the ground. This type is identified as
type 2.
4.1.1.17 Body Pitch Rate

BODY PITCH RATE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS
LABEL (Octal) 326 Units: Degrees/Second Max. Range: ± 128 Deg/Sec Approx. LSB: 0.0156 Deg/Sec
4.1.1.18 Command Word - Windshear

COMMAND WORD - WINDSHEAR Source: ARINC 702 FMS
Transmit Interval (mSec): 110 Maximum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE: BIT 24 = ‘1’ for Windshear TEST BIT 27 = ‘1’ for Windshear TAKE-OFF Mode
BIT 25 = ‘1’ for Windshear FAIL BIT 28 = ‘1’ for Windshear CAUTION
BIT 26 = ‘1’ for Windshear APPROACH Mode BIT 29 = ‘1’ for Windshear WARNING
4.1.1.19 Command Word

COMMAND WORD - BOEING CMC Source: CMC
Data Bits: 13 to 31 See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11, 12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: BITS 13 (LSB) to 24 (MSB)= 12 BITS = Equipment ID
Example: EGPWC = 023(Hex) = (MSB) 0000 0010 0011 (LSB)
All Call = 000(Hex) = (MSB) 0000 0000 0000 (LSB)
BITS 25 (LSB) to 31 (MSB)= 7 BITS = Command Code

Example: No Command = (MSB) 000 0000 (LSB)
Test Command = (MSB) 000 0001 (LSB)
New Flight Leg = (MSB) 001 0010 (LSB)
*Configuration Command = (MSB) 000 0010 (LSB)
*Next Page Command = (MSB) 111 0111 (LSB)
*Previous Page Command = (MSB) 111 0110 (LSB)
*For future applications only.
4.1.1.20 Computed Airspeed

COMPUTED AIRSPEED Source: ARINC 706 DADC/ AIMS GP BUS #3
LABEL (Octal) 206 Units: Knots Max. Range: 1,024 Knots Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Knot
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 to 125 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.21 Control Word 1

CONTROL WORD 1 - WXR Source: WXR Control Panel
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
CONTROL WORD 1 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Scan, Not Used by EGPWC
12 Anticlutter, Not Used by EGPWC
13 Stabilization, Not Used by EGPWC
14 Mode
15 Mode
16 Mode
17 Tilt, +0.25 degrees
23 Tilt, -16.0 degrees (sign)
24 Gain, Bit -1
25 Gain, Bit -2
26 Gain, Bit -4
27 Gain, Bit -8
28 Gain, Bit -16
29 Gain, Bit -32
Bits 14 to 16 = Mode, format as follows

Bit 16 Bit 15 Bit 14 MODE
0 0 0 Standby
0 0 1 Weather Only
0 1 0 Map Only
0 1 1 Windshear Hazard Factor
1 0 0 Test
1 0 1 Windshear and Turbulence
1 1 0 Weather and Turbulence
1 1 1 Windshear Icon
4.1.1.22 Control Word 2 or EFIS Discrete Word #2 (see note 1)

CONTROL WORD 2 - WXR Source: WXR Control Panel/Nav Display
DISPLAY WD 1 - NAV DISPLAY BUS On FDS-255 the source is MFD
Or
For FDS-255 display: EFIS DISCRETE WORD #2 - MFD
For FDS-255 display the label is 273.
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 120 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
Note 1: EFIS Discrete Word #2, label 273 for the FDS-255 display, was added for the 965-0976-XXX-208-208 part number.
CONTROL WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Special Function, Not Used by EGPWC
12 Anticlutter, Not Used by EGPWC
13 Windshear, Not Used by EGPWC
14 - 23 Spares
24 - 29 Display Range as specified in the table below
BITS 24 to 29 = Display Range (5 to 320NM, format as follows)

Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 RANGE
0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 5 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 20 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 40 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 80 NM
1 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
4.1.1.23 Corrected Barometric Altitude

CORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE (See NOTE) Source: ARINC 706 DADC/ AIMS GP BUS #3
LABEL (Octal) 204/251 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11
NOTE: Correction may be QNH or QFE. For QFE operators both Label 204 and 251 may be defined on the same bus, if so
then one of the two will be called Corrected Altitude, the other QNH Corrected Altitude.

CORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE (See NOTE) Source: FMS
LABEL (Octal) 204 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Transmit Interval (mSec): TBD Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.25 Date
DATE Source: [AIRBUS] - ARINC 604 CFDS/ CMC/ [GPS] - ARINC 743 GPSSU - CAIMS
LABEL (Octal) 260 Units: Day:Month:Year Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: 1 Day
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 See NOTE 1 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: See NOTE 2 SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: BITS 11 to 14 (4) = UNITS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
BITS 15 to 18 (4) = TENS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
BITS 19 to 22 (4) = UNITS of the MONTH (0 to 9)
BIT 23 (1) = TENS of the MONTH (0 or 1)
BITS 24 to 27 (4) = UNITS of the DAY (0 to 9)
BITS 28 to 29 (2) = TENS of the DAY (0 to 3)
NOTE 2: Honeywell Discrete for CAIMS, Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) for all other sources
4.1.1.26 Date/Flight Leg MD-11 CFDS

DATE/FLIGHT LEG - MD-11 CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
NOTE: BITS 11 to 14 (4) = Spare
BITS 15 to 18 (4) = Flight Leg (NOT USED)
4.1.1.27 Decision Height Selected - Common Scaling

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - COMMON SCALING Source: See NOTE
LABEL (Octal) 370 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 16,384 Feet Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11
NOTE: Source = EFIS/ IOC/ DAU
4.1.1.27.1 Decision Height Selected - EFS 40/50 Scaling

This label added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number.
DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - EFS 40/50 SCALING Source: EFS 40/50
LABEL (Octal) 045 Units: Feet Max. Range: -4 to 32767 Approx. LSB: 8 Feet
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 9 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: N/A
4.1.1.27.2 Decision Height Selected - Where DH & MDA on Separate Labels

FORMAT 1: 0/0 SDI Used
DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - COMMON SCALING Source: AIMS GP BUS #1

0/0 used
FORMAT 2: Left SDI Used
DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - COMMON SCALING Source: DEU/EIU

10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
Left only used.
4.1.1.27.3 Decision Height Selected - IOP Scaling

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - IOP SCALING Source: IOP
LABEL (Octal) 170 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 65,536 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Feet
Transmit Interval (mSec): 780 - 820 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: N/A
4.1.1.28 Decision Height Selected - IC Scaling

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - IC SCALING Source: See NOTE 1
NOTE 1: IC-600 (EMB-145) (Same Output BUS as to DAU)
NOTE 2: Honeywell Specification of Transmit Interval for IC-600 on (EMB-145) is 1000 mSec nominal.
4.1.1.29 Decision Height Selected - IOC Scaling

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - IOC SCALING Source: See NOTE 1
See NOTE 3
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11, 12
See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1
See NOTE 1
NOTE 1: SOURCE can be either IOC or EFIS CP. If source is IOC or EFIS CP, then bit 16 is LSB: 1 Foot, bits 11-15 are
Pad Bits and Transmit Interval = 100 msec. EFIS CP was added as source for 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part
number.
NOTE 2: This label can be provided in a configuration with a single DH input or in conjunction with a selected MDA input.
For those configurations which provide DH and MDA on separate labels, format 3 applies. (Format 1 is 0/0 SDI
used, Format 2 is Left SDI used, Format 3 is No SDI.)
NOTE 3: Some IOC configurations may only provide positive ranges (0 to +8,192 Feet), however the EGPWS supports both
positive and negative ranges (± 8,192 Feet) for all configurations.
4.1.1.30 DH/MDA Selected - DAU Scaling

DH/MDA SELECTED - DAU SCALING Source: DAU
LABEL (Octal) 170 Units: Feet Max. Range(for DH): Max. Range(for MDA): Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
0 - 4096 Feet 0 - 16,384 Feet
Data Bits(for DH): Data Bits(for MDA): + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11
17 to 28 = 12 15 to 28 = 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary / Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTES: If Signal Displayed Bit 13=1, MDA selected is mapped to bit 14.
SSM for this word uses the discrete word format
4.1.1.31 Discrete Word - DAU

DISCRETE WORD - DAU Source: DAU (#1 & #2)
DAU WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Not Used by EGPWC
20 Nose Gear Position (1 = not down - see note 1)
21 Right Gear Position (1 = not down)
22 Left Gear Position (1 = not down - see note 2)
23 EGPWS Test Command bit
25 - 28 Terrain Display Range as specified in the table below
BITS 25 to 28 = Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)

DISPLAY RANGE BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bits 28-25 DEFINITION Bits 28-25 DEFINITION
0000 0.5 NM 1000 150 NM
0001 1.0 NM 1001 200 NM
0010 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
0011 5.0 NM 1011 500 NM
0100 10 NM 1100 1000 NM
0101 25 NM 1101 2000 NM
0110 50 NM 1110 600 NM
(see Note 3)
0111 100 NM 1111 1200 NM
(see Note 3)
Note 1: Originally Nose Gear was only on DAU 2, so EGPWC uses DAU 2 for this information.
Note 2: Originally Left Gear was only on DAU 1, so EGPWC uses DAU 1 for this information.
Note 3: Definition added for 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number, formerly spares.
4.1.1.32 Discrete Word - GPWC

DISCRETE WORD - GPWC Source: AIMS GP BUS #1
Data Bits: See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 to 200 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Three bits are used to indicate each Discrete Input’s Status and State as shown below:
AIR/GROUND DISCRETE DEFINITION
BIT WOW STATUS BIT WOW DISCRETE

29 28 DEFINITION: 27 DEFINITION:
0 0 Normal 0 False = (Weight NOT on Wheels)
0 1 NCD 1 True = (Weight ON Wheels)
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Failure Warning
GEAR DISCRETE DEFINITION
BIT GEAR HANDLE STATUS BIT GEAR HANDLE DISCRETE

17 16 DEFINITION: 15 DEFINITION:
0 0 Normal 0 Gear = DOWN
0 1 NCD 1 Gear = UP
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Failure Warning
4.1.1.33 Discrete Word - PFD

DISCRETE WORD - PFD 777-200/300 Source: AIMS GP BUS #1
Data Bits: See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 25 to 50 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
See below
NOTE: Control Word BIT Assignments, and SSM Definition is given below.
Note that FAIL WARN state is not used.
CALLOUTS CONTROL WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
9-10 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
12 “V1” Trigger (‘1’ = True)
13 “Engine Fail” Trigger (‘1’ = True)
14 Terrain Select (Terrain On = 1)
15 - 26 Not Use by EGPWC
27 ‘0’ = Radio Altitude Minimums (DH) is Selected
‘1’ = Barometric Altitude Minimums (MDA) is Selected
CALLOUTS CONTROL WORD SSM DEFINITION

Bit 31 Bit 30 DEFINITION
0 0 Normal
1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Fail Warn (Not Used)
4.1.1.34 Discrete Word 1 (Packed) - Left/Right

DISCRETE WORD 1 (PACKED) - LEFT/RIGHT Source: See NOTE 1
Data Bits: See NOTE 2 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 500 Maximum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: See TABLE
NOTE 2: A ‘1’ in BIT Position 19 indicates that the VHF NAV is Tuned To Localizer (TTL)
PACKED DISCRETE WORD - LEFT/RIGHT SDI DEFINITION

Bit 9 Bit 10 INSTALLATION NO. DESCRIPTION
0 0 All Call N/A
1 0 #1 Left
0 1 #2 Right
1 1 #3 Not Used
4.1.1.35 Discrete Word 1 – DAU (Flap Position, Types 1 - 4)
DISCRETE WORD 1 - DAU Source: IOC
Data Bits: See table + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4

0 0 0 Flaps @ 0 degrees Flaps @ 0 degrees Flaps @ 0 degrees Flaps @ 0 degrees
Note 1: Maximum of 1 BIT set at a time.

Note 2: On some A/C some specified flap values may not correspond with the actual Flap Angle values. Since on those
aircraft only the flap position for landing is used, which has the correct value, this is considered acceptable.
Note 3: Flap Type 4 support added in 965-0976-XXX-206-206
4.1.1.35.1 Discrete Word 1 - IOC (Gear Position) - Type 1

DISCRETE WORD 1 – IOC Source: IOC
Bit 26 Gear Position

0 Gear Up
1 Gear Down
4.1.1.35.2 Discrete Word 1 - IOC (Gear Position) - Type 2

DISCRETE WORD 1 – IOC Source: IOC
Bit 19 Gear Position

0 Gear Up
1 Gear Down
4.1.1.36 FCC Mode Word 5

FCC MODE WORD 5 (See NOTE 2) Source: FCC via IOC
Data Bits: See NOTES + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Minimum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE: A “1” in BIT position 20 indicates that the Piloted Pitch Angle IS within a fixed tolerance of the Commanded Pitch
Angle for Windshear Recovery Guidance.
4.1.1.37 Flap Angle

FLAP ANGLE Source: DSWC/ FSEU/ AIMS GP BUS #1
LABEL (Octal) 137 Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ±180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Flap Setting Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: ARINC 429 Specified Transmit Interval = 100 to 200 mSec for this label.
DSWC Specified Transmit Interval = 500 mSec for this label.
The EGPWC will function normally, and without a fault indication for Transmit Intervals up to 500 mSec.
4.1.1.37.1 DAU Flap Angle

FLAP ANGLE Source: DAU
LABEL (Octal) 137 Units: Degrees Max. Range: 0 to 64 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.015625 Degree
Data Bits: 18 to 29 = 12 + = No sign bit Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11 to 17
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE Data Type: Unsigned magnitude binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.37.2 Flap Angle

FLAP ANGLE Source: IOC or IOP (Note 1)
or 107, see Note 1
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200 – 820 (Note 1) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note 1: When the source is IOP, the label is 107 and the update rate is 780-820 msec. Label 107 is not supported prior to part
number 965-0976-XXX-208-208.
4.1.1.37.3 Flap Angle

FLAP ANGLE Source: WAC (NIMROD)
LABEL (Octal) 137 Units: Degrees Max. Range: 2048 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.5 Degree
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note: Actual data range is 0 to 60 degrees.
4.1.1.38 Flap Angle - Left

FLAP ANGLE - LEFT Source: SPC (EMB-145)
LABEL (Octal) 137 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ±180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0439 Degree
Transmit Interval (mSec): 160 to 250 (See NOTE) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Rosemount Specification for (EMB-145) SPC Transmit Interval is 62.5 to 250 mSec.
4.1.1.39 Flap Angle - Right

FLAP ANGLE - RIGHT Source: SPC (EMB-145)
Transmit Interval (mSec): 160 to 250 (See NOTE) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: Rosemount Specification for (EMB-145) SPC Transmit Interval is 62.5 to 250 mSec.
4.1.1.40 Flight Number

FLIGHT NUMBER - MD-11 CFDS Source: ARINC 604 CFDS
LABEL (Octal) 261 Units: N/A Max. Range: 0 to 9999 Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: 9 to 29 = 21 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: N/A
FLIGHT NUMBER WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

BIT NO. DEFINITION
9 - 13 Spare (Set to ZERO)
14 - 17 UNIT’s Digit
18 - 21 TEN’s Digit
13 HUNDRED’s Digit
14 - 26 THOUSAND’s Digit
30, 31 Sign Status Matrix (SSM)
4.1.1.41 Glideslope Deviation

GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION Source: ARINC 710 ILS/ ARINC 727
MLS/DAA/IAC/IOC/IOP
LABEL (Octal) 174 Units: See Note 2 Max. Range: ± 0.8 DDM Approx. LSB: 0.000195 DDM
or 117, see Note 1
or 167, see Note 3
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Fly Down = Above Beam C/L Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
115 ms max for IAC, 120 ms max for IOP
NOTE 1: Label 117 may be used when source is IOC. Label 117 may reflect ILS or FMS value depending on approach.
NOTE 2: Units = Difference in Depth of Modulation (DDM) 0.0875 DDM = 1 ‘Dot’.
NOTE 3: Label 167 reflects MLS Elevation Deviation which is equivalent to Glideslope Deviation and is used when source is
IOP. The update rate of label 167 is 80-120 ms. Label 167 is not supported prior to part number 965-0976-XXX-208-208. On
A/C type 88 the update rate of label 174 is 80-120 ms. A/C type 88 is not supported prior to part number 965-0976-XXX-
208-208.
Honeywell SSM format: If tuned to ILS the SSM is set F/W for either non-capture or internal receiver failure. With this type
of input F/W will not activate GPW INOP but will inhibit all Glideslope Alerts and be recorded in fault history.
4.1.1.42 Glideslope Deviation - Left

GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION - LEFT Source: See NOTE 1
LABEL (Octal) 056 Units: See NOTE 2 Max. Range: ± 0.8 DDM Approx. LSB: 0.000195 DDM
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Fly Up = Below Beam C/L (note 4) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 33.3 to 66.6 (See NOTE 3) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 4: The polarity is opposite from the ARINC 710 definition.
4.1.1.43 Glideslope Deviation - Right

GLIDESLOPE DEVIATION - RIGHT Source: See NOTE 1
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Fly Up = Below Beam C/L (note 4) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
NOTE 2: Units = Difference in Depth of Modulation (DDM) - 0.0875 DDM = 1 ‘Dot’.
NOTE 4: The polarity is opposite from the ARINC 710 definition.
4.1.1.44 Groundspeed
GROUNDSPEED Source: See NOTE 1
or 012, See NOTE 3
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE 2 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ ARINC 702 FMS/ IOC /MAU.
NOTE 2: ARINC 704 IRS/AHRS/ARINC 702 FMS Specified Transmit Interval = 25 to 50 mSec.
IOC Specified Transmit Interval = 200 mSec.
MAU Specified Transmit Interval = 100 mSec.
The EGPWS will function normally, and without a fault indication for Transmit Intervals up to 1000 mSec.
NOTE 3: Label 012 may be used when source is FMS (via MAU).
4.1.1.45 Groundspeed - GPS

GROUNDSPEED - GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.46 Hazard Range Output

Hazard Range Output - Wx RADAR Source: Wx Radar
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 ms Data Type: Discrete (non-standard SSM, see below) SDI Bits: N/A
HAZARD RANGE OUTPUT BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Event Number LSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
12 Event Number, Used by EGPWC Flight History
13 Event Number MSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
14 Range (Start), 0.0625 nm, Used by EGPWC Flight History
18 Range (Start), 1 nm, Used by EGPWC Flight History
21 Range (End), 0.0625 nm, Used by EGPWC Flight History
25 Range (End), 1 nm, Used by EGPWC Flight History
28 Alert level, (see note below)
29 Alert level, (see note below)
BITS 28 & 29 = Alert Level, format as follows BITS 30 & 31 = SSM as follows
Bit 28 Bits 29 DEFINITION BIT 31 BIT 30 DEFINITION
0 0 No Alert 0 0 Normal Operation
1 0 Level 1 (Advisory) 0 1 Invalid (fault)
0 1 Level 2 (Caution) 1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Level 3 (Warning) 1 1 NCD
Note: All aircraft types that have PWS processing use the above format. However, aircraft that have Label 075 present for
PWS processing only utilize Range start, Range end, and Event Number since Alert Level is extracted from label 075.
Other signals also included:

Signals described in sections 4.1.1.117 and 4.1.1.118 will also be included with this signal.
4.1.1.47 Horizontal Dilution Of Precision - GPS (HDOP)

HORIZONTAL DILUTION OF PRECISION (HDOP) Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 101 Units: N/A Max. Range: 1,024 Approx. LSB: 0.03125
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 13
4.1.1.48 Horizontal Figure Of Merit - ARINC 743A GPS

HORIZONTAL FIGURE OF MERIT - ARINC 743A GPS Source: ARINC 743A GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 247 Units: Nautical Miles Max. Range: 16 NM’S Approx. LSB: 0.000061035
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: n/a
4.1.1.48.1 Horizontal Figure Of Merit - ARINC 743 GPS

HORIZONTAL FIGURE OF MERIT - ARINC 743 GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 247 Units: Meters Max. Range: 1,024 meters Approx. LSB: 0.03125
4.1.1.49 Inertial Altitude

INERTIAL ALTITUDE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 to 40 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: None
4.1.1.50 Inertial Vertical Acceleration

INERTIAL VERTICAL ACCELERATION Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Up (See NOTE) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
NOTE: A nominal value of 0 g’s is output while the aircraft is on the ground.
4.1.1.51 Inertial Vertical Speed

INERTIAL VERTICAL SPEED Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
LABEL (Octal) 365 Units: Feet/Minute Max. Range: ± 32,768 Ft/Min Approx. LSB: 1 Foot/Min
4.1.1.52 Landing Altitude

LANDING ALTITUDE Source: AIMS GP BUS #1
LABEL (Octal) 127 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 65, 536 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11, 12
4.1.1.53 Latitude - Present Position

LATITUDE - PRESENT POSITION Source: See NOTE 1
LABEL (Octal) 310 Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.00017166 Deg
or 010 (Note 3) or 210
(Note 4)
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = North Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE 2 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: None
NOTE 1: Source: ARINC 702 FMS/ ARINC 704 IRS/ AIMS IRS BUS/ AIMS GP BUS #1/ MAU
NOTE 2: ARINC 702 and MAU Specified Transmit Interval = 50 to 100 mSec.
ARINC 704 Specified Transmit Interval = 100 to 200 mSec.
NOTE 4: The Parker Gull FMS uses label 210.
4.1.1.54 Latitude - Normal - GPS

LATITUDE - NORMAL -GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 110 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.000172 Deg
4.1.1.55 Latitude - Fine - GPS

LATITUDE - FINE -GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 120 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 0.000172 Deg Approx. LSB: 8.38E-8 Deg
4.1.1.56 Localizer Deviation

LOCALIZER DEVIATION Source: ARINC 710 ILS/ ARINC 727 MLS/
DAA/IAC/IOC/IOP
LABEL (Octal) 173 Units: See Note 2 Max. Range: ± 0.4 DDM Approx. LSB: 0.0000977 DDM
or 116, see Note 1, or
166, see Note 3
Data Bits: 17 to 28 = 12 + = Fly RIGHT = Left of Beam C/L Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 16
115 ms max for IAC, 120 ms max for IOP
NOTE 1: Label 116 may be used when source is IOC. Label 116 may reflect ILS or FMS value depending on approach.
NOTE 3: Label 166 reflects MLS Azimuth Deviation which is equivalent to Localizer Deviation and is used when source is
IOP. The update rate of label 166 is 80-120 ms. Label 166 is not supported prior to part number 965-0976-XXX-
208-208. On A/C type 88 the update rate of label 173 is 80-120 ms. A/C type 88 is not supported prior to part
number 965-0976-XXX-208-208.
4.1.1.57 Localizer Deviation - Left

LOCALIZER DEVIATION - LEFT Source: See NOTE 1
4.1.1.58 Localizer Deviation - Right

LOCALIZER DEVIATION - RIGHT Source: See NOTE 1
4.1.1.59 Longitude - Present Position

LONGITUDE - PRESENT POSITION Source: See NOTE 1
or 011 (Note 3) or 211
(Note 4)
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = East Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE 2 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: None
NOTE 1: Source: ARINC 702 FMS/ ARINC 704 IRS/ AIMS IRS BUS/ AIMS GP BUS #1 /MAU
NOTE 2: ARINC 702 and MAU Specified Transmit Interval = 50 to 100 mSec.
ARINC 704 Specified Transmit Interval = 100 to 200 mSec.
NOTE 4: The Parker Gull FMS uses label 211.
4.1.1.60 Longitude - Normal - GPS

LONGITUDE - NORMAL –GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
4.1.1.61 Longitude - Fine - GPS

LONGITUDE - FINE -GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 121 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 0.000172 Deg Approx. LSB: 8.38E-8 Deg
4.1.1.62 Magnetic Heading

MAGNETIC HEADING Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS
LABEL (Octal) 320 Units: Degrees/180 Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.00549 Degrees
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15 + = Clockwise from North Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 13
4.1.1.62.1 Magnetic Variation

MAGNETIC HEADING Source: GPS/FMS/IOC
14 to 28 = 15
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ms max Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note: The scaling for some IOCs is 15. LSB for 12 bit scaling is 0.0439453125.
4.1.1.63 Magnetic Track Angle - IRS/AHRS/AIMS

MAGNETIC TRACK ANGLE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
NOTE: ARINC 704 Specified Transmit Interval = 25 to 50 mSec.
The EGPWC will function normally, and without a fault indication for Transmit Intervals up to 65 mSec, to
accommodate the AIRBUS FMS.
4.1.1.64 Magnetic Track Angle - FMS/AIMS

MAGNETIC TRACK ANGLE Source: ARINC 702 FMS/ AIMS IRS BUS
Transmit Interval (mSec): TBD Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: ARINC 702 Specified Transmit Interval = 25 to 50 mSec.
The EGPWC will function normally, and without a fault indication for Transmit Intervals up to 65 mSec, to
accommodate the AIRBUS FMS.
4.1.1.65 Minimum Descent Altitude - Where DH & MDA on Separate Labels

4.1.1.65.1 Minimum Descent Altitude – With SDI Selection
FORMAT 1: 0/0 SDI Used
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE Source: AIMS GP BUS #1

Only 0/0
accepted
FORMAT 2: Left SDI Used
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE Source: DEU/

10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
Left only used.
4.1.1.65.2 Minimum Descent Altitude – Proline 21/Proline 4 IOC Scaling

FORMAT 3: No SDI
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE - IOC SCALING Source: IOC
LABEL (Octal) Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 65,536 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Feet
170 or 371 See NOTE 1
See NOTE 2
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 9 to 12
NOTE 1: Some IOC configurations may only provide positive ranges (0 to +65,536 Feet), however the EGPWS supports both
positive and negative ranges (± 65,536 Feet) for all configurations.
NOTE 2: Some configurations transmit the MDA information on Label 371.
4.1.1.66 Minimum Operating Speed

MINIMUM OPERATING SPEED Source: DSWC/ AIMS GP BUS #1
LABEL (Octal) See NOTE Units: Knots Max. Range: ± 512 Knots Approx. LSB: 0.25 Knot
NOTE: Label - 256 is used for 747-400 and 777-200.
Label - 265 is used for ALL other aircraft types.
4.1.1.66.1 Reference Speed (Vref)

REFERENCE SPEED Source: FMC/CDS (via display buses)
LABEL (Octal) 070 Units: Knots Max. Range: ± 512 Knots Approx. LSB: 0.25 Knot
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50-100 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.67 PFD Display Select Word

PFD DISPLAY SELECT WORD Source: PFD via DAU/ PFD via IOC
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE 1 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
NOTE 1: Transmit Interval for data from PFD via DAU is 100 mSec Maximum.
Transmit Interval for data from PFD via IOC is 250 mSec Maximum.
NOTE 2: BITS 25 to 28 contain Binary Code for Displayed Data Source, as listed below:
PFD Display Select Word

BIT NO. DEFINITION
13 ADC Source Selected: NOTE 1
0 = On Side ADC (e.g. L-ADC if L-PFD)
1 = Off Side ADC (e.g. R-ADC if L-PFD)
25 - 28 Navigation data source currently displayed on the
Primary Flight Display (PFD).
* = Values currently used by EGPWC
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
04 = FMS #1 12 = NOTE 2
05 = FMS #2 13 = NOTE 2
06 = FMS #3 14 = Not Used
07 = Not Used 15 = Not Used
NOTE 1: This BIT first supported in part number 965-0976-0XX-202-202
NOTE 2: Code 12 and Code 13 are currently assigned to TACAN Data source. Neither of these states are used by the
EGPWC to select or evaluate input data.
4.1.1.67.1 PFD Display Select Word – Type 2

PFD DISPLAY SELECT WORD – Type 2 Source: PFD via IOC
NOTE 1: Transmit Interval for data from PFD via IOC is 250 mSec Maximum.
NOTE 2: BITS 25 to 28 contain Binary Code for Displayed Data Source, as listed below:
PFD Display Select Word

BIT NO. DEFINITION
18 1 = DH Set on Display
Primary Flight Display (PFD).
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
* 04 = FMS #1 12 = NOTE 1
* 05 = FMS #2 13 = NOTE 1
4.1.1.67.2 PFD Mode Select Word – Type 3

PFD MODE SELECT WORD – Type 3 Source: PFD via IOC
Data Bits: See NOTE 2 and 3 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
NOTE 2: BITS 25 to 28 contain Binary Code for Displayed Data Source, as listed below.
NOTE 3: BITS 19/20 indicate MDA selection status and BIT 21 indicates DH Selection status, as listed below.
PFD Mode Select Word

BIT NO. DEFINITION
19, 20 MDA Display Selection
Bit 19 Bit 20
0 0 MDA not selected
1 0 MDA selected
X 1 Not used
21 DH Display Selection
0 DH Not Selected
1 DH Selected
Primary Flight Display (PFD). The table below
show decimal values with bit 25 the LSB
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
* 04 = FMS #1 12 = NOTE 1
* 05 = FMS #2 13 = NOTE 1

NOTE 3: BITS 19/20 indicate MDA selection status and BIT 21 indicates DH selection status, as listed below.

BIT NO. DEFINITION
Bit 19 Bit 20
1 0 MDA selected
X 1 Not used
0 DH Not Selected
1 DH Selected
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
04 = FMS #1 12 = NOTE 1
05 = FMS #2 13 = NOTE 1
4.1.1.67.4 PFD Word – Type 5

The PFD Type 5 word does not contain the Decision Height information – this information is contained within an additional
label outputted from the CDU.
PFD WORD – Type 5 Source: PFD via IOC

BIT NO. DEFINITION
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
04 = Not Used 12 = NOTE 1
05 = Not Used 13 = NOTE 1
4.1.1.67.4.1 PFD Word CDU Output – Type 1

PFD WORD CDU Output Source: PFD via IOC
NOTE 1: Transmit Interval for data from CDU via IOC is 200 mSec Maximum.

BIT NO. DEFINITION
0 DH Not Selected
1 DH Selected
Bit 19 Bit 20
1 0 MDA selected
X 1 Not used


BIT NO. DEFINITION
Bit 19 Bit 20
1 0 MDA selected
X 1 Not used
0 DH Not Selected
1 DH Selected
00 = Not Used * 08 = MLS #1
01 = Not Used * 09 = MLS #2
* 02 = VOR/LOC #1 * 10 = ILS #1
* 03 = VOR/LOC #2 * 11 = ILS #2
04 = FMS #1 12 = NOTE 1
05 = FMS #2 13 = NOTE 1
4.1.1.68 Pitch Angle

PITCH ANGLE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS
NOTE: Some configurations (Premier 1/Proline 21 IOC) support 15 data bits with a LSB of 0.0054931640625.
NOTE 2: Some configurations (Litton LN-100GT) support 12 data bits with a LSB of 0.043945 at a TI of 40mSec.
4.1.1.69 Radio Altitude

RADIO ALTITUDE Source: ARINC 707 LRRA or IOP (note 1)
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11, 12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 25 to 50 for LRRA Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
40 to 60 for IOP (see NOTE 1)
NOTE 1: IOP source added for type A/C type 088. A/C type 88 is not supported prior to part number 965-0976-XXX-208-
208.
4.1.1.70 Roll Angle

ROLL ANGLE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ AIMS IRS BUS/ GPS
Data Bits: 15 to 28 = 14 + = Right Wing Down Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 14
NOTE: Some configurations (Premier 1/Proline 21 IOC) support 15 data bits with a LSB of 0.0054931640625.
NOTE 2: Some configurations (Litton LN-100GT) support 12 data bits with a LSB of 0.043945 at a TI of 40mSec.
4.1.1.71 Selected Course (BCD)

SELECTED COURSE (BCD) Source: DAU/ MCP
LABEL (Octal) 024 Units: Degrees Max. Range: 0 - 359 Deg Approx. LSB: 1 Degree
Data Bits: 19 to 29 = 11 + = Clockwise from North Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11 to 18
Transmit Interval (mSec): See NOTE Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: DAU Transmit Interval = 167 to 333 mSec.
MCP Transmit Interval = 100 to 200 mSec.
4.1.1.72 Selected Course (BNR)

SELECTED COURSE (BNR) Source: IOC/ MCP
Note: label 101 is used
for this data in UNS-
1D installations.
NOTE 1: IOC Transmit Interval = 950 to 1050 mSec.
MCP Transmit Interval = 167 to 333 mSec.
NOTE 2: Some configurations (Premier 1/Proline 21 IOC) support 12 data bits with a LSB of 0.0439453125.
4.1.1.73 Selected Course (BNR) - Left

SELECTED COURSE (BNR) - LEFT Source: See NOTE 1
4.1.1.73.1 Selected Course (BNR) – Left/Right

SELECTED COURSE (BNR) – LEFT/RIGHT Source: See NOTE 1
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 max (See NOTE) Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: IC-600 (Lear 45) Both Left/Right data transmitted using SDIs.
4.1.1.73.2 Selected Course (FMS True Desired Track)

SELECTED COURSE (BNR) Source: FMC
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 max Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.74 Selected Course (BNR) - Right

SELECTED COURSE (BNR) - RIGHT Source: See NOTE 1
4.1.1.75 Selected Runway Heading (BCD)

SELECTED RUNWAY HEADING (BCD) Source: ARINC 710 ILS/ ARINC 727 MLS
LABEL (Octal) 017 Units: Degrees Max. Range: 0 - 359.9 Deg Approx. LSB: 0.1 Degree
Data Bits: 15 to 29 = 15 + = Clockwise from North Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11 to 14
Transmit Interval (mSec): 167 to 333 Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.76 Selected Runway Heading (BNR)

SELECTED RUNWAY HEADING (BNR) Source: ARINC 710 ILS/ ARINC 727 MLS
4.1.1.77 Sensor Status - GPS

SENSOR STATUS – GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
or 246, see Note 1
Data Bits: 11 to 29 -= 19 See TABLE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: Label 246 may be used when source is IOC.
SENSOR STATUS BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 MSB of Satellites Visible (16 to 31) Bit 11 reserved on label 246.
12 DADS Status (*) Present = ‘0’ Not Present = ‘1’
13 DADS Source (*) Primary = ‘0’ Secondary = ‘1’
14 IRS/FMS Status Present = ‘0’ Not Present = ‘1’
15 IRS/FMS Source Primary = ‘0’ Secondary = ‘1’
16 - 19 Number of Satellites Visible (0 to 15)
20 - 23 Number of Satellites Tracked (0 to 15)
24 - 25 Current System in Use 00 = GPS Bits 24 and 25 spare on label
10 = GLONASS 246, so default to 00.
11 = GPS/GLONASS
01 = Spare
26 - 28 Operational Mode 000 = Self Test Mode
001 = Initialization Mode
010 = Acquisition Mode
011 = Navigation Mode
100 = Altitude/Clock Aiding Mode
101 = Differential Mode
110 = Direction/Speed Aiding Mode
111 = Fault
29 MSB of Satellites Tracked (16 to 31)
(*) = DADS Input is NOT required if ALTITUDE Data to GPSSU Sensor is Received from IRS/FMS Inputs.
4.1.1.78 Static Air Temperature

STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE Source: ARINC 706 DADC
LABEL (Octal) 213 Units: Degrees Celsius Max. Range: 512 Degrees C. Approx. LSB: 0.25 Degree
Data Bits: 18 to 28 = 11 + = Above ZERO Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 17
SAT FW Mask Format: For some aircraft, when the probe heaters are turned on while the aircraft is stationary on the
ground, the Static Air Temperature will raise until it exceeds its valid range. Some Air Data Computers set the SAT SSM to
Fail Warn (F/W) when this exceedance occurs. When the SAT FW Mask Format is indicated in the aircraft Configuration
Data Table, a F/W SSM will not activate Windshear INOP on the ground. This will allow the level 1 self test to function
properly. However, the F/W fault, if present, will still activate the External Fault LED on the front of the unit, and it will exist
as an external fault in both the level 2 self test and the RS232 Present status display.
4.1.1.79 Track Angle - GPS

TRACK ANGLE - GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 103 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees Approx. LSB: 0.0055 Deg.
4.1.1.80 Track Angle - True

TRACK ANGLE - TRUE Source: ARINC 702 FMS/ ARINC 704 IRS/ MAU
or 013, See NOTE 1
(Some systems may provide 12 bits
in which case the LSB is approx.
0.0439)
4.1.1.81 True Airspeed

TRUE AIRSPEED Source: ARINC 706 DADC/ AIMS GP BUS #3
LABEL (Octal) 210 Units: Knots Max. Range: ± 2,048 Knots Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Knot
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 to 125 Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
4.1.1.82 True Heading

TRUE HEADING Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS/ MAU
or 014, See NOTE 1
(Some systems may provide 12 bits
in which case the LSB is approx.
0.0439)
4.1.1.83 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude

UNCORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE Source: ARINC 706 DADC/ AIMS GP BUS #3
LABEL (Octal) 203 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
4.1.1.84 Universal Time Correlation

UNIVERSAL TIME CORRELATION (UTC) (BCD) Source: See NOTE 1
LABEL (Octal) 125 Units: Hours:Minutes Max. Range: See NOTE 2 Approx. LSB: 0.1 Minute
or 151, see Note 5
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: See NOTE 4 SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE 1: [AIRBUS] ARINC 604 CFDS/ CMC [GPS] ARINC 743 GPSSU CAIMS
NOTE 2: Maximum value = 23:59.9
NOTE 3: BCD BIT Assignments per Table below:
NOTE 4: Honeywell Discrete for CAIMS, Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) for all other sources
NOTE 5: Label 151 may be used when source is IOC.
UNIVERSAL TIME CORRELATION BIT ASSIGNMENTS

BIT NO. DEFINITION (CFDS/GPS) DEFINITION (CAIMS)
11 - 14 Tenths of Minutes UNITS of Minutes
15 - 18 UNITS of Minutes TENS of Minutes
19 - 22 TENS of Minutes UNITS of Hours
23 - 26 UNITS of Hours TENS of Hours
27 - 29 TENS of Hours N/A
4.1.1.85 Vertical Dilution Of Precision - GPS (VDOP)

VERTICAL DILUTION OF PRECISION (VDOP) Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 102 Units: N/A Max. Range: 1,024 Approx. LSB: 0.03125
4.1.1.86 Vertical Figure Of Merit - ARINC 743A GPS

VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT - GPS Source: ARINC 743A GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 136 Units: Feet Max. Range: 32,768 ft Approx. LSB: 0.125
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: n/a
4.1.1.86.1 Vertical Figure Of Merit - ARINC 743 GPS

VERTICAL FIGURE OF MERIT - GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 136 Units: Meters Max. Range: 1,024 meters Approx. LSB: 0.03125
4.1.1.87 Vertical Velocity

VERTICAL VELOCITY - GPS Source: ARINC 743 GPSSU
LABEL (Octal) 165 Units: Feet/Minute Max. Range: ± 32,768 Ft/Min Approx. LSB: 1 Foot/Minute
4.1.1.88 VOR/ILS Frequency

VOR/ILS Frequency Source: ARINC 701 ILS/ DAA
LABEL (Octal) 034 Units: MHz Max. Range: 108 - 117.95MHz Approx. LSB: 10 Khz
Transmit Interval (mSec): 167 to 333 Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: This input is used to indicate if the VOR/ILS receiver is tuned to an ILS frequency, or to a VOR frequency.
BIT #14 will be set to a ‘0’ for all VOR frequencies, and to a ‘1’ for all ILS frequencies, by the tuning information
source.
4.1.1.89 FMS Discrete Word
4.1.1.89.1 FMS Discrete Word - Type 1
FMS Nav Mode - Type 1 Source: FMC
Data Bits: 11 to 14: See TABLE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 180 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
NAV Mode Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11
Dead Reckoning - 0 0 0
VOR/DME - 0 0 1
Inertial Only - 0 1 0
DME/DME - 0 1 1
GPS - 1 0 0
NAV Accuracy High 1

NAV Accuracy Low 0

FMS Nav Mode - Type 2 Source: FMC/IOC
(or 302, see Note 1)
Note 1: Label 277 or 302 may be used when source is IOC
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
NAV Mode Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16 Bit 15
Dead Reckoning 0 0 0
GPS 0 0 1
Inertial Only 0 1 0
VLF/Omega 0 1 1
VOR/DME 1 0 0
VLF/Omega/Inertial 1 0 1
DME/DME 1 1 0
No Nav 1 1 1 This combination not supported on label 302,
Bits 16, 17, and 18 set to 0
NAV Accuracy High 1
NAV Accuracy Low 0
For FMS Discrete Word - Type 2, bit 15 indicates high or low navigation accuracy and is set independently of the navigation
mode, bits 16 - 18. The FMS sets bit 15 (high accuracy) if the estimated error of the FMS position is less than the phase of
flight position accuracy tolerance listed in the following table. Otherwise the FMS resets bit 15 (low accuracy).
NAVIGATION ACCURACY
PHASE OF FLIGHT ACCURACY TOLERANCE
Approach 0.5 nm
Terminal 0.5 nm
Enroute FMS not in Degrade
Oceanic FMS not in Degrade

Data Bits: 11 to 14 and 16 (See table) + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Raw NAV Mode Equivalent NAV Mode Bit 16 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11
No Nav No Nav - 0 0 0 0
VOR/DME VOR/DME - 0 0 0 1
Inertial Only Inertial Only - 0 0 1 0
DME/DME DME/DME - 0 0 1 1
GPS GPS - 0 1 0 0
VOR/LOC VOR/DME - 0 1 0 1
LOC Inertial Only - 0 1 1 0
DME/LOC DME/DME - 0 1 1 1
GPS/LOC GPS - 1 0 0 0
VOR/MLS VOR/DME - 1 0 0 1
MLS Inertial Only - 1 0 1 0
DME/MLS DME/DME - 1 0 1 1
GPS/MLS GPS - 1 1 0 0
NAV Accuracy High NAV Accuracy High 1

NAV Accuracy Low NAV Accuracy Low 0

This label added for the 965-0976-XXX-202-202 part number. Supports updated Airbus A300-600R/A310 FMS
Data Bits: 11 to 15 (See table) + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Raw NAV Mode Equivalent NAV Mode Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11
Dead Reckoning Dead Reckoning 0 0 0 0 -
Inertial Only Inertial Only 1 0 0 0 -
Radio Only VOR/DME 0 1 0 0 -
Radio + Inertial VOR/DME 1 1 0 0 -
No Nav No Nav 0 0 1 0
GPS Primary GPS 0 0 0 1 -
NAV Accuracy High NAV Accuracy High - 1
NAV Accuracy Low NAV Accuracy Low - 0

Label 272 was added for the 965-0976-XXX-208-208 part number and supports Boeing B-717 and MD-10. Label 276
was added for the 965-0976-XXX-210-210 part number and supports Boeing MD-11.
LABEL (Octal) 272, 276 Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: 21,22,23 (See table) + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Raw NAV Mode Equivalent NAV Mode Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21
Invalid No Nav 0 0 0
No Navigation No Nav 0 0 1
Radio Only DME/DME 0 1 0
GNS Only GPS 0 1 1
IRS Only Inertial Only 1 0 0
Undefined No Nav 1 0 1
Radio/Inertial DME/DME 1 1 0
GNS/Inertial GPS 1 1 1
4.1.1.90 EFIS Discrete Words

For Boeing aircraft, the EFIS Discrete words are different depending on which aircraft type is used.
737-300/400/500 747
757/767
EFIS Discrete Word 1: Label 272 (display modes) Label 274 (WXR On/Off)
EFIS Discrete Word 2: Label 273 (WXR On/Off) Label 272 (display modes)
To simplify requirements, Discrete Word #1 shall always be the word defining the display modes, and Discrete #2 shall be the
word with WXR On/Off information. This reverses the definition for the 747.
4.1.1.90.1 EFIS Discrete Word 1 (Display Modes)

Note: Refer to section 4.1.1.105 for forward fit definitions of this word.
EFIS Discrete Word 1 (4 formats - see tables below) (see NOTE) Source: EFIS Control Panel
Data Bit: 11 - 29 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
NOTE: Added 4th format for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number.
Bit assignments for the display modes of various aircraft are shown below:
FORMAT 1:
All FORMAT 1 aircraft types identified below can be summarized in one format. This format uses bits 11-14 and 28 to
determine the displayable modes.
Boeing 747-400
Mode bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 28 Displayable*

VOR 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
VOR CTR 0 1 0 0 1 No
APP 0 0 1 0 0 Yes
APP CTR 0 0 1 0 1 No
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
MAP CTR 1 0 0 0 1 No
PLAN 0 0 0 1 X No
*Only displayable if weather is On (label 274 bit 22 = 1)
A300-600

ARC - VOR 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
ARC - ILS 0 0 1 0 0 Yes
ROSE - VOR 0 1 0 0 1 No
ROSE - ILS 0 0 1 0 1 No
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 X No
*Displayable independent of weather being ON or OFF.
NOTE: EFIS control panel only has one position for ARC or ROSE. Bits 12 and 13 are set based on the position of the
VOR/NAV/ILS selector switch on the EFIS complementary control panel. Bit 12 is set for VOR, Bit 13 is set for
ILS.
FORMAT 2:
All FORMAT 2 aircraft types identified below can be summarized in one format. This format uses bits 11, 12-14, 18 and 28
to determine the displayable modes.
For –208 and on use of Map and Nav Mode Track Up bits added.
Boeing 737-300/400/500 Type 1
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bit No. DEFINITION
11 – 14, 18, 28 Display Mode as indicated below
24 Map Mode orientation
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up
27 Nav Mode orientation
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up
Mode bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 18 bit 28 Displayable*

VOR 0 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
ILS 0 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
NAV 0 0 0 0 1 0 Yes
CTR MAP 1 0 0 0 0 1 Yes
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 0 Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 0 X No
NOTE: HSI mode selector only has one position for VOR/ILS. Bits 12 and 13 are set based on the VOR/ILS receiver tuning
information. Bit 12 is set for VOR, Bit 13 is set for ILS.
Boeing 737-300/400/500 Type 2
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bit No. DEFINITION
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up
27 Nav Mode orientation
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up

FULL - VOR 0 1 0 0 0 1 No
FULL - ILS 0 0 1 0 0 1 No
EXP - VOR 0 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
EXP - ILS 0 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
FULL NAV 0 0 0 0 1 1 No
EXP NAV 0 0 0 0 1 0 Yes
CTR MAP 1 0 0 0 0 1 Yes
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 0 Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 0 X No
Boeing 737-300/400/500 Type 3
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bit No. DEFINITION
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up

FULL - VOR 0 1 0 0 0 1 No
FULL - ILS 0 0 1 0 0 1 No
EXP - VOR 0 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
EXP - ILS 0 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
CTR MAP 1 0 0 0 0 1 Yes
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 0 Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 0 X No
FORMAT 3:
All FORMAT 3 aircraft types identified below can be summarized in one format. This format uses bits 11-16 and 28 to
Boeing 757/767
For –208 and on use of Map Mode Track Up bit added.
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Bit No. DEFINITION
11 – 16, 28 Display Mode as indicated below
0 = Heading Up
1 = track up
Mode bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 15 bit 16 bit 28 Displayable*

EXP VOR 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Yes
EXP ILS 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
FULL VOR 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 No
FULL ILS 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 No
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 0 X Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 0 0 X No
FORMAT 4:
This format added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number.
All FORMAT 4 aircraft types identified below can be summarized in one format. This format uses bits 11, 14, 28 and 29 to
A300-600
Mode bit 11 bit 14 bit 28 bit 29 Displayable*

TEST 0 0 0 1 No
ROSE 0 0 1 0 No
ARC 0 0 0 0 Yes
MAP 1 0 0 0 Yes
PLAN 0 1 0 0 No
NOTE: EFIS control panel only has one position for ARC or ROSE. Bit 25 is set based on the position of the
VOR/NAV/ILS selector switch on the EFIS complementary control panel. Bit 25 is set for ILS and cleared for VOR
(although this is a don’t care for the EGPWS).
4.1.1.90.2 EFIS Discrete Word 2 (WXR On/Off)

Note: Refer to section 4.1.1.106 for forward fit definitions of this word.
EFIS Discrete Word 2 (2 formats and labels- see table below) Source: EFIS Control Panel
LABEL (Octal) Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
273 for 737-300/400/500
273 for 757/767
274 for 747
Data Bit: 23 for 737/757/767 + = N/A Sign Bit: Pad Bits: N/A
22 for 747 N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9,
10
BIT ASSIGNMENT
Weather Display Format 1 Format 2
737-300/400/500 747
757/767 Label 274, Bit 22
Label 273, Bit 23
On 1 1
Off 0 0
4.1.1.90.3 EFIS Discrete Word (Display Modes & WXR Brightness ON) MD80
AA MD-80
EFIS Discrete Word: Label 105 (display modes &
WXR brightness ON)
EFIS Discrete Word (format - see table below) Source: SG ISDAS bus
LABEL (Octal) 105 Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A LSB: N/A
Data Bits: see table below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A

ROSE 1 0 0 0 No
ARC 0 1 0 0 Yes
MAP 0 0 1 0 Yes
PLAN 0 0 0 1 No
*Only displayable if weather is selected ON with sufficient brightness
WXR Brightness bit 13

ON (Brightness knob out of detent) 1
OFF (Brightness knob in detent) 0
4.1.1.90.4 EFIS Discrete Words (Display Modes & WXR Brightness ON) Fokker 100
Fokker 100
EFIS Discrete Word 1: Label 272 (display modes &
WXR brightness ON)
EFIS Discrete Word 2: Label 273 (display modes)
EFIS Discrete Word 1 (format - see table below) Source: EFIS CP bus
EFIS Discrete Word 2 (format - see table below) Source: EFIS CP bus
Mode label 272 - label 272 - label 272 - label 273 - Displayable*
bit 14 bit 11 bit 28 bit 23
PLAN 1 0 0 0 No
MAP 0 1 0 0 Yes
ARC 0 0 0 1 Yes
ROSE 0 0 1 0 No
*Only displayable if weather is selected ON with sufficient brightness
WXR Brightness label 272 bit 10

ON (Brightness knob out of detent) 0
OFF (Brightness knob in detent) 1
4.1.1.90.5 EFIS Discrete Word 2 (Track Up status) MD80

MD-80
EFIS Discrete Word 2: Label 110 (Track Up status)
EFIS Discrete Word 2 (format - see table below) Source: SG ISDAS bus
Map Mode Orientation bit 12

Track Up 1
Heading Up 0
4.1.1.91 Discrete Word – MFD or PFD Mode Select 3

DISCRETE WORD – MFD/PFD MODE SELECT 3 Source: MFD (#1 & #2) or IOC (#1 & #2)
LABEL (Octal) 155 or 176 Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
NOTE: PFD Mode Select 3 (Premier 1/Proline 21 IOC) word is transmitted using label 176

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 - 17 Not Used by EGPWC
18 - 24 Terrain Display Range as specified in the table below
BITS 18 to 24 = Display Range (5 to 640 NM, Format as follows)

All 7 bits zero: 640 NM* Bit 21 set: 40 NM
Bit 18 set: 5 NM Bit 22 set: 80 NM
* 640 is not used on the KC-135.
4.1.1.91.1 Control Word - MFD

CONTROL WORD - MFD Source: MFD (#1 & #2)

Bit No. DEFINITION
14 Terrain Display Overlay Active
4.1.1.92 Discrete Word - FWC & GP

3 3
DISCRETE WORD - FWC & GP Source: FWC or GP (#1 & #2 & 3)
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: none
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9,10 See below
Note: Several formats exist for this label. Format 1: This format does not use SDIs and is the default format.
Format 2: Uses SDIs and will be specified if required on a specific aircraft type.
FWC or GP WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
NOTE: Not all of the following bits are necessarily used on a given aircraft, but all will be processed. For example, Steep
Approach is only supported in a limited number of installations, however the bits for steep approach are always monitored.
The use of bit fields on a given aircraft will be indicated in the ICD for that aircraft.
9, 10 SDI: 9/10
1/0 = left display range, 0/1 = Right display range, 0/0 = No Range, 1/1 = No Range
Note: SDI is not always read, only Format 2 uses SDI.
11 - 14 Self test command codes. Used only if aircraft ICD indicates that a ‘Type 1’ discrete word is present.
Bit 11 12 13 14
0 0 0 0 = No Test Command
0 0 1 0 = Short Level 1 Test Command
0 1 0 0 = Long Level 1 Test Command
0 1 1 0 = Level 2 Test Command
0 0 0 1 = Self Test Cancel Command
0 0 1 1 = Skip Command
15 Glideslope Cancel (momentary) 1
16 Flap Override (alternate action) 1
17 Terrain Awareness & TCF inhibit 1
18 Auto Range Confirm (alternate action) 1
19 Landing Gear Down 5
Note: Not available on all FWCs. Used only if Format 1 applies.
20-22
23 EGPWS Test Command Bit 4
Note: Not available on all FWCs. Used only if aircraft ICD indicates that a ‘Type 2’ discrete word is present.
24 Steep Approach Activated (alternate action) 4
25 - 28 Terrain Display Range as specified in the table below.
NOTE: identical mapping as DAU discrete word of section 4.1.1.31
29 Not Used
BITS 25 to 28 = Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)

0000 0.5 NM 1000 150 NM
0001 1.0 NM 1001 200 NM
0010 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
0011 5.0 NM 1011 500 NM
0100 10 NM 1100 1000 NM
0101 25 NM 1101 2000 NM
0110 50 NM 1110 600 NM 2
0111 100 NM 1111 1200 NM 2
1
Definition added for part number 965-0976-0xx-104-104, formerly not used.
2
Definition added for part number 965-0976-0xx-102-102, formerly spares.
3
GP bus definition not supported prior to part number 965-0976-0xx-104-104.
4
Steep Approach and Test Command bit definitions not supported prior to part number 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
5
Landing Gear Down bit definition not supported prior to part number 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
4.1.1.93 GPS Horizontal Integrity Limit

GPS Horizontal Integrity Limit Source: ARINC 743A GPS
LABEL (Octal) 130 Units: Nautical Miles Max. Range: 16 Approx. LSB: 0.00012207
Data Bit: 12 - 28 (see table below) = 17 + = always positive Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ms Data Type: BNR + discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
BIT ASSIGNMENT GPS HIL

Bit Definition
11 Set to 1 whenever the receivers RAIM detects a non-isolatable
satellite failure (NISF), set to 0 otherwise
12 - Integrity limit in nautical miles
28
4.1.1.94 Date for SFFS Mode

DATE For SFFS Mode - CAIMS Source: CAIMS
LABEL (Octal) 225 Units: Day:Month:Year Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: 1 Day
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 See NOTE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Maximum Data Type: Honeywell Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
NOTE: BITS 11 to 14 (4) = UNITS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
BITS 15 to 18 (4) = TENS of the YEAR (0 to 9)
4.1.1.95 Aircraft Serial Number

AIRCRAFT SERIAL NUMBER - CAIMS Source: CAIMS
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Maximum Data Type: Honeywell Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
A/C SERIAL NUMBER WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11-14 Aircraft Serial Number most significant digit (BCD; 0..9)
15-18 Aircraft Serial Number next significant digit (BCD; 0..9)
27 Fault Storage Allowed (1=Allowed, 0=Not Allowed)
28 NVM Storage Zone (1=Flight zone, 0=Ground zone)
4.1.1.96 Command Word

COMMAND WORD - CAIMS Source: CAIMS
Data Bits: 11 to 29 See TABLE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11, 12
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Maximum Data Type: Honeywell Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
9 - 10 Member System Site ID
Note: Used (when set to zero) in combination with Equipment Code (‘All Systems’)
for the special case of sending a ‘Clear CAIMS Command’.
11 - 18 Equipment Code: (Hex) xxxx xxxx
080H = All Systems
04FH = EGPWC
19 - 26 Command Code: (Hex) xxxx xxxx
00H = No Command
04H = Poll Mode Command
05H = Send Flight Faults Most Recent Leg # Command
06H = Send Flight Faults Previous Leg # Command
07H = Send Flight Faults based on Date, Leg #, and A/C SN Command
08H = Send Flight Faults Next Leg # Command
09H = Send Ground Faults Most Recent Leg # Command
0AH = Send Ground Faults Previous Leg # Command
0CH = Send Ground Faults Next Leg # Command
0DH = Wait, CAIMS Processing Command
0FH = Clear CAIMS Command
11H = Even ACK Command
13H = Odd ACK Command
E6H = Self Test Level 1 (Long) Command
E7H = Self Test Level 1 (Short) Command
E8H = Self Test Level 2 Command
E9H = Self Test Level 3 Command
EAH = Self Test Level 4 Command
EBH = Self Test Level 5 Command
ECH = Self Test Level 6 Command
EDH = Self Test Cancel Command
EEH = Self Test Skip Current Warning/Fault Message Command
27-29 Reserved for use by CAIMS
4.1.1.97 Flight Number

FLIGHT NUMBER - CAIMS Source: CAIMS
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Maximum Data Type: Honeywell Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
FLIGHT NUMBER WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11-14 Current Flight Leg Number - Ones digit (BCD; 0..9)
15 Current Flight Leg Number - Tens digit (BCD; 1=add 10, 0=no add)
16 CAIMS Active (1=is active, 0=not active)
17-29 Not Used by EGPWC (Reserved for use by CAIMS)
4.1.1.98 Destination Latitude

Destination Latitude Source: FMC
4.1.1.99 Destination Longitude

Destination Longitude Source: FMC
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Maximum Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: None
4.1.1.100 Range - Multifunction Signal Generator (MG)/IC600

RANGE - MG Source: MG/IC600
Data Bits: Discrete word containing both + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9, 10
left and right ranges, see below
Note: Data format identical to EPGWC output label 050.

BITS 11 to 14 = Left Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)
BITS 15 to 18 = Right Terrain Display Range (0.5 to 2000NM, Format as follows)
MG Note: Range is on one of two buses depending on whether MG is backing up right side.

Bits 18-15 Bits 18-15
0000 0.5 NM 1000 150 NM
0001 1.0 NM 1001 200 NM
0010 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
0011 5.0 NM 1011 500 NM
0100 10 NM 1100 1000 NM
0101 25 NM 1101 2000 NM
0110 50 NM 1110 600 NM
(see Note)
0111 100 NM 1111 1200 NM
(see Note)
NOTE: Definition added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number, formerly spares.
4.1.1.101 Discrete Word - IC600

Discrete Word - (IC600 Packed Discrete Word 4) Source: IC
Data Bits: Bit 17: See TABLE + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Discrete Data Bit Definition
IC outputting MFD format Bit 17 = 1: IC Driving Display
(its range is displayed) Bit 17 = 0: IC not Driving Display
4.1.1.102 Attitude/Heading - MD80

This section added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number
4.1.1.102.1 Pitch Angle A/B
PITCH ANGLE Source: DFGC bus
LABEL (Octal) Units: Degrees Max. Range: -44.99968 to LSB: 0.08789 Deg
Pitch A: 002 (L) 44.91179 degrees
Pitch B: 002 (H)
Data Bits: + = Nose Up Sign Bit: Pad Bits: 9, 10, 31
Pitch A: 11-19 = 9 Pitch A: 20
Pitch B: 21-29 = 9 Pitch B: 30
NOTE: For validity refer to section 4.1.1.102.4.
4.1.1.102.2 Roll Angle A/B (45 degree range)

ROLL ANGLE Source: DFGC bus
LABEL (Octal) Units: Degrees Max. Range: -44.99968 to LSB: 0.08789 Deg
Roll A: 306 (L) 44.91179 degrees
Roll B: 306 (H)
Data Bits: + = Right Wing Down Sign Bit: Pad Bits: 9, 10, 31
Roll A: 11-19 = 9 Roll A: 20
Roll B: 21-29 = 9 Roll B: 30
Note: For validity refer to section 4.1.1.102.4.
4.1.1.102.3 Roll Angle (full range)

ROLL ANGLE Source: SG ISDAS bus
LABEL (Octal) Units: Degrees Max. Range: -180 to +180 LSB: 0.351563 Deg
001 H degrees
Data Bits: 21-29 = 9 + = Right Wing Down Sign Bit: 30 Pad Bits: 9, 10, 31
4.1.1.102.4 Discrete Word

DISCRETE WORD Source: DFGC bus
LABEL (Octal) Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A LSB: N/A
Validity Attitude/Heading A: 307
Validity Attitude/Heading B: 027
Data Bit: 1 = valid Sign Bit: Pad Bits: 9, 10,
Attitude Validity: #11 N/A 29, 30, 31
Heading Validity: #16
4.1.1.102.5 Magnetic Heading Angle A/B

MAGNETIC HEADING ANGLE Source: DFGC bus
LABEL (Octal) Units: Degrees Max. Range: -180 to +180 LSB: 0.351563 Deg
Mag Heading A: 205 (L) degrees
Mag Heading B: 205 (H)
Data Bits: Sign Bit: Pad Bits: 9, 10, 31
Mag Heading A: 11-19 = 9 Mag Heading A: 20
Mag Heading B: 21-29 = 9 Mag Heading B: 30
Note: For validity refer to section 4.1.1.102.4.
4.1.1.103 Discrete Word - EFS Display Mode and Range (C130)

DISCRETE WORD - EFS Source: EFIS 40/50
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9,10
EFS DISCRETE WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 - 14 EFS Display Mode, see table below
16 - 20 EFS Selected Range, see table below
The following table shows the format of the EFS Display Mode bits.

HSI 0 0 0 0 No
HSI MAP 0 0 0 1 No
HSI MAP WX 0 0 1 0 Yes
HSI WX 0 0 1 1 Yes
WX Only 0 1 0 0 Yes
DG 0 1 0 1 No
North Up Plan 0 1 1 0 No
TCAS Only 0 1 1 1 No
The following table shows the format of the EFS Selected Range bits.
Value of bits 16-20 (16 Range
= LSB)
0 0.5 NM
1 1 NM
2 2 NM
3 5 NM
4 10 NM
5 20 NM
6 40 NM
7 80 NM
8 160 NM
9 240 NM
10 320 NM
11 1000 NM
12 - 31 N/A
4.1.1.104 IAC Status Word

IAC STATUS WORD Source: IAC via FWC
Transmit Interval (mSec): 25 - 200 ms Data Type: Discrete using Honeywell SSM SDI Bits: N/A
IAC STATUS WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11-22 Not Used by EGPWC
23 Coupled Side (to AFCS)
0 = Left, 1 = Right
24 Left Side ADC Source (PFD-1 ADC Source)
0 = ADC #2, 1 = ADC #1
25 Right Side ADC Source (PFD-2 ADC Source)
0 = ADC #2, 1 = ADC #1
4.1.1.105 EFIS Discrete Word 1

This section added for the 965-0976-XXX-202-202 part number.
For forward fit Boeing applications display mode information is not required for the EGPWS. However, for the 737-
600/700/800 and 747-400 this label also contains the MDA Select bit.
FORMAT 1: 737-600/700/800: BIT/LABEL ASSIGNMENT
EFIS Discrete Word 1 737-600/700/800 Source: DEU
Data Bit: see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9/10
Note: Used Honeywell discrete SSM 10/9 = 01 = left
prior to –204.
10/9 = 10 = right
DISCRETE WORD 1 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
10-9 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
11-14 Display Modes as shown below. Not Used by EGPWS
15 - 26 Not Used by EGPWS
28 Display Modes as shown below. Not Used by EGPWS
29 Not Used by EGPWS

PLAN 0 0 0 1 X No
APP 0 0 1 0 0 Yes
APP CTR 0 0 1 0 1 No
VOR 0 1 0 0 0 Yes
VOR CTR 0 1 0 0 1 No
MAP 1 0 0 0 0 Yes
MAP CTR 1 0 0 0 1 Yes
FORMAT 2: 747-400: BIT/LABEL ASSIGNMENT
EFIS Discrete Word 1 747-400 Source: EIU

Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note: Used Honeywell discrete SSM prior to –204. 10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
NOTE: Control Word BIT Assignments, and SSM Definition is given below.

Bit No. DEFINITION
9-10 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
11 - 26 Not Use by EGPWC
4.1.1.106 EFIS Discrete Word 2

This section added for the 965-0976-XXX-202-202 part number.
Discrete Word 2 Source: EFIS Control Panel/EIU
LABEL (Octal) See Below Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bits: See below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
FORMAT 1: 747-400/767-400: Label = 274
FORMAT 1: DISCRETE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
10-9 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
11-14 Not Used by EGPWS
15 Terrain On (1 = on)
19 V1 Command (only from left SDI) (added in –210-210)
22 Not Used by EGPWS (Weather On, 1 = on).
23 - 29 Display Range as specified below

Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 RANGE
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 *320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 5 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 10 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 20 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 40 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 80 NM
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
* This bit pattern actually indicates a 640 NM setting, but the EGPWS will decode this as 320 NM.
FORMAT 2: 777-200/300: Label = 271

Note: For 777-200/300 Terrain Select is located on bit 14 of the PFD Discrete Word defined in section 4.1.1.33.
FORMAT 2 DISCRETE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
10-9 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right

0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 5 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 20 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 40 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 80 NM
1 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
FORMAT 3: 757/767: Label = 273

Bit No. DEFINITION
9-10 SDI is not used
23 Not Used by EGPWS (Weather On, 1 = on).

1 1 1 1 1 1 *320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 5 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 20 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 40 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 80 NM
1 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
FORMAT 4: 737-600/700/800: Label = 273

Bit No. DEFINITION
10-9 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
20 Not Used by EGPWS (Weather On, 1 = on)
27 V1 Command (only from left SDI)

Bit 19 Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 RANGE
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 *320 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 80 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 40 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 20 NM
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 NM
FORMAT 5: MD-11: Label = 372
FORMAT DISCRETE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
10-9 SDI:
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right

Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 RANGE
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 *320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 NM
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 5 NM
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 10 NM
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 20 NM
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 40 NM
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 80 NM
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 NM
* This bit pattern actually indicates a 640 NM setting
4.1.1.107 Required Navigation Performance - FMS RNP

This label added for the 965-0976-XXX–202-202 part number.
REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE - FMS Source: FMS
LABEL (Octal) 171 Units: Nautical Miles Max. Range: 128 NM’s Approx. LSB: 0.001953125
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 TO 13
4.1.1.108 Actual Navigation Performance - FMS ANP

This section added for future applications.
ACTUAL NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE - FMS Source: FMS
LABEL (Octal) 167 Units: Nautical Miles Max. Range: 128 NM’S Approx. LSB: 0.001953125
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 TO 13
4.1.1.109 PWS - Status Word

Status Output - Wx RADAR Source: Wx Radar
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 - 160ms Data Type: Discrete (non-standard SSM, see below) SDI Bits: N/A
HAZARD RANGE OUTPUT BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 - 22 Spare
23 PWS Audio On (1 = Audio On)
24 Selected for auto PWS Activation (1 = Selected R/T)
25 PWS Off (1 = manually disabled)
26 PWS Internal Fault (1 = fault)
27 PWS External Fault (1 = fault)
28 Alert Level (see below)
29 Alert Level (see below)
BITS 28 & 29 = Alert Level, format as follows BITS 30 & 31 = SSM as follows
Bit 28 Bits 29 DEFINITION BIT 31 BIT 30 DEFINITION
0 0 No Alert 0 0 Normal Operation
1 0 Level 1 (Advisory) 0 1 Invalid (fault)
0 1 Level 2 (Caution) 1 0 Functional Test
1 1 Level 3 (Warning) 1 1 NCD
Other signals also included:

Signals described in sections 4.1.1.46, 4.1.1.117 and 4.1.1.118 will also be included with this signal.
4.1.1.110 Command Word - CDU
COMMAND WORD - CDU Source: CDU

Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9,10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 200 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: None
CDU COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
9, 10 Pad
11 - 14 Self test command codes.
Bit 11 12 13 14
0 0 0 0 = No Test Command
0 0 1 0 = Short Level 1 Test Command
0 1 0 0 = Long Level 1 Test Command
0 0 0 1 = Self Test Cancel Command
0 0 1 1 = Skip Command
15 Glideslope Cancel (momentary)
16 Flap Override (alternate action)
17 Terrain Awareness & TCF inhibit (alternate action)
18 Not Used
19 Speed Brake Cancel (momentary)
20 Not Used
21 Not Used
22 Not Used
23 Not Used.
24 Steep Approach Activated (alternate action)
25 - 29 Not Used
4.1.1.110.1 Command Word – CDU – Type 2 (Future)

This section added for future applications.
COMMAND WORD – CDU – Type 2 Source: CDU
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 9,10
Transmit Interval (mSec): 100 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: None
CDU COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
9, 10 Pad
11 - 14 Not Used
15 Glideslope Cancel (momentary)
16 Flap Override (alternate action)
17 Terrain Awareness & TCF inhibit (alternate action)
18 Tactical Select (momentary)
19 EGPWS Test Command Bit (momentary)
20 Landing Gear Position (0 = gear down)
21 Mode Orientation (0 = heading up, 1 = track up)
22 Not Used
23 Not Used
24 - 26 Captain Select Terrain Display Range
27 - 29 First Officer Select Terrain Display Range
Captain Select Terrain Display Range Bit Assignments

Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 RANGE
1 1 1 320 NM
1 1 0 160 NM
1 0 1 80 NM
1 0 0 40 NM
0 1 1 20 NM
0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 1 5 NM
First Officer Select Terrain Display Range Bit Assignments

Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 RANGE
1 1 1 320 NM
1 1 0 160 NM
1 0 1 80 NM
1 0 0 40 NM
0 1 1 20 NM
0 1 0 10 NM
0 0 1 5 NM
NOTE: The EGPWS does not have the capability to display Terrain Data at 640 NM.
4.1.1.111 FCC Mode Word 2

FCC MODE WORD 2 (Note 1, 3) Source: FCC via IOC
Data Bits: See Note 2 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Note 1: This word first supported in part number 965-0976-0XX-202-202
Note 2: A “1” in BIT position 19 indicates that the FCC’s are coupled on the right side (R-FCC).
Note 3: There are two types of processing for this signal. The basic type controls the ADC source; Type 2 controls the
Glideslope/Localizer and optionally, the MDA/DH selection.
FCC MODE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
19 FCC Coupled Side
0= Coupled Left
1= Coupled Right
4.1.1.112 Selected Baro Reference Discrete Word

4.1.1.112.1 Selected Baro Reference Discrete Word - Type 1 (A319/320/321)
Selected Baro Reference Discrete Word - Type 1 Source: FCU (Nav Display Bus)
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Baro Reference Bit 29 Bit 28
QFE 0 0
QNH 1 0
STD 0 1
Fault 1 1
4.1.1.112.2 Selected Baro Reference Discrete Word - Type 2 (A330/340)

Selected Baro Reference Discrete Word - Type 2 Source: FCU (Nav Display Bus)
BIT ASSIGNMENTS
Baro Reference Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
QFE 0 0 1
QNH 0 1 0
STD 1 0 0
Any other bit combination is considered a ‘Fault’.
4.1.1.113 Landing (Destination) QNH (BCD)

Landing (Destination) QNH (BCD) Source: See Note 2
LABEL (Octal) 140 Units: Hectopascals Max. Range: 745-1100 HPa Approx. LSB: 0.1 HPa
(HPa=mb)
Data Bits: 11 to 29 = 19 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): 800 – 1200 Data Type: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) SDI Bits: 9, 10
Note 1: This word first supported in part number 965-0976-0XX-202-202
Note 2: FMS Low Speed Bus is the source for this label on A319/320/321 Aircraft. On A330/340 Aircraft, a separate bus
connection will be required.
Note 3: Bits 29 to 27 = Thousands (MSC)
Bits 26 to 23 = Hundreds
Bits 22 to 19 = Tens
Bits 18 to 15 = Ones
Bits 14 to 11 = Tenths
4.1.1.114 IC EFIS Discrete Word 1

IC EFIS DISCRETE WORD 1 (Center Packed Discretes 1) Source: IC
IC EFIS DISCRETE WORD 1 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
14 ILS #2 Tuned to Localizer (1 = tuned)
15 ILS #1 Tuned to Localizer (1 = tuned)
16-17 Coupled Side
17 16
0 0 Not coupled
0 1 Coupled right
1 0 Coupled Left
4.1.1.115 IC EFIS Discrete Word 2

IC EFIS DISCRETE WORD 2 (EFIS Status Packed Discretes) Source: IC
IC EFIS DISCRETE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
19-21 Left Side Nav Source
21 20 19
0 0 0 ILS 1
0 0 1 ILS 2
0 1 0 ILS 3 (FMS 1)
0 1 1 ILS 4 (FMS 2)
27-29 Right Side Nav Source
29 28 27
0 0 0 ILS 1
0 0 1 ILS 2
0 1 0 ILS 3 (FMS 1)
0 1 1 ILS 4 (FMS 2)
4.1.1.116 AVRO EFIS Discrete Word

AVRO EFIS DISCRETE WORD Source: EFIS-FMS Bus
Data Bits: Uses SSM field, see table + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 ms max Data Type: Non-Standard SSM SDI Bits: N/A
AVRO EFIS DISCRETE WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
31-30 31 30
0 0 WXR On
0 1 NCD
1 0 F/T
1 1 WXR Off
4.1.1.117 Hazard Data Word

Hazard Data Word - Wx RADAR Source: Wx Radar
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 ms Data Type: Discrete (no SSM) SDI Bits: N/A
HAZARD DATA WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
9 Data Point Count LSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
10 Data Point Count, Used by EGPWC Flight History
16 Data Point Count MSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
17 Det. Scan Avg Power, 0.5 dBz, Used by EGPWC Flight History
18 Det. Scan Avg Power, 1 dBz, Used by EGPWC Flight History
24 Val. Scan Avg Power, 0.5 dBz, Used by EGPWC Flight History
25 Val. Scan Avg Power, 1 dBz, Used by EGPWC Flight History
31 Spare – Set to 0
BITS 9-16 = unsigned 8-bit number
BITS 17-23 = unsigned number range 0-63.5 dBz
BITS 18-30 = unsigned number range 0-63.5 dBz
4.1.1.118 Hazard Azimuth Output

Hazard Azimuth Output - Wx RADAR Source: Wx Radar
Transmit Interval (mSec): 20 ms Data Type: Discrete (non-standard SSM, see below) SDI Bits: N/A
HAZARD AZIMUTH OUTPUT BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Event Number LSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
12 Event Number, Used by EGPWC Flight History
13 Event Number MSB, Used by EGPWC Flight History
14 Azimuth (Left side), 1 deg Used by EGPWC Flight History
15 Azimuth (Left side), 2 deg, Used by EGPWC Flight History
19 Azimuth (Left side), 32 deg, Used by EGPWC Fl ight History
20 Azimuth (Left side), -64 deg (sign), Used by EGPWC Flight History
21 Azimuth (Right side), 1 deg, Used by EGPWC Flight History
27 Azimuth (Right side), -64 deg (sign), Used by EGPWC Flight
History
28 Alert level, Not Used by EGPWC
29 Alert level, Not Used by EGPWC
BITS 14-20 = signed number range –64 to +63 degrees
BITS 21-27 = signed number range –64 to +63 degrees
BITS 30 & 31 = SSM same as 4.1.1.46
4.1.1.119 SFECU Discrete Word 1 - (Flap Position)

SFECU DISCRETE WORD 1 Source: IOC
Data Bits: See NOTES & Table + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): Data Type: Discrete (uses Honeywell SDI Bits (10/9):
500 ms (each SDI) discrete SSM) SDI1 (0/1) used for SFECU #1 Flaps
SDI3 (1/1) used for SFECU #2 Flaps
SDI usage only recognized with –212
and on.
NOTE: A “1” in BIT position 21 of the appropriate SDI indicates that flaps are >30 °. This currently applies to the CRJ
Series 700 aircraft. This input can be used for landing flap information in lieu of a landing flap discrete.
Bit 21 Definition Flap Angle

0 Flaps ≤ 30 degrees Flaps @ 0 degrees
1 Flaps > 30 degrees Flaps @ 45 degrees
4.1.1.120 De Havilland Dash 8-400 Discrete Word 1 - (Selected Nav Source, Back
Course)
DISCRETE WORD 1 (Flight Guidance Control Panel Selected Source: IOP
Nav Source)
Note: Not supported prior to -208-208.
Transmit Interval (mSec): 780 – 820 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 ILS1 (VOR/ILS1)
12 ILS2 (VOR/ILS2)
13 Not used by EGPWS (FMS1/GPS1)
14 Not used by EGPWS (FMS2/GPS2)
15 ILS3 (MLS1)
16 ILS4 (MLS2)
17-23 Not used
24 WXR OFF selected (bit 11/label 300 WXRCP bus)
25 Backcourse (1 = Backcourse, 0 = No Backcourse)
26-29 Not Used
31/30 SSM
4.1.1.121 De Havilland Dash 8-400 Discrete Word 2 - (Display Range, Terrain

Selection, Gear Down)
IOP DISCRETE WORD 2 (EFIS Control Panel Range) Source: IOP
Transmit Interval (mSec): 180 – 220 ms Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
IOP EFIS DISCRETE WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Gear Down (Landing Gear Down and Locked, FDR MG DN/LK)
12 Terrain Selected (Terrain display request)
13-23 Not used
24-29 Range, see table below
31/30 SSM
Bit 24 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Range [NM]

0 0 0 0 0 1 10
0 0 0 0 1 0 20
0 0 0 1 0 0 40
0 0 1 0 0 0 80
0 1 0 0 0 0 160
1 0 0 0 0 0 240
4.1.1.122 Discrete Word - Bendix Weather Radar Vertical Profile Mode

Discrete Word Source: WXR Control Panel
Data Bit: 11 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Some display systems support a vertical profile WXR display where the radar scans up and down. This mode can not support
a terrain display. Therefore when this mode bit is set (indicating that the profile mode is active) the EGPWS is to treat this as
a non-displayable mode.
Mode bit 11 Displayable

Vertical Profile On 1 No
Vertical Profile Off 0 Yes
4.1.1.123 Body Roll Rate

BODY ROLL RATE Source: ARINC 704 IRS/ AHRS
LABEL (Octal) 327 Units: Degrees/Second Max. Range: ± 128 Deg/Sec Approx. LSB: 0.015625 Deg/Sec
Data Bits: 16 to 28 = 13 + = Right Wing Down Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 15
4.1.1.124 Minimum Operating Altitude - With SDI Selection

MINIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE Source: WAC #1 & #2
LABEL (Octal) 164 Units: Feet Max. Range: + 65,536 Feet Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above sea level Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11, 12
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
Note: Actual data is limited to a range of 100 to 5000 Feet.
4.1.1.125 Range (271)

RANGE Source: KCPB Display
LABEL (Octal) 271 Units: NM Max. Range: 1023.5 Approx. LSB: 0.5
Data Bits: 19 to 29 = 11 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: 11-18

Transmit Interval (mSec): at least 200 ms Data Type: Binary SDI Bits: 9,10
4.1.1.126 DSU Status Word (350)

DSU STATUS WORD Source: DSU
Data Bits: Discrete word, see below + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 maximum Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 9,10
DSU STATUS WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bit No. DEFINITION
11 Power Up Program Memory Test (ROM_FAIL)
12 Power Up External RAM Test (RAM_FAIL)
13 Power Up UDI Video Dual Port RAM Test (UDIVM_FAIL)
14-15 Unused
16 Continuous ARINC 453 Inactive Test (A453INACT_FAIL)
17 Continuous Display Range Validity Test (DISPRING_FAIL)
18 Continuous Unused Interrupts Test (UNUSEDINT_FAIL)
19-23 Unused
24 Program Pin A Status
25 Program Pin B Status
26 Program Pin C Status
27 Program Pin D Status
28 Program Pin E Status
29 Unused
4.1.1.127 Query / Continuous Response (011)
QUERY / CONTINUOUS RESPONSE Source: KCPB Display

Data Bits: Discrete word + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): Prompted Response Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: N/A
or Continuous Response, 2-30 words /sec.
Label 011 communicates the response to the KCPB Query / Setup Label (KCPB Label 027) or on a continuous basis. For a
detailed description of the Query / Continuous Response Label 011 definition see the EGPWS Interface Methodology, 060-
4303-000.
4.1.1.128 Key Press / Display Mode Data (012) - Optional

KEY PRESS DATA Source: KCPB Display
Data Bits: Discrete word + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: None
Transmit Interval (mSec): at least 200 msec Data Type: Discrete SDI Bits: 0
Key press / Display Mode data will be transmitted using Label 012. This is an optional label for KCPB displays. The state of
the front panel keys will be transmitted nominally every 200 ms. Keys which are being pressed will be represented as logic
“1” in the appropriate bit while non pressed keys will be registered as logic “0”. For a detailed description of the Key Press /
Display Mode Label 012 definition see the EGPWS Interface Methodology, 060-4303-000.
4.1.1.129 Honeywell RS-422 Serial Control Interface (SCI) Mode/Range Word

The Serial Control Interface is transmitted on an RS-422 data bus. The data stream consists of 13 words transmitted within
47 milliseconds. Each character consists of one bit (Low), 8 data bits with least significant bit first; an ODD parity bit and
one stop bit (high). The most significant bit of the character is a label or data flag bit.
Mode/Range Word 1 Source: Map Electronics Unit (MEU)
LABEL (Hex) 80 Units: N/A Max. Range: N/A Approx. LSB: N/A
Data Bit: 1 – 8 + = N/A Sign Bit: N/A Pad Bits: N/A
Note this is an RS-422 serial data stream not ARINC 429 so SDI and SSM for this word are not applicable.

Bits 4 - 7 DEFINITION Bits 4 - 7 DEFINITION
0100 0.5 NM 0110 150 NM
0010 1.0 NM 1100 200 NM
1111 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
1011 5.0 NM 0001 500 NM
1101 10 NM 0101 1000 NM
1001 25 NM 0011 2000 NM
1110 50 NM 0000 spare
1000 100 NM 0111 spare
4.1.1.130 Minimum Descent Altitude – With SDI Selection (No Separate DH)
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE Source: WAC BUS #1 & #2
LABEL (Octal) 170 Units: Feet Max. Range: + 65,536 Feet Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 28 = 16 + = Above sea level Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11, 12
10/9 = 01 = left
10/9 = 10 = right
Note: Actual data is limited to a range of 100 to 9990 Feet.
4.1.2 ARINC 575 Input Data

ARINC 575 data is very similar to the low speed ARINC 429 data described in the previous sections, but is one generation
earlier in the aircraft serial data definition. As such, there is NO SDI Field, and the SIGN/STATUS Matrix for 2’s
Complement Binary data is different, and is given below for reference.
SIGN/STATUS Matrix The number of BITS, and the meaning of these BITS, varies depending on the type of data in the
ARINC 575 word.
ARINC 575 BINARY (BNR) DATA

0 0 Plus, North, East, Right, To, Above
0 1 Failure Warning
1 1 Minus, South, West, Left, From, Below
4.1.2.1 Barometric Altitude Rate

BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE RATE Source: ARINC 575 ADC
LABEL (Octal) 212 Units: Feet/Minute Max. Range: ± 20,480 Ft/Min Approx. LSB: 10 Ft/Min
Data Bits: 19 to 29 = 11 + = Ascent Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 18
Transmit Interval (mSec): 62.5 Maximum Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: N/A
4.1.2.2 Computed Airspeed

COMPUTED AIRSPEED Source: ARINC 575 ADC
Data Bits: 17 to 29 = 13 + = Forward Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 16
Transmit Interval (mSec): 125 Maximum Data Type: 2’s Complement Binary SDI Bits: N/A

CORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE (See NOTE) Source: ARINC 575 ADC/FMC
LABEL (Octal) 204 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 131, 072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 29 = 17 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 12
NOTE: Correction may be QNH or QFE.
4.1.2.4 Static Air Temperature

STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE Source: ARINC 575 ADC
LABEL (Octal) 213 Units: Degrees Celsius Max. Range: 512 Degrees C. Approx. LSB: 0.5 Degree
Data Bits: 20 to 29 = 10 + = Above ZERO Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 19
4.1.2.5 True Airspeed

TRUE AIRSPEED Source: ARINC 575 ADC
Data Bits: 18 to 29 = 12 + = Forward Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 17
4.1.2.6 Uncorrected Barometric Altitude

UNCORRECTED BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE Source: ARINC 575 ADC
LABEL (Octal) 203 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 131, 072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 13 to 29 = 17 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: Part of SSM Pad Bits: 9 to 12
4.1.3 DC Analog Inputs
4.1.3.1 General Analog Interface Characteristics

Four DC analog inputs are available on the EGPWC. Typically these can be used for analog Radio Altimeter, Glideslope
Deviation, and Indicated AOA data. Some of these inputs are capable of multiple scaling.
Analog Receiver Channel Identification. Each Analog Receiver Channel is identified with two identifiers, one for each leg
of the twisted wire pair. The identifier is formed as follows:
ANA[Channel Id][Leg] where Channel Id ranges [1-4], and Leg is H for the positive leg and L for the negative leg. An
example of a channel identifier would be ANA1H, which identifies the positive leg of Analog channel 1.
4.1.3.1.1 Analog Channel Number 1

Analog input channel #1 is configured as defined in the following table. This channel is typically used for Analog Radio
Altitude.
ANALOG CHANNEL #1 - GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

INPUT IMPEDANCE (Nominal) 85.7K Ohms
MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT 150 uAMPS
(Internal Fault to VCC)
APPROX. ACCURACY 0.2%
ANALOG CHANNEL #1 - HIGH SIGNAL LEVEL - SINGLE POLARITY

INPUT SIGNAL RANGE -0.4 to +31.0 VDC
APPROX. RESOLUTION (LSB) 7.66 mVDC
APPROX. DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH (-3dB) 0.66 Hz
ANALOG CHANNEL #1 - INTERMEDIATE SIGNAL LEVEL - SINGLE POLARITY


Analog input channel #2 can be configured for any of the ranges as defined in the following table. This channel is typically
used for High Level Analog Radio Altitude, or Intermediate Level Angle of Attack (AOA).

ANALOG CHANNEL #2 - HIGH SIGNAL LEVEL - SINGLE POLARITY

ANALOG CHANNEL #2 - INTERMEDIATE SIGNAL LEVEL - BI POLAR

INPUT SIGNAL RANGE ± 10.24 VDC
APPROX DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH (-3dB) 0.70 Hz

APPROX DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH (-3dB) 0.61 Hz

Analog input channel #3 is configured as defined in the following table. This channel is typically used for Analog Glideslope
Deviation.
ANALOG CHANNEL #3 - LOW SIGNAL LEVEL - BI POLAR

INPUT IMPEDANCE (Nominal) 2.41M Ohms
APPROX. RESOLUTION (LSB) 610 µVDC
COMMON MODE REJECTION -60 db Minimum


Analog input channel #4 can be configured for any of the ranges as defined in the following table. This channel is typically
used for Low Level Glideslope Deviation, or Intermediate Level Angle of Attack (AOA).

INPUT IMPEDANCE (Nominal) 2.41M Ohms
COMMON MODE REJECTION -60 db Minimum
ANALOG CHANNEL #4 - LOW SIGNAL LEVEL - BI POLAR

APPROX. RESOLUTION (LSB) 610 µVDC
ANALOG CHANNEL #4 - INTERMEDIATE SIGNAL LEVEL - BI POLAR


4.1.3.2 Specific Analog Input Signal Characteristics

The following paragraphs define the different Analog input types available to the EGPWC. The actual connector pin
assignments for each analog signal are defined for each aircraft type in the ICD of Appendix F.
4.1.3.2.1 ARINC 552 Radio Altimeter

Single, or dual ARINC 552 analog altimeter interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Scale: For Radio Altitude <= 480 feet
Volts DC = (0.02 × Feet) + 0.4
Scale: For Radio Altitude > 480 feet
Feet + 20
Volts DC = 10 × (1 + Ln ( ))
500
Valid range is > -12 feet AGL. If adjustable, the on ground voltage should be set to between +0.2 and +0.3 VDC.
LRRA Limits: [OOTMAX] [OOTMIN]

RA Type ARINC 552 2800 feet -20 feet
4.1.3.2.2 ALT 55 Radio Altimeter

Single or dual ALT 55 analog altimeter interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Scale: For Radio Altitude <= 500 feet:
Volts DC = (0.02 × Feet) + 0.4
Scale: For Radio Altitude > 500 feet:
Volts DC = 0.003(Feet - 500) + 10.4
Range: -20 to 2500 feet AGL
Valid range is > -12 feet AGL. If adjustable, the on ground voltage should be set to between +0.2 and +0.3 VDC.
LRRA Limits: [OOTMAX] [OOTMIN]
RA Type ALT 55 2800 feet -20 feet
4.1.3.2.3 Glideslope Deviation

Single or dual ARINC 547 analog Glideslope interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Type: ARINC 547 ILS
Scale: 150 mVDC per 0.175 DDM
Range: ± 1.17 DDM (± 13.3 Dots), + = Fly Up
When the analog input is used both ILS Select (Tuned) and Glideslope Validity Flag input discretes are required for each
system.
Note: When using WinViews to monitor internal Glideslope values for this input the polarity of the CVT item will be
inverted. In other words, a positive voltage (fly up) will indicate negative dots. This polarity matches the ARINC 710
definition for Glideslope deviation.
4.1.3.2.4 VANE ANGLE OF ATTACK, POTENTIOMETER

Single or dual analog AOA interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Type: Vane mounted Potentiometer
Scale: VDC = ([DEG] - [OFFSET]) • GAIN
When this type of input is used the offset and gain are defined for the specific aircraft type. However, note that the GAIN
listed will be equal to the inverse of the GAIN in the above equation since the software converts all voltages using the
equation: (voltage * Gain) + Offset.
These inputs require the pot to be excited with the 10.0 VDC EGPWC reference output, see section 4.1.3.2.6. Typical
installations reflect increasing resistance or voltage for decreasing Angle of Attack (where positive Angle of Attack is nose
up). See specific aircraft interface definitions for mechanical “OFFSET” of vane with respect to aircraft fuselage centerline
(i.e. the electrical equivalent degrees indicated between wiper and return when the vane is aligned with the body) and vane to
body airflow relationships.
4.1.3.2.5 VANE ANGLE OF ATTACK,DC VOLTAGE

Single or dual analog SWC type AOA interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Type: Stall Warning Computer
DEG - 0FFSET
Scale: Volts DC =
GAIN
So that converted degrees = (voltage * Gain) + Offset
When this type of input is used the offset and gain are defined for the specific aircraft type.
4.1.3.2.6 Voltage Reference Output

The voltage reference output is used on those installations requiring an excitation voltage for some external device. One
example is for vane mounted potentiometers used to provide AOA to the EGPWC.
Connector Pin Assign: TP2D
Output Voltage: 10.00 Vdc +/- 0.1%
Current Capability: 20 milliamps
4.1.3.2.7 Localizer Deviation

Single or dual ARINC 547 analog Localizer interfaces are supported. The signal format is as follows.
Type: ARINC 547 ILS
Scale: 150 mVDC per 0.155 DDM
Range: ± 1.033 DDM (± 13.3 Dots), + = Fly Right
When the analog input is used both ILS Select (Tuned) and Localizer Validity Flag input discretes are required for each
system.
4.1.3.2.8 Standby Altimeter Altitude Correction

A single analog DC altitude correction setting from the standby altimeter can be used for some QFE installations to provide
QNH corrected altitude. Both the reference voltage (VREF) to the correction potentiometer, and the wiper voltage (VBARO) out
of the potentiometer are brought into the EGPWC.
Scale: 0 to 9.8 VDC
Range: 22.0 to 31.0 inches Hg
The set pressure is determined by the following equation:
 V 
QNH Pr essure = 2.79293333 − BARO  ÷ 0.08833333
 VREF 
Using the pressure calculated above an altitude correction (in feet) is determined as follows:
  QNH Pr essure  0.190263105


Altitude Correction = 145,442.156 • 1 −   
  29.9212598  
QNH Corrected altitude is then derived by subtracting this altitude correction from uncorrected altitude.
4.1.4 +28 VDC Discrete Inputs

The EGPWC supports 8 +28 VDC activated discrete inputs used to identify various discrete conditions. The specific use of
each discrete is determined by the aircraft type selected. Each EGPWC +28 VDC discrete input is diode isolated. The
following table identifies the input characteristics.
Voltage Range Active Status
0 to 9.0 VDC Not Active (Logic False)
11.5 to 36 VDC Active (Logic True)
+28 VDC Discrete Input Identification. Each +28 VDC discrete input is identified with an identifier, formed as follows:
DINPH[Id] where Id ranges [1-8]. An example of a +28 VDC discrete input identifier would be DINPH8, which identifies
+28 VDC discrete number 8.
4.1.5 Ground Discrete Inputs

The EGPWC supports 20 ground activated discrete inputs used to identify various discrete conditions. The specific use of
each discrete is determined by the aircraft type selected. Each EGPWC ground discrete input is diode isolated. The
following table identifies the input characteristics.
Voltage Range Active Status
6.5 to 36 VDC or > 5.2 Kohm to Ground Not Active (Logic False)
0.0 to 3.5 VDC or < 1.6 Kohm to Ground Active (Logic True)
Ground Discrete Input Identification. Each ground discrete input is identified with an identifier, formed as follows:
DINPL[Id] where Id ranges [1-20]. An example of a ground discrete input identifier would be DINPL16, which identifies
ground discrete number 16.
4.1.6 ARINC Serial Output Buses

Two ARINC 429 output buses are provided. These buses transmits both discrete and BNR labels. In the event of catastrophic
EGPWC failure, or 429 transmitter failures, outputs will not be transmitted. During any test modes the SSM will be set to
functional test on all outputs. During all other conditions of EGPWC or input failures, the 429 outputs will continue to be
transmitted as actual valid data.
ARINC 429 Transmitter Bus Identification. Each ARINC 429 Transmitter Channel is identified with two identifiers, one
for each leg of the twisted wire pair. The identifier is formed as follows:
TX429-[Channel Id][Leg] where Channel Id ranges [1-2], and Leg is A for the positive leg and B for the negative leg. An
example of a channel identifier would be TX429-2A, which identifies leg A of ARINC 429 channel 2.
Refer to appendix E for definition of the ARINC 429 labels that can be transmitted by the EGPWC.
Two ARINC 453 output buses are provided for driving the Terrain Display for installations that activate this feature.
ARINC 453 Transmitter Bus Identification. Each ARINC 453 Transmitter Channel is identified with two identifiers, one
for each leg. The identifier is formed as follows:
TX453[Channel Id][Leg] where Channel Id ranges [1-2], and Leg is A for the positive leg and B for the negative leg. An
example of a channel identifier would be TX453-2A, which identifies leg A of ARINC 453 channel 2.
4.1.7 Ground/Open Discrete Outputs

The EGPWC supports two kinds of Ground/Open discrete outputs used to signal various discrete conditions. Monitor
Discrete outputs are used to signal failure conditions for the EGPWC. Other lamp driver outputs are used to signal the
warning or mode control status of the EGPWC. Short term current limit protection is provided on all drivers for output
shorting conditions. The specific use of each discrete is determined by the aircraft type selected.
The ground going discretes may be wired together to produce the “or” function for the active low state of these signals.
Note that the GPWS Alert/Warning Discrete output format is a function of the selected aircraft type as described in section
6.9.3.1.
Monitor Discrete Output Characteristics.
Type of Output: Steady Switch Closure to Ground
Max. Open Circuit Voltage: 30 VDC
Current Limit 1 Amp
Potential Across “Closed” Switch: 1 VDC Max
Monitor Discrete Output Identification. Each Monitor discrete output is identified with an identifier, formed as follows:
DMON[Id] where Id ranges [1-3]. The monitor discretes are biased on (via lamp power) when the unit is not powered.
Lamp Driver Output Characteristics.
Type of Output: Steady or Interrupted Switch Closure to Ground
Max. Open Circuit Voltage: 30 VDC
Current Limit 1 Amp
Potential Across “Closed” Switch: 1 VDC Max
Lamp Driver Output Identification. Each Lamp Driver discrete output is identified with an identifier, formed as follows:
DOUTL[Id] where Id ranges [1-10]
4.1.8 Audio Output Interface

Two audio outputs are provided; an 8 ohm output and a 600 ohm output. The 600 ohm output is capable of driving one 600
ohm load at the specified level (or at a reduced level). This output is primarily designed for headphones and interphone
systems. This output is also provided to a EGPWC front panel jack. The 8 ohm output is capable of driving a speaker directly
but can also be used to drive other devices with equal or higher impedance. This output can provide up to 2 W RMS. There
are several possible volume levels available with the EGPWS as shown below.
Low Level Audio Warning and Alert Outputs (interphone)
Connector Pin Assign: Hi - MP13C Lo - MP13D Front panel jack uses Level 1.
Nominal Load Impedance: 600 Ohms
Nominal Amplitude:
Level 2 Output Power: 25 mW “Whoop” 14.4 ±2 Volts peak-to-peak, 50mW RMS @800Hz
Level 3 Output Power: 4 mW “Whoop” 8.2 ±1 Volt peak-to-peak, 16mW RMS @800Hz
High Level Audio Warning and Alert Outputs (Speaker)

Connector Pin Assign: Hi - MP3B Lo - MP3C
Nominal Load Impedance: 8 Ohms
Nominal Amplitude:
Level 2 Output Power: 2 W “Whoop” 13.8 ±2 Volts peak-to-peak, 4.4 Watts RMS @800Hz
Level 3 Output Power: 0.5 W “Whoop” 7.2 ±1 Volt peak-to-peak, 1.1 Watts RMS @800Hz
As an alternate option, a volume level midway between the old MKV high and low levels is program pin selectable for both
outputs (-3db from high). Note that the EGPWS uses a more high fidelity voice reproduction technique than that used for the
MKV. Although the specified power levels and peak voltage levels are the same as the MKV, the increased clarity causes a
perceived increase in volume.
The “Pull Up” voice level is adjusted to provide a perceived audio level equivalent to the “Whoop.” Other voices are
subsequently matched to the “Pull Up” voice.
The actual audio level output by the EGPWS is dependant on several items:
• Default audio level as predefined for each aircraft type (either high level or –6dB low as defined above)
• Selection (if any) of Alternate Volume level via program pin, which reverses the default or selects the mid level
(Appendix D, D-7)
• Selection (if any) of Alternate Mode 6 Volume level via program pin. (Appendix D, D-7, lowers Mode 6 by 3dB)
• If the aircraft is defined as requiring Mode 6 callouts at a volume below other EGPWS voices (lowers callouts by 6 db).
• If the optional Mode 6 Low Volume discrete has been selected (lowers callouts by 6 db).
• If the altitude callout menu selected is defined as “low volume” (lowers callouts by 6 db).
• If a self test is in progress (given 6 db below normal voices).
• If a ‘soft’ Glideslope alert is issued (given 6 db below normal voices).
Some of these configuration items can work in tandem. For example, if an aircraft type defined as requiring Mode 6 callouts
be issued 6db below other voices also selects the Mode 6 Low Volume discrete, then callouts will be given at a level 12 db
below the normal voice volume. The effects of each of the above items on the volume level is described below and illustrated
in figure 4.1.8-1.
Default Volume Level: As indicated above there are two defined maximum audio levels that the EGPWC can select for each
aircraft type. The 600 ohm audio driver is selectable for either 4mW or 25mW RMS maximum output level. The 8 ohm
speaker driver can be configured for a maximum output level of either 0.5 or 2.0 watts RMS. The default level is indicated for
each aircraft type in Appendix F. (Note that none of the following gain control descriptions apply to the volume level
provided to the front panel jack of the EGPWC.)
Alternate Volume Level: With a program pin option the operator can select either the other available level for each aircraft
type, or a mid-level (-3dB) value. The same program pin can also specify an additional 3dB reduction in the relative Mode 6
callouts volume level. Refer to Appendix D–7, table D–T16 for details on selecting this option.
Aircraft Type Mode 6 Volume level: If an aircraft type is defined as requiring that Mode 6 callouts be given at a volume
below the other voices, then the audio level is automatically lowered by 6 db from the normal level whenever a callout is
issued.
Additional Mode 6 Volume control: The Mode 6 volume level is lowered by 6 db when the either the Mode 6 Low Volume
discrete is selected, or an altitude callout menu defined as being “low volume” has been selected. Note that this reduction is
in addition to the aircraft type level and the alternate Mode 6 level , if selected, for a possible minimum level of –15db.
Level change for self test: Any audio annunciated during the EGPWS self test sequences is given at least at a level 6 db
below the normal warning volume. However, if the normal Mode 6 level is 6dB or lower (by a combination of aircraft type,
low volume discrete, and/or alternate volume level) then the Mode 6 self test voices are given at the actual in-flight volume.
Level change for ‘soft’ glideslope: The audio level is lowered by 6 db during annunciation of the “soft” Glideslope alert as
described in section 6.2.5.
6 db
6 db
MODE 6
3 db OUTPUT
VOLUME
AIRCRAFT REQUIRES
MODE 6 AT LOWER VOLUME
ALTERNATE MODE 6 VOLUME
CALLOUTS ENABLED
LOW VOLUME MENU SELECTED
MODE 6 LOW VOLUME DISCRETE SELECTED
ALTERNATE VOLUME #2
ALTERNATE VOLUME #1 NORMAL OUTPUT VOLUME

PREDEFINED ALTERNATE VOLUME OPTION SELF TEST &
AIRCRAFT VOLUME 6 db ’SOFT’ GLIDESLOPE
OUTPUT VOLUME
FIGURE 4.1.8-1: AUDIO VOLUME LEVEL LOGIC
Audio Output Identification. The audio outputs are identified with two identifiers, one for the output level, and one for
each leg. The identifier is formed as follows:
OTAU[Level][Leg] where the low level channel is level L, and high level is H. The leg identifiers are P for the positive leg
and M for the negative leg.
4.1.9 Program Pin Interface

Note: For part numbers prior to –208-208 there were 17 eight state program pins available. For –208-208 and on 19
ten state program pins are available.
System configuration is defined via program pin strapping. These program pin inputs are not intended for remote switching.
In wiring the program pins for the EGPWC they are to be connected to one of 9 driver pins, or left open. In this way each
program pin can be strapped to one of ten possible states.
STATE 1 = Program Pin open
STATE 2 = Program Pin connected to PPCOM: MP3A
STATE 3 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #1 (DO #1): MP15D
STATE 5 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #3 (DO #3): MP7B
STATE 6 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #4 (DO #4): TP12C
STATE 7 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #5 (DO #5): TP12A
STATE 8 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #7 (DO #7): TP4D
STATE 9 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #7 (DO #6): TP12B
Feature selection via program pins is discussed in section 6.1.
The EGPWC provides 19 program pin inputs. The following table identifies the input characteristics.
Input Voltage Threshold (Inactive) Minimum: +2.0 VDC @ 30 µAmp (66.7K Ohms)
(Active) Maximum: +0.8 VDC @ 42 µAmp (19.0K Ohms)
Input Impedance 100K Ohms ± 5% to internal +5 VDC.
Maximum Fault Current 550 µAmps @ 0.0 VDC input.
Configuration Program Pin Input Identification. Each configuration program pin input is identified with an identifier,
formed as follows:
PPCNF[Id] where Id ranges [1-19]. An example of an input identifier would be PPCNF16, which identifies Configuration
program pin number 16.
4.1.10 RS-232 Serial Bus

One RS-232 serial bus is provided. This bus is used for EGPWS maintenance purposes and supports the same functionality
as the RS-232 serial bus provided on the front connector as identified in section 6.10.10 of the product specification. The RS-
232 interface has the following characteristics:
The RS-232 port defaults to the following configuration: 19,200 Baud, 8 bits, No parity, and 1 stop bit.
The other potential baud rate settings is 38400. The baud rate 38400 will be used for file/database loading only.
The RS-232 cable should be a maximum of 15 meters in length.
The RS-232 connections are show in table 4.1.10-1.
TABLE 4.1.10-1: EGPWC REAR CONNECTOR RS-232 CONNECTIONS
EGPWC REAR CONNECTOR PC, DB-9 PC, DB-25

Connection Source Termination Alternate Termination
TP-6C (Receive) 3 (Transmit) 2 (Transmit)
TP-6B (Transmit) 2 (Receive) 3 (Receive)
MP-3A (Ground) 5 (Ground) 7 (Ground)
4.2 Front Connector

The EGPWC provides a 15 pin (double density, D-Sub) test connector on the front panel which provides for connection to
either a CRT terminal, or a PC. This connector provides the following interface.
A three wire serial interface, compatible with RS232. This port can be used to access internal data from the EGPWC for both
bench simulation, and aircraft testing. In addition to the internal data, other items such as unit configuration and flight history
can also be accessed.
Refer to section 3.6.2.2 of the Product Specification for the mating connector description and specification.
TABLE 4.2-1: EGPWC FRONT PANEL RS-232 CONNECTIONS
EGPWC FRONT PANEL PLUG PC, DB-9 PC, DB-25

Connection Source Termination Alternate Termination
3 (Receive) 3 (Transmit) 2 (Transmit)
4 (Transmit) 2 (Receive) 3 (Receive)
1 (Ground) 5 (Ground) 7 (Ground)
4.3 Front Panel Status and Test

The EGPWC front panel provides its own test interface via status LEDs, a self test switch, and a 600 ohm headset jack that
provides the same audio as sent to the cockpit.
Status LEDs: Three LEDs which indicate system status and LRU status are provided. An amber LED labeled “EXTERNAL
FAULT” is activated when a signal fault external to the EGPWC is detected. A green LED labeled “COMPUTER OK” is
activated when the EGPWC itself is okay. A red LED labeled “COMPUTER FAIL” is activated when the EGPWC has
detected an internal computer fault.
Refer to section 6.10.4 of the Product Specification for a detailed discussion of status indications and recommended
maintenance actions.
Self Test: A self test switch is provided which has the same functionality as the cockpit self test switch. Using the headset
jack allows the operator to perform system tests directly at the unit, or on the bench, without requiring a speaker.
Refer to section 6.10.6 of the Product Specification for a detailed description of self test activation and response.
4.4 PCMCIA Interface

The PCMCIA interface allows for both the uploading, and downloading of internal EGPWC information. Using this interface
system software and databases can be updated. Control of the upload/download process is accomplished by insertion of the
PCMCIA card on the EGPWC front panel. LEDs are provided for PCMCIA interface operation. The PCMCIA card is not
intended as an on-line/inflight storage medium and must be removed after completion of the upload/download operation.
Refer to section 6.10.5 of the Product Specification for detailed PCMCIA interface information.
Refer to section 6.10.11 of the Product Specification for detailed dataloading information.
4.5 Internal GPS Receiver

The 965-0976-020 MKV EGPWC provides an internal RS-232 GPS receiver. Use of the GPS receiver is controlled via
program pin. (Note that this option is not available prior to the –208-208 software.)
Refer to section 6.1.1.3 and Appendix D table D-T4 for information on selection of this option.
Table 4.5-1 below lists the input data received by the GPS.
TABLE 4.5-1: INTERNAL GPS
CHANNEL Internal GPS Fault Designation: INTERNAL GPS

RS-232 Bus Type: Basic
[XPGPS_Int] = 1
Internal Data Reference ID/byte Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Latitude 6.1.6.39 15/1-4 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
Longitude 6.1.6.39 15/5-8 32 ±180 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
HP Error 6.1.6.39 15/9-12 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Altitude 6.1.6.40 16/1-4 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
VP Error 6.1.6.40 16/5-8 32 meters Basic real single-precision 1000
Ground Speed 6.1.6.41 17/1-4 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
Track Angle 6.1.6.41 17/5-8 32 360 Degrees Basic real single-precision 1000
Vertical Speed 6.1.6.42 18/9-12 32 meters/sec Basic real single-precision 1000
GPS State 6.1.6.43 1C/0 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Integrity State 6.1.6.43 IC/1 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Error Status 6.1.6.43 IC/6-7 8 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
5 Functional Inputs
Revision History
Effectivity
8/28/97 MJC 5.0.1.10. SCR 2173: Added comment on 1000 foot limit for future use. - -
5.0.1.31. SCR 1391: Added future relay monitor input.
5.0.1.30. Corrected effectivity note from -103 to -104.
10/03/97 - A. Loos 5.0.1.32. SCR 2206: Add Speed Brake Inhibit Discrete Input -202 -202
5.0.1.33. SCR 2206: Add Speed Brake Deployed Discrete Input
11/1/97 - Jim Mitchell 5.8. SCR 2282 Added note that SAT is optional for TA&D. Also added - -
“(AlliedSignal Windshear)” as type of Mode 7 that requires SAT.
01/15/98 MJC SCR 2450: Removed label lists from 5.0.4.3.1, 5.0.4.3.2 and 5.0.4.3.3. - -
01/27/98 - G Ostrom Revised 5.0.1.20 title of discretes from Terrain Pop-up Discretes to - -
Display Select Discretes.
04/13/98 MJC SCR 2660: Added section 5.0.1.34 for FMS Glideslope Inhibit discrete. -204 -204
30/OCT/98 MJC SCR 3223: Added program pins PPCNF18 & 19 to 5.0.2.1. -208 -208
Also made the following updates:
Added section 5.0.4.3.4 to describe AHRS/IRS hunt feature.
Added section 5.9.1.5 to describe IC source selection.
17/NOV/98 MJC Corrected reference in 5.0.1.12 from 5.9.1.3 to 5.9.1.2. - -
Added 3 channel ILS description to 5.9.1.2.
19-DEC-98 R. auf der SCR 3310: Added section 5.0.1.35, Flaps Switch Inputs (DeHavilland 208 208
Springe Dash 8-400).
28-SEP-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Cleaned-up formatting - -
27-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 4838: Added section 5.0.1.36 for Nimrod Tactical Discrete input -212 -212
15-JAN-01 – M. Force SCR 5754: Added section 5.0.1.37 for Altitude Alert discrete input -213 -213
The following sections identify the signals for each input type.
5.0.1 Discretes
This section contains a brief description of each input discrete is used in the EGPWS. The functional use of each discrete
input is defined in the system function section where the discrete is used. For example the Glideslope Cancel discrete function
is defined where it is used (in the section describing Mode 5 requirements). This section discusses the raw discrete input
requirements.
There 28 possible discretes inputs each have one of the following input characteristics
1) 20 Open/Ground two state discretes
2) 8 Open/28VDC two state discretes
Each discrete input is mapped by the aircraft configuration to a specific function. This mapping is defined for each aircraft
type in Appendix F.
The EGPWS supports the following inputs in discrete form. The Level 6 audio information specifies the voice issued when a
state change occurs on the input discrete during level 6 self test. Refer to section 6.10.6 of the Product Specification for self
test description.
5.0.1.1 ARINC 552/ALT 55 Radio Altitude Validity Flags

Two Radio Altitude Validity Flag may be used by EGPWS, one for each of the two possible ARINC 552 or ALT 55 Radio
Altimeters inputs.
Type Validity from ARINC 552 or ALT 55 Radio Altimeter.
Signal Status: Valid or Invalid
Level 6 Audio readout
Valid => “Radio Altimeter 1 Valid”
Radio Altitude Validity Discrete #1
Invalid => “Radio Altimeter 1 Invalid”
Valid => “Radio Altimeter 2 Valid”
Radio Altitude Validity Discrete #2
Invalid => “Radio Altimeter 2 Invalid”
5.0.1.2 Landing Gear Discrete

Type Supplied by landing gear or landing gear selector handle position-sensitive switch. This input can be
paralleled with, or used exclusively by a Gear Override Switch if an alternate source of Gear Position is
used.
Signal Status: Landing Gear Down or Landing Gear Up
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing flaps selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 290 knots will result in a
gear switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a gear switch fault or by the Gear Override switch being left in the on position.
Landing Gear Discrete Selected => “Landing Gear Down”
or Gear Override Not Selected => “Landing Gear Up”
5.0.1.3 Landing Flap Discrete

Type: Supplied by Flap or Flap selector handle switch. This input can be paralleled with, or used exclusively by a
Flap Override Switch if an alternate source of Flap Position is used.
Signal Status: Landing Flaps or Not Landing Flaps
Fault monitoring: Indication of landing flaps selected for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 250 knots will result in a
flap switch fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
Note: This can be caused by either a flap switch fault or by the Flap Override switch being left in the on position.
Landing Flaps Discrete Selected => “Landing Flaps”
or Flap Override Not Selected => “Not Landing Flaps”
5.0.1.4 Flap Position Discretes

Up to four flap position discretes are typically supplied from the flap selector handle switch.
Type: Supplied by Flap selector handle switch.
Signal Status: Flap position selected.
Fault monitoring: Depending on the installation, activation of more than one, or none of these discretes for more than 30
seconds will result in a Flap Unreasonable indication.
Selected => “Flap 1 True”
Flap Position Discrete #1
Not Selected => “Flap 1 False”
5.0.1.5 Self Test Discrete

Type: Supplied by momentarily actuated cockpit self-test switch
Signal Status: Self Test or Normal
Activation of this input continuously for more than 60 seconds will result in the ‘Self Test Invalid” fault which will cause a
GPW INOP indication.
Note: As this input is used to start and stop the Level 6 self test there is not an audio output for this discrete in level 6.
5.0.1.6 Steep Approach Discretes

To activate Steep Approach, both of the Steep Approach discretes must be selected. Discrete #1 should be enabled if Steep
Approach is to be used, and can be permanently enabled. Discrete #2 should be selected in flight when starting a steep
approach. It should not be permanently selected. On ground self test is inhibited if Steep Approach is active.
5.0.1.6.1 Steep Approach Discrete #1

Type: Steep Approach Enabled
Signal Status: Steep Approach Enabled or Disabled
Enabled => “Steep Approach Enabled”
Steep Approach Discrete #1
Disabled => “Steep Approach Disabled”
5.0.1.6.2 Steep Approach Discrete #2
Type: Steep Approach Selected
Signal Status: Steep Approach Selected or Not Selected
Selected => “Steep Approach Selected”
Steep Approach Discrete #2
Not Selected => “Steep Approach Not Selected”
5.0.1.7 ILS Tuned Discrete

Type: Supplied by ILS/VOR Mode Selector.
Signal Status: ILS tuned or VOR tuned
ILS Tuned => “ILS 1 Tuned”
ILS Tuned Discrete #1
ILS Not Tuned => “ILS 1 Not Tuned”
ILS Tuned => “ILS 2 Tuned”
ILS Tuned Discrete #2
ILS Not Tuned => “ILS 2 Not Tuned”
5.0.1.8 Glideslope Validity Discretes

Two Glideslope Validity Discretes may be used by EGPWS, one for each possible ARINC 547 Glideslope Receiver input.
Type: Validity from ARINC 547 Glideslope receiver.
Note: Analog Glideslope monitoring requires that this input discrete is always true whenever ILS is not tuned (5.0.1.7). In
other words that the flag is biased out of view.
Valid => “Glideslope 1 Valid”
Glideslope Validity Discrete #1
Invalid => “Glideslope 1 Invalid”
Valid => “Glideslope 2 Valid”
Glideslope Validity Discrete #2
Invalid => “Glideslope 2 Invalid”
5.0.1.9 Glideslope Inhibit Discrete

Type: Switch for inhibit of Glideslope mode
Signal Status: Glideslope Inhibit or Not Inhibit
Mode 5 will be disabled and “Glideslope” will not be enunciated during cockpit Self Test and the long vocabulary test if
inhibited.
Inhibit => “Glideslope Inhibit True”
Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
Not Inhibit => “Glideslope Inhibit False”
5.0.1.10 Glideslope Cancel Discrete

Type: Supplied by momentarily actuated cockpit Glideslope mode manual inhibit switch.
Signal Status: Glideslope is canceled if glideslope function is active
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 15 seconds will result in the ‘Glideslope Cancel Invalid’ fault which
will cause a GPW INOP indication. Typically the Glideslope cancel is only selectable below 2000 feet AGL. However some
configurations only allow it below 1000 feet AGL. The configuration data table in the aircraft ICD will indicate if the 1000
foot level is used.
Cancel => “Glideslope Canceled”
Glideslope Cancel Discrete
Normal => “Glideslope Enabled”
5.0.1.11 ILS/MLS Select

Type: ILS/MLS Select sets the preferred source to ether ILS or MLS
Signal Status: ILS Selected or MLS Selected
ILS Selected => “ILS Selected”
ILS/MLS Select Discrete
MLS Selected => “MLS Selected”
5.0.1.12 ILS Bus Select Discretes

Three ILS select discretes are typically supplied from the ILS tuning panel.
Type ILS Select discretes 1, 2, and 3
Signal Status: ILS bus selected by discrete mapping shown in section 5.9.1.2
Selected => “ILS Select 1 True”
ILS Bus Select Discrete #1
Not Selected => “ILS Select 1 False”
5.0.1.13 Decision Height Discrete

Type: Decision Height Bug switch
Signal Status: Less than Decision Height or Greater than Decision Height
Less Than DH => “Below DH”
DH Discrete
Greater Than DH => “Above DH”
5.0.1.14 Mode 6 Volume Control Discrete

Type: Mode 6 low volume select switch
Signal Status: Low Volume Select or Normal Volume
”Low Volume” in this case refers to the -6db volume level used during Self Test. “Normal Volume” refers to the level of the
selected call-out menu.
Low Volume => “Mode 6 Low Volume”
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete
Normal => “Mode 6 Normal Volume”
5.0.1.15 Callouts Enable Discrete

Type: Mode 6 Altitude callouts enable switch
Signal Status: Callouts Enable or Callouts Disable with optional Minimums only
Voice Enabled => “Callouts Enabled”
Altitude Callouts Enable Discrete
Voice Disabled => “Callouts Disabled”
5.0.1.16 Audio Suppress(Inhibit)/All Modes Inhibit Discrete

The function of this discrete is controlled by program pin PPCNF10. This discrete always inhibits all audio except for
windshear warning. If configured to suppress visual the input will also suppress all visuals except for windshear warning. If
configured to also suppress visuals, activation of this input for more than 60 seconds will always result in the ‘All Modes
Inhibit” fault which will cause GPW and Terrain INOP (see Note) indications. As a function of selected aircraft type this
discrete can also cause the All Modes Inhibit fault after 60 seconds even if it is only configured to suppress audio (Refer to
the ‘Audio Inhibit Monitoring’ configuration item listed in each aircraft’s ICD.
Type: Analog discrete input from a flight deck mounted switch
Signal Status: Audio Suppress enabled or disabled/All Modes Inhibit enable or disable
GPWS Inhibit => “Audio Inhibit”
Audio Inhibit Discrete
Not Inhibit => “Audio Not Inhibit”
NOTE: The Terrain INOP indication was added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number.
5.0.1.17 Momentary Audio Suppress Discrete
Type: Supplied by Cockpit switch for Momentary Audio Suppress.
Signal Status: Audio Suppress or Normal
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 30 seconds will result in the ‘Audio Cancel Invalid’ fault which will
cause a GPW INOP indication.
Audio Suppress => “Momentary Audio Inhibit”
Momentary Audio Suppress Discrete
Normal => “Momentary Audio Not Inhibit”
5.0.1.18 Stall Warning Computer Fail Discretes

Two Stall Warning Computer Fail Discretes may be used by EGPWS, one for each Stall Warning Computer.
Type: Fail Flag from Stall Warning Computer.
Signal Status: Fail or Not Fail
Valid => “AOA 1 Valid”
SWC Fail #1
Invalid => “AOA 1 Invalid”
SWC Fail #2
5.0.1.19 AOA Validity Discretes

Two AOA Validity Discretes may be used by EGPWS, one for each source of AOA. Ether an AOA Indication Systems or a
Stall Warning Computers depending on the type being used by the aircraft.
Type: Fail Flag from AOA Indication System or a Stall Warning Computer
Signal Status: Fail or Not Fail
AOA Validity Discrete #1
AOA Validity Discrete #2
5.0.1.20 Display Select Discretes

Type: Supplied by momentarily actuated cockpit manual switch. Two types are supported:
Type 1: momentary make/break switch
Type 2: toggle type switch
Signal Status: Terrain Awareness Display (TAD) activated if not active or TAD canceled if currently active.
True => “Display Discrete 1 True”
Display Select Discrete #1
False => “Display Discrete 1 False”
True => “Display Discrete 2 True”
Display Select Discrete #2
False => “Display Discrete 2 False”
5.0.1.21 EFIS Range Discrete

Up to four range discretes can be supplied from some EFIS control panels.
Type: Supplied by EFIS control panel
Signal Status: Range currently selected on the display
On => “Range 1 A(B, C, D) On”
EFIS Range 1A (B,C,D)
Off => “Range 1 A(B, C, D) Off”
On => “Range 2 A(B, C, D) On”
EFIS Range 2A (B,C,D)
Off => “Range 2 A(B, C, D) Off”
5.0.1.22 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit

Type: Switch for inhibit of Terrain Awareness & TCF functions
Signal Status: Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit or Not Inhibit
“Terrain Inhibited” will be enunciated during cockpit Self Test if inhibited.
Fault monitoring: For some installations, activation of this input for more than 5 (see Note) seconds will activate the Terrain
Monitor (refer to the Terrain Display Configuration Data table for each aircraft type). The functionality of this input is not
affected by the ‘EGPWS Suppress’ program pin option (PPCNF10).
Disabled => “Terrain Off”
Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit
Normal => “Terrain On”
NOTE: Activation time changed to 5 seconds for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number. It was 60 seconds for
the - 965-0976-XXX-101-101 part number.
5.0.1.23 Simulator Reposition

Type: Switch for activating Simulator Reposition
Signal Status: Reposition or Normal
If the Simulator Reposition program pin option is activated, then this discrete can be used to ‘preset’ the EGPWS to match
simulator initial conditions. Refer to section 6.0.5 for more information.
Reposition => “Simulator Reposition On”
Simulator Reposition Discrete
Normal => “Simulator Reposition Off”
5.0.1.24 Air Ground

Type: Squat switch input
Signal Status: In Air or On Ground
Fault monitoring: Indication of on-ground for more than 60 seconds at airspeeds above 290 knots will result in an Air Ground
Invalid fault which will cause a GPW INOP indication.
In Air => “Not On Ground”
Air Ground Discrete
On Ground => “On Ground”
5.0.1.25 Weather Radar On/Off

Type: WXR On/Off switch input
Signal Status: Radar turned on or off
On => “Weather On”
WXR #1 On Discrete
Off => “Weather Off”
On => “Weather 2 On”
WXR #2 On Discrete
Off => “Weather 2 Off”
5.0.1.26 PWS Interlock Discretes

Type: Supplied to indicate which PWS the EGPWS should select for use:
Signal Status: PWS #1 selected or PWS #2 selected
True => “PWS Discrete 1 On”
PWS Interlock Discrete #1
False => “PWS Discrete 1 Off”
True => “PWS Discrete 2 On”
PWS Interlock Discrete #2
False => “PWS Discrete 2 Off”
5.0.1.27 GPWS Inhibit Discrete

This discrete inhibits all audio and visual except for Windshear, Terrain Awareness and TCF.
Type: Analog discrete input from a flight deck mounted switch
Signal Status: GPWS enabled or disabled
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 5 seconds will result in the ‘GPWS Inhibit’ fault which will cause a
GPW INOP indication. The functionality of this input is not affected by the ‘EGPWS Suppress’ program pin option
(PPCNF10).
GPWS Inhibit => “GPWS Inhibit”
Alternate GPWS Inhibit Discrete
Not Inhibit => “GPWS Not Inhibit”
5.0.1.28 Localizer Validity Discretes

Two Localizer Validity Discretes may be used by EGPWS, one for each possible ARINC 547 Localizer Receiver input.
Type: Validity from ARINC 547 Localizer receiver.
Valid => “Localizer 1 Valid”
Localizer Validity Discrete #1
Invalid => “Localizer 1 Invalid”
Valid => “Localizer 2 Valid”
Localizer Validity Discrete #2
Invalid => “Localizer 2 Invalid”
5.0.1.29 Terrain Displayed on EFIS Discretes

This functionality added for the 965-0976-XXX-102-102 part number.
Two discretes tell us if terrain is displayed on the Left/Right side EFIS. One discrete will be grounded when Terrain is
displayed on the Pilot’s side and the other discrete will be grounded when Terrain is displayed on the Co-pilot’s side.
Type: Supplied by Terrain Select relays
Signal Status: Terrain Displayed or Not Displayed
Terrain Displayed => “Terrain Display on Left True”
Left Terrain Displayed Discrete
Terrain Not Displayed => “Terrain Display on Left False”
Terrain Displayed => “Terrain Display On Right True”
Right Terrain Displayed Discrete
Terrain Not Displayed => “Terrain Display On Right False”
5.0.1.30 Weather Display Select

Type: Weather display momentary switch input
Signal Status: Select/Deselect Weather Display
Switch pressed => “Weather Discrete 1 True”
WXR Display Select Discrete #1
Switch released => “Weather Discrete 1 False”
Switch pressed => “Weather Discrete 2 True”
WXR Display Select Discrete #2
Switch released => “Weather Discrete 2 False”
5.0.1.31 Terrain Relay Monitors

Type: Terrain Relay Position Feedback
Signal Status: Terrain Select Relay On/Off
Relay On => “Terrain Relay 1 On”
Terrain Relay Monitor #1
Relay Off => “Terrain Relay 1 Off”
Relay On => “Terrain Relay 2 On”
Terrain Relay Monitor #2
Relay Off => “Terrain Relay 2 Off”
5.0.1.32 Speed Brake Inhibit Input (KC-135)

Type: Supplied by manually actuated momentarily switch.
Signal Status: Inhibit is canceled if aircraft climbs through 2000 feet AGL or gear or flap transitions from down to up.
Fault monitoring: Activation of this input for more than 15 seconds will result in the ‘Speed Brake Inhibit’ fault which will
cause an on ground GPW INOP indication.
True (Inhibit ) => “Speed Brake Inhibit True”
Speed Brake Inhibit Input Discrete
False => “Speed Brake Inhibit False”
5.0.1.33 Speed Brake Deployed Input (KC-135)

Type: Supplied by mechanically actuated switch.
Signal Status: Determines if the Speed Brakes are Deployed or Retracted.
Fault monitoring: None.
True (Deployed ) => “Speed Brake True”
Speed Brake Deployed Input Discrete
False (Retracted) => “Speed Brake False”
5.0.1.34 FMS Glideslope Inhibit Discrete

Type: Switch for inhibit of FMS Glideslope mode
Signal Status: FMS Glideslope Inhibit or Not Inhibit
Mode 5 use of FMS Glideslope (if selected) will be disabled.
Inhibit => “FMS Glideslope Inhibit True”
FMS Glideslope Inhibit Discrete
Not Inhibit => “FMS Glideslope Inhibit False”
5.0.1.35 Flaps Switch Inputs (DeHavilland Dash 8-400)

Type: Switch for Flaps setting
Signal Status: Flaps 10, 15 or 35 degrees selected True or False
Used together with digital flap angle to determine landing flap angle
Selected => “Flaps Switch 10 Selected True”
Flaps Switch 10 Selected
Not Selected => “Flaps Switch 10 Selected False”
Flaps Switch 15 selected
Flaps Switch 35 selected
5.0.1.36 Tactical Select Discrete Input

Type: Supplied by mechanically actuated toggle switch.
Signal Status: Determines if the Tactical Mode is active or inactive.
Fault monitoring: None.
True (Active ) => “Tactical Selected”
Tactical Select Discrete
False (Inactive) => “Tactical Not Selected”
5.0.1.37 Altitude Alert Discrete

Altitude Alert discrete may be used by EGPWS for an indication that the Altitude Alert is selected.
Type: Discrete for activating the Altitude Alert tone.
Signal Status: Altitude Alert Selected or Deselected
True => “Altitude Alert Selected”
Altitude Alert Discrete
False => “Altitude Alert Deselected”
5.0.2 Program Pins

Refer to section 6.1 for program pin configuration requirements.
5.0.2.1 Types
Refer to Appendix D for the definition of what program pin combinations select what options. The program pins can be
broken out by groups which are defined as follows.
Aircraft Select PPCNF1 - PPCNF3: These 3 program pins are never redefined based on configuration, they define the aircraft
type for the installation.
Callout Menu Select: PPCNF4 - PPCNF6: These 3 program pins are never redefined based on configuration, they define the
callout menu selection for the installation.
PPCNF7 through PPCNF16 and PPCNF18 through PPCNF19: These program pins can be defined based on aircraft type and
are defined in section 6.1.
PPCNF17: This pin is reserved to act as a parity set. Refer to section 6.1.
5.0.2.2 Monitoring and Parity

Program pin monitoring will be performed via a parity check and checks that undefined option selections are false. Refer to
section 6.1.
5.0.3 Analog Inputs

5.0.3.1 Types
The EGPWS is capable of converting up to a maximum of four DC analog voltages.
The following signal types are supported:
Radio Altimeter: Single and dual inputs from both ARINC 552 and ALT 55 type altimeters are supported. See section 5.1 for
analog altimeter function usage.
Glideslope Deviation: Single and dual inputs from ARINC 547 type VHF Navigation Receivers is supported. See section
5.9.2 for Glideslope functional usage.
Localizer Deviation: Single and dual inputs from ARINC 547 type VHF Navigation Receivers is supported. See section 5.9.3
for Localizer functional usage.
Angle Of Attack: Single and dual inputs from both Stall Warning Computers, and direct vane transducers using the reference
supplied by the EGPWS are supported. See section 5.15.
Altitude Correction: For some QFE installations an altitude correction pot can be utilized by the EGPWS as a source of
altitude correction. When used, both the pot wiper and reference voltages are connected to the system using two analog input
channels. See section 4.1.3.2.8 for altitude correction description.
5.0.3.2 Activity
The individual signal processing has specific activity monitoring requirements, but in general, if an open wire condition exists
for 4 seconds the activity fault is set.
5.0.4 ARINC 429 Inputs

5.0.4.1 Types
The following is a general description of each bus type supported by the EGPWS. With the advent of data acquisition and I/O
concentrator units the mapping of specific input buses to specific sensors can be muddled. Therefore there can be great
differences between these types of buses as to what data they contain.
The actual label sets vs. input bus definitions are defined as a function of aircraft type Appendix F.
LRU Max. Description
Number
IRS Dual From the Inertial Reference System we use Position, Attitude, Acceleration, Mag Track, Vertical
AIMS IRS Speed, and Altitude. For the terrain awareness function we also make use of Ground Speed.
AHRS Dual An Attitude Heading and Reference System bus is available in lieu of an IRS in some installations.
From this bus we use Mag Heading, Attitude, and Acceleration data.
GPS Dual From the Global Positioning System we can make use of Latitude, Longitude, Altitude, Track
Angle, Ground Speed, Time, vertical speed, date, and data quality factors.
LRRA Triple From a dedicated Low Range Radio Altimeter bus we only use the one label that contains the
actual Radio Altitude.
MCP Dual The autopilot Mode Control Panel input is specific to 737 and a some of bizjets. From this bus we
typically only use Selected Course data.
DSWC Dual From the Digital Stall Warning bus we use Flap Angle and AOA data. If the Boeing Windshear
Algorithm is hosted then several other signals will also be used.
FMC Dual From the Flight Management Computer we use Latitude, Longitude, and in some cases Magnetic
Track. For the terrain awareness function we also make use of Corrected Altitude if available.
DADC Dual From the Digital Air Data Computer bus we use Airspeed, Altitude, Altitude Rate, and Corrected
Altitude. If Windshear is enabled we also use True Airspeed and Static Air Temperature.
ILS 4 From the Instrument Landing Systems we always use Glideslope and Localizer data. If connected
to an ARINC 710 source we also make use of Selected Runway Heading.
MLS Dual For some aircraft types we provision for single or dual MLS inputs in addition to ILS inputs. The
MLS bus contains the same data as an ILS bus.
PWS Dual Predictive Windshear System; For some installations PWS caution and warnings are retransmitted
on the EGPWS picture bus.
IOC, Dual There are several flavors of these data concentrator buses. They can include, but are not limited to
IAC, the following types of data.
DAU
Stall Warning data, ILS data, Selected DH, PFD data, FMC data, Radio Altitude, Air Data, EFIS
AIMS GP
Range data
FWC Dual Fault Warning Computer
Dataload Single ARINC 429 dataloader port
DAA Dual This is a Digital/Analog Adapter unit that is specific to most 737’s. From this bus only Localizer
Deviation and ILS Select discrete data.
EFIS Dual From the Electronic Flight Instrument System typically only the Selected Decision Height
information as set by the pilot is used. With the addition of the terrain display function the
Selected Display Range data can be used if available
CMC, Single This is the Boeing CMC bus which only contains one label that commands either a system self test
AIMS or a flight leg increment command for use by the flight history function.
CMC
CFDS Single This is the Airbus/Douglas CFDS bus which contains labels that command system self test, flight
leg increment, and interactive status commands and sensor readout.
CAIMS Single Maintenance Bus
5.0.4.2 Activity
Digital bus activity is defined as lack of update for all programmed labels expected on a specific input bus. For example, to
indicate inactivity on a basic ILS bus, the Glideslope, Localizer, and Runway Course signals must all be failed due to lack of
update.
All busses (except dedicated FMC busses) will be faulted as inactive when all programmed labels on the bus are failed due to
lack of update for more then four seconds. Dedicated FMC buses are failed due to lack of update after 20 seconds and then
faulted as inactive. The bus inactive fault will be cleared once any of the programmed labels on the bus is received again for
more then four seconds.
5.0.4.3 BizJet Bus Hunting

Many Bizjet aircraft types can have a variety of input source formats depending on the customers equipment. To
accommodate these variations without requiring the creation of new aircraft types, alternate input sources are provided for Air
Data, FMC, ILS, and Radio Altitude.
5.0.4.3.1 Alternate ADC Selection

For Bizjet aircraft types the EGPWS can accommodate either ARINC 429 or ARINC 575 Air Data inputs. Default and
alternate ADC bus types shall be received on the channels specified in Appendix F. Bus activity shall be used to decide which
Air Data source to used.
5.0.4.3.2 Alternate FMC Selection

Early MKVs have defined some aircraft’s interface to accept only one specific type of FMC input, either high or low speed.
For the EGPWS, either a high or a low speed FMC can to be used for predefined single FMC input aircraft types. This feature
does not apply to dual FMC type interfaces.
If the default FMC is not active, and activity is sensed on the alternate FMC channel, then the alternate FMC channel is used.
If neither channel is active then the default channel will be selected.
5.0.4.3.3 Alternate ILS Selection

The following selection process is only applicable to bizjet aircraft types that have single analog Glideslope as a basic input
per the Appendix F.
Most of the current Biz Jet aircraft types supported by earlier MKV's require the use of an analog Glideslope input. This
forced some customers to install a digital to analog converter to supply the MKV with Glideslope. It also did not allow the
MKV to use Localizer information that may have been available on the aircraft.
With the EGPWS, any bizjet aircraft configuration that uses analog Glideslope can accept either the analog Glideslope input,
or in its place, an alternate channel of digital ILS information on a predefined ARINC 429 channel. For aircraft types with an
alternate ARINC 429 ILS channel defined in the Appendix F, the EGPWS shall monitor for activity on that channel. If
activity is sensed then the ARINC 429 channel will be selected.
5.0.4.3.4 IRS/AHRS Hunting

For many biz and regional jets, either AHRS or IRS data will be available depending on the customer options selected. A
method of automatically detecting if an AHRS or IRS is present can be configured for an aircraft type. However, if 2
IRS/AHRS hunt inputs are provided both inputs must be of the same type. In other words, a single IRS and a single AHRS
can not be connected at the same time.
However, this feature will not necessarily mean that the EGPWS functionality will be identical whether an AHRS or an IRS is
installed. With an IRS installed there may be full TAD functionality. If an AHRS is installed, and data such as True Track,
True Heading and Ground Speed are not available from other sources, then the Terrain Awareness functions will be inhibited.
5.1 Radio Altitude

Radio Altitude can come from either an analog (ARINC 552 or ALT 55) or digital ARINC 429 source(s), depending on
aircraft type. Radio Altitude is utilized for all modes and is required for minimum operation.
The EGPWS supports single, dual or triple Radio Altimeter interfaces. With its own internal switching logic the EGPWS is
able to perform its full intended function as long as there is one valid source of radio altitude available. Validity is based on
activity and the 429 SSMs for digital inputs or the radio altitude validity discretes for analog radio altimeters.
On installations that provide inputs from three radio altimeters a voting algorithm is used to reject bad data from a faulty radio
altimeter thereby eliminating a significant number of nuisance warnings which have been determined to be caused by false
tracking of radio altimeters. In the majority of the cases only one altimeter exhibits the problem most frequently during
takeoff and during initial approach. The voting algorithm is used to vote the faulty altimeter off line.
On installations that provide inputs from two radio altimeters (or three radio altimeters when one has failed), the switching
algorithm has been optimized to reduce nuisance warnings, and to increase dispatch reliability for hard failures. This is
performed by switching from any radio altimeter which is inactive or declares itself failed.
5.2 Altitude Rate

Altitude Rate can come from either ARINC 706 (Barometric Altitude Rate) or ARINC 704 (Inertial Vertical Speed) type
digital ARINC 429 sources. The inertially compensated source is preferred. For some aircraft installations which use an
AHRS instead of an IRS, Inertial Vertical Speed is not available. For these installations, the EGPWC computes its own
Inertial Vertical Speed, which is the preferred source over the barometric source.
Altitude Rate is required for Modes 1, 3, and 7 and is also used to enhance Mode 2. Altitude Rate is internally set to zero for
low Radio Altitudes where data is unreliable due to ground effects, etc. This level varies depending on whether the inertial or
barometric source is being used.
5.3 True Airspeed

True Airspeed comes from a digital ARINC 429 source (ARINC 706 type or ADC-82 ARINC 575). True Airspeed is used in
Mode 7 computations. The value used for True Airspeed used in Mode 7 calculations is a function of the actual True
Airspeed input and a Computed True Airspeed value based on computed airspeed, static air temperature, and pressure
altitude.
5.4 Computed Airspeed

Computed Airspeed comes from a digital ARINC 429 source (ARINC 706 type or ADC-82 ARINC 575). Computed
Airspeed is required for modes 2, 4, and 7 as well as mode control logic and data reasonableness check. It is required for
minimum operation of the EGPWS.
5.5 Groundspeed
Groundspeed comes from a digital ARINC 429 source (GPS, FMS, and ARINC 704 IRS). It is only required for the Terrain
Awareness function.
5.6 Uncorrected Altitude

For EGPWS functions Altitude can come from either ARINC 706 (Barometric Altitude) or ARINC 704 (Inertial Altitude)
type digital ARINC 429 sources. The inertially compensated source is preferred. For some aircraft installations which use an
AHRS instead of an IRS, Inertial Altitude is not available. For these installations, the EGPWC computes its own Inertial
Altitude, which is the preferred source over the barometric source. For the Terrain look-ahead function GPS Altitude is used.
Altitude is required for Mode 3 and is used for the altitude gain function of Mode 2. It is also used to project Radio Altitude
data during short term losses of the radio altimeter. Altitude is internally set to zero for low Radio Altitudes where data is
unreliable due to ground effects, etc. This level varies depending on whether the inertial or barometric source is being used.
5.7 Corrected Altitude

Corrected Altitude will be selected from ADC Corrected Barometric Altitude and FMC Corrected Altitude
Corrected Barometric Altitude can come from ARINC 706 (Corrected Barometric Altitude) type ARINC 429, or ADC-82
ARINC 575 source. Corrected Barometric Altitude is either QNH or QFE corrected depending on configuration. QNH
correction sets the Corrected Barometric Altitude to zero feet at sea level, QFE correction sets the Corrected Barometric
Altitude to zero feet at the runway elevation. However, whether we are QNH or QFE does not have any impact on the
Corrected Altitude processing here. FMC Corrected Altitude is also taken in by the EGPWS. The rules for switching
between ADC Corrected Barometric Altitude and FMC Corrected Altitude are as follows in order of priority
Use ADC Corrected Barometric Altitude if valid, or no other source of corrected altitude is valid.
Use FMC Corrected Altitude if valid and Corrected Barometric Altitude is invalid.
5.8 Static Air Temperature

Static Air Temperature can come from ARINC 706 (Corrected Barometric Altitude) type ARINC 429, or ADC-82 ARINC
575 source. Static Air Temperature is required for Mode 7 (Honeywell Windshear) and optional for TA&D.
5.9 Precision Landing Signals

5.9.1 Preferred Source Selection
There are often multiple sources for the Glideslope Deviation, Localizer Deviation, and Runway Heading input signals.
There is always a preferred source for these signals, but the preferred source differs depending on the source selection method
used for a particular aircraft type. The following subsections describe the different methods used to determine the preferred
source. Note that once a preferred source is selected, the Glideslope Deviation, Localizer Deviation, and Runway Heading
signals do additional processing to determine whether that preferred source is actually used, depending on the validity of the
input signals. Also note that each of the subsections apply only to aircraft types with that source selection configuration, and
that only one section will apply to any one aircraft type.
5.9.1.1 Type 1 - MLS/ILS Switching Input Discrete Source Selection

Some aircraft types use an MLS/ILS Switching Input Discrete to select the preferred source. If the discrete is set to the ILS
position, the preferred source is the left ILS bus. If the discrete is set to the MLS position, the preferred source is the left
MLS bus.
5.9.1.2 Type 2 - Multiple ILS Bus Selection Discretes Source Selection

Some aircraft types use multiple input discretes to select the preferred source. This is done for aircraft types that have up to
four ARINC 710 ILS inputs. The preferred source is indicated by the configuration of the input discretes as follows:
Type ILS Select Discrete Selected ILS Bus
No discrete selected ILS bus #1 used
Type 2-2 Discrete #1 selected ILS bus #2 used
(Two ILS Receivers) *Discrete #2 selected Faulted Condition
*Discrete #3 selected Faulted Condition
(Three ILS Receivers) Discrete #2 selected ILS bus #3 used
*Discrete #3 selected Faulted Condition
(Four ILS Receivers) Discrete #2 selected ILS bus #3 used
Discrete #3 selected ILS bus #4 used
*Discrete may not be defined in the aircraft ICD.
5.9.1.3 Type 3 - PFD Data Source Selection

Some aircraft types use the data being displayed on the pilot’s and co-pilot’s PFDs to select the preferred source. The
EGPWS gets this data from the PFD Select Word input signals, which come from a digital ARINC 429 source. The preferred
source is the navigation source being displayed on the pilot’s PFD (comes from PFD Select Word Left), with the secondary
source being the navigation source being displayed on the co-pilot’s PFD (comes from PFD Select Word Right).
5.9.1.4 Type 4 - No Source Selection Information

If an aircraft type has none of the source selection mechanisms available as described in the previous sections, then the left
ILS source is preferred.
5.9.1.5 IC Data Source Selection

IC inputs provided on some aircraft types (Lear 45 for example) are used to tell the EGPWS what source of ILS data is to be
selected. The IC source selection logic determines which side is coupled by using IC EFIS Discrete Word 1. It then
determines what source is driving each side from IC EFIS Discrete Word 2. With these two pieces of information the coupled
source can be selected.
5.9.2 Glideslope Deviation

Glideslope Deviation can come from single or dual analog source, or it can come from up to four digital ARINC 429 sources,
depending on aircraft type. Some aircraft installations use ILS/VOR select information from an ARINC 429 source to
determine glideslope validity (see section 5.9.1.1). Glideslope Deviation is required for Mode 5 and is used to enhance
Modes 1, 2, and 7. It is also used for Envelope Modulation and ILS Mode 2B selection.
A noise detector compares a band pass version of Glideslope Deviation against a fixed reference. This function minimizes
nuisance warnings for Glideslope Deviation beam irregularities during initial capture. A two second time delay (eight
seconds for Bizjet operation) is required to clear this noise detector.
5.9.3 Localizer Deviation

Localizer Deviation can come from single or dual analog source, or it can come from up to four digital ARINC 429 sources,
depending on aircraft type. Localizer Deviation is used for Mode 5 enhancements and Envelope Modulation.
5.9.4 Runway Heading/Selected Course

Runway Heading can come from up to four digital ARINC 429 sources, depending on aircraft type. Selected Course can be
used in lieu of Runway Heading in some installations. Runway Heading is used for Mode 5 and Envelope Modulation
5.10 Decision Height

Decision Height comes from either one or two digital ARINC 429 sources. If there are two valid sources, the highest value is
used. Decision Height is used for Mode 6 Minimums and Approaching Minimums type callouts.
5.11 Latitude
Latitude can come from either GPS, FMC, or IRS sources. For some installation configurations, the EGPWS supports dual
inputs from all three sources. Latitude is used to extract information from the envelope modulation, runway, and terrain
databases.
GPS Latitude has first priority. FMC Latitude will be used if GPS is not available and IRS Latitude will be used if neither
GPS or FMC sources available A drift correction factor is applied to the ARINC 704 IRS Latitude signal if it is selected as a
result of FMC/GPS signal failure. This correction factor is derived from the difference between the last valid Latitude and the
value of the IRS Latitude at that time.
5.12 Longitude
Longitude can come from either GPS, FMC, or IRS sources. For some installation configurations, the EGPWS supports dual
inputs from all three sources. Longitude is used to extract information from the envelope modulation, runway, and terrain
databases.
GPS Longitude has first priority. FMC Longitude will be used if GPS is not available and IRS Longitude will be used if
neither GPS or FMC sources available A drift correction factor is applied to the ARINC 704 IRS Longitude signal if it is
selected as a result of FMC/GPS signal failure. This correction factor is derived from the difference between the last valid
Longitude and the value of the IRS Longitude at that time.
5.13 Attitude Mode

Attitude Mode is received via an ARINC 429 input from the IRS. It is only used to prevent faulted IRS position data from
being logged in fault history during IRS reversionary Attitude Mode selection.
5.14 Heading and Track

5.14.1 Magnetic Track Angle
Magnetic Track Angle can come from up to 4 sources on a single aircraft; from 1 or 2 ARINC 704 (IRS) and 1 or 2 ARINC
702 (FMC) type digital ARINC 429 sources. The data formats for both sources are identical. Note that on some aircraft
types, the magnetic track angle information is not available and magnetic heading is used instead and treated as if it is
magnetic track. When available, Magnetic Track is the preferred signal. The difference between Magnetic Track and
Magnetic Heading, which is Drift Angle, is sufficiently small to be acceptable for the users of magnetic track: Below
Glideslope and Envelope Modulation. Magnetic Heading signals can come in from AHRS, FMC or DFGC systems. The
only processing difference between the magnetic track angle and the magnetic heading signal is that a different fault message
will be given. The FMC signal will only be processed if it is selected by program pin or by aircraft configuration. The FMC
source is used if it is available and valid.
5.14.2 True Track Angle

True Track Angle can come from either an ARINC 702 or an ARINC 704 type digital ARINC 429 source. True Track Angle
is used for the Terrain Awareness function.
5.14.3 True Heading

True Heading can come from either an ARINC 702 or an ARINC 704 type digital ARINC 429 source. True Track Angle is
used for the Terrain Awareness function.
5.15 Aircraft Angle of Attack

Indicated AOA can come from either left and right DSWC type digital ARINC 429 sources, analog left and right vane
potentiometer inputs, or DC analog inputs from the Stall Warning Computers. If both left and right sources are available and
valid, they are averaged in order to minimize cross wind effects and other errors.
AOA correction is used on Indicated AOA to get Body AOA, which is used for Mode 7. The correction is based on flap
angle and gain and offset constants which are aircraft type dependent, and on pitch rate correction constants which are also
aircraft type dependent.
5.16 Pitch Angle

Pitch Angle comes from either an ARINC 704 or an AHRS type digital ARINC 429 source. On some aircraft types Roll
Angle comes from a Digital Flight Guidance Computer (DFGC). Pitch Angle is used for Mode 7, In-Air logic, and the
EGPWC-computed inertial data processing.
5.17 Body Pitch Rate

Pitch Rate comes from an ARINC 704 type digital ARINC 429 source. Pitch Rate is used for Mode 7.
5.18 Roll Angle

Roll Angle comes from either an ARINC 704 or an AHRS type digital ARINC 429 source. On some aircraft types Roll
Angle comes from a Digital Flight Guidance Computer (DFGC) or Symbol Generator in non-standard format. Roll Angle is
used for Mode 6 (Bank Angle), Mode 7, Terrain Awareness and for the EGPWC-computed inertial data processing.
5.19 Body Normal Acceleration

Normal Acceleration comes from either an ARINC 704 or an AHRS type digital ARINC 429 source. Normal Acceleration is
used for Mode 7 and for the EGPWC-computed inertial data processing
5.20 Body Longitudinal Acceleration

Longitudinal Acceleration comes from either an ARINC 704 or and AHRS type digital ARINC 429 source. Longitudinal
Acceleration is used for Mode 7 and for the EGPWC-computed inertial data processing.
5.21 Flap Position

Flap position can be input in the form of ARINC 429 Flap Angle words, ARINC 429 packed discrete words or analog
discretes. Flap Angle is used for Mode 7.
The Landing Flaps input comes from a discrete input and is paralleled with the Flap Override Discrete if one is wired in the
aircraft, indicating whether the flaps are in landing position or not. Landing Flaps can also be determined from the Flap
Position. It is used throughout the Modes processing.
5.22 Landing Gear

The Landing Gear input comes from a discrete input indicating whether the gear is up or down and is paralleled with the Gear
Override discrete to determine if the pilot has placed the gear in landing position. It is used throughout the Modes processing.
5.23 Windshear Command Word

The EGPWS has the ability to annunciate windshear warnings based on commands generated by Flight Management
Computers. The commands are packed into discrete ARINC 429 label 272 data packets and are transmitted on the FMC data
buses.
5.24 FCC Command Word

FCC Mode Word 5 can come from up to two digital ARINC 429 sources. Current aircraft configurations have FCC Mode
Word 5 coming in over 2 IOC buses. The FCC Mode Word 5 left and right processing is identical. A bit on FCC Mode Word
5 is used to indicate when the aircraft is flying within a certain tolerance of windshear recovery guidance and is used to
suppress GPWS warning similar to the Audio Suppress analog discrete input.
5.25 Boeing CMC Command

The CMC Command Word comes from a single digital ARINC 429 source. CMC initiated Self-Test is determined as
described below to request the MKV Self Test sequence. CMC initiated flight leg increment is determined as described
below to increment the flight history leg. Refer to Section 6.10.7 for a functional description of the maintenance support
5.26 CFDS/CMC Words

The EGPWS can interface with several other types of on-board maintenance systems. The EGPWS performs self tests via
digital input commands from the maintenance system, in addition it provides fault history reports via the ARINC 429 output.
The following inputs can used for fault recording and system status.
Command Word: - Commands the EGPWS for the various maintenance functions.
Date: - Used to tag date information to fault records.
Universal Time Correlation (UTC): - Used to tag time information to fault records.
Flight Number: - Used to tag flight number information to fault records.
Airbus Aircraft Configuration Word - Indicates if a printer is installed on the aircraft
Airbus Aircraft ID Word 1, 2, and 3 - Indicate the actual aircraft tail number using ISO 5.
Refer to Section 6.10.7 for a functional description of the maintenance support
5.27 Display Information

These inputs are used for the optional terrain alert display function.
5.27.1 Range
Display range can come from digital ARINC 429 sources or in the form of input discretes. It indicates the current range
selection on the Wx Radar or EFIS display. This input is used for the optional terrain alert display function.
5.27.2 Weather Radar On/Off

For some installations Terrain can only be displayed if the Weather Radar is turned on. This input provides the On/Off state
of the radar to the EGPWS.
5.27.3 Display Modes

For some installations Terrain can only be displayed when the EFIS is in certain display modes. This input provides the
display mode of the EFIS to the EGPWS.
5.28 GPS Data

The EGPWS also uses the following GPS inputs:
GPS Date - Indicates GPS date
GPS Time (UTC) - Indicates GPS time
GPS (HFOM) Horizontal Figure of Merit - Indicator GPS position quality
GPS (VFOM) Vertical Figure of Merit - Indicator GPS altitude quality
GPS (HDOP) Horizontal Dilution of Position - Indicator GPS position quality

GPS (VDOP) Vertical Dilution of Position - Indicator GPS altitude quality
GPS Status Word - Indicates GPS Sensor status
Horizontal Integrity Limit (HIL) Indicates current integrity limit and non-isolatable
satellite failure
5.29 CAIMS Discrete Data

The EGPWS can interface with several other types of on-board maintenance systems. The EGPWS performs self tests via
digital input commands from the maintenance system, in addition it provides fault history reports per flight leg via the ARINC
429 output. The following inputs can be used for fault recording and system status.
Command Word: - Commands the EGPWS for the various maintenance functions.
Date: - Used to tag date information to fault records.
SFFS Date: - Used to retrieve information from fault history.
Universal Time Correlation (UTC): - Used to tag time information to fault records.
Flight Number: - Used to tag flight number information to fault records.
Aircraft Serial Number Word - Indicates the actual aircraft tail number.
Refer to Section 6.10.7 for a functional description of the maintenance support
5.30 Internal Temperature

The hardware provides an internal temperature sensor. This temperature is read by software and accessible via the RS-232
port for engineering and qualification test usage.
5.31 PFD Discrete (Boeing 777 Only)

The system has the ability to annunciate Engine Fail and V1 alerts based on commands generated by the PFD discrete word.
The commands are packed into a discrete ARINC 429 word and transmitted to the MKV on the AIMS data buses. Also
contained on this discrete word is a bit indicating if the pilot has selected a Barometric (MDA), or Radio (DH) based,
Minimums approach.
5.32 GPWC Discrete Word

The GPWC Discrete word contains information the previous aircraft types have received through analog discretes. These
include Air/Ground Squat switch and gear position. The support for the analog inputs remains and is combined with the
ARINC 429 discrete data as shown in section TBD for Gear logic and TBD for air/ground logic. The ARINC 429 Discretes
are transmitted to the warning computer on the AIMS data buses
5.33 Inertial Vertical Acceleration

Inertial Vertical Acceleration (IVA) can come from a single ARINC 704 IRS source, or dual AIMS type digital ARINC 429
sources. Only IVA #1 is available for single source configurations. For dual input configurations IVA #1 is from the left side,
and #2 is from the right side. Each word is checked for new data (time since last received sample). Also, the SSM is decoded.
5.34 Minimum Operating Speed

Minimum Operating Speed can come from either the DSWC #1/#2 or L/R AIMS GP Bus #1 digital ARINC 429 sources. If
both left and right sources are available and valid, the left (#1) source is used. Minimum Operating Speed is one of the factors
used in the requirement to adjust the windshear alert threshold level.
5.35 Minimum Descent Altitude

Minimum Descent Altitude comes from both left and right AIMS General Purpose Bus #1. It is used for Mode 6 Barometric
based Minimums.
5.36 Landing Altitude

Landing Altitude (Airport Altitude) comes from an AIMS General Purpose Bus. It is used for Mode 6 barometric based
Altitude Callouts
5.37 FMC Discrete Word Status Word

The FMC Discrete Word word contains information on what navigation mode the FMC is currently in. The Terrain Clearance
Floor and Terrain Ahead functions use this data as an indication of the FMS position Quality.
6 System Functions
Revision History
Effectivity
Date – Modified By Description of the Updates App. Cfg.
08/08/97 – MJC 6.1.1.3: Added note that GPS must be ARINC 743A, not ARINC 743. ALL ALL
08/20/97 – MJC SCR 2094: 6.10.2.1: Added digitally commanded Steep Approach -105 -
configuration message to present status.
09/08/97 – MJC SCR 998: 6.10.2.1: Added new Bank Angle Options for future -202 -
applications.
10/13/97 – MJC SCR 2153: Revised section 6.9.3.3 to describe additional Audio Inhibit -202 -
output functionality.
10/24/97 – MJC SCR 2281: Added sections 6.9.3.9 and 6.9.3.10. -202 -
11/03/97 – Richard auf der In section 6.9.3.4 modified text to describe provisional character of -202 -
Springe ‘Obstacles’.
01/23/98 – MJC SCR 2531: Updated 6.1.1.9, 6.1.1.12 and 6.10.2.1 for new program pin -204 -
options.
02/25/98 – D. Farrell SCR 895: Added section 6.10.2.2 for new System Status Messages. -204 -
SCR 2172: Added “GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED” message to section
6.10.2.1.
02/27/98 – D. Farrell SCR 2592: Added caption text to section 6.10.2.1 attempting to keep the -204 -
Present Status configuration items in sync with the CISRD.
03/06/98 – D. Farrell SCR 895: Updated section 6.10.2.2 for review comments by MJC. -204 -
03/24/98 – L. Caldeira Removed all references to internal variable names (CVT items). - -
04/02/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2654: Added message for Obstacle Database Invalid in table 6.10.2.2- -204
2
04/13/98 – MJC SCR 2660: Added message for FMS Glideslope Inhibit in table 6.10.2-1 -204
04/30/98 – D. Farrell SCR 2676: Section 6.10.2.2 System Status Messages Updates – -204
(1) Changed “TAD Warning/Cautions Disabled” system level event to
“TAD Deselected”.
(2) Removed TAD invalid messages for: True Track, Ground Speed, and
Starved.
(3) Revised TAD Deselected footnote number 1 including addition of
items d) and e).
(4) Added Windshear preconditions footnote number 5.
05/07/98 – D. Farrell SCR 2676: Updated section 6.10.2.2 for review comments by MJC. -204 -
06/02/98 – D. Farrell SCR 2520: Added note “ANY MODIFICATIONS…” to Tables 6.10.2-1 - -
and 6.10.2.2-1 to identify Tests and Classes affected by modifications to
the list of Configuration Messages or System Status Messages.
06/16/98 – MJC SCR 2847: Added section 6.9.3.11 for WXR Control Discrete. -206 -206
07/29/98 – MJC Corrected description of audio On discrete. -204 -
08/06/98 – MJC SCR 3025: Added Peaks Enable to 6.1.1.9 and “Peaks Enabled” -206 -
configuration message to 6.10.2.1.
10/09/98 - RADS Changed notes with table 6.10.2-1 and 6.10.2.2-1 to hidden text. - -
10/26/98 – F. Trowbridge SCR 3229: Added Internal GPS program pin option to 6.1.1.3. Added -208 -208
present status message “Internal GPS Selected” to 6.10.2.1.
10/28/98 – MJC SCR 3221: Added Alternate Mode 4B program pin description to 6.1.1.5 -208 -208
and its related configuration message to 6.10.2.1.
10/28/98 – MJC SCR 3222: Added Lamp Format program pin description to 6.1.1.8 and its -208 -208
related configuration message to 6.10.2.1. Also added note to 6.9.3.1
referring to this functionality.
10/28/98 – MJC SCR 3223: Added Display program pin description section 6.1.1.14 and its -208 -208
related configuration message to 6.10.2.1.
10/29/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 3224: In 6.1, changed number of EM5 program pin states from 8 to -208 -208
10.
17/NOV/98 – MJC Re-ordered table 6.10.2-1 to be in order of occurrence during actual - -
operation. Also added missing 'Alternate Mode 6 Volume' and 'Alternate
Volume 2' messages to table.
25/FEB/99 – MJC SCR 3571: Added GPS Altitude Reference program pin to 6.1.1.15 and -208 -208
status message to 6.10.2.1.
14-MAY-99 – MJC SCR 3926: Updated section 6.1.1.7 to add additional WGS-84 selection. -210 -210
SCR 3880: Added Terrain Display Category description in 6.1.1.16. Added
status message for Terrain ID to 6.10.2.1.
29-SEP-99 – GAB SCR 4334: Cleaned-up formatting - -
11-FEB-99 – P. Bateman SCR 4871: Addition of Pitch Alert Program pin option to 6.10.2.1. future future
Addition of Pitch Angle INOP to Section 6.10.2.2.
01-FEB-00 – S. Wright SCR 5786: SSM for invalid alt rate clarified to add Barometric Altitude -213 -213
Rate Invalid in Table 6.10.2.2-1.
14-FEB-01 – M. SCR 5809: General document clean up. - -
Henderson
6.0 Mode Control

Refer to section 6.0 of the Product Specification.
6.1 Program Pins

For the MKV EGPWS, various features and configurations are enabled through program pin strapping. Each program pin can
be strapped to one of nine* state pins, or left open. This provides 10* separate states for each program pin. The ten* states
are referred to as:
STATE 1 = Program Pin open circuit
STATE 2 = Program Pin connected to PPCOM
STATE 3 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #1 (Lamp driver #1)
STATE 9 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #6 (Lamp driver #6)*
STATE 10 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #10 (Lamp driver #10)*
Program pins are read only during power up. Eight steps are required to perform a program pin read: one for each of the
discrete outputs. The pins will only be toggled once during the read process. Always grounded pins are connected to
PPCOM, and if a pin never reads a ground, then it is open. The program pin configuration is read into NVM as long as there
is not a Program Pin Read Error or a Program Pin Parity Error.
*Prior to the –208, the MKV EGPWS only had 8 program pin states, instead of 10.
A Program Pin Read Error occurs if a pin toggles more then once during the read process, or a configuration change can not
be confirmed with two consecutive program pin reads. The read process will be attempted 4 times before a read error is
indicated.
A Program Pin Parity Error occurs when the program pin read process indicates that an even number of program pins have
been connected. The program pins are always required to have odd parity.
If either or both of these errors occur, the system will configure per the current valid NVM configuration. If no valid NVM
configuration exists, then the system will configure to a zero default configuration (as if all pins open).
6.1.1 Feature Selection

6.1.1.1 Aircraft Type (PPCNF1..PPCNF3)**
These 3 program pins allow for up to 512 (83) type selections. Appendix D, table D-T1 lists aircraft type ID numbers. The
selected aircraft type will be enunciated as part of a self-test sequence.
6.1.1.2 Callout Menu (PPCN**F4.. PPCNF6)**

These 3 program pins allow for up to 512 (83) type selections. These menus are only active when the Callout Enable Discrete
is active. If the discrete is not selected, then only the “MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS” alert function is enabled
The 512 callout menus are divided into two groups: 0-255 and 256-511. The first half (0-256) define the callout menu. The
other half of the menu selections (256 to 511) will be identical to 0-255 with the addition of the Smart callout feature.
Appendix D table D-T2 defines each of the Altitude callout menu selections. The selected callout menu will be enunciated as
part of a self-test sequence.
6.1.1.3 Optional Inputs Select/GPS Overlays/GPIRS Overlays/Internal GPS (PPCNF7)

GPS and GPIRS overlays not available prior to the -102-102 part number.
Internal GPS selection is only available in the 965-0976-020-xxx-xxx part number, and is not available prior to the –
208-208.
This program pin provides the ability to activate the internal GPS receiver, to overlay aircraft-dependent ARINC 743A GPS
and GPIRS interfaces, and controls the selection of ‘optional’ aircraft-dependent and/or GPS or GPIRS inputs by overlaying
them onto the basic aircraft interface definition. If the GPS/GPIRS inputs are already defined for the basic aircraft interface
definition, then these options are not to be selected.
Appendix D table D-T4 defines status of each of these selections
NOTE: Unless stated otherwise, all GPS Overlays REQUIRE the use of ARINC 743A GPS receivers, not ARINC 743.
Specifically, the HFOM/VFOM formats must be nautical miles/feet respectively, not meters.
Starting with the –206, a program pin option allowing selection of the ARINC 743 format is available.
6.1.1.4 Audio Menu Select (PPCNF8)

This program pin replaces the four MKV program pins PPVOI1 through PPVOI4 and allows for the selection of the Alternate
Audio Alert Select (AAAS) options. Each program pin state selects a separate audio option as defined in Appendix D table
D-T5.
The AAAS options consist of different voice sets, which are mapped to specific warning mode outputs. These options are
found in Appendix D table D-T6 through D-T12.
6.1.1.5 Dual ILS/Dual LRRA/Triple LRRA/Alternate Mode 4B Reversal (PPCNF9)

This program pin replaces PPDILS, PPDRA and PPTRA that were provided previously on the Boeing MKV and controls the
selection of dual ILS inputs and the RA inputs, both dual or triple, by overlaying them onto the basic aircraft interface
definition. If these interfaces have already been included in the basic aircraft interface definition, then these options are not to
be selected.
For the –208 (and on) part numbers, the ability to reverse the Alternate Mode 4B operation was added to this program pin.
Prior to this, Alternate Mode 4B operation was fixed to be true or false as a function of aircraft type. Refer to section 6.2.4.1
of the Product Specification for a description of Alternate Mode 4B.
**These program pins still have 8 states (instead of changing to 10, as the rest of the program pins did in –208) in order to
avoid changing existing aircraft wiring.
Appendix D table D-T14 defines status of the each of these selections

6.1.1.6 Glideslope Cancel/EGPWS Suppress/QFE Select (PPCNF10)
This program pin replaces the MKV program pins PPAUDS and PPQFE. It also performs a new function, selection of the
Alternate Glideslope Cancel format.
This program pin controls the selection of either the Standard Glideslope Cancel or the Alternate Glideslope Cancel.
Explanation of the Standard and the Alternate Glideslope Cancel can be found in section 6.2.5 of the Product Specification.
The mapping of the program pin for this function is found in Appendix D table D-T15.
This program pin controls the selection of suppressing just the audio output of the EGPWS or both the audio and visual
outputs via an external discrete input. This function was performed on the MKV by PPAUDS, Audio Suppress/All Modes
Inhibit. The mapping of the program pin for this function is found in Appendix D table D-T15
Both QNH and QFE altitude corrections can be supported by the EGPWS. The mapping of the program pin for this function
is found in Appendix D table D-T15
6.1.1.7 Audio Decluter Disable/Volume Level Control/GPS Altitude Ref (PPCNF11)

This program pin provides for the selection of the Audio Declutter Disable feature and the volume level control option
The Audio Declutter Disable option is the reverse function of the PPENH program pin on the MKV. It disables the Audio
Declutter feature, which is now a basic function of the EGPWS. For a detailed explanation of the audio declutter feature see
section 6.2 of the Product Specification, modes 1 through 5.
The Volume Level Adjust feature allows the adjustment of the volume level for each aircraft type from its default volume
selection. Using the program pin, the operator can select the other available volume level for each aircraft type.
Refer to Section 4.1.8 for more detailed information on the audio level selection. Appendix D table D-T16 defines status of
these features for each of the program pin states.
New for –210: This program pin can also be used to select the WGS-84 GPS Altitude Reference option. Refer to section
6.1.1.15 for a functional description of this option.
6.1.1.8 Windshear Control/Lamp Format (PPCNF12)

This program pin provides control of the windshear function and its outputs. It replaces the MKV program pins PPBWS
(windshear enable), PPWSCD (windshear caution disable), and PPWSD (to disable the Windshear Inop output). It also
provides a new option to enable the windshear caution voice.
For the –208 (and on) part numbers the ability to activate Lamp Format 2 was added to this program pin. Prior to this, Lamp
Format was preset to format 1 or 2 as a function of aircraft type. However, this option only allows for aircraft types defined
as being Lamp Format 1 to switch to format 2. Refer to section 6.9.3.1 of the Product Specification for a description of lamp
formats.
Appendix D table D-T17 defines status of these features for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.9 Enhanced Feature Control/Simulator Reposition (PPCNF13)

This program pin provides control over the enhanced features of the EGPWS. This pin controls the activation of the Terrain
Clearance Floor function, the Terrain Awareness function, the Obstacle Awareness function, and Peaks Mode enable. In
addition, it is used to enable the simulator reposition function. Appendix D, tables D-T18 and D-T18A define the status of
these features for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.10 PPCNF14
This program pin functions differently between various aircraft groups as follows.
6.1.1.10.1 Bizjet: Alternate LRRA Select/Bank Angle Enable(PPCNF14)
This program pin provides control over two features for Bizjets: Alternate LRRA select and Bank Angle Enable.
The Alternate LRRA Select feature allows for other types of LRRAs to be used on the aircraft. The following shows the
mapping of the two Alternate Radio Altitude Configurations. Note that this option is only available for bizjet configurations
that use a single LRRA interface to the EGPWC.
Original LRRA defined by Aircraft => ARINC 552 ALT 55 ARINC 429
Alternate Radio Altitude Config #1 Selects => ALT 55 ARINC 552 ARINC 552
Alternate Radio Altitude Config #2 Selects => ARINC 429 ARINC 429 ALT 55
For Bizjets, this pin is also used to enable the Bank Angle alert feature described in section 6.4.4 of the Product Specification.
Appendix D, table D-T19 defines the status of these features for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.10.2 Boeing & Commercial Bank Angle Enable (PPCNF14)

This program pin provides control over the Bank Angle feature for non-Bizjet (Commercial Transports) aircraft types.
Appendix D, table D-T20 defines the status of this feature for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.11 Alternate Pop-Up/PWS Options (PPCNF15)

This function was implemented in the 965-0976-0XX-102-102 part number.
This program pin allows the default terrain display pop-up state to be toggled. It also provides activation of optional
Predictive Windshear (PWS) interfaces for some installations.
Appendix D, table D-T21 defines the status of these options for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.12 Alternate GPS Speed/Configuration Options (PPCNF16)

Alt GPS Speed was implemented in the 965-0976-0XX-102-102 part number.
Config Options were implemented in the 965-0976-0XX-204-204 part number.
This program pin allows the default ARINC 429 GPS bus speed of the aircraft to be toggled (for aircraft with ARINC 429
GPS buses). It also activates two configuration options that can be defined as needed for each individual aircraft type. For
example, Config Option 1 is used to choose between ARINC 743A and ARINC 743 GPS in some installations, but may be
used for another purpose, or not used at all, with another aircraft type. Refer to the specific aircraft ICD section to determine
whether these options are used, and if used, what they do.
Appendix D, table D-T22 defines the status of these options for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.13 Program Pin Parity (PPCNF17)

This pin selects odd parity for the program selection. Program pins are monitored such that an odd number of pins must be
connected for a configuration to be valid. Appendix D table D-T23 defines the wiring requirements for the parity pin.
6.1.1.14 Alternate Display Program Pin (PPCNF18)

Only applicable to the –208-208.
This pin allows for selection of an alternate terrain display interface on the same aircraft type. This pin is not functional for all
aircraft types. It can only be used if the aircraft ICD specifies alternate display(s) as being available.
Appendix D, table D-14.1-1 (IDs 0 thru 19) define the status of these options for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.15 Option Select Program Pin (PPCNF19)

Only applicable to the –208-208.
The EGPWS expects that the GPS Altitude (label 076) be referenced to Mean Sea Level (MSL). However, some GPS’s
output altitude referenced to WGS-84. If the GPS being used supplies Altitude referenced to WGS-84 instead of MSL then
the ’GPS Altitude Reference WGS-84’ program pin option must be selected.
Appendix D, table D-14.1-1 (IDs 0 thru 19) define the status of this options for each of the program pin states.
6.1.1.16 Terrain Display/WGS-84 Selection Program Pins (PPCNF18/19)

Only applicable to the –210-210 and on.
These two pins have been combined to provide a Terrain Display selection category. The ICD section for the specific aircraft
type will identify whether this category can be used to activate a different terrain display interface than that listed as basic to
the aircraft type.
Additionally, these program pins allow selection of the WGS-84 altitude reference for some of the available terrain display
options. The limited inclusion of the this feature provides backwards compatibility with installations wired for the –208-208
version which used PPCNF 19 for WGS-84 reference selection. WGS-84 reference for new installations should be enabled
using PPCNF11.
Appendix D, table D-14-2 defines the status of these options for each of the program pin states.
6.2 GPWS Functions

6.3 Terrain Clearance Floor

6.4 Advisory Alerts

6.5 Windshear Detection Alerts

6.6 External Triggered Alerts

6.7 Terrain Awareness Functions

6.8 Envelope Modulation

6.9 System Outputs

This section describes the various outputs available with the EGPWS.
6.9.1 Serial Output

The EGPWC provides one or two ARINC 429 output channels. Appendix E of the ICD lists each of the specific ARINC 429
output labels provided by the EGPWC. These outputs consist of internal parameters that can be used for test purposes and
discrete outputs that can be used for test, driving EFIS/EICAS displays, and recording. During LRU self test, the SSM of
each output label is set to the Functional Test status code. The output types can be summarized as follows.
1) Internal data: Some internal data is output for test purposes only such as Radio Altitude, Computed True Airspeed,
Corrected AOA information, etc.
2) Alert/Warning status: Each type of Voice and Lamp activity is mapped to a specific label/bit. This can be used to provide
inputs to EFIS, EICAS, and flight recorders.
3) Internal Mode status: Various internal EGPWC mode logic is transmitted for test purposes.
4) Program Pin option selections and input discrete status is provided.
5) Fault diagnostic words are provided.
6) Maintenance system interactive protocol data provided for some installations.
Also, two channels of ARINC 453 data are provided to drive terrain displays for installations that use the Terrain Awareness
display function.
6.9.2 Audio Output

Mode computation outputs generally result in an audio voice warning unless inputs are invalid or one of the audio suppression
discretes is active. The actual output message, or intended message during audio suppression, is sent to the warning lamp
logic for proper output activation.
The audio outputs consist of an 8-ohm amplifier and a transformer isolated 600-ohm output. Additional automatic volume
control lowers both outputs a fixed 6 dB below the nominal level on command. Volume level is also aircraft dependent. Refer
to section 4.1.8 for information on volume levels.
Several sets of voice warning messages are defined. The Audio Menu Select program pin selects each set. See appendix D,
section D-4 for specific audio menu set definitions.
Refer to the Product Specification for a list of the messages that can be selected for various warning conditions.
6.9.3 Discrete Outputs

Outputs from the various alert/warning mode computations are first processed to determine which lamp outputs to produce.
This information is combined with the aircraft type lamp format to produce the output lamp logic.
All of the lamp outputs are driven by solid state switches to ground. These outputs can also be used as discrete drivers for
other devices.
All alert/warning lamp outputs are normally a steady state switch to ground. The lamps can be individually programmed to
flash as a function of aircraft type only. The flashing outputs operate at a nominal 70 cycles per minute at a 50% duty cycle.
6.9.3.1 Ground Proximity Warning/Alert Discrete (Lamp) Outputs

Two Lamp formats are defined as a function of aircraft type. The lamp format defined for each aircraft type can be found in
the tables of ICD appendix F. For Format type 1 configurations, only Mode 5 “Glideslope” message will activate the alert
lamp output (amber). All other messages (except Windshear) will activate the warning lamp output (red). Note that Mode 6
does not activate any lamp outputs, only voices.
In the other configuration (format 2), only the messages containing the phrase “Pull Up” will activate the warning lamp output
(red). All other messages (except Windshear) will activate the alert lamp output (amber).
For the –208 part number and on, some limited program pin control of lamp format was added. Refer to section 6.1.1.8 for
details.
Note: For some installations, Terrain Awareness Caution/Warning or Obstacle Awareness Caution/Warning will activate the
GPWS Alert/Warning lamp(s), refer to section 6.9.3.4.
The Glideslope Cancel Discrete controls the output of the Mode 5 “Glideslope” message. If the Glideslope Cancel Discrete is
activated, then the alert lamp (amber) and the voice annunciation will be inhibited for the Mode 5 “Glideslope” message.
6.9.3.2 Windshear Discrete (Lamp) Outputs

The Mode 7 Windshear detection warning and caution functions activate separate lamp outputs. Priority logic, described in
section 6.5 of the Product Specification, prevents Windshear caution during a Windshear warning condition and provides an
inhibit which turns off the EGPWS alert and warning lamps.
6.9.3.3 Audio On Discrete

The Audio On discrete goes true whenever any voice message is being enunciated. It will stay true until the voice is
completed. This output can be used to inhibit other audio systems (e.g., TCAS) during GPWS warnings. In addition, it can
be used to drive the audio key line input provided on some aircraft audio systems.
6.9.3.4 Terrain / Obstacle Awareness Alert Discretes

NOTE: Obstacle alerting provisions were implemented in the 965-0976-XXX-104-104 part number. The Obstacle
Alerting will not be functional unless used with a Terrain Database that includes Obstacles.
Terrain Awareness provides 2 discrete alert outputs, one for Terrain and Obstacle Cautions and one for Terrain and Obstacle
Warnings. These outputs can drive cockpit lamps or act as discrete inputs to an EFIS.
6.9.3.4.1 Terrain / Obstacle Caution Discrete

Terrain/Obstacle Caution can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration, the caution
will typically active the GPWS Warn Lamp, the GPWS Alert Lamp, or will drive its own lamp output.
6.9.3.4.2 Terrain / Obstacle Warning Discrete

Terrain/Obstacle Warning can be configured to activate any of the discrete outputs. Depending on configuration, the warning
will typically active either the GPWS Warn Lamp or will drive its own lamp output.
6.9.3.5 Monitor Discretes (GPWS, Windshear, Terrain INOP & Terrain Not Available)
The EGPWC produces three discrete monitor outputs. These discretes can be programmed, via aircraft configuration, to
reflect any one or any combination of the following functions: GPWS INOP, Windshear INOP, Terrain INOP, and Terrain
Not Available. All four of these discretes activate with loss of EGPWC power. The status of these four discretes is also
contained on an ARINC 429 output word.
Note: Some display systems provide one message area for both warning and associated INOP annunciations. There are
conditions where GPWS INOP and a GPWS warning can exist at the same time (e.g., Sinkrate warning can occur even if a
Computed Airspeed input fault exists.) For these installation a configuration item INOP & Warning Annunciations in Same
Window is provided which causes the INOP annunciation to extinguish whenever a valid warning annunciation is required.
6.9.3.6 Terrain Display Switching Discretes

The EGPWC produces two discrete outputs for controlling the terrain display. They can be used either to control picture bus
switching relay(s) or connected directly to the symbol generators. Refer to section 6.9.4.2 of the Product Specification.
6.9.3.7 Terrain Displayable Discretes

For some installations, the EGPWC produces two ‘Terrain Displayable’ discrete outputs for controlling the display of the
Terrain Mode annunciation lights. One discrete is used for the Captain’s terrain display mode annunciation and one for the
F.O.’s terrain display mode annunciation. For each pilots side, if the EFIS is in a mode which will support Terrain display,
the Terrain display function is valid, and the Terrain display has been selected (either via manual selection or auto pop-up
when applicable), then the discrete will be set active so that the Terrain Mode annunciation light is illuminated.
6.9.3.8 Displayable Discretes

NOTE: This feature was incorporated in the 965-0976-XXX-104-104 part number.
For some installations the EGPWC produces two ‘Displayable’ discrete outputs for controlling display mode annunciation
lights. One discrete is used for the Captain’s display mode annunciation and one for the F.O.’s display mode annunciation.
Each output is routed through the picture bus switching relay to drive either TERR mode annunciation if terrain is displayed,
or WXR mode annunciation if the WXR R/T is on (displayed or not).
6.9.3.9 PWS Inhibit Discrete

NOTE: This feature was incorporated in the 965-0976-XXX-202-202 part number.
For some installations a dedicated discrete output is provided to inhibit Predictive Windshear (PWS) Audio. By using the
PWS Alert Level and PWS audio activity (both are transmitted on the PWS Hazard bus), the EGPWS prioritizes its audio
with that of the PWS by activating this discrete whenever the EGPWS audio out prioritizes the PWS audio. For reference, the
tables of Appendix D-4 show the relative audio priorities.
6.9.3.10 TCAS Inhibit Discrete

NOTE: This feature was incorporated in the 965-0976-XXX-202-202 part number .
For some installations, a dedicated discrete output is provided to inhibit TCAS resolution advisories. This output is activated
whenever the EGPWS is in a Warning or Alert state. It is not activated during Altitude Awareness callouts.
6.9.3.11 WXR Control Discrete

NOTE: This feature was incorporated in the 965-0976-XXX-206-206 part number .
For some installations, a dedicated discrete output is provided to control the On/Off signal to the WXR R/T. This allows the
R/T to be turned off when the PPI is turned on to display terrain.
6.10 Maintenance Functions

The EGPWC Maintenance Philosophy is to provide information that will encourage the line mechanic to correct the real
problem (pull the correct LRU) by indicating whether the failure is within the EGPWC or one of the input sources. To that
end the EGPWC must be designed to provide extremely clear (not necessarily detailed) fault messages, and give them with
minimum effort on the part of the maintenance crew. To accomplish the goal, the EGPWC provides four different means of
extracting fault information, provides access from either the cockpit or the electronics bay, and provides several levels of
reporting, from the very basic to the extremely detailed. The four methods of accessing fault information from the EGPWC
are: aurally, via CFDS/CMC/CAIMS, over RS-232, and by download to the PCMCIA port. Aural readout can be performed
in either the cockpit or E-bay.
6.10.1 Maintenance Philosophy

The EGPWC performs both event-initiated and continuous BIT functions. Event-initiated refers to both power up tests and
manually activated self-test sequences. The system status monitors are provided to indicate whenever any fault is detected
which effects system functionality. These monitors can be activated by any test that fails as a result of both event initiated or
continuous BIT. The cockpit self test is provided both to test the cockpit interface and to enunciate system configuration
status.
6.10.2 System Status

6.10.2.1 Current Configuration
Current Configuration of the EGPWC indicates the current hardware, software, databases, program pins and input discretes
detected by the system. Each configuration item has a configuration message associated with it. This message is the message
that will be read out during Present Status on the RS-232 interface or voice output during Self Test Level 3 to inform the user
of the current configuration.
THE FOLLOWING TABLE LISTS MKV EGPWS (965-0976-0XX-XXX-XXX) CONFIGURATION MESSAGES ASSOCIATED WITH EACH
CONFIGURATION ITEM.
TABLE 6.10.2-1: CONFIGURATION OPTIONS AND MESSAGES
Selected Option/Condition Configuration Message Notes:

Program Pin Alternate Volume selected ALTERNATE VOLUME 1 SELECTED
Program Pin Alternate Volume selected ALTERNATE VOLUME 2 SELECTED Added in -206-206.
Program Pin Configuration Option 1 selected CONFIGURATION OPTION 1 SELECTED Added in -204-204.
Program Pin Configuration Option 2 selected CONFIGURATION OPTION 2 SELECTED Added in -204-204.
Program Pin Peaks Enable Selected AND aircraft PEAKS ENABLED Added in -206-206.
type supports peaks
Smart Callout is Selected if the Callout ID Number is SMART CALLOUT SELECTED
between 256 to 511
Suppress Audio and Visual discrete selected via VISUAL SUPPRESS SELECTED
program pin option
Program Pin Audio Declutter Disable selected AUDIO DECLUTTER DISABLED
Program Pin Alternate Mode 6 Volume selected ALTERNATE MODE 6 VOLUME SELECTED Added in -206-206.
Program Pin QFE selected QFE SELECTED
Program Pin Alternate Glideslope Cancel selected ALTERNATE GLIDESLOPE CANCEL
SELECTED
Program Pin Optional Inputs selected OPTIONAL INPUTS SELECTED Added in -102-102.
Program Pin Single GPS Overlay selected SINGLE GPS SELECTED
Program Pin Dual GPS Overlay selected DUAL GPS SELECTED
Program Pin Single GPIRS Overlay selected SINGLE GPIRS SELECTED
Program Pin Dual GPIRS Overlay selected DUAL GPIRS SELECTED
Program Pin Dual ILS selected DUAL ILS SELECTED
Program Pin Dual LRRA selected DUAL RADIO ALTIMETER SELECTED
Program Pin Triple LRRA selected TRIPLE RADIO ALTIMETER SELECTED
Program Pin Windshear Disabled selected WINDSHEAR DISABLED
Program Pin Windshear Caution Disabled selected WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLED
Program Pin Windshear Caution with Voice selected WINDSHEAR CAUTION WITH VOICE
SELECTED
Program Pin Windshear INOP Disabled selected WINDSHEAR INOP DISABLED
Program Pin Terrain Clearance Floor Disabled TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR DISABLED
selected
Program Pin Terrain Alerting Disabled selected TERRAIN AWARENESS DISABLED
Program Pin Simulator Reposition Enabled selected SIMULATOR REPOSITION SELECTED
Program Pin Bank Angle Enable selected BANK ANGLE SELECTED

(Honeywell Bank Angle Algorithm)
Program Pin Alternate RA Configuration selects ALTERNATE RADIO ALTIMETER 1
alternate #1 SELECTED
Program Pin Alternate RA Configuration selects ALTERNATE RADIO ALTIMETER 2
alternate #2 SELECTED
Selected Option/Condition Configuration Message Notes:

Program Pin Alternate GPS Bus Speed selected ALTERNATE GPS BUS SPEED SELECTED Added in -102-102.
Program Pin PWS Option 1 selected PWS OPTION 1 SELECTED Added in -102-102.
Program Pin PWS Option 2 selected PWS OPTION 2 SELECTED Added in -102-102.
Program Pin Bank Angle Option 1 selected (Basic BANK ANGLE OPTION 1 SELECTED Added in -202-202.
Boeing Bank Angle)
Program Pin Bank Angle Option 2 selected BANK ANGLE OPTION 2 SELECTED Added in –202-202.
(Alternate Boeing Bank Angle)
Program Pin Alternate Pop-Up selected ALTERNATE POP UP SELECTED Added in -102-102.
Low Volume defined in callout menu selected and MODE 6 LOW VOLUME SELECTED
altitude callouts enable discrete is selected
Mode 6 Low Volume Discrete is selected MODE 6 LOW VOLUME SELECTED
Audio Inhibit input discrete selected EXTERNAL EGPWS INHIBITED
Note: Will only occur for present status as this
condition inhibits self-tests.
Terrain Awareness and TCF inhibit input discrete TERRAIN AWARENESS AND TCF
activated DISABLED
Glideslope Inhibit input discrete selected GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED Added in -204-204.
FMS Glideslope Inhibit input discrete selected FMS GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED Added in -204-204.
Steep Approach input discrete #1 selected AND #2 STEEP APPROACH ENABLED
NOT selected
Steep Approach input discrete #2 selected and #1 STEEP APPROACH SELECTED
NOT selected
Both Steep Approach input discretes #1 and #2 STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED
selected
Digital Steep Approach is activated STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED Added in -105-105.
GPWS Inhibit input discrete selected GPWS INHIBITED
Note: Will only occur for present status as this
condition inhibits self-tests.
IRS #1 in Attitude Mode IRS 1 ATTITUDE MODE SELECTED
IRS #2 in Attitude Mode IRS 2 ATTITUDE MODE SELECTED
Program Pin Obstacle Control selected where OBSTACLE AWARENESS ENABLED Added in -204-204.
Obstacle Awareness is disabled by the aircraft type
selection.
Program Pin Obstacle Control selected where OBSTACLE AWARENESS DISABLED Added in -204-204.
Obstacle Awareness is enabled by the aircraft type
selection.
Program Pin Internal GPS Selected INTERNAL GPS SELECTED Added in -208-208.
Program Pin Alternate Mode 4B Reversal selected ALTERNATE MODE 4B REVERSAL Added in -208-208.
SELECTED
Program Pin Lamp Format 2 selected LAMP FORMAT 2 SELECTED Added in -208-208.
Program Pin for Alternate Display selected ALTERNATE DISPLAY ’X’ SELECTED Added in -208-208.
(where X = 1 through 9)
Program Pin for GPS Altitude Reference selects GPS ALTITUDE REFERENCE WGS 84 Added in -208-208.
WGS 84 SELECTED
Program Pin for Display Type Selection TERRAIN DISPLAY TYPE ’X’ SELECTED Added in -210-210.
(where X = 20 through 99)
Program Pin Pitch Alert Enable PITCH ALERT ENABLED future
6.10.2.2 System Status Messages

System Status Messages provide additional information beyond Internal and External Current Faults in order to help isolate
the reason for certain EGPWC INOP situations. These messages will be read out during Present Status on the RS-232
interface or voice output during Self-Test Level 2. The table below defines the System Status Messages for the EMK5.
TABLE 6.10.2.2-1: EGPWC SYSTEM STATUS MESSAGES
System Level Event Internal Indications System Status Message
Bank Angle INOP BAINOP TRUE Bank Angle INOP

Pitch Angle INOP PAINOP TRUE Pitch Angle INOP
Envelope Mod INOP EMINOP Exists and set TRUE Envelope Modulation INOP
Mode 1 INOP M1INOP TRUE Mode 1 INOP
Mode 5 INOP M5GPWINOP TRUE Mode 5 INOP
M6INOP TRUE AND Mode 6 INOP - No Landing Altitude
Baro Altitude Callout Menu Selected AND Landing
Altitude NOT in aircraft configuration.
M6INOP TRUE AND Mode 6 INOP - No Decision Height
Approaching Minimums Type Callout Menu Selected
AND Decision Height Not in aircraft configuration.
TAD Deselected1 Latitude Invalid Terrain Awareness – No Valid Latitude
Longitude Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Longitude
True Heading Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid True Heading
Corrected Altitude Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Corrected Altitude
Inertial Vertical Speed Invalid or Barometric Altitude Terrain Awareness - No Valid Altitude Rate
Rate Invalid
Roll Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Roll
Predictive Windshear Invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid PWS
Wx Mode 1 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 1 Invalid
Wx Mode 2 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Display Mode 2 Invalid
Nav Mode 1 Invalid Terrain Awareness - FMC Discrete Word 1 Invalid
Nav Mode 2 Invalid Terrain Awareness - FMC Discrete Word 2 Invalid
Range 1 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Range 1 Invalid
Range 2 Invalid Terrain Awareness - Range 2 Invalid
Wx 1 Off Terrain Awareness - Weather Radar 1 Off
Wx 2 Off Terrain Awareness - Weather Radar 2 Off
Runway Distance invalid Terrain Awareness - No Valid Runway
Obstacle Database Invalid Terrain Awareness: No Valid Obstacle
Terrain Awareness INOP2 TAINOP TRUE Terrain Awareness INOP
Terrain Clearance Floor INOP3 TCFINOP TRUE Terrain Clearance Floor INOP
(Always Created)
Position Error AND TCFINOP TRUE Terrain Clearance Floor - Position Error
Terrain Not Available4 TAD Position Error AND TAINOP FALSE Terrain Awareness - Position Error
Windshear INOP5 WSINOP TRUE Windshear INOP
1 The following preconditions apply: a) The signal must not be faulted since if faulted, signal fault message will exist, b)
TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete is NOT selected, c) TAD Disable program pin is NOT selected, d) The signal condition must NOT
be masked via the configuration database and both On-Ground and In-Air masks must be taken into account, e) The
associated input signal must exist for the current aircraft configuration.
2 TAD INOP Preconditions: a) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete NOT selected, and b) TAD Disable program pin NOT selected.
3 TCF INOP Preconditions: a) TCF Disable program pin NOT selected (TRUE causes TCF INOP).
4 TAD INOP Preconditions: a) TAD/TCF Inhibit Discrete NOT selected, and b) TAD Disable program pin NOT selected.
5 Windshear INOP Preconditions: a) A Windshear algorithm has been defined within the current aircraft configuration, and b)
The Windshear Disable program pin is NOT selected.
Appendices
Appendix A: Definitions
The following acronyms are used in this document:
Acronym Interpretation
AAAS Alternate Audio Alert Select
ADC Air Data Computer
ADS Air Data System
AGL Above Ground Level
AHRS Attitude Heading Reference System
AIMS Airplane Information Management System
AOA Angle of Attack
ASL Above Sea Level
ATP Acceptance Test Procedure
BCD Binary Coded Decimal
BIST Built in Self Test
BIT Built In Test
BITE Built In Test Equipment
BNR Binary
BOSS Batch Oriented Simulation System
C/O Callouts
CAA Civil Aviation Authority
CAIMS Central Aircraft Information/Maintenance System
CFDS Centralized Fault Display System
CFIT Controlled Flight Into Terrain
CFM Cubic Feet per Minute
CISRD CFDS Interface System Requirements Document
CMC Central Maintenance Computer
COTS Commercial Off the Shelf
CP Control Panel
CRS Course
CW Clockwise
DAA Digital/Analog Adapter
DADC Digital Air Data Computer
DAU Data Acquisition Unit
DC Digital Command
DDM Difference in Depth of Modulation
DDM Difference in Depth of Modulation
DEVN Deviation
DH Decision Height
DITS Digital Information Transfer System
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DO Discrete Output
DSP Digital Signal Processor
DSU Display Switching Unit
DSWC Digital Stall Warning Computer
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFCP EFIS Control Panel
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGPWC Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Computer
EGPWD Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning Display
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
EICAS Engine Indication and Crew Alert System
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
ENB Enabled
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
F/T Functional Test
F/W Fail/Warning
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Flight Control Computer
FDR Flight Data Recorder
FIAS Flight Inspection Aircraft System
FMC Flight Management Computer
FMS Flight Management System
FPM Feet per Minute
FSEU Flaps/Slats Electronic Unit
FWC Fault Warning Computer
G/S Glideslope
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Position System
GPW Ground Proximity Warning
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GT Greater Than
H/W Hardware
HDG Heading
HDOP Horizontal Dilution of Position
HSID Hardware/Software Interface Document
I/O Input/Output
IAC Integrated Avionics Computer
ICD Interface Control Document
ILS Instrument Landing System
INOP Inoperative
IOC Input/Output Concentrator
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISO International Standards Organization
IVS Inertial Vertical Speed
KT Knots
KTS Knots
LED Light Emitting Diode
LRRA Low Range Radio Altimeter
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LSB Least Significant Bit
LT Less Than
MCP Mode Control Panel
MDA Minimum Barometric Altitude
MFD Multi-Functional Display
MKII Mark Two Warning Computer
MKVII Mark Seven Warning Computer
MKV Mark V Warning Computer
MLS Microwave Landing System
MSB Most Significant Bit
N/A Not Applicable
NCD No Computed Data
ND Navigation Display
NVM Non Volatile Memory
OMS Onboard Maintenance System
P/N Part Number
PAR Parity
PC Personal Computer
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card Industry Association
PFD Primary Flight Display
PMAT Portable Maintanence Access Terminal
PP Program Pin
PPI Plan Position Indicator
PVM Processor/Voice/Memory
PWS Predictive Windshear System
QFE Corrected Baro Alt relative to field elevation
QNH Corrected Baro Alt relative to sea level
RA Radio Altitude
RAM Random Access Memory
RDOP Radar Display Output Processing
ROM Read Only Memory
RTCA Requirements and Technical Concepts for Aviation
RTS Ready to Transmit Signal
RWY Runway
S/T Self Test
S/W Software
SDI Source/Destination Identifier
SDRD Software Design Requirements Document
SFFS System Flight Fault Summary
SIG Significant
SPC Stall Protection Computer
SRD System Requirements Document
SSM Sign Status Matrix
ST Self Test
SWC Stall Warning Computer
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation
TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TA&D Terrain Awareness & Display
TBD To Be Determined
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TCF Terrain Clearance Floor
TERPS United States’ Standards for Terminal Instrument Procedures
TK Track
TLB Translation Lookaside Buffer
TSO Technical Standing Order
TTL Tuned To Localizer
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
USM Unsigned Magnitude
UTC Universal Time Correlation
UUT Unit Under Test
VDC Volts, DC
VDOP Vertical Dilution of Precision
VHF Very High Frequency
VLSI Very Large Scale Integrated Circuit
VOR VHF Omni-directional Range
W/S Windshear
WC Warning Computer
Appendix B: Change Summary

Revision History
Effectivity
All change descriptions are located at the start of each major section of this document. The following table is for reference to
changes from the last EGPWS Product Specification (965-0976-602 Rev B) that contained both Product Specification and
ICD information and the rev new version of the Enhanced Mark V ICD.
Update Modified By Affected Description of the Updates

Completed Sections
08/08/97 M.Calhoun Appendix F-102 SCR 1597: Added aircraft type 102 (Lear 45).
Appendix F-078 SCR 1596: Added aircraft type 78 (Lear 60).
Appendix F-090 SCR 2102: Updated aircraft type 90 (Astra SPX).
Appendices F-3, SCR 2098: Added Hazard Bus support to all these aircraft types.
4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 30,
31, 101, 105,
106, 109, 116
Appendix F-093 Updated aircraft type 93.
SCR 1733: Replaced DH input with DH/MDA input.
SCR 2050: Added FWC S/T command bit 23.
SCR 2086: Added INOP in Same Window config item.
SCR 2094: Added digital Steep Approach command bit.
SCR 2106: Added IAC Status Word inputs.
4.1.1.92 SCR 2094: Added Steep Approach bit.
SCR 2050: Added test command bit for type 2 only.
Appendix E-5.2 SCR 2094: Added Steep Approach bit.
Appendix C: Connector Interfaces
Revision History
Effectivity
05/20/98 - MJC SCR 2203: Revised front connector pinout. - -
30/OCT/98 - MJC SCR 3223: Added new program pins PPCNF18 and PPCNF19. -208 -208
23/MAR/99 - MJC Noted GPS Antenna connection only applicable to –020. - -
06/JUN/00 - JDK General document clean up to remove proprietary note from footer - -
TOP REAR PLUG PIN CONFIGURATION

PIN A B C D
1 DINPL15 DINPL16 RX429-14A RX429-14B
2 TX429-2A TX429-2B PPCNF14 OTVREF
3 TX453-1A TX453-1B TX453-2A TX453-2B
4 RX429-15A RX429-15B DINPL18 DOUTL7
5 RX429-13A PPCNF12 RX429-16A RX429-16B
6 RX429-13B RS232TX RS232RX PPCNF17
7 DINPH5 DINPH6 DINPH7 DINPH8
8 RX429-11A RX429-11B RX429-12A RX429-12B
9 RX429-10A RX429-10B RX429-9A RX429-9B
10 PPCNF1 PPCNF2 PPCNF3 DOUTL8
11 DOUTL10 DMON3 RX429-17A RX429-17B
12 DOUTL5 DOUTL6 DOUTL4 DMON2
13 ANA1H ANA1L ANA3H ANA3L
14 ANA2H ANA2L ANA4H ANA4L
15 DINPH1 DINPH2 DINPH3 DINPH4
MIDDLE REAR PLUG PIN CONFIGURATION

PIN A B C D
1 DINPL1 DINPL2 TX429-1A TX429-1B
2 DINPL3 DINPL17 PPCNF9 DINPL14
3 PPCOM OTAUHP OTAUHM DOUTL2
4 PPCNF10 PPCNF5 PPCNF11 PPCNF4
5 PPCNF8 PPCNF13 DINPL4 DINPL19
6 RX429-1A RX429-1B RX429-18A RX429-18B
7 DINPL20 DOUTL3 DMON1 DINPL5
8 PPCNF6 PPCNF16 DINPL6 DINPL7
9 DINPL8 DINPL9 DINPL10 DINPL11
10 RX429-5A RX429-5B RX429-2A RX429-2B
11 RX429-3A RX429-3B RX429-6A RX429-6B
12 RX429-4A RX429-4B RX429-7A RX429-7B
13 RX429-8A RX429-8B OTAULP OTAULM
14 DINPL12 DINPL13 DOUTL9 PPCNF7
15 PPCNF18 (added –208) PPCNF19 (added –208) PPCNF15 DOUTL1
BOTTOM REAR PLUG

1 Optional GPS COAXIAL CONNECTOR
For 965-0976-02X-xxx-xxx only.
2 POWER (H)
3 POWER (C)
4 CHASSIS GND
5 RESERVED
FRONT TEST PLUG

5 - SPARE 4 - RS232TX 3 - RS232RX 2 - RESERVED 1 - GROUND
10 - SPARE 9 - TX422A 8 - RX422A 7 - SPARE 6 - PCMCIA BOOT ENABLE
15 - SPARE 14 - TX422B 13 - RX422B 12 - SPARE 11 – SPARE DISCRETE INPUT
Table C-T1 lists the EGPWC interface pins sorted by pin number and shell. Table C-T2 lists the interface pins sorted by pin
function.
TABLE C-T1: EGPWC SORTED BY PIN NUMBER
LRU Con Pin # Mnemonic Description Pin Type
1 BOTTOM 1 GPS ANTENNA Optional GPS COAX CONNECTION COAX
2 BOTTOM 2 POWERH PRIMARY PWR (H) POWER IN
3 BOTTOM 3 POWERC PRIMARY PWR (L) POWER IN
4 BOTTOM 4 CGND CHASSIS GND GROUND
5 BOTTOM 5 Spare SPARE
6 TOP 1A DINPL15 GND DISCRETE INPUT #15 DISCRETE IN-GND
7 TOP 2A TX429-2A 429 OUTPUT #2 (A) A429 BUS OUT
9 TOP 4A RX429-15A 429 INPUT #15 (A) A429 BUS IN
11 TOP 6A RX429-13B 429 INPUT #13 (B) A429 BUS IN
12 TOP 7A DINPH5 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT #5 DISCRETE IN-28V
15 TOP 10A PPCNF1 PROGRAM PIN #1 PROGRAM PIN
16 TOP 11A DOUTL10 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #10 DISCRETE OUT
18 TOP 13A ANA1H DC ANALOG INPUT #1 (+) ANALOG IN
21 TOP 1B DINPL16 GND DISCRETE INPUT #16 DISCRETE IN-GND
22 TOP 2B TX429-2B 429 OUTPUT #2 (B) A429 BUS OUT
24 TOP 4B RX429-15B 429 INPUT #15 (B) A429 BUS IN
25 TOP 5B PPCNF12 PROGRAM PIN #12 PROGRAM PIN
26 TOP 6B RS232TX RS232 TRANSMIT RS232
27 TOP 7B DINPH6 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT #6 DISCRETE IN-28V
31 TOP 11B DMON3 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #3 DISCRETE OUT-MON
32 TOP 12B DOUTL6 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #6 DISCRETE OUT
33 TOP 13B ANA1L DC ANALOG INPUT #1 (-) ANALOG IN
36 TOP 1C RX429-14A 429 INPUT #14 (A) A429 BUS IN
37 TOP 2C PPCNF14 PROGRAM PIN #14 PROGRAM PIN
38 TOP 3C TX453-2A 453 OUTPUT #2 (A) A453 BUS OUT
39 TOP 4C DINPL18 GND DISCRETE INPUT #18 DISCRETE IN-GND
40 TOP 5C RX429-16A 429 INPUT #16 (A) A429
41 TOP 6C RS232RX RS232 RECEIVE RS232
42 TOP 7C DINPH7 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT #7 DISCRETE IN-28V
46 TOP 11C RX429-17A 429 INPUT #17 (A) A429
47 TOP 12C DOUTL4 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #4 DISCRETE OUT

48 TOP 13C ANA3H DC ANALOG INPUT #3 (+) ANALOG IN
51 TOP 1D RX429-14B 429 INPUT #14 (B) A429 BUS IN
52 TOP 2D OTVREF OUTPUT REF 10.00 VDC REF VOLTAGE
53 TOP 3D TX453-2B 453 OUTPUT #2 (B) A453 BUS OUT
54 TOP 4D DOUTL7 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #7 DISCRETE OUT
55 TOP 5D RX429-16B 429 INPUT #16 (B) A429
56 TOP 6D PPCNF17 PROGRAM PIN #17 PROGRAM PIN
57 TOP 7D DINPH8 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT #8 DISCRETE IN-28V
61 TOP 11D RX429-17B 429 INPUT #17 (B) A429
62 TOP 12D DMON2 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #2 DISCRETE OUT-MON
63 TOP 13D ANA3L DC ANALOG INPUT #3 (-) ANALOG IN
66 MIDDLE 1A DINPL1 GND DISCRETE INPUT #1 DISCRETE IN-GND
68 MIDDLE 3A PPCOM PROGRAM PIN COMMON COMMON
69 MIDDLE 4A PPCNF10 PROGRAM PIN #10 PROGRAM PIN
71 MIDDLE 6A RX429-1A 429 INPUT #1 (A) A429 BUS IN
80 MIDDLE 15A PPCNF18 PROGRAM PIN #18 (added –208) PROGRAM PIN
81 MIDDLE 1B DINPL2 GND DISCRETE INPUT #2 DISCRETE IN-GND
83 MIDDLE 3B OTAUHP HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
84 MIDDLE 4B PPCNF5 PROGRAM PIN #5 PROGRAM PIN
86 MIDDLE 6B RX429-1B 429 INPUT #1 (B) A429 BUS IN
87 MIDDLE 7B DOUTL3 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #3 DISCRETE OUT
95 MIDDLE 15B PPCNF19 PROGRAM PIN #19 (added –208) PROGRAM PIN

96 MIDDLE 1C TX429-1A 429 OUTPUT #1 (A) A429 BUS OUT
97 MIDDLE 2C PPCNF9 PROGRAM PIN #9 PROGRAM PIN
98 MIDDLE 3C OTAUHM HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
100 MIDDLE 5C DINPL4 GND DISCRETE INPUT #4 DISCRETE IN-GND
101 MIDDLE 6C RX429-18A 429 INPUT #18 (A) A429 BUS IN
102 MIDDLE 7C DMON1 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #1 DISCRETE OUT-MON
108 MIDDLE 13C OTAULP 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
109 MIDDLE 14C DOUTL9 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #9 DISCRETE OUT
111 MIDDLE 1D TX429-1B 429 OUTPUT #1 (B) A429 BUS OUT
112 MIDDLE 2D DINPL14 GND DISCRETE INPUT #14 DISCRETE IN-GND
113 MIDDLE 3D DOUTL2 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #2 DISCRETE OUT
114 MIDDLE 4D PPCNF4 PROGRAM PIN #4 PROGRAM PIN
116 MIDDLE 6D RX429-18B 429 INPUT #18 (B) A429 BUS IN
123 MIDDLE 13D OTAULM 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
126 FRONT 1 GROUND GROUND GROUND
127 FRONT 2 RESERVED RESERVED FOR BOOT CODE LOAD DISCRETE IN-GND
128 FRONT 3 RS232RX RS232 RECEIVE RS232
129 FRONT 4 RS232TX RS232 TRANSMIT RS232
130 FRONT 5 Spare SPARE
131 FRONT 6 PCMCIA BOOT EN PCMCIA BOOT ENABLE DISCRETE IN-GND
133 FRONT 8 RX422-2A 422 INPUT #2 (A) RS422
134 FRONT 9 TX422-2A 422 OUTPUT #2 (A) RS422
136 FRONT 11 Spare Discrete Input DISCRETE IN-GND
138 FRONT 13 RX422-2B 422 INPUT #2 (B) RS422
139 FRONT 14 TX422-2B 422 OUTPUT #2 (B) RS422
141 FRT JACK 2 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
142 FRT JACK 1 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
TABLE C-T2: EGPWC SORTED BY FUNCTION

11 TOP 6A RX429-13B 429 INPUT #13 (B) A429 BUS IN
96 MIDDLE 1C TX429-1A 429 OUTPUT #1 (A) A429 BUS OUT
111 MIDDLE 1D TX429-1B 429 OUTPUT #1 (B) A429 BUS OUT
133 FRONT 8 RX422-2A 422 INPUT #2 (A) RS422
138 FRONT 13 RX422-2B 422 INPUT #2 (B) RS422
134 FRONT 9 TX422-2A 422 OUTPUT #2 (A) RS422
139 FRONT 14 TX422-2B 422 OUTPUT #2 (B) RS422
38 TOP 3C TX453-2A 453 OUTPUT #2 (A) A453 BUS OUT
53 TOP 3D TX453-2B 453 OUTPUT #2 (B) A453 BUS OUT

123 MIDDLE 13D OTAULM 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
142 FRT JACK 1 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
108 MIDDLE 13C OTAULP 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
141 FRT JACK 2 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
98 MIDDLE 3C OTAUHM HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) AUDIO
83 MIDDLE 3B OTAUHP HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) AUDIO
1 BOTTOM 1 GPS ANTENNA Optional GPS COAX CONNECTION COAX
68 MIDDLE 3A PPCOM PROGRAM PIN COMMON COMMON
127 FRONT 2 RESERVED RESERVED FOR BOOT CODE LOAD DISCRETE IN-GND
6 TOP 1A DINPL15 GND DISCRETE INPUT #15 DISCRETE IN-GND
21 TOP 1B DINPL16 GND DISCRETE INPUT #16 DISCRETE IN-GND
39 TOP 4C DINPL18 GND DISCRETE INPUT #18 DISCRETE IN-GND
131 FRONT 6 PCMCIA BOOT EN PCMCIA BOOT ENABLE DISCRETE IN-GND
136 FRONT 11 Spare Discrete Input DISCRETE IN-GND

87 MIDDLE 7B DOUTL3 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #3 DISCRETE OUT
47 TOP 12C DOUTL4 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #4 DISCRETE OUT
32 TOP 12B DOUTL6 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #6 DISCRETE OUT
109 MIDDLE 14C DOUTL9 GND DISCRETE OUTPUT #9 DISCRETE OUT
102 MIDDLE 7C DMON1 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #1 DISCRETE OUT-MON
62 TOP 12D DMON2 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #2 DISCRETE OUT-MON
31 TOP 11B DMON3 DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT #3 DISCRETE OUT-MON
4 BOTTOM 4 CGND CHASSIS GND GROUND
126 FRONT 1 Ground Ground GROUND
2 BOTTOM 2 POWERH PRIMARY PWR (H) POWER IN
3 BOTTOM 3 POWERC PRIMARY PWR (L) POWER IN
15 TOP 10A PPCNF1 PROGRAM PIN #1 PROGRAM PIN
56 TOP 6D PPCNF17 PROGRAM PIN #17 PROGRAM PIN
80 MIDDLE 15A PPCNF18 PROGRAM PIN #18 (added –208) PROGRAM PIN
95 MIDDLE 15B PPCNF19 PROGRAM PIN #19 (added –208) PROGRAM PIN
52 TOP 2D OTVREF OUTPUT REF 10.00 VDC REF VOLTAGE
41 TOP 6C RS232RX RS232 RECEIVE RS232
128 FRONT 3 RS232RX RS232 RECEIVE RS232
26 TOP 6B RS232TX RS232 TRANSMIT RS232
129 FRONT 4 RS232TX RS232 TRANSMIT RS232
5 BOTTOM 5 Spare SPARE
Appendix D: Program Pin Usage
Revision History
Effectivity
08/26/97 MJC D-1: Changed aircraft types 12, 14, 16, 17, 20 & 130 definitions to spare. - -
D-1: Added definitions for aircraft types 40, 44, 192-207.
SCR 998. D-10. Added future Bank Angle option provisions to PPCNF14.
SCR 2154. D-2. Added note that menu 48 only available for 777 and 737X.
09/04/97 MJC D-2: SCR 1696. Added definitions for reserved callout menus 91 through - -
94, and revision to menu 86 for future applications.
D-3, D-4, D-11. Remove references to -100-100 part number.
09/08/97 MJC D-2: SCR 1696. Added definitions for reserved callout menu 95 for future - -
applications.
09/18/97 MJC SCR 2200: Deleted 777-200 Evaluation aircraft type 128. - -202
10/02/97 MJC SCR 1667: Added alternate menu #6. -202 -
SCR 2064: Added alternate menu #5.
SCR 2153: Changed how all preface voices are shown in tables.
SCR 2220: Added EMB-145 effectivity note in table D-T1.
10/03/97 - A. Loos SCR 2206: Add Speed Brake Alert to voice menus. -202 -202
10/08/97 NSP SCR 2207: Table T1 specified KC-135 as type 135 -202 -202
10/14/97 MJC SCR 1696: Added effectivity notes to callout menus 86 & 91 thru 95. - -202
10/15/97 MJC Added ‘OEM’ to name of aircraft types 192, 193 & 194. - -202
10/16/97 MJC SCR 2257: Added callout menu 96 to table D-T2. - -202
10/17/97 NSP SCR 2264: Added callout menu 38 to table D-T2 -202
10/24/97 NSP SCR 2264: Revised callout menu 38 in table D-T2 -202
10/30/97 MJC SCR 2257: D-T2: Revised callout menu 96 and added menu 97. - -202
11/12/97 MJC SCR 2272: D-T1: Added A/C type 120 to table. - -202
SCR 2295: D-T1: Added A/C type 16 to table.
SCR 2296: D-T1: Added A/C type 17 to table.
11/18/97 NSP SCR 2338: D-T2 Revised note on callout menu 38 to reserve for KC-135 - -202
only.
12/19/97 RADS Table D-T1: corrected part number of aircraft types 114, 115 and 131. - -105
01/14/98 MJC SCR 2531: D-12: Added Config Options 1 & 2. - -204
SCR 2438: D-1: Added A/C type 225 to list. - -204
SCR 2439: D-1: Added A/C type 226 to list.
01/19/98 MJC SCR 2338: D-2: Revised callout menu 38. - -204
01/29/98 MJC SCR 2531: D-9: Added Obstacle Control program pin option. - -204
02/09/98 MJC SCR 2570: D-2: Added callout menu 98. - -204
SCR 2574: D-2: Added callout menu 39.
02/16/98 MJC SCR 2440: Added A/C type 144 to list. -204
SCR 2441: Added A/C type 145 to list.
02/18/98 P. Blankas SCR 2583: Added A/C type 169 to list - -204
SCR 2584: Added A/C type 170 to list
Effectivity
02/27/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2544: Added A/C type 94 to list. - -204
03/10/98 – MJC SCR 2548: Added A/C type 166 to list. - -204
03/10/98 – MJC SCR 2612: Added callout menu 99. - -204
03/18/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2536: -204
- Table D-T7, Replaced “TERRAIN” with “OBSTACLE” for obstacle
warnings
- Table D-T9, Alternate Menu #3 is deleted.
- Table D-T10, Change Note 3 to Note 5 for obstacle warnings
- Table D-T11, Added Note 3 for Obstacle warnings.
03/20/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2613: Reserved A/C 185 - -204
SCR 2614: Reserved A/C 186
SCR 2615: Added A/C 187 to list
SCR 1605: Added part number to A/C 118
03/24/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2618: Added AC179 to list - -204
SCR 2640: Added AC180 to list
03/25/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2536: Modified D-4, table D-T5 to show that Alternate Menu #3 was -204
deleted for –204-204
04/21/98 – MJC Added note to D-9 about possible TA&D Disable affect on Envelope - -
Modulation.
6/3/98 – Al Loos SCR 2819: Add Voice Menu #3, same as #1 except for no “SIREN” prefix - -204
to Mode 7 Windshear warning voice.
6/16/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2825: Add AC136 to list - -206
Added “Alternate Lamp Format” text to description of A/C type 132
06/17/98 – J. Andrew SCR 2641: Added callout menu 5 -206
SCR 2797: Added callout menu 56
06/18/98 – MJC SCR 2856: Added aircraft 54 to list. - -206
06/25/98 – B. Breen SCR 2875: Added Alternate Volume #2 and Alternate Mode 6 Volume -206
options to table D–T16
07/01/98 – J. Andrew SCR 2848: Added callout menu 100 -206
SCR 2903: Added aircraft 87 to list.
07/22/98 – MJC SCR 2988: Corrected Voice Menu #3 (table D-T9) to delete “SIREN” prefix - -204
shown for Mode 7 Windshear warning voice (the siren was never there).
08/06/98 – MJC SCR 3025: Added Peaks Enable program pin option to D-9. - -206
08/08/98 – B Breen SCR 2875: Clarified fourth paragraph, D-7 PPCNF11 - -206
06/17/98 – J. Andrew SCR 2797: Changed callout menu 56 to spare, it is a duplicate to menu 39 -206
09/16/98 – MJC Marked callout menus 32 and 35 as reserved. - -
09/18/98 – MJC Reserved A/C type 212 for 737-700 Combi. - -
10/01/98 – MJC Reserved A/C types 88, 89 and 110. - -
10/05/98 - LDM SCR 2993: Added aircraft type 162 for Beechjet 400A -206
10/09/98 - RADS Added note to D-12 PPCNF16 that the ARINC 743 option is not functional - -
prior to –206-206.
10/20/98 – RADS SCR 3115: Added a/c type 88. -208 -208
10/20/98 MJC SCR 3219: Revised Appendix D-9 to add Peaks without Obstacles Options. -208 -208
SCR 3221: Revised Appendix D-5 to add Alternate mode 4B Option.
SCR 3222: Revised Appendix D-8 to add Lamp Format Option.
SCR 3223: Added Appendix D-14 to add Display Type Option and spare
section D-15 for future usage.
SCR 3224: Added spare IDs to D-4, 6,7,10,11,12.
10/26/98 FMT SCR 3229: Revised Appendix D-3 to add Internal GPS options. -208 -208
Effectivity
10/29/98 MJC SCR 3229: Updated Appendix D-3. -208 -208
Also added missing –206 effectivity notes for PPCNF11 in D-9.
10/30/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 3224: Throughout – changed all text to refer to 10 states instead of 8 -208 -208
for all program pins except for PPCNF1-6.
30/OCT/98 MJC SCR 3261: Added altitude callout menu 101. -208 -208
02/NOV/98 MJC SCR 3223: Added Alternate Display fault description to D-14. -208 -208
11/09/98 – N. Menzies SCR 3330: Added the Autopilot Alert voice to tables D-T6 thru D-T12. -208 -208
Added the Altitude Alert voice to tables D-T6 thru D-T12
11/16/98 BKO SCR 3219: Revised Appendix D-9 to add Peaks On/Obstacle Off. -208 -208
19/NOV/98 N. Menzies SCR 3330: Corrected revision history for the 11/09/98 SCR numbers 3244 -208 -208
and 3246 replaced by SCR 3330.
03-Dec-98 – S. Arnett SCR 1594: Revised aircraft type 43. - -208
SCR 3275: Added aircraft type 89.
SCR 3381: Reference EMB-135 with aircraft type 33 (EMB-145).
03-Dec-98 – S. Arnett SCR 2938: Reserved aircraft type 46. - -
03-DEC-98 MJC SCR 3303: Added callout menus 32 & 35. - -208
15-DEC-98 MJC Corrected reference in D-9 to Appendix F (was 7). - -
06-JAN-99 MJC SCR 3229: D-3, Added pointer to Internal GPS data in section 4.5. -208 -208
SCR 3283: Added type 139 to list.
Also reserved A/C types 176 & 177 for future use.
20-JAN-99 – NSP SCR 3330: Added single “Bank Angle” and “Flaps Flaps” to Tables D-T6 -208 -208
thru D-T12
21-JAN-99 – NSP SCR 3330: Added single “Bank Angle” applicability note to Tables D-T6
thru D-T12.
22-JAN-99 – NSP SCR 3486: Added Altitude Callout menu Future Future
28-JAN-99 – NSP SCR 3330: Added “Altitude Altitude” and applicability note to Tables D-T6 -208 -208
thru D-T12 Added effectivity note for 960 Hz tone, Autopilot and Flaps
Flaps.
04-FEB-99 – MJC SCR 3261: Added note that menu 101 does not support Smart Callout -208 -208
selection.
25-FEB-99 – MJC SCR 3571: Added D-19 for GPS Altitude Reference selection. Also updated -208 -208
program pin selection guide and figure D-1.
05-APR-99 – MJC Clarified what Obstacles/Peaks options were available vs. EGPWC p/n in - -
section D-9.
05-APR-99 – SCA SCR 3735: Added a/c type 46 to D-T1. - -210
SCR 3736: Added a/c type 47 to D-T1. Revised a/c 43 to indicate Non-
Integrated.
Comment only – revised a/c type 166 in D-T1 to indicate –208-208 instead
of –204-204, since -204 is not a viable option for this aircraft.
06-APR-99 – MJC SCR 3499: Clarified mode 1 outer curve voice message descriptions in D-4. - -
Noted differences in –210 for menu 6. SCR 3630: Added menu 34.
15-APR-99 – MJC SCR 3630: Added altitude callout menu 34. -210 -210
03-JUN-99 – MJC SCR 3919: Added a/c type 18. -210 -210
SCR 3880: Combined PPCNF18/19 into Display Category D-14.
SCR 3926: Added WGS-84 to PPCNF11 in D-7. Revised WGS-84 selection
capability in D-14.
08-JUN-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Added a/c type 134 Future Future
10-JUN-99 – SCA SCR 3893: Added a/c type 37. - -210
SCR 3894: Added a/c type 38.
Added –210-210 to a/c type 112 (SCR 1602 (now closed) did not include
this change).
23-JUN-99 – MJC SCR 3880: Changed fault designations for display control group 11. -210 -210
28-JUN-99 – MJC SCR 3880: Changed table naming in D-14 to be consistent with the rest of -210 -210
Effectivity
the document. No requirements changed.
29-JUNE-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Updated effectivity in table D-T1 for a/c type 134 to –210. -210 -210
12-JUL-99 – MJC SCR 4035: Added missing "BankAngle-BankAngle" phrase to all voice - -
tables in D-4.
15-JUL-99 – MJC SCR 4032: Added label 110 to display control group 11. -210 -210
29-JUL-99 – MJC SCR 3880: Added display type installation details in D-14. -210 -210
SCR 4105: Deleted Display Discretes from Display Control Group 1.
30-JUL-99 – SCA SCR 3963: Update effectivity in table D-T1 for a/c type 110 to Future - -210
05-AUG-99 – Richard In table D-T1 A/C type 177 changed ‘C2J’ to ‘Spare’ since A/C type 38 is - -
auf der Springe already used for the Cessna Citation Jet 2.
13-AUG-99 – Richard In table D-T1 reserved A/C type 152 for the DeHavilland Dash 8-400 with - -
auf der Springe Universal FMS/GPS.
20-AUG-99 – Gary SCR 3382: 1) Table D-T25, ID 25: Changed to be the generic ASPB display -210
Boyd selection. 2) Made ID 39 spare. 3) Changed Display Configuration Group-20
to reflect a single ASPB display type (also change format to be correct for
EM5). 4) Made Input Control Group 13 the only ASPB input and added
note that label 350 is only used for DSU. 5) Removed Input Control Group
12. 6) Change format for Display Input Control Groups.
20-AUG-99 – Gary SCR 4183: Corrected Traceability for Section D-14. Reformatted section. -210
Boyd
29-SEP-99 SCR 4334: Cleaned-up formatting - -
G. Burlingame
5-NOV-99 – J. Kistler SCR 4334: Added note to clarify selection of MSL and WGS-84 altitude - -
references.
23-DEC-99 M.Calhoun SCR 4764: Added A/C type 212 to list. - -212
5-JAN-00 – Richard auf SCR 4763: Removed ‘Reserved for’ and added –212 effectivity to A/C type - -212
der Springe 152, the Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS in table D-T1.
07-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 2798: Added A/C type 122 for NIMROD. -212
11-JAN-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4780: Changed the following tables to show the connector pin number -212
rather than the State: Tables D-T1, -T2, -T3, T24, and T25.
31-JAN-00 – M. Force SCR 4711: Added A/C type 013 for CASA -212
31-JAN-00 – M. Force SCR 4711: Changed A/C type 013 to 155 -212
03-FEB-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4856: Changed “Future” to –212-212 in table D-T1 for A/C type 046. -212
14-FEB-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4871: Added “Attitude Attitude” to Table D-T7. future future
15-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added A/C type 176 to list. -212
Henderson
15-FEB-00 M.Calhoun SCR 4879: Added new callout menu 125. - -212
15-MAR-00 – Gary SCR 4780: Rewrote PPCNF13 section, D-T18/A to make it easier to
Boyd understand.
22-MAR-00 – P. SCR 4895: Added A/C type 163 to list in Table D-T1. - -212
Bateman
22-MAR-00 – P. SCR 4871: Changed “Attitude Attitude” to “Pitch Attitude Pitch Attitude” future future
Bateman and elevated priority over “Bank Angle” in Table D-T7.
01-MAY-00 – M. SCR 5059: Changed nomenclature to KCPB. Added label 012 to Input -212 -212
Grigore Control Group 13.
20-JUN-00 – MJC Reserved A/C 164 for CRJ 900. - -
20-JUN-00 – MJC Updated PPCNF7 for –060 platform. -214 -214
26-JUL-00 – M. SCR 5285: Added A/C type 143 to list in Table D-T1. - -214
Henderson SCR 5300: Added A/C type 175 to list in Table D-T1.
SCR 5299: Added callout menus 60, 62, and 65 to Table D-T2.
Effectivity
07-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5285: Changed A/C 143 effectivity to “future”. - future
Henderson SCR 5300: Changed A/C 175 effectivity to “future”.
SCR 5299: Changed callout menus 60, 62, and 65 effectivity to “future”.
10-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5285: Changed A/C 143 effectivity to “-213”. - -213
Henderson SCR 5300: Changed A/C 175 effectivity to “-213”.
SCR 5299: Changed callout menus 60, 62, and 65 effectivity to “-213”.
15-AUG-00 – P. SCR 5356: Changed A/C Type 74 effectivity to “-213” in Table D-T1 - -213
Bateman
17-AUG-00 – P. SCR 5335: Table D-T25 Added Selectable Display types for Bendix - -213
Bateman RDR4A/4B PPI without autoranging (with and without blue water).
D14-1: Added two new display configuration groups for above displays.
30-AUG-00 – P. SCR 5356: Table D-T25 Added EFIS 10 information - -213
Bateman D14-1: Added new display configuration group for above display.
D14-2: Added new Display Input Control group for above display.
09-OCT-00 – S. Arnett Reserved A/C 153 for Falcon 2000 BIS. future future
12-OCT-00 – M. Force SCR 5512: Add A/C type 137 future future
19-DEC-00 – M. SCR 5741: Added callout menu 106. - -213
Henderson SCR 5742: Added callout menu 103.
20-DEC-00 – M. Force SCR 5754: Add A/C type 213 - -213
04-JAN-00 – S. Arnett SCR 5750: Table D-TI Added A/C type 154 for Galaxy Integrated. - -213
SCR 5422: Table D-T25 Added Primus Epic CDS/R with overlay peaks
display type as ID 46, and CDS/R with binary peaks display type as ID 47
(D-14.1 Groups 27 and 28, D-14.2 Input Control Group 16). Added Output
429 bus overlay 2 for E-19.
08-JAN-01 – P. Bateman SCR 5335: Corrected ICD references for Display Configuration Groups 24, - -213
25 in Section D14-1.
10-JAN-01 – F. SCR 5373: In all audio menu tables, added Note 1 as applying to the - -
Trowbridge Minimums voice.
23-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5422: D-14.2-16, Changed Display Input Control Group 16 “Bus -213
Type:” and “Signal Type” to TA&D
25-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5422: D-14.2-16, Added “Format 1” and changed “Type” from 1 to 2 -213
29-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5792: D-14.2-16, Added “Terrain Display Discrete #1/#2” -213
14-FEB-01 – M. SCR 5833: Added notes to tables D-T6 to T12. - -
Henderson
14-FEB-01 – M. SCR 5809: General Document Cleanup - -
Henderson
15-FEB-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5809: More General Document Cleanup, modified T-D1/D2 to shrink - -
right margin to normal limit.
This appendix defines the program pin strapping details. Each of the 19* EGPWC program pins can be connected to one of 9
driver pins, or left open. This allows one pin to select one of 10* possible options, a group of two pins can select one of 100
options, and a group of 3 pins can select one of 1000 options. However, note that the groups 1-3 and 4-6 were NOT changed
to 10-state program pins in –208 –208, like the rest of the program pins. This was to avoid rewiring existing aircraft types.
This means that these pins continue to use only 8-state logic (with 512 options available for each group of 3 pins). The 10
states that the program pins can be strapped to are as follows:
STATE 9 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #6 (DO #6): TP12B*
STATE 10 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #10 (DO #10): TP11A*
Program pin monitoring is provided via a parity pin that is to be connected so that an odd number of program pins is strapped
for any valid configuration. Use figure D-1 and the following procedure to determine the program pin strapping required for
an installation.
* Prior to the –208, there were only 17 program pins and 8 states per program pin.
EGPWS AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION

STRAPPING
CONFIGURATION SELECTION
PROGRAM PINS (NONE OR ONE SELECTION PER ROW)
AIRCRAFT STRAP #1 PPCNF1 (TP10A) AIRCRAFT TYPE #:
AIRCRAFT STRAP #2 PPCNF2 (TP10B)
AIRCRAFT STRAP #3 PPCNF3 (TP10C)
CALLOUT MENU STRAP #1 PPCNF4 (MP4D)
CALLOUT MENU STRAP #2 PPCNF5 (MP4B) CALLOUT MENU #:
CALLOUT MENU STRAP #3 PPCNF6 (MP08A)
OPTIONAL GPS/GPIRS PPCNF7 (MP14D)
AUDIO MENU PPCNF8 (MP05A)
2 ILS/2 LRRA/3 LRRA PPCNF9 (MP02C)
GS CAN/EGPWS SUP/QFE SEL PPCNF10 (MP04A)
AUDIO DECLUTTER/VOLUME/WGS-84 PPCNF11 (MP04C)
WINDSHEAR CONTROL PPCNF12 (TP05B)
TCF DIS/TAD DIS/SIM REPO PPCNF13 (MP05B)
BANK ANG/ALT RADALT PPCNF14 (TP02C)
ALT POPUP / PWS OPTIONS PPCNF15 (MP15C)
GPS SPEED/CONFIG OPTIONS PPCNF16 (MP08B)
DISPLAY SELECTION AND/OR PPCNF18 (MP15A)
WGS-84 GPS ALT REF SELECT PPCNF19 (MP15B) 3
PROGRAM PIN PARITY (ODD) 2 PPCNF17 (TP06D) 3
1
PROGRAM PIN COMMON PPCOM (MP03A)
GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DOUTL1 (MP15D)
MULTIPLEXED GPWS ALERT DOUTL2 (MP03D)
SELECT GPWS WARNING DOUTL3 (MP07B)
PINS WINDSHEAR CAUTION DOUTL4 (TP12C)
WINDSHEAR WARNING DOUTL5 (TP12A)
TERRAIN DISPLAYABLE #1 DOUTL7 (TP4D)
AUDIO ON DOUTL6 (TP12B) 3
TERRAIN DISPLAYABLE #2 DOUTL10(TP11A) 3
1 All "Select Pins" used as discrete outputs that are not pulled up to at least 12 VDC
must be isolated by the use of a diode.
2 Count each "Program Pin" row selected (PPCNF1-PPCNF16 and PPCNF18/19), if the number is
even, then select this block (PPCNF17). The count of all program pins selected must be odd.
3 Not available prior to -208.
FIGURE D-1: PROGRAM PIN STRAPPING
Note: Functional names for the discrete outputs in the above figure do not apply to all aircraft types. For example, DOUTL5
may be used for Windshear Warning on some installations, but used for other purposes (or not at all) on other installations.
However, for the purpose of program pin strapping, the actual hardware pin numbers are still applicable even if the
functional description of the discrete is different.
STEP 1 Select Aircraft ID Using Table D-T1, locate the PPCNF1 (TP10A) connect to: no connect
number required aircraft type in the last column. PPCOM; MP3A
Discrete Output #1; MP15D
Mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #2; MP3D
table the strapping connection Discrete Output #3; MP7B
requirements listed for each of Discrete Output #4; TP12C
the 3 program pins in Table D- Discrete Output #5; TP12A
T1. Discrete Output #7; TP4D
Do NOT connect DO #6 or #10 for this pin.
PPCNF2 (TP10B) connect to: no connect
PPCOM; MP3A
Discrete Output #3; MP7B
Discrete Output #4; TP12C
Discrete Output #5; TP12A
Discrete Output #7; TP4D
PPCNF3 (TP10C) connect to: no connect
PPCOM; MP3A
STEP 2 Selection of an Using Table D-T2, locate the PPCNF4 (MP4D) connect to: no connect
Altitude Callout desired menu in the last PPCOM; MP3A
menu (if any) column. Discrete Output #1; MP15D
If the Smart Callout feature is Discrete Output #3; MP7B
not required, mark on the last Discrete Output #4; TP12C
column of this table the Discrete Output #5; TP12A
strapping connection Discrete Output #7; TP4D
requirement listed for each of Do NOT connect DO #6 or #10 for this pin.
the 3 program pins in Table D-
T2.
If the Smart Callout feature is
required, using the menu ID
number listed in table D-T2, go
to table D-T3. Find the table
entry for the MENU ID +
SMART CALLOUT. Then
mark on the last column of this
table the strapping connection
requirement listed for each of
the 3 program pins in Table D-
T3.
PPCNF5 (MP4B) connect to: no connect

PPCOM; MP3A
PPCNF6 (MP8A) connect to: no connect
PPCOM; MP3A
STEP 3 Selection of Using Table D-T4, locate the PPCNF7 (MP14D) connect to: no connect
optional inputs desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
(varies per aircraft mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
type) and/or GPS table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
optional inputs (if requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
any) program pin. Discrete Output #4; TP12C
These options only apply if the Discrete Output #7; TP4D
basic aircraft definition lists the Discrete Output #6; TP12B
input buses as optional. Discrete Output #10; TP11A
STEP 4 Selection of desired Using Table D-T5, locate the PPCNF8 (MP5A) connect to: no connect
audio menu desired audio menu and mark PPCOM; MP3A
on the last column of this table Discrete Output #1; MP15D
the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
program pin. Discrete Output #4; TP12C
Discrete Output #6; TP12B
STEP 5 Selection of Using Table D-T14, locate the PPCNF9 (MP2C) connect to: no connect
dual/triple Radio desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
Altitude and dual mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
ILS optional inputs table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
(if any) requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
These options only apply if the Discrete Output #7; TP4D
basic aircraft definition lists the Discrete Output #6; TP12B
input buses as optional. Discrete Output #10; TP11A
STEP 6 Selection of Using Table D-T15, locate the PPCNF10 (MP4A) connect to: no connect
Alternate desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
Glideslope cancel, mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
Alternate Audio table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
Suppress, and QFE requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
selection program pin. Discrete Output #4; TP12C
(if needed) Discrete Output #5; TP12A
STEP 7 Selection of Using Table D-T16, locate the PPCNF11 (MP4C) connect to: no connect
Alternate Volume desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
levels and Audio mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
Declutter Disable table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
(if desired) requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
For –210 and on Discrete Output #5; TP12A
WGS-84 GPS Discrete Output #7; TP4D
Altitude Reference Discrete Output #6; TP12B
can also be selected Discrete Output #10; TP11A
here.
STEP 8 Selection of Using Table D-T17, locate the PPCNF12 (TP5B) connect to: no connect
Windshear options desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
(if any) mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
STEP 9 Selection of Using Table D-T18, locate the PPCNF13 (MP5B) connect to: no connect
TCF/TAD disable desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
options or Obstacle mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
Control option (if table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
needed) requirement listed for the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
or Simulator program pin. Discrete Output #4; TP12C
Reposition Discrete Output #5; TP12A
STEP 10 Selection of Bank Using Table D-T19 (for Bizjets) PPCNF14 (TP2C) connect to: no connect
Angle option or Table D-T20 (for all others), PPCOM; MP3A
(if desired) locate the desired option Discrete Output #1; MP15D
combination and mark on the Discrete Output #2; MP3D
For Bizjets, last column of this table the Discrete Output #3; MP7B
Alternate Radio strapping connection Discrete Output #4; TP12C
Altimeter interface requirement listed for the Discrete Output #5; TP12A
can be selected here program pin. Discrete Output #7; TP4D
STEP 11 Selection of Using Table D-T21, locate the PPCNF15 (MP15C) connect no connect
Alternate Pop-Up desired option combination and to: PPCOM; MP3A
and PWS Options mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
STEP 12 Selection of Using Table D-T22, locate the PPCNF16 (MP8B) connect to: no connect
Alternate GPS Bus desired option combination and PPCOM; MP3A
Speed and desired mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
Config Options. table the strapping connection Discrete Output #2; MP3D
If using part number prior to –210-210 then continue on with steps 13 and 14 and skip 15. Otherwise skip to step 15.
STEP 13 Selection of Using Table D-T24, locate the PPCNF18 (MP15A) connect no connect
Alternate Display desired alternate display and to: PPCOM; MP3A
(if desired) mark on the last column of this Discrete Output #1; MP15D
STEP 14 Selection of GPS Using Table D-T24, if you are PPCNF19 (MP15B) connect no connect
Altitude Reference using a direct ARINC 429 GPS to: PPCOM; MP3A
input that supplies Altitude Discrete Output #1; MP15D
(label 076) referenced to WGS- Discrete Output #2; MP3D
84 in lieu of MSL, then select Discrete Output #3; MP7B
the WGS-84 state. Discrete Output #4; TP12C
Skip step 15 if using a p/n prior to –210-210.

STEP 15 Selection of Display Use these pins to select: PPCNF18 (MP15A) and
and/or GPS Altitude PPCNF19 (MP15B)
Reference WGS-84 and/or Alternate Display: connect to: Refer to table D-T24.
Display ID Select: connect to: Refer to table D-T25.
Display Variant Select: connect to: Refer to table D-T25.
STEP 16 Set program pin Count up the number of program pins PPCNF17 (TP6D) no connect
parity odd 1 thru 16 and 18, 19 that require connect to: PPCOM; MP3A
connection as indicated in steps 1
through 15 above.
If an odd number are wired up, leave
PPCNF17 open. If an even number
are wired up, connect PPCNF17 to
PPCOM
D-1 Aircraft Type Select (PPCNF1...PPCNF3)

These 3 program pins allow for up to 512 type selections.* Table D-T1 lists the strapping details for each aircraft type and
also includes cross-references to MKV aircraft type ID numbers.
The aircraft type number selected will be identified during level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status (PS) display.
PPCNF1 = TP10A PPCOM = MP3A Discrete Output #1 (DO #1) = MP15D Discrete Output #4 (DO #4) = TP12C
PPCNF2 = TP10B Discrete Output #2 (DO #2) = MP3D Discrete Output #5 (DO #5) = TP12A
PPCNF3 = TP10C Discrete Output #3 (DO #3) = MP7B Discrete Output #7 (DO #7) = TP4D
TABLE D-T1: AIRCRAFT TYPE STRAPPING
NOTE: The Part Number column specifies the lowest application and configuration software versions which support the
aircraft.
MKV Equivalent ID Strap
EGPWS Boeing (965- BizJet PPCNF3 PPCNF2 PPCNF1 P/N
Aircraft (965- 0676 (965- (TP10C) (TP10B) (TP10A) Aircraft Type 965-0976
Type 0648) -02x) 0676- to: to: to: -xxx
Number 00x,
01x)
0 0 Open Open Open 757/767 (Boeing MKIII) -100-100
1 - 9 Open Open MP3A A320/321 (UA-STC) -100-100
2 2 Open Open MP15D 747-400 (BA) -100-100
3 3 Open Open MP3D 767-300 ER -102-102
4 4 Open Open MP7B 737-300 BASIC -102-102
5 5 Open Open TP12C 767-300 BASIC -102-102
6 6 Open Open TP12A 757-200 BASIC -102-102
7 7 Open Open TP4D Spare -
8 8 Open MP3A Open 737-400 BASIC -102-102
9 9 Open MP3A MP3A 737-500 BASIC -102-102
10 10 Open MP3A MP15D Spare -
11 11 Open MP3A MP3D Spare -
12 12 Open MP3A MP7B Spare -
13 13 Open MP3A TP12C Spare -
14 14 Open MP3A TP12A Spare -
15 15 Open MP3A TP4D Spare -
16 - Open MP15D Open 737-300 with PPI Display -202-202
17 - Open MP15D MP3A 737-500 with PPI Display -202-202
18 - Open MP15D MP15D 737-400 with PPI Display -210-210
19 19 Open MP15D MP3D Spare -
20 20 Open MP15D MP7B Spare -
21 21 Open MP15D TP12C Spare -
22 22 Open MP15D TP12A Spare -
23 23 Open MP15D TP4D Spare -
24 24 Open MP3D Open Spare -
25 25 Open MP3D MP3A Spare -
28 28 Open MP3D MP7B Spare -
29 29 Open MP3D TP12C Spare -
30 30 Open MP3D TP12A 747-400 Basic -102-102
* Note that even though other program pins were changed to 10 states in –208, the aircraft type select pins were left at 8 states
to prevent rewiring existing aircraft types.
aircraft.
Type 0648) -02x) 0676- to: to: to: -xxx
Number 00x,
01x)
31 31 Open MP3D TP4D 767-200 Basic -102-102
32 0 Open MP7B Open DEFAULT (Commercial MK3) -
33 1 Open MP7B MP3A EMB-145/EMB-135 -202-202
34 2 Open MP7B MP15D ILYUSHIN IL96M/T -
35 - Open MP7B MP3D Do-328 Jet -206-206
36 4 Open MP7B MP7B SAAB 2000 -101-101
37 5 Open MP7B TP12C Cessna Citation Jet 1 -210-210
38 6 Open MP7B TP12A Cessna Citation Jet 2 -210-210
39 7 7 Open MP7B TP4D CL604 Non-Integrated -102-102
40 8 Open TP12C Open CL604 Integrated -206-206
41 9 Open TP12C MP3A Spare -
42 10 Open TP12C MP15D A320/321 MLS -
43 11 Open TP12C MP3D RJ-100/200 Non-Integrated -208-208
44 12 Open TP12C MP7B MD-10 (OEM) -202-202
45 13 Open TP12C TP12C MD-11 (OEM) -202-202
46 14 Open TP12C TP12A CRJ-700 -212-212
47 15 Open TP12C TP4D RJ-100/200 Integrated -210-210
48 16 Open TP12A Open FOKKER 100 (AHRS/External -
Windshear)
49 17 Open TP12A MP3A RSV for COM MKV Type 17 -
(EMB/MLS)
50 18 Open TP12A MP15D RSV for COM MKV Type 18 -
(TU-204)
51 19 Open TP12A MP3D RSV for COM MKV Type 19 -
Do-328/MLS
52 20 Open TP12A MP7B SAAB 2000/MLS -
53 21 Open TP12A TP12C BAE ATP -
54 - Open TP12A TP12A Avro RJ with WXR Scan Control -206-206
55 23 Open TP12A TP4D Avro RJ with Bendix PPI -204-204
56 24 Open TP4D Open Spare -
57 25 Open TP4D MP3A A330/340 Airbus OEM -204-204
58 26 Open TP4D MP15D A330/340 MLS -
59 27 Open TP4D MP3D RJ /MLS -
60 28 Open TP4D MP7B Spare -
61 29 Open TP4D TP12C MD-11/MLS (reserved for -
OEM)
62 30 Open TP4D TP12A Citation X -100-100
63 31 Open TP4D TP4D TEST (COMMERCIAL) -100-100
64 0 MP3A Open Open Spare -
65 1 MP3A Open MP3A Hawker 800C -101-101
66 2 MP3A Open MP15D Hawker 800S -101-101
67 3 MP3A Open MP3D Hawker 1000 (Safe Flight AOA) -102-102
68 4 MP3A Open MP7B GII -101-101
69 5 MP3A Open TP12C GIII/IIB -101-101
aircraft.
Type 0648) -02x) 0676- to: to: to: -xxx
Number 00x,
01x)
70 6 MP3A Open TP12A FALCON 20F/AHRS, Proline 2 -102-102
71 - MP3A Open TP4D FALCON 20F/IRS, Proline 2 -104-104
72 8 MP3A MP3A Open IPTN CN-235 -
73 9 MP3A MP3A MP3A Hawker 800C/SP (Safe Flight -101-101
AOA)
74 10 MP3A MP3A MP15D FIAS Beechcraft 300F -213-213
75 11 MP3A MP3A MP3D FALCON 900 -101-101
76 12 MP3A MP3A MP7B FIAS CL-601/3R -
77 13 MP3A MP3A TP12C FALCON 20F, Proline 4 -204-204
78 14 MP3A MP3A TP12A LEAR MODEL 60 -105-105
79 15 MP3A MP3A TP4D GULFSTREAM GIV -100-100
80 16 MP3A MP15D Open FIAS LEAR MODEL 60 -
81 17 MP3A MP15D MP3A CL-601/3A (SafeFlight AOA) -100-100
82 18 MP3A MP15D MP15D FALCON 50 (Collins) -101-101
83 19 MP3A MP15D MP3D FALCON 50 429 ILS -
84 20 MP3A MP15D MP7B FALCON 50 (Honeywell) -
85 21 MP3A MP15D TP12C CL601/3A (Rosemont AOA) -101-101
86 22 MP3A MP15D TP12A CL601/3A 429 ILS -
87 23 MP3A MP15D TP4D GULFSTREAM GIV with Dual -206-206
IRS/ADC/RA
88 24 MP3A MP3D Open DeHavilland Dash 8-400 -208-208
89 25 MP3A MP3D MP3A Galaxy -208-208
90 26 MP3A MP3D MP15D Astra SPX -100-100
91 27 MP3A MP3D MP3D FALCON 2000 -100-100
92 28 MP3A MP3D MP7B FALCON 50 EX -100-100
93 29 MP3A MP3D TP12C FALCON 900 EX -100-100
94 30 MP3A MP3D TP12A FALCON 50, Proline 4 -204-204
95 31 MP3A MP3D TP4D Test Type 2 -100-100
Strap
EGPWS PPCNF3 PPCNF2 PPCNF1 P/N
Aircraft (TP10C) (TP10B) (TP10A) Aircraft Type 965-0976
Type to: to: to: -xxx
Number
96 MP3A MP7B Open Gulfstream GV (with 2 ILS) -100-100
97 MP3A MP7B MP3A Canadair Global Express -100-100
98 MP3A MP7B MP15D Honeywell King Air -100-100
99 MP3A MP7B MP3D Qual Test Configuration -100-100
100 MP3A MP7B MP7B 747-400 Simulator -100-100
101 MP3A MP7B TP12C 737-400 (AK) -100-100
102 MP3A MP7B TP12A Lear 45 (GPWS and Windshear only). Also see type 166. -105-105
103 MP3A MP7B TP4D Cessna Excel -100-100
104 MP3A TP12C Open Gulfstream GV (with 4 ILS) -100-100
105 MP3A TP12C MP3A 757-200 (AA) (Note 1) -100-100
106 MP3A TP12C MP15D 767-200 (AA) (Note 1) -100-100
107 MP3A TP12C MP3D MD80 (SAS) -
108 MP3A TP12C MP7B A300-600 (AA) (Note 1) -100-100
109 MP3A TP12C TP12C 767-300ER (AA) (Note 1) -100-100
110 MP3A TP12C TP12A Hawker Horizon (Note 1) Future
111 MP3A TP12C TP4D 747-400 (JAL) (Note 2) -101-101
112 MP3A TP12A Open Premier 1 -210-210
113 MP3A TP12A MP3A A320/321 -100-100
114 MP3A TP12A MP15D MD 80 (AA-EFIS) -105-105
115 MP3A TP12A MP3D MD 80 (AA non-EFIS) -105-105
116 MP3A TP12A MP7B 757-200 (Saudi) -101-101
117 MP3A TP12A TP12C ASA Sabreliner -102-102
118 MP3A TP12A TP12A MD88/90 (Delta) -204-204
119 MP3A TP12A TP4D Spare (Note 2) -
120 MP3A TP4D Open MD87 with PPI Display -202-202
121 MP3A TP4D MP3A Spare (Note 1) -
122 MP3A TP4D MP15D NIMROD MRA4 (Note 1) -212-212
123 MP3A TP4D MP3D C130 (PSCI) -102-102
124 MP3A TP4D MP7B Spare (Note 1) -
125 MP3A TP4D TP12C FALCON 2000 Non-Integrated -101-101
126 MP3A TP4D TP12A Falcon 50Ex Non-Integrated -101-101
127 MP3A TP4D TP4D Reserved for FALCON 900Ex Non-Integrated -
128 MP15D Open Open Spare: Was 777-200 evaluation for -101, -102, -104 & -105. -
129 MP15D Open MP3A MD95 -202-202
130 MP15D Open MP15D DC8-72 -204-204
131 MP15D Open MP3D Fokker 100 (AA) -105-105
132 MP15D Open MP7B A320 Alternate Lamp Format -102-102
133 MP15D Open TP12C A330/340 (STC) -102-102
134 MP15D Open TP12A RC-135 -210-210
135 MP15D Open TP4D KC-135 -202-202
136 MP15D MP3A Open Airbus A330/A340 Alternate Lamp Format -206-206
137 MP15D MP3A MP3A C-5 future
138 MP15D MP3A MP15D Hawker 800 (S/Safeflight) -102-102
139 MP15D MP3A MP3D TWA DC-9-82/-83 EFIS -208-208
140 MP15D MP3A MP7B Spare -
141 MP15D MP3A TP12C Spare -
142 MP15D MP3A TP12A Spare -
143 MP15D MP3A TP4D 737-500 Contained Popup/Alternate Lamp Format (BA) -213-213
Strap
Number
144 MP15D MP15D Open 737-300 Contained Popup/Alternate Lamp Format (BA) -204-204
145 MP15D MP15D MP3A 737-400 Contained Popup/Alternate Lamp Format (BA) -204-204
146 MP15D MP15D MP15D 757-200 Contained Popup (BA) -204-204
147 MP15D MP15D MP3D 767-300ER Contained Popup (BA) -204-204
148 MP15D MP15D MP7B A319/320/321 Contained Popup/Alternate Lamp Format (BA) -204-204
149 MP15D MP15D TP12C Spare -
150 MP15D MP15D TP12A Spare -
151 MP15D MP15D TP4D Spare -
152 MP15D MP3D Open De Havilland Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS -212-212
153 MP15D MP3D MP3A Falcon 2000 BIS Future
154 MP15D MP3D MP15D Galaxy Integrated -213-213
155 MP15D MP3D MP3D CASA -212-212
156 MP15D MP3D MP7B Spare -
157 MP15D MP3D TP12C Falcon 900Ex/No Display -102-102
160 MP15D MP7B Open Spare -
161 MP15D MP7B MP3A Spare -
162 MP15D MP7B MP15D Beechjet 400A -206-206
163 MP15D MP7B MP3D Beechjet 400A Integrated -212-212
164 MP15D MP7B MP7B Spare – Reserved for CRJ 900 Future
165 MP15D MP7B TP12C Spare -
166 MP15D MP7B TP12A Lear 45 (Integrated Display) -208-208
167 MP15D MP7B TP4D Cessna Excel (Low speed digital ILS) -102-102
168 MP15D TP12C Open Spare -
169 MP15D TP12C MP3A 757-200 No WXR ON Label (DAL) -204-204
170 MP15D TP12C MP15D 767-200 No WXR ON Label (DAL) -204-204
171 MP15D TP12C MP3D 767-300 No WXR ON Label (DAL) -204-204
172 MP15D TP12C MP7B A300 (Single Inputs) -202-202
173 MP15D TP12C TP12C 767-300ER No WXR ON Label (DAL) -204-204
174 MP15D TP12C TP12A 737-300 No WXR ON Label (DAL) -204-204
175 MP15D TP12C TP4D 737-500 No WXR ON Label (Lufthansa) -213-213
176 MP15D TP12A Open Hawker 800 XP with Integrated Proline 21 -212-212
177 MP15D TP12A MP3A Spare -
178 MP15D TP12A MP15D Spare -
179 MP15D TP12A MP3D MD80 Non-EFIS Alaska Airlines -204
180 MP15D TP12A MP7B MD80 EFIS Alaska Airlines -204
181 MP15D TP12A TP12C Spare -
182 MP15D TP12A TP12A Spare -
183 MP15D TP12A TP4D Spare -
184 MP15D TP4D Open Spare -
185 MP15D TP4D MP3A 737-300 (Analog) Delta Airlines (Reserved) -
186 MP15D TP4D MP15D 727-200 Delta Airlines (Reserved) -
187 MP15D TP4D MP3D 737-200 Delta Airlines -204-204
188 MP15D TP4D MP7B Spare -
189 MP15D TP4D TP12C Spare -
190 MP15D TP4D TP12A Spare -
191 MP15D TP4D TP4D Spare -
Strap
Number
192 MP3D Open Open 737-300 Boeing OEM (Non-Integrated) -202-202
193 MP3D Open MP3A 737-400 Boeing OEM (Non-Integrated) -202-202
194 MP3D Open MP15D 737-500 Boeing OEM (Non-Integrated) -202-202
195 MP3D Open MP3D 737-600 Boeing Integrated -202-202
196 MP3D Open MP7B 737-700 Boeing Integrated -202-202
197 MP3D Open TP12C 737-800 Boeing Integrated -202-202
198 MP3D Open TP12A 747-400 Boeing Integrated -202-202
199 MP3D Open TP4D 757-200 Boeing Integrated -202-202
200 MP3D MP3A Open 757-300 Boeing Integrated -202-202
201 MP3D MP3A MP3A 767-200 Boeing Integrated -202-202
202 MP3D MP3A MP15D 767-300 Boeing Integrated -202-202
203 MP3D MP3A MP3D 767-300ER Boeing Integrated -202-202
204 MP3D MP3A MP7B Reserved for 767-400 Boeing Integrated -210-210
Note: -210 contains preliminary windshear data
205 MP3D MP3A TP12C 777-200 Boeing Integrated -202-202
206 MP3D MP3A TP12A 777-300 Boeing Integrated -202-202
207 MP3D MP3A TP4D 737-700IGW (BBJ) Boeing Integrated -202-202
208 MP3D MP15D Open Reserved for 777-200X Boeing Integrated -
209 MP3D MP15D MP3A Reserved for 777-300X Boeing Integrated -
210 MP3D MP15D MP15D Reserved for 737-900 Boeing Integrated -
211 MP3D MP15D MP3D Reserved for 747-400 IGW Boeing Integrated -
212 MP3D MP15D MP7B 737-NG Integrated with Windshear Update -212-212
213 MP3D MP15D TP12C 707 Boeing -213-213
216 MP3D MP3D Open Spare -
217 MP3D MP3D MP3A 737-300 (UA) -104-104
218 MP3D MP3D MP15D 737-300 (UA - Alternate Lamp Format -104-104
219 MP3D MP3D MP3D 737-500 (UA) -104-104
220 MP3D MP3D MP7B 737-500 (UA - Alternate Lamp Format) -104-104
221 MP3D MP3D TP12C 767-200 (UA) -104-104
222 MP3D MP3D TP12A 767-300ER (UA) -104-104
223 MP3D MP3D TP4D 767-300 (UA) -104-104
224 MP3D MP7B Open 757-200/200ER (UA) -104-104
225 MP3D MP7B MP3A 737-400 (UA) -204-204
226 MP3D MP7B MP15D 737-400 (UA - Alternate Lamp Format) -204-204
227 MP3D MP7B MP3D Spare -
228 MP3D MP7B MP7B Spare -
229 MP3D MP7B TP12C Spare -
230 MP3D MP7B TP12A Spare -
231 MP3D MP7B TP4D Spare -
232 MP3D TP12C Open Spare -
233-511 ........ ........ ......... Spares -
NOTE 1: For 965-0976-0xx-100-100 and 965-0976-0xx-101-101, aircraft 121 , 122, 124 and 110 were identical to aircraft
105, 106, 108 and 109 respectively except that 121, 122, 124 and 110 were configured for TAD auto popup disabled and 105,
106, 108 and 109 were configured for TAD auto popup enabled. For 965-0976-0xx-102-102 and later versions, the TAD
auto popup feature is a program pin selectable option.
NOTE 2: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101, aircraft 119 was identical to aircraft 111 except that 119 was configured for TAD auto
popup disabled and 111 was configured for TAD auto popup enabled. For 965-0976-0xx-102-102 and later versions, the
TAD auto popup feature is a program pin selectable option.
D-2 Callout Menu Select & Smart Callout Enable (PPCNF4...PPCNF6)

These 3 pins select the altitude callout menu and Smart Callout enable.* Selection of undefined menus will cause a GPWS
Fail annunciation. The selected menu is only active when the Callouts Enable Discrete is activated. If the Discrete is not
selected, the “MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS” alert function is enabled. A “(B)” in the table means that the callout is barometric
based and is triggered by the difference between Corrected Baro Altitude and the destination airport elevation. Baro altitude
callouts are only available on the 777-200/300 and 737-600/700/800.
Menus containing Minimums type callouts require the availability of either a Less than DH discrete input or an ARINC
429 Selected Minimums input. Menus containing Approaching Minimums type callouts require the availability of an
ARINC 429 Selected DH input. In either case, the input must be both available and defined in the ICD for the selected
aircraft configuration. For example; a GIV operator can select a menu containing “Minimums” since a discrete DH
input is available, however they can not select a menu with “Approaching Minimums” due to the lack of an ARINC 429
Selected DH input. If they did strap for a menu with “Approaching Minimums”, a GPWS Fail indication would be given.
Alternately, a GV operator can select a menu with both “Minimums” and “Approaching Minimums”, since an ARINC
429 Selected Minimums input is defined. A further consideration is that a few installations allow for the Minimums and
Approaching Minimums callouts to be triggered either by Radio Altitude DH or Baro Altitude MDA. This capability
requires the definition of an ARINC 429 Selected DH/MDA input and is only available on a limited number of
installations.
Equivalent Mark V and Mark VII GPWS menu numbers are listed for reference. Note that with the EGPWS, the Bank Angle
and Smart Callout functions are enabled separately from the callout menu (see tables D-T3 and D-T19). Due to this, a menu
may be cross-referenced to more than one MKV or MKVII menu. For example, the cross reference for menu #17 is to MKV
menus #17 and #49-BA. This implies that it is equivalent to MKV menu #17, and to MKV menu #49 without the Bank Angle
function (which would be enabled separately with the EGPWS). Menu #17 is also referenced to MKVII menu #10-BA-SCO.
This implies that it is equivalent to MKVII menu #10 without the Bank Angle and Smart Callout functions (which would both
be enabled separately with the EGPWS).
The selected menu will be spoken in the order listed in the table during the long level 1 self-test. The menu ID number
selected will be identified during level 3 self-test and in the RS232 Present Status (PS) display.
PPCNF4 = MP4D PPCOM = MP3A Discrete Output #1 (DO #1) = MP15D Discrete Output #4 (DO #4) = TP12C
PPCNF5 = MP4B Discrete Output #2 (DO #2) = MP3D Discrete Output #5 (DO #5) = TP12A
PPCNF6 = MP8A Discrete Output #3 (DO #3) = MP7B Discrete Output #7 (DO #7) = TP4D
* Note that even though other program pins were changed to 10 states in –208, the callout menu select pins were left at 8
states to prevent rewiring existing aircraft types.
TABLE D-T2: CALLOUT MENU STRAPPING
Equivalent MKV MENU Program Pin Strap

Boeing PPCNF6 PPCNF5 PPCNF4
ID (965- (965- (965- (MP8A) (MP4B) (MP4D) MENU
0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
0 0 & 32- 0 & 32-BA - Open Open Open 100, 50, 30 LOW VOLUME
BA
1 1 & 33- 1 & 33-BA - Open Open MP3A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 100, 50, 30
BA
2 2 & 34- 2 & 34-BA - Open Open MP15D NO MODE 6 CALLOUTS
BA
3 3 & 35- 3 & 35-BA - Open Open MP3D 100, 30, 20
BA
4 4 & 36- 4 & 36-BA - Open Open MP7B APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
BA MINIMUMS, 50
5 - - - Open Open TP12C APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 2500, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
Note: Not available prior to -206-206
6 6 & 38- 6 & 38-BA - Open Open TP12A 100, 30, 10
BA
7 7 & 39- 7 & 39-BA - Open Open TP4D MINIMUMS, 200, 100,
BA
8 8 & 40- 8 & 40-BA - Open MP3A Open MINIMUMS, 100, 50, 20, 10
BA
9 9 & 41- 9 & 41-BA - Open MP3A MP3A 100 TONE, 35 TONE, 20 TONE
BA
10 10 & 42- 10 & 42- - Open MP3A MP15D MINIMUMS, 500, 50
BA BA
11 11 & 43- 11 & 43- 27-BA- Open MP3A MP3D MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS,1000
BA BA SCO
12 12 & 44- - - Open MP3A MP7B 500 TONE
BA
13 13 & 45- 13 & 45- - Open MP3A TP12C MINIMUMS, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50,
BA BA 40, 30, 20, 10
14 14 & 46- 14 & 46- - Open MP3A TP12A MINIMUMS, 1000, 500
BA BA
15 15 & 47- 15 & 47- - Open MP3A TP4D MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200,
BA BA 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
16 16 & 48- - - Open MP15D Open MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100, 50,
BA 40, 30, 20, 10, LOW VOLUME
17 17 & 49- 17 & 49- 10-BA- Open MP15D MP3A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100, 50,
BA BA SCO 40, 30, 20, 10
18 18 & 50- 18 & 50- 18-BA Open MP15D MP15D MINIMUMS, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
BA BA
19 19 & 51- 19 & 51- 3-BA Open MP15D MP3D MINIMUMS, 500, 300, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
BA BA
20 20 & 52- 20 & 52- - Open MP15D MP7B MINIMUMS, 50, 30
BA BA
21 21 & 53- 21 & 53- - Open MP15D TP12C 50, 30, 10
BA BA
22 22 & 54- 22 & 54- 5 Open MP15D TP12A 100, 50, 30
BA BA
23 23 & 55- 23 & 55- 13 Open MP15D TP4D 100, 50, 30, 10

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
BA BA
24 24 & 56- - - Open MP3D Open MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 50, 40, 30, 20,
BA 10, LOW VOLUME
25 25 & 57- 25 & 57- - Open MP3D MP3A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 50, 40, 30, 20,
BA BA 10
26 26 & 58- 26 & 58- - Open MP3D MP15D 60, 30, 10
BA BA
27 27 & 59- - - Open MP3D MP3D MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 300, 100, 50,
BA 40, 30, 20, 10
28 28 & 60- 66 & 98- 0 & 2-BA Open MP3D MP7B MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS
BA BA
29 29 & - - Open MP3D TP12C APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
61-BA(- MINIMUMS, 500, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
02X)
62-BA(-
01X)
30 30 - - Open MP3D TP12A MINIMUMS, 500, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20,
10
31 Open MP3D TP4D Spare
32 Open MP7B Open 2500, 1000, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
Note: Not available prior to -208-208.
33 Open MP7B MP3A Spare
34 Open MP7B MP15D MINIMUMS, 2500, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30,
20, 10
35 Open MP7B MP3D 2500, 1000(B), 500(B), 100, 50, 40, 30, 20,
10
This menu only available on 777-200/300
and 737-600/700/800.
36 Open MP7B MP7B Spare
37 37 & 5- 37 & 5-BA - Open MP7B TP12C MINIMUMS, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 40,
BA 30, 20, 10
38 Open MP7B TP12A APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000, 500, 100, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10
Note: Menu added in -202. For -204 this
menu changed to have Approaching
Minimums instead of Approaching Decision
Height and Minimums instead of Decision
Height.
39 Open MP7B TP4D APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 500,100,50,40,30,20,10
40 - 12 & 44- - Open TP12C Open 1000, 50, 30, 10
BA

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
41 - 16 & 48- - Open TP12C MP3A PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUM
BA
42 - 24 & 56- - Open TP12C MP15D PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUM, 50, 40, 30,
BA 20, 10
43 - 27 & 59- - Open TP12C MP3D MINIMUMS
BA
44 - 28 & 60- - Open TP12C MP7B 2500, 100, 50, 30
BA
45 - 29 & 61- - Open TP12C TP12C APPROACHING DECISION HEIGHT,
BA MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000, 50, 40, 30, 20,
10
46 - 30 & 62- 8-BA Open TP12C TP12A 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
BA
47 - 31 & 63- - Open TP12C TP4D 2500
BA
48 - 67 & 99- - Open TP12A Open APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
BA MINIMUMS, 1000(B), 500(B), 100, 50,
30, 20, 10
Note: This menu only available on 777-
200/300 and 737-600/700/800.
49 - 69 & 101- 20 Open TP12A MP3A MINIMUMS, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
BA
50 - 70 & 102- 6 Open TP12A MP15D 100, 50, 30, 20
BA
51 - 71 & 103- - Open TP12A MP3D APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
BA MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000, 500, 400, 300,
200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
52 - 72 & 104- 16-BA Open TP12A MP7B 50, 30, 20, 10

BA
53 65 - BA 73 & 105- 23-BA- Open TP12A TP12C RADIO ALTIMETER (@2500), 1000, 100,
BA SCO 50, 30, 20, 10
Except all Refer to menu 93 for female voices.
Male
voices
54 - 100 & 68- - Open TP12A TP12A 50 ABOVE, DECIDE, RADIO
BA ALTIMETER (@2500), 1000, 100, 50, 30,
Except all 20, 10
Male Refer to menu 94 for female voices.
voices
55 73-BA - - Open TP12A TP4D MINIMUMS, RADIO ALTIMETER
(@2500), 1000, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
56 Open TP4D Open Spare
57 - - - Open TP4D MP3A APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200,
100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
58 Open TP4D MP15D Spare
59 Open TP4D MP3D Spare
60 Open TP4D MP7B RADIO ALTIMETER (female voice

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
@2500), 1000, 500, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
Note: Not available prior to –213-213.
61 61-BA(- - - Open TP4D TP12C APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
01X) MINIMUMS, 1000
62 Open TP4D TP12A 50 ABOVE (female voice), DECIDE
(female voice), RADIO ALTIMETER
(female voice @2500), 1000, 500, 100, 50,
30, 20, 10
63 63-BA - - Open TP4D TP4D Test Menu
(not recommended for aircraft use)
APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200,
100, 80, 60, 50, 40, 35, 30, 20, 10, 0
64 64-BA - - MP3A Open Open APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 200, 100
65 MP3A Open MP3A DECIDE (female voice), RADIO
ALTIMETER (female voice @2500 feet),
1000, 500, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
66 66-BA - - MP3A Open MP15D RADIO ALTIMETER (male voice @2500),
1000
Refer to menu 95 for female voices.
67 67 & 99- - - MP3A Open MP3D MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000
BA
68 68 65 & 97- 17 MP3A Open MP7B 2500, 500, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
BA
69 69 64 & 96- 14-SCO MP3A Open TP12C 2500, 50, 30, 10
BA
70 - - 1-SCO- MP3A Open TP12A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 50, 30, 10
BA
& 11-SCO
71 - - 4 MP3A Open TP4D 1000, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
72 - - 7-BA MP3A MP3A Open 1000, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
73 - - 9-BA MP3A MP3A MP3A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 100,
50, 40, 30, 20, 10
74 - - 12 MP3A MP3A MP15D 500, 30
75 - - 15-BA MP3A MP3A MP3D 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
76 - - 19-BA & MP3A MP3A MP7B MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000, 500, 400, 300,
22 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
77 - - 21 MP3A MP3A TP12C MINIMUMS, 2500,1000,50,40,30,20,10
78 - - 24 MP3A MP3A TP12A 1000
79 - - 25 MP3A MP3A TP4D MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 2500, 1000,

500
80 75-BA - - MP3A MP15D Open MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 500, 300, 200,
100, 50
81 77-BA - - MP3A MP15D MP3A MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 500, 300, 200,
100

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
82 78-BA - - MP3A MP15D MP15D MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 300,
200, 100
83 79-BA - - MP3A MP15D MP3D MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 300,

200, 100, 50
84 111-BA - - MP3A MP15D MP7B MINIMUMS, RADIO ALTIMETER
(@2500), 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100,
50, 40, 30, 20, 10
85 - 75 & 107- 26 MP3A MP15D TP12C PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUMS, 2500,
BA 1000, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
86 - 76 & 108- - MP3A MP15D TP12A MINIMUM, 2500, 1000, 400, 300, 200,
BA 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
Note: Prior to -202-202 this menu had
“Minimums” in lieu of “Minimum.”
87 - - - MP3A MP15D TP4D APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 500, 300, 200, 50, 40, 30, 20,
10
88 - - - MP3A MP3D Open APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 300, 200, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10
89 - - - MP3A MP3D MP3A APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 500, 300, 200, 50, 40, 30, 20,
10, 5
90 - - - MP3A MP3D MP15D APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 300, 200, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10, 5
91 - 77 & 109- - MP3A MP3D MP3D MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 100, 50, 40, 30,
BA 20, 10
92 - 74 & 106- - MP3A MP3D MP7B PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUMS, 60, 30,
BA 10
93 - 73 & 105- - MP3A MP3D TP12C RADIO ALTIMETER (female voice
BA @2500), 1000, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
Refer to menu 53 for male voices.
94 - 100 & 68- - MP3A MP3D TP12A 50 ABOVE (female voice), DECIDE
BA (female voice), RADIO ALTIMETER
(female voice @2500), 1000, 100, 50, 30,
20, 10
95 66 - BA - - MP3A MP3D TP4D RADIO ALTIMETER (female voice
@2500), 1000

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
96 - - - MP3A MP7B Open PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUMS, 2500,
1000(B), 500(B), 100, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
Note: Not available prior to -202-202 and
only available on 777-200/300 and 737-
600/700/800/IGW.
97 - - - MP3A MP7B MP3A PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUMS, 2500,
1000, 500, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
98 - - - MP3A MP7B MP15D 50 ABOVE (female voice), DECIDE
(female voice), RADIO ALTIMETER
(female voice @2500 feet), 1000
99 - - - MP3A MP7B MP3D DECIDE (female voice), RADIO
ALTIMETER (female voice @2500 feet),
1000, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10
100 - - - MP3A MP7B MP7B PLUS HUNDRED, MINIMUMS, 2500,
1000(B), 60, 30, 10
Note: Not available prior to -206-206 and
only available on 777-200/300 and 737-
600/700/800/IGW.
101 - - - MP3A MP7B TP12C 500 Tone, 100, 50, 30, 20
Note: Not available prior to -208-208
Note: Can not be used in conjunction
with the Smart Callout Option.
102 - - - MP3A MP7B TP12A MINIMUMS (MOA), 2500, 1000, 500, 50,
40, 30, 20, 10
Note: Reserved for NIMROD MRA4
103 - - - MP3A MP7B TP4D 500, 100, 50, 30, 20
104 - - - MP3A TP12C Open Spare
105 - - - MP3A TP12C MP3A Spare
106 - - - MP3A TP12C MP15D MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 300, 200, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10, 5
107 - - - MP3A TP12C MP3D Spare
108 - - - MP3A TP12C MP7B Spare
109 - - - MP3A TP12C TP12C Spare
110 - - - MP3A TP12C TP12A Spare
111 - - - MP3A TP12C TP4D Spare
112 - - - MP3A TP12A Open Spare
113 - - - MP3A TP12A MP3A Spare
114 - - - MP3A TP12A MP15D Spare
115 - - - MP3A TP12A MP3D Spare
116 - - - MP3A TP12A MP7B Spare
117 - - - MP3A TP12A TP12C Spare
118 - - - MP3A TP12A TP12A Spare
119 - - - MP3A TP12A TP4D Spare
120 - - - MP3A TP4D Open Spare

0676) 0648) 0876) to: to: to:
121 - - - MP3A TP4D MP3A Spare
122 - - - MP3A TP4D MP15D Spare
123 - - - MP3A TP4D MP3D Spare
124 - - - MP3A TP4D MP7B Spare
125 - - - MP3A TP4D TP12C APPROACHING MINIMUMS,
MINIMUMS, 1000, 500, 100
126 - - - MP3A TP4D TP12A Spare
127 - - - MP3A TP4D TP4D Spare
128 - - - ........ ......... ........ Spares
-
254
255 - 126-BA - MP3D TP4D TP4D Baro Test Menu (not recommended for
aircraft use): APPROACHING
MINIMUMS, MINIMUMS, 2500(B),
1000(B), 500(B), 400(B), 300(B), 200(B),
100(B), 80(B), 60(B), 50(B), 40(B), 35(B),
30(B), 20(B), 10(B)
As shown in table D-T3, combination numbers 256 and above activate the smart 500 callout in addition to the Callout menu
listed. (Note that subtracting 256 from the combination number will also give the corresponding callout menu.) To only
activate the smart callout, the user would activate the null menu (#2) by strapping for combination #258.
Smart Callout activation will be reflected by the “500” callout being spoken at the end of the callout menu sequence of the
long level 1 self test. In addition, the ID number listed, and the “Smart Callout Selected” configuration message, will both be
given during level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
For 965-0976-0xx-100-100, if a smart -500- callout is selected with a menu which contains a -500- callout, then the 500 will
work as a normal (non-smart) callout - for all other part numbers, the existing -500- callout will function as a smart callout.
PPCNF4 = MP4D PPCOM = MP3A Discrete Output #1 (DO #1) = MP15D Discrete Output #4 (DO #4) = TP12C
PPCNF5 = MP4B Discrete Output #2 (DO #2) = MP3D Discrete Output #5 (DO #5) = TP12A
PPCNF6 = MP8A Discrete Output #3 (DO #3) = MP7B Discrete Output #7 (DO #7) = TP4D
TABLE D-T3: SMART CALLOUT ENABLE STRAPPING
ID Combination Strap Strap Strap

Number PPCNF6 PPCNF5 PPCNF4 Menu + Smart Callout
(MP8A) (MP4B) (MP4D)
to: to: to:
0 256 MP7B Open Open Menu 0 + Smart Callout
1 257 MP7B Open MP3A Menu 1 + Smart Callout
2 258 MP7B Open MP15D Menu 2 + Smart Callout
3 259 MP7B Open MP3D Menu 3 + Smart Callout
4 260 MP7B Open MP7B Menu 4 + Smart Callout
5 261 MP7B Open TP12C Menu 5 + Smart Callout
6 262 MP7B Open TP12A Menu 6 + Smart Callout
7 263 MP7B Open TP4D Menu 7 + Smart Callout
8 264 MP7B MP3A Open Menu 8 + Smart Callout
9 265 MP7B MP3A MP3A Menu 9 + Smart Callout
10 266 MP7B MP3A MP15D Menu 10 + Smart Callout
11 267 MP7B MP3A MP3D Menu 11 + Smart Callout
12 268 MP7B MP3A MP7B Menu 12 + Smart Callout
13 269 MP7B MP3A TP12C Menu 13 + Smart Callout
14 270 MP7B MP3A TP12A Menu 14 + Smart Callout
15 271 MP7B MP3A TP4D Menu 15 + Smart Callout
16 272 MP7B MP15D Open Menu 16 + Smart Callout
17 273 MP7B MP15D MP3A Menu 17 + Smart Callout
18 274 MP7B MP15D MP15D Menu 18 + Smart Callout
20 276 MP7B MP15D MP7B Menu 20 + Smart Callout
21 277 MP7B MP15D TP12C Menu 21 + Smart Callout
22 278 MP7B MP15D TP12A Menu 22 + Smart Callout
23 279 MP7B MP15D TP4D Menu 23 + Smart Callout
24 280 MP7B MP3D Open Menu 24 + Smart Callout
25 281 MP7B MP3D MP3A Menu 25 + Smart Callout
28 284 MP7B MP3D MP7B Menu 28 + Smart Callout
29 285 MP7B MP3D TP12C Menu 29 + Smart Callout
30 286 MP7B MP3D TP12A Menu 30 + Smart Callout
31 287 MP7B MP3D TP4D Menu 31 + Smart Callout
32 288 MP7B MP7B Open Menu 32 + Smart Callout
33 289 MP7B MP7B MP3A Menu 33 + Smart Callout

to: to: to:
34 290 MP7B MP7B MP15D Menu 34 + Smart Callout
35 291 MP7B MP7B MP3D Menu 35 + Smart Callout
36 292 MP7B MP7B MP7B Menu 36 + Smart Callout
37 293 MP7B MP7B TP12C Menu 37 + Smart Callout
38 294 MP7B MP7B TP12A Menu 38 + Smart Callout
39 295 MP7B MP7B TP4D Menu 39 + Smart Callout
40 296 MP7B TP12C Open Menu 40 + Smart Callout
41 297 MP7B TP12C MP3A Menu 41 + Smart Callout
42 298 MP7B TP12C MP15D Menu 42 + Smart Callout
43 299 MP7B TP12C MP3D Menu 43 + Smart Callout
44 300 MP7B TP12C MP7B Menu 44 + Smart Callout
45 301 MP7B TP12C TP12C Menu 45 + Smart Callout
46 302 MP7B TP12C TP12A Menu 46 + Smart Callout
47 303 MP7B TP12C TP4D Menu 47 + Smart Callout
48 304 MP7B TP12A Open Menu 48 + Smart Callout
49 305 MP7B TP12A MP3A Menu 49 + Smart Callout
50 306 MP7B TP12A MP15D Menu 50 + Smart Callout
51 307 MP7B TP12A MP3D Menu 51 + Smart Callout
52 308 MP7B TP12A MP7B Menu 52 + Smart Callout
53 309 MP7B TP12A TP12C Menu 53 + Smart Callout
54 310 MP7B TP12A TP12A Menu 54 + Smart Callout
55 311 MP7B TP12A TP4D Menu 55 + Smart Callout
56 312 MP7B TP4D Open Menu 56 + Smart Callout
57 313 MP7B TP4D MP3A Menu 57 + Smart Callout
58 314 MP7B TP4D MP15D Menu 58 + Smart Callout
59 315 MP7B TP4D MP3D Menu 59 + Smart Callout
60 316 MP7B TP4D MP7B Menu 60 + Smart Callout
61 317 MP7B TP4D TP12C Menu 61 + Smart Callout
62 318 MP7B TP4D TP12A Menu 62 + Smart Callout
63 319 MP7B TP4D TP4D Menu 63 + Smart Callout
64 320 TP12C Open Open Menu 64 + Smart Callout
65 321 TP12C Open MP3A Menu 65 + Smart Callout
66 322 TP12C Open MP15D Menu 66 + Smart Callout
67 323 TP12C Open MP3D Menu 67 + Smart Callout
68 324 TP12C Open MP7B Menu 68 + Smart Callout
69 325 TP12C Open TP12C Menu 69 + Smart Callout
70 326 TP12C Open TP12A Menu 70 + Smart Callout
71 327 TP12C Open TP4D Menu 71 + Smart Callout
72 328 TP12C MP3A Open Menu 72 + Smart Callout
73 329 TP12C MP3A MP3A Menu 73 + Smart Callout
74 330 TP12C MP3A MP15D Menu 74 + Smart Callout
75 331 TP12C MP3A MP3D Menu 75 + Smart Callout
76 332 TP12C MP3A MP7B Menu 76 + Smart Callout
77 333 TP12C MP3A TP12C Menu 77 + Smart Callout
78 334 TP12C MP3A TP12A Menu 78 + Smart Callout
79 335 TP12C MP3A TP4D Menu 79 + Smart Callout
80 336 TP12C MP15D Open Menu 80 + Smart Callout
81 337 TP12C MP15D MP3A Menu 81 + Smart Callout

to: to: to:
82 338 TP12C MP15D MP15D Menu 82 + Smart Callout
84 340 TP12C MP15D MP7B Menu 84 + Smart Callout
85 341 TP12C MP15D TP12C Menu 85 + Smart Callout
86 342 TP12C MP15D TP12A Menu 86 + Smart Callout
87 343 TP12C MP15D TP4D Menu 87 + Smart Callout
88 344 TP12C MP3D Open Menu 88 + Smart Callout
89 345 TP12C MP3D MP3A Menu 89 + Smart Callout
92 348 TP12C MP3D MP7B Menu 92 + Smart Callout
93 349 TP12C MP3D TP12C Menu 93 + Smart Callout
94 350 TP12C MP3D TP12A Menu 94 + Smart Callout
95 351 TP12C MP3D TP4D Menu 95 + Smart Callout
96 352 TP12C MP7B Open Menu 96 + Smart Callout
97 353 TP12C MP7B MP3A Menu 97 + Smart Callout
98 354 TP12C MP7B MP15D Menu 98 + Smart Callout
99 355 TP12C MP7B MP3D Menu 99 + Smart Callout
100 356 TP12C MP7B MP7B Menu 100 + Smart Callout
101 357 TP12C MP7B TP12C Menu 101 + Smart Callout
102 358 TP12C MP7B TP12A Menu 102 + Smart Callout
103 359 TP12C MP7B TP4D Menu 103 + Smart Callout
104 360 TP12C TP12C Open Menu 104 + Smart Callout
105 361 TP12C TP12C MP3A Menu 105 + Smart Callout
106 362 TP12C TP12C MP15D Menu 106 + Smart Callout
107 363 TP12C TP12C MP3D Menu 107 + Smart Callout
108 364 TP12C TP12C MP7B Menu 108 + Smart Callout
109 365 TP12C TP12C TP12C Menu 109 + Smart Callout
110 366 TP12C TP12C TP12A Menu 110 + Smart Callout
111 367 TP12C TP12C TP4D Menu 111 + Smart Callout
112 368 TP12C TP12A Open Menu 112 + Smart Callout
113 369 TP12C TP12A MP3A Menu 113 + Smart Callout
114 370 TP12C TP12A MP15D Menu 114 + Smart Callout
115 371 TP12C TP12A MP3D Menu 115 + Smart Callout
116 372 TP12C TP12A MP7B Menu 116 + Smart Callout
117 373 TP12C TP12A TP12C Menu 117 + Smart Callout
118 374 TP12C TP12A TP12A Menu 118 + Smart Callout
119 375 TP12C TP12A TP4D Menu 119 + Smart Callout
120 376 TP12C TP4D Open Menu 120 + Smart Callout
121 377 TP12C TP4D MP3A Menu 121 + Smart Callout
122 378 TP12C TP4D MP15D Menu 122 + Smart Callout
123 379 TP12C TP4D MP3D Menu 123 + Smart Callout
124 380 TP12C TP4D MP7B Menu 124 + Smart Callout
125 381 TP12C TP4D TP12C Menu 125 + Smart Callout
126 382 TP12C TP4D TP12A Menu 126 + Smart Callout
127 383 TP12C TP4D TP4D Menu 127 + Smart Callout
128 384 Menu 128 + Smart Callout
to to ........ ......... ........ to

to: to: to:
254 510 Menu 254 + Smart Callout
255 511 TP4D TP4D TP4D Menu 255 + Smart Callout
D-3 PPCNF7: Optional Inputs Select/GPS Overlays/GPIRS Overlays

This pin replaces MKV program pin PPFMC and adds additional capability to add any optional interfaces required by the
aircraft type, to overlay ARINC 743A GPS interfaces and GPIRS interfaces, and to activate the internal GPS receiver.
The Optional Inputs Select overlays aircraft-type dependent inputs onto the basic aircraft interface definition.
The Single GPS Overlay overlays single inputs onto the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a
single GPS interface, then this option is not selected.
The Dual GPS Overlay overlays dual inputs onto the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a dual
GPS interface, then this option is not selected.
The Single GPIRS Overlay overlays single inputs onto the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a
single GPIRS interface, then this option is not selected.
The Dual GPIRS Overlay overlays dual inputs onto the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a
dual GPIRS interface, then this option is not selected.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, all GPS Overlays REQUIRE the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743.
Specifically, HFOM format must be nautical miles, not meters, and VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
Starting with the –206, a program pin option allowing selection of the ARINC 743 format is available.
The Internal GPS Option activates the internal GPS receiver. This option was implemented in the 965-0976-020-208-208,
and is only available with the 965-0976-020 or –060 hardware. Refer to section 4.5 for details on the –020 Internal GPS data.
Note: For the 965-0976-060 hardware, the internal GPS ARINC 429 output is hardwired (internal to the LRU) to ARINC 429
receiver channel 18 (pins MP-6C/6D). There are 3 ways this internal GPS can be configured when using the –060:
1) Activating program pin states 9 or 10: This will configure the internal GPS to be used. No connection will need to be made
to MP-6C/6D as the ARINC 429 data is connected internally.
2) Activating program pin states 3 or 4: This will configure the internal GPS as GPS #1. No connection will need to be made
to MP-6C/6D as the ARINC 429 data is connected internally.
3) Activating program pin states 5 or 6: This will configure the internal GPS as GPS #1. No connection will need to be made
to MP-6C/6D as the ARINC 429 data is connected internally. An external GPS will be needed to supply the #2 inputs.
The selected options will be reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status (PS) display.
TABLE D-T4: PPCNF7
Desired Operation
Program Pin Internal Dual Single GPS Optional Inputs Single Dual Connect PPCNF7
State GPS GPS overlay Select GPIRS GPIRS (MP14D) to:
(Note 3) Overlay (Note 2)
1 Off Off Off Off Off Off no connect (open)
2 Off Off Off Enabled Off Off PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off Off Enabled Off Off Off Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off Off Enabled Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Off Enabled Off Off Off Off Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Off Enabled Off Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Off Off Off Off Enabled Off Discrete Output #5; TP12A
(Note 1)
8 Off Off Off Off Off Enabled Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (Note 3) Enabled Off Off Off Off Off Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (Note 3) Enabled Off Off Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #10; TP11A
9 (Note 4) - Off Enabled Off Off Off Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (Note 4) - Off Enabled Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #10; TP11A
Note 1: Selecting Single GPIRS overlay will remove the second IRS bus from basic system inputs.
GPIRS options are only available for those installations predefined for GPIRS.
Note 2: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101, the option is FMC Select.
Note 3: Added in –208 and only applicable to the 965-0976-020 platform.
Note 4: Only applicable to the 965-0976-060 hardware platform where the internal GPS engine provides ARINC 429 data
back into the EGPWC as high speed GPS #1 on input channel 18.
D-4 PPCNF8: Audio Menu Select

The Audio Menu Select options consist of voice sets that are mapped to specific warning mode outputs. The Audio Menu
tables are defined in the following tables which list the warnings in order of priority.
The selected menu will be reflected in the voices issued during the long level 1 self test sequence. The menu ID number
selected will be identified during level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
TABLE D-T5: VOICE MENU TYPES
Program Pin State Present Status & Audio Menu Connect PPCNF8 (MP5A) to:
Self Test menu ID
1 0 Basic no connect
2 1 Alternate #1 PPCOM (gnd)
3 2 Alternate #2 Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 3 Alternate #3 Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 4 Alternate #4 (MKV) Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 5 *Alternate #5 Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 6 *Alternate #6 Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 (Invalid) - - Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (Invalid) - - Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (Invalid) - - Discrete Output #10; TP11A
* These menus not available prior to 965-0976-202-202.
Alternate menu #1 is the same as the basic menu except for the Terrain and Obstacle Awareness Warning voices.
Alternate menu #2 is the same as the basic menu but without a siren preface for Windshear.
Alternate menu #3 is the same as the alternate menu #1 except for the obstacle voices and no siren preface for Windshear.
Alternate menu #4 is provided to mimic MKV GPWS and is equivalent to the basic menu with the addition of the “Whoop-
Whoop” tones before “Pullup”.
Alternate menu #5 is the same as Alternate Menu #3 but with a siren preface for Windshear and the addition of the “Whoop-
Whoop” tones before “Pullup”.
Alternate menu #6 is the same as the basic menu except all “Too Low...” type voices are replaced with “Terrain - Terrain”
and the Mode 3 voice is “Sinkrate” in lieu of “Don’t Sink”.
The audio menus are defined in tables D-T6 through D-T12. Note that the relative priority levels for both TCAS and PWS
voices are included in the tables for reference.
TABLE D-T6: BASIC AUDIO MENU
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION BASIC VOICE MENU NOTES

MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING (SIREN) WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR 1
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE 1, 5
MODE 1 PULL UP PULL UP 1
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE TERRAIN TERRAIN 1, 4
V1 ALERT V1 1, 8
ENGINE FAIL ALERT ENGINE FAIL 1, 9
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE TERRAIN TERRAIN 1, 4
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING PULL UP 1
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE OBSTACLE OBSTACLE 1, 3, 4
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING PULL UP 1, 3
PWS Windshear Warning N/A - PWS Voice
MODE 2 TERRAIN TERRAIN
MODE 6 MINIMUMS SELECTED CALLOUT 1
MODE 6 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE ALTITUDE 6, 10
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 sec pause)
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE (7 sec pause) 3
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN TOO LOW TERRAIN
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN TOO LOW TERRAIN
ALTITUDE ALERT 960 HZ TONE 6, 11
MODE 6 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS SELECTED CALLOUTS
SPEED BRAKE ALERT SPEED BRAKE (PAUSE) SPEED BRAKE 12
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR TOO LOW GEAR
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS TOO LOW FLAPS
MODE 1 SINKRATE SINKRATE 7
Note: The basic warning is "SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE". However, if the Mode 1 PULL
UP curve is violated only a single "Sinkrate" may occur prior to the PULL UP voice.
MODE 3 DON’T SINK DON’T SINK (PAUSE) DON’T SINK
MODE 5 GLIDESLOPE GLIDESLOPE
PWS Windshear Caution N/A - PWS Voice
MODE 6 APPROACHING DH SELECTED CALLOUT
MODE 6 BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (PAUSE) BANK ANGLE, or
BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE (Honeywell Algorithm at low altitudes)
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR ALERT (QUIET) (or CAUTION WINDSHEAR if Caution voice Enabled)
AUTOPILOT ALERT AUTOPILOT 6, 11
TAKEOFF FLAP ALERT FLAPS (PAUSE) FLAPS 6, 11
TCAS RA N/A - TCAS Voice (may coincide with Mode 6 voices)
TCAS TA N/A - TCAS Voice (may coincide with Mode 6 voices)
Note 1: These are the only voices that can interrupt.

Note 2: Deleted.
Note 3: Obstacle alerts available in P/N 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Note 4: The preface voices will always be given prior to the warning voice.
Note 5: Applicable to Bank Angle Types 5 and above (typically military applications), introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Note 6: Introduced in P/N 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Note 7: Long Level 1 Self Test will only issue a single “Sinkrate".
Note 8: Only applicable to Boeing 777, 747, 737NG, and 767-400.
Note 9: Only applicable to Boeing 777.
Note 10: Only applicable to tactical military applications.
Note 11: Not applicable to MKV EGPWS
Note 12: Only applicable to KC135.
TABLE D-T7: ALTERNATE AUDIO MENU #1
ALERT/WARNING CONDITION ALTERNATE AUDIO MENU #1 NOTES

V1 ALERT V1 1, 12
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1, 3, 6
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1, 3
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 5, 6, 7
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 5, 7
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD (7 second pause) 4
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION OBSTACLE AHEAD (PAUSE) OBSTACLE AHEAD (7 second pause) 5, 7
MODE 6 PITCH ANGLE PITCH ATTITUDE PITCH ATTITUDE 11
TCAS RA N/A – TCAS Voice (may coincide with Mode 6 voices)
TCAS TA N/A – TCAS Voice (may coincide with Mode 6 voices)
Note 2: Deleted.
Note 3: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101 the voice is “TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD (7 second pause)”
Note 4: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101 the voice is “CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 second pause)”
Note 7: Changed callout from “TERRAIN” to “OBSTACLE” in P/N 965-XXXX-XXX-204-204.
Note 11: This alert is future at this time.

MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR 1
V1 ALERT V1 1, 8
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING PULL UP 1, 3
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 second pause)
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE (7 second pause) 3

Note 2: Deleted.

MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR 1
V1 ALERT V1 1, 10
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1, 3, 6
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1, 3
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 5, 6
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 5
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD (7 second pause) 4
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION OBSTACLE AHEAD (PAUSE) OBSTACLE AHEAD (7 second pause) 5
Note: The basic warning is "SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE". However, if the Mode 1
PULL UP curve is violated only a single "Sinkrate" may occur prior to the PULL UP voice.

Note 2: Deleted.
Note 3: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101 the voice is “TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD (7 second pause)”
Note 4: For 965-0976-0xx-101-101 the voice is “CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 second pause)”
TABLE D-T10: ALTERNATE AUDIO MENU #4 (MKV SIMULATOR INSTALLATION USAGE)

MODE 1 PULL UP (WHOOP) (WHOOP) PULL UP 1
V1 ALERT V1 1, 8
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING (WHOOP) (WHOOP) PULL UP 1
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING (WHOOP) (WHOOP) PULL UP 1, 3
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 second pause)
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE (7 second pause) 3
PWS Windshear Caution N/A – PWS Voice

Note 2: Deleted.

This menu not available prior to 965-0976-20x-20x
MODE 7 WINDSHEAR WARNING (siren) WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR 1
V1 ALERT V1 1, 7
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1, 2
TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP 1
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 2, 3
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP 1, 3
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION TERRAIN AHEAD (PAUSE) TERRAIN AHEAD (7 second pause)
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION OBSTACLE AHEAD (PAUSE) OBSTACLE AHEAD (7 second pause) 3


This menu not available prior to 965-0976-20x-20x
MODE 2 PULL UP PREFACE TERRAIN TERRAIN 1
V1 ALERT V1 1, 5
TERRAIN AWARENESS PREFACE TERRAIN TERRAIN 1
OBSTACLE AWARENESS PREFACE OBSTACLE OBSTACLE 1
OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING PULL UP 1
PWS Windshear Warning N/A – PWS Voice
TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION TERRAIN (PAUSE) CAUTION TERRAIN (7 sec pause)
OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION CAUTION OBSTACLE (PAUSE) CAUTION OBSTACLE (7 sec pause)
MODE 4 TOO LOW TERRAIN TERRAIN (PAUSE) TERRAIN (Single TERRAIN prior to –210)
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN TERRAIN (PAUSE) TERRAIN (Single TERRAIN prior to –210)
MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR TERRAIN (PAUSE) TERRAIN (Single TERRAIN prior to –210)
MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS TERRAIN (PAUSE) TERRAIN (Single TERRAIN prior to –210)
MODE 3 DON’T SINK SINKRATE (PAUSE) SINKRATE (Single SINKRATE prior to –210)

D-5 PPCNF9: Dual ILS /Dual LRRA/Triple LRRA/Alternate Mode 4B Reversal

This pin replaces MKV program pins PPDRA, PPTRA, and PPDILS, which were provided for Boeing MKV users.
The dual ILS selection overlays dual inputs on to the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a dual
interface, then this option is not selected.
The dual LRRA selection overlays dual inputs on to the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a
dual interface, then this option is not selected.
The triple LRRA selection overlays triple inputs on to the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes a
triple interface, then this option is not selected.
Dual ILS Selected, Dual Radio Altimeter Selected, or Triple Radio Altimeter Selected will be reported during the level 3 self
test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
New for –208-208: The Alternate Mode 4B option reverses the Alternate Mode 4B functionality defined for the aircraft type.
In other words, if the Configuration Data table in the aircraft ICD indicates "YES" for Alternate Mode 4B, then this option
turns it off. If the Configuration Data table in the aircraft ICD indicates "NO" for Alternate Mode 4B, then this option turns it
on. This option is not available with the triple LRRA option. Refer to section 6.2.4.1 of the Product Specification for a
description of Alternate Mode 4B.
Alternate Mode 4B Reversal Selected will be reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
NOTE: Due to program pin limitations, a combination of Triple LRRA selection along with Alternate Mode 4B Reversal is
not provided. Alternate Mode 4B is typically used for General Aviation or Regional Jet applications that do not usually have
triple LRRA capability.
TABLE D-T14: PPCNF9
Desired Operation
Program Pin Alternate
State Dual ILS Triple LRRA Dual LRRA Mode 4B Connect PPCNF9 (MP2C) to:
Reversal
1 Off Off Off Off no connect (open)
2 Off Off Enabled Off PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #1; MP15D
*4 Off Off Off Enabled Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Enabled Off Off Off Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Enabled Off Enabled Off Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Enabled Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #5; TP12A
*8 Off Off Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #7; TP4D
*9 Enabled Off Off Enabled Discrete Output #6; TP12B
*10 Enabled Off Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #10; TP11A
*Applicable to –208 and on only.
D-6 PPCNF10: Glideslope Cancel/EGPWS Suppress/QFE Select

This pin replaces MKV program pin PPAUDS (to enable alternate audio inhibit) and PPQFE to select QFE. In addition it
performs a new function, selection of the Alternate Glideslope Cancel format described in section 6.2.5 of the Product
Specification.
EGPWS Suppress: This was MKV program pin PPAUDS which controlled whether the external Inhibit discrete shuts off only
audio outputs, or both audio and visual outputs. When Suppress Audio & Visual is selected, then the present status config
message “Visual Suppress Selected” will occur, and the Audio Inhibit discrete input will inhibit all non-windshear audio and
visual outputs. Otherwise, the Audio Inhibit discrete only inhibits non-windshear audio.
The state of the EGPWS Suppress program pin option only affects the ‘Audio Inhibit’ discrete. The functionality of other
inhibit discretes, such as ‘GPWS Inhibit’ and ‘Terrain Awareness Inhibit’, are not affected (they always inhibit audio and
visual outputs).
Two Altitude Correction philosophies are supported: QNH and QFE. This pin allows for selection of one or the other of
these two methods.
Alternate Glideslope Cancel Selected, Visual Suppress Selected, or QFE Selected will be reported during the level 3 self test
and in the RS232 Present Status display.
TABLE D-T15: PPCNF10
Program Pin Desired Operation

States QFE Select EGPWS Suppress Glideslope Cancel Connect PPCNF10 (MP4A) to:
1 Off Suppress Audio Only Standard no connect (open)
2 Off Suppress Audio Only Alternate PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off Suppress Audio & Visual Standard Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off Suppress Audio & Visual Alternate Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Enabled Suppress Audio Only Standard Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Enabled Suppress Audio Only Alternate Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Enabled Suppress Audio & Visual Standard Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Enabled Suppress Audio & Visual Alternate Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (invalid) - - - Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (invalid) - - - Discrete Output #10; TP11A
D-7 PPCNF11: Audio Declutter Disable/Volume Level Control/GPS Altitude Ref

This pin disables the audio declutter feature which is a basic feature with the EGPWS. In addition, this pin provides
additional volume control and WGS-84 GPS Altitude reference. Selection of these options will be reported during the level 3
self test and in the RS232 Present Status (PS) display.
Each aircraft type has a default warning voice volume type. The 600-ohm hardware is selectable for either 4mW or 25mW
nominal output capability. The 8-Ohm output is selectable for 0.5W or 2W operation. Using the program pin, the operator
can select the other available level for each aircraft type. In the following table, the alternate volume levels listed show both
the 600 ohm and 8 ohm levels. Refer to section 4.1.8 for further discussion of the volume settings.
If Default Volume is: Alternate Volume #1 is

Volume level specified for 600 Ohm 8 Ohm 600 Ohm 8 Ohm
aircraft in Appendix F
2 (equivalent to MKV High Volume) 25 mW 2W 4 mW 0.5 W
3 (equivalent to MKV Low Volume) 4 mW 0.5 W 25 mW 2W
In addition, a third warning/alert voice audio level, Alternate Volume #2, may be selected that is approximately half way
between the old MKV High and Low Volume levels, or approximately –3db relative to the High volume. This default level is
selected by choosing Alternate Volume #2.
Mode 6 voice callout volume relative to the above warning voice volume selection may be either the same or reduced by
-6db by aircraft configuration. An additional Mode 6 –6db volume reduction is obtained by activation of the Mode 6 Low
Volume discrete or callout menu item. Used in combination, these other options can reduce Mode 6 volume by 0, -6, or -12db
relative to warning voice volume. The Alternate Mode 6 Volume program pin option will offset these levels by an additional
–3db, thus allowing a finer adjustment of Mode 6 volume relative to normal warning volume: 0, -3, -6, -9, -12, or -15db.
NOTE: Due to pin limitations this option can NOT be selected along with the WGS-84 option described below.
The EGPWS expects that the GPS Altitude (label 076) be referenced to Mean Sea Level (MSL). Part number 965-0976-02x-
xxx-xxx, internal GPS equipped EGPWS, supplies altitude referenced to MSL. However, some GPS output altitude
referenced to WGS-84. If the GPS being used does supply Altitude referenced to WGS-84 then the WGS-84 program pin
option must be selected. Confirm with your GPS supplier whether the altitude is MSL or WGS-84. Due to program pin
limitations, and to maintain compatibility with earlier EGPWS part numbers, selection of the WGS-84 option can be
accomplished either here or via Terrain Display Select program pins as described in Appendix D-14.
GPS Altitude Reference WGS84, Alternate Volume #1 (or #2) Selected, Alternate Mode 6 Volume and/or Audio Declutter
Disabled will be reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display. The options are selected as
follows:
Desired Operation
Program Warning/Alert Volume *Alternate Audio GPS Altitude Connect PPCNF11 (MP4C) to:
Pin Adjust Mode 6 Declutter Reference
State Volume Disable
1 Default Off Off MSL1 no connect (open)
2 Default Off Enabled MSL1 PPCOM; MP3A
3 Alternate Volume #1 Off Off MSL1 Discrete Output #1; MP15D
**4 Alternate Volume #2 Off Off MSL1 Discrete Output #2; MP3D
*5 Default Enabled Off MSL1 Discrete Output #3; MP7B
*6 Alternate Volume #1 Enabled Off MSL1 Discrete Output #4; TP12C
1
*7 Alternate Volume #2 Enabled Off MSL Discrete Output #5; TP12A
***8 Default Off Off WGS-84 Discrete Output #7; TP4D
***9 Alternate Volume #1 Off Off WGS-84 Discrete Output #6; TP12B
***10 Alternate Volume #2 Off Off WGS-84 Discrete Output #10; TP11A
* Added in the –206-206.
** Revised in the –206-206. Previously was Alternate Volume with Audio Declutter Disable activated.
*** Added in the –210-210.
1
WGS-84 selection using PPCNF18/19 will override this MSL selection (see D-14).
D-8 PPCNF12: Windshear Control/Lamp Format

This pin replaces MKV program pins PPBWS (windshear enable), PPWSCD (Windshear Caution Disable), and PPWSD (to
disable the Windshear INOP output). In addition it provides a new option to enable the windshear caution voice. Note that
Windshear is now a basic function and is active without any additional program pin strapping.
The short level one self-test will indicate that the windshear function is enabled or not. The long level 1 self test sequences
will annunciate the selected windshear alerts/warnings that are currently configured for the aircraft.
Windshear Disabled, Windshear Caution Disabled, Windshear Caution with Voice Selected or Windshear INOP Disabled
will be reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
New for –208-208: For those aircraft types defined as using Lamp Format 1 (dedicated below glideslope annunciation), the
Lamp Format 2 option changes the below Glideslope annunciation output (both discrete output and ARINC 429 label 274 bit
12) to be activated for all non-pullup annunciations and the warning discrete output (both discrete output and ARINC 429
label 274 bit 13) to be activated for Pull-Up annunciations only. In addition, if the Terrain (or Obstacle) caution discrete
outputs are defined in the aircraft ICD to activate the GPWC warning lamp this option will move those annunciations to
the GPWC Alert lamp.
Lamp Format 2 Selected will be reported during the level 3 self-test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
Desired Operation
Program Pin WS WS
State WS Caution Caution WS INOP Lamp Connect PPCNF12 (TP5B) to:
Disable Disable with Voice Disable Format 2
1 Off Off ------------- Off - no connect (open)
2 Enabled ------------- ------------- Off - PPCOM (gnd)
3 Enabled ------------- ------------- Enabled - Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off Off Enabled Off - Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Off Enabled ------------- Off - Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 (added –208) Off Off ------------- Off Enabled Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 (added –208) Enabled ------------- ------------- Off Enabled Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 (added –208) Enabled ------------- ------------- Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (added –208) Off Off Enabled Off Enabled Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (added –208) Off Enabled ------------- Off Enabled Discrete Output #10; TP11A
D-9 PPCNF13: Enhanced Feature Control/Sim Reposition

Terrain Clearance Floor, Terrain Alerting & Display, Obstacle Alert and Peaks Mode functions can be controlled as
indicated. An option is also provided for enabling the Simulator Reposition utility (see section 6.0.5 in the Product
Specification).
Simulator Reposition Selected, Terrain Awareness Disabled, Terrain Clearance Floor Disabled and Peaks Enabled will be
reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
Note: If the Terrain Awareness function is disabled, then all input signals shown as TA&D types in the current configuration
are not used. This may also have the effect of disabling Envelope Modulation if the only source of position/heading in the
current configuration is defined as TA&D. For example, if a GPS input is the only source of this data for a given aircraft
type, and if this bus is defined as ‘TA&D’, then the bus will not be used, and Envelope Modulation will have no source of
position or Heading if Enhanced Functions are disabled.
The Obstacle Awareness feature is active in a given installation based on two criteria:
1) If the aircraft type enables Obstacles, then the Obstacle Control option disables the function and present status will
contain an Obstacle Awareness Disabled message.
2) If the aircraft type disables Obstacles, then the Obstacle Control option enables the function and present status will
contain an Obstacle Awareness Enabled message.
NOTE: The Terrain Display configuration data table in ICD appendix F will indicate if Obstacles are enable basic to
the aircraft type (for example see F-224). If there is no ‘Obstacle Enabled Basic’ entry then the aircraft type does
NOT enable obstacles without a program pin change. Similarly, Peaks Available will be specified for those aircraft
types that support that mode.
NOTE: Peaks mode is only available with the –206 and later AND only for a limited number of aircraft types. The aircraft
ICD will indicate ‘Peaks Available’ in the Terrain Display configuration table. Therefore, the Peaks Enable options shown
will only apply to those aircraft types.
Disabled and enabled modes will be reflected in level 1 self-test. However, Peaks mode enable is only determined via level 3
self test where “Peaks Enabled” will be annunciated.
TABLE D-T18A: PPCNF13 (DEFINITION FOR –204-204 AND ON)
Desired Operation
Sim Obstacle/Peaks On/Off TAD/TCF/Obstacles Connect PPCNF13 (MP5B) to:
Program Pin State Reposition Selection & Peaks Enable
(see Reference below) (Peaks and Obstacles
must also be selected
On to be used)
1 Off A Enabled no connect (open)
2 Off B Enabled PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off C Enabled Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off A Off Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Enabled A Enabled Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Enabled B Enabled Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Enabled C Enabled Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Enabled A Off Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (added in –208) Off D Enabled Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (added in –208) Enabled D Enabled Discrete Output #10; TP11A
Obstacle/Peaks If Selected aircraft If Selected aircraft If Selected aircraft If Selected aircraft

On/OFF Selection activates Obstacles does NOT activate Display supports Display type does
Reference as basic 1 Obstacles as basic 1 Peaks 2 NOT support Peaks
2
(-204 and on) (-204 and on) (-206 and on)
(-206 and on)
A Obstacles On Obstacles Off Peaks Off Peaks Off
B Obstacles Off Obstacles On Peaks Off Peaks Off
C Obstacles On Obstacles On Peaks On Peaks Off
(Not valid in -204)
D Obstacles Off Obstacles Off Peaks On Peaks Off
(Not valid in
–204 or –206)
1
To find if Obstacles is basic for a particular aircraft: (1) Look in the “Terrain Display Options” table, for the aircraft in
question, and find the “Appendix G Reference” for the display being used. (2) Obstacles are basic if you find “Obstacles
Enabled Basic” in the Appendix G table referenced.
2
To find if Peaks is available for a particular aircraft: (1) Look in the “Terrain Display Options” table, for the aircraft in
question, and find the “Appendix G Reference” for the display being used. (2) Look for “Peaks Mode” in the Appendix G
table referenced to see if the display supports Peaks.
TABLE D-T18: OLD PPCNF13 DEFINITION (FOR PART NUMBERS PRIOR TO –204-204)

State Sim Reposition TAD TCF Connect PPCNF13 (MP5B) to:
1 Off Enabled Enabled no connect (open)
2 Off Enabled Off PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off Off Enabled Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off Off Off Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Enabled Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Enabled Enabled Off Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Enabled Off Enabled Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #7; TP4D
D-10 PPCNF14: Bank Angle/Alternate LRRA

This pin functions differently between various aircraft groups as follows.
Bizjet: Alternate LRRA Select/Bank Angle Enable
This pin provides Bank Angle enable, which on the MKV was a function of the selected callout menu. It also provides for
activating an alternate LRRA interface for BizJet installations only.
For BizJet aircraft, if the Aircraft type uses → ARINC 552 ALT 55 ARINC 429
Alternate Radio Altitude Config #1 Enables → ALT 55 ARINC 552 ARINC 552
Alternate Radio Altitude Config #2 Enables → ARINC 429 ARINC 429 ALT 55
Alternate Radio Altimeter 1 Selected or Alternate Radio Altimeter 2 Selected or Bank Angle Selected will be reported during
level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display. If selected, Bank Angle will also be annunciated during the long
level 1 self test sequence.
TABLE D-T19: PPCNF14 - BIZJET OPTIONS

State Alternate RA #2 Alternate RA #1 Bank Angle Connect PPCNF14 (TP2C) to:
1 Off Off Off no connect
2 Off Off Enabled PPCOM (gnd)
3 Off Enabled Off Discrete Output #1; MP15D
4 Off Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Enabled Off Off Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Enabled Off Enabled Discrete Output #4; TP12C
7 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #6; TP12B
Non-Bizjet: Bank Angle Enable

This pin provides Bank Angle enable, which on the MKV was a function of the selected callout menu.
Bank Angle Selected, Bank Angle Option 1 Selected, and Bank Angle Option 2 Selected will be reported during level 3 self
test and in the RS232 Present Status display. If selected, Bank Angle will also be annunciated during the long level 1 self test
sequence.
TABLE D-T20: PPCNF14 - NON-BIZJET
Program Pin Desired Operation:

State: * Bank Angle Option 2 *Bank Angle Option 1 Honeywell
(Alternate Boeing (Basic Boeing Bank Angle Connect PPCNF14 (TP2C) to:
Bank Angle) Bank Angle)
2 - - Enabled PPCOM (gnd)
*3 - Enabled - Discrete Output #1; MP15D
*4 Enabled - - Discrete Output #2; MP3D
5 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #3; MP7B
6 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #4; TP12C
8 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 Invalid -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- Discrete Output #6; TP12B
*These options not available prior to -202-202.
D-11 PPCNF15: Alternate Pop-Up/PWS Options

This program pin definition is not supported in the 965-0976-XXX-101-101 part number.
The PWS options overlay PWS inputs on to the basic aircraft interface definition. If the basic definition includes any PWS
interfaces, then these options do not need to be selected.
The Alternate Pop-Up selection reverses the Terrain Display pop-up enable for the selected aircraft type. In other words, if
the aircraft type enables display pop-up, then this option will disable pop-up, and if the aircraft type disables display pop-up,
then this option enables it.
Alternate Pop Up Selected, PWS Option 1 Selected or PWS Option 2 Selected will be reported during the level 3 self test and
in the RS232 Present Status display.
Note: The two PWS Options are mutually exclusive. For Dual PWS installations Option 2 needs to be selected. Due to
aircraft specific maintenance requirements, CFDS type 2 aircraft types (A319/320/321/330/340) need to select Option 2 for
both single and dual PWS installations. All others need to select Option 1 for single PWS.

State: PWS Option 1 PWS Option 2 Alternate Pop-Up Connect PPCNF15 (MP15C) to:
2 Off Off Enabled PPCOM (gnd)
7 Invalid - - - Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Invalid - - - Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 Invalid - - - Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 Invalid - - - Discrete Output #10; TP11A
D-12 PPCNF16: Alternate GPS Speed/Configuration Option Selects

The Alternate GPS Bus Speed selection reverses the defined GPS bus speed(s). In other words, if the basic aircraft definition
requires high speed GPS input(s), then this option allows for the use of low speed ARINC 429 input(s).
Typically, Configuration Option 1 will select ARINC 743 GPS (in place of ARINC 743A), and Configuration Option 2 will
activate FMS Nav Mode label 266 (when it is an optional input). But note that these options are generic in that they can be
used to select any input configuration option defined in the aircraft ICD section.
Note: The ARINC 743 GPS Option is not functional prior to –206-206.
Alternate GPS Bus Speed Selected, Configuration Option 1 Selected or Configuration Option 2 Selected will be reported
during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.

State: *Configuration *Configuration Alternate GPS Connect PPCNF16 (MP8B) to:
Option 2 Option 1 Bus Speed
2 Off Off Enabled PPCOM; MP3A
7 Enabled Enabled Off Discrete Output #5; TP12A
8 Enabled Enabled Enabled Discrete Output #7; TP4D
9 (Invalid) - - - Discrete Output #6; TP12B
10 (Invalid) - - - Discrete Output #10; TP11A
* Not available prior to -204-204.
D-13 PPCNF17: Parity

As indicated in table D-T23 this pin is used to set the parity for the number of program pins connected in an installation.
Number of program pins 1 thru 16, 18, and 19 Connect PPCNF17 (TP6D) to:
wired up in the installation (Note: All other connections are considered invalid)
Odd Open (no connect)
Even PPCOM
D-14 PPCNF18/19, Terrain Display/WGS-84 Select

New for the –210. However, in the -208 ID numbers 0 through 19 as described below are available.
These program pins allow for the selection of a terrain display format for many (but not all) aircraft types. The following
tables have an identification (ID) number associated with each Terrain Display/GPS Altitude Reference configuration. The ID
groups completely identify a particular Terrain Display Interface. Each of the ID rows has a number for:
A) Display Configuration Group, this defines the Display format and operation.
B) Display Control Group, this defines the required signal I/O needed for the display.
C) Output 429 Bus Overlay, this defines any additional EGPWC ARINC 429 output label sets needed for the display.
With the Enhanced MKV, each aircraft type has a predefined basic display type. As described below, there are three ways that
the display type can be altered via these program pins:
1) Selection of IDs 1 through 19 may activate pre-defined alternate displays. To determine what (if any) alternates are
defined for a specific aircraft type refer to the ’Alternate Displays’ section of the aircraft ICD.
2) Selection of IDs 20-90 may select a display interface as defined in this section. But only if there is an ’ I/O Mapping for
Terrain Display Category’ section in that aircrafts ICD.
3) Selection of IDs 91 to 99 will activate different versions (referred to as variants) of the basic display type. For example, if
the basic display does not auto-range, a variant of it that does auto-range may be available using one of these IDs. Note that
variants of alternate displays are not selectable. To determine what (if any) variants are available for a specific aircraft type
refer to the Variant Displays’ section of the aircraft ICD. The following example shows how to determine if display variants
are available, and how to strap the EGPWC to select the variant.
Step 1: In the "Terrain Display Options’ section of the aircraft ICD find the basic display type. For example, the ICD
section for aircraft type 96 indicates that the basic display type is defined in appendix G-19.2. So for this aircraft type the
display variant feature allows the installer to select any display functionality defined in one of the sub-sections of appendix G-
19.
Step 2: Determine desired variant. Say that "TERR" annunciation was desired (G-19.4) in place of "GPWS-", then variant
#4 would be selected.
Step 3: Strap the EGPWC for the desired variant. In this example you would select ID #94.
The Display Configuration also defines the behavior of EGPWS for options selected in other ICD Categories. Specifically it
defines the behavior of the TA&D Alternate Pop Up (see PPCNF15) and Peaks Enable (see PPCNF13). Displays that do not
support Peaks will show a “Peaks Off” entry for either state of Peaks Enable.
In this category the following signals may be configured per the program pin strapping ID number:
Signal Name Signal Type Defined By
Terrain Display Bus: ARINC 453 or Honeywell picture bus Display Configuration Group
Display Bus 1 thru 4 ARINC 429 and Honeywell SCI bus Display Control Group
EFIS/Display Control/Mode Words: ARINC 429
Terrain Select #1 and #2: Open/Ground Input discretes
WXR On Discrete #1 and #2: Open/Ground Input discretes
Terrain Display Discrete #1 and #2: Open/Ground Output discretes
Additional ARINC 429 Outputs ARINC 429 Display Output 429 Bus Overlay
Group
For ID's 1 through 19: Alternate Display ’X’ Selected will be reported during the level 3 self-test and in the RS232 Present
Status display. If this program pin is used to select an Alternate display type that is not defined, then an Alternate Display
Type Selected fault will occur and all system INOPs will activate.
For all other ID's: Terrain Display Type ’X’ Selected will be reported during the level 3 self-test and in the RS232 Present
Status display. Where X equals the ID number.
GPS Altitude Reference
The EGPWS expects that the GPS Altitude (label 076) be referenced to Mean Sea Level (MSL). However, some GPS output
altitude referenced to WGS-84. If the GPS being used does supply Altitude referenced to WGS-84 then the WGS-84 program
pin option must be selected. Due to program pin limitations, and to maintain compatibility with earlier EGPWS part
numbers, selection of the WGS-84 option can be accomplished via ID’s 10 through 19, or if a display type is needed that uses
an ID outside this range, then the WGS-84 option can be selected using PPCNF11 (see appendix D-7).
GPS Altitude Reference WGS84 will be reported during the level 3 self test and in the RS232 Present Status display.
Note: Part number 965-0976-02x-xxx-xxx, internal GPS equipped EGPWS, supplies altitude referenced to MSL. The
MSL GPS altitude reference must be selected when using this part number. The correct GPS altitude reference must also
be selected when using an external GPS input to the EGPWS. Confirm with your GPS supplier whether the altitude is
MSL or WGS-84.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
1. All wiring requirements for use of an Alternate Display Type (IDs 1 through 19) are identified in the aircraft ICD.
2. Other than the program pin strapping, there are no wiring changes required when selecting Variant Display Types (IDs 91
through 99).
3. When selecting a display type using IDs 20 through 90, the selected Display Input Control Selection will identify what
discrete and/or serial data ports need to be connected. The aircraft ICD section will then identify the actual I/O connection.
For example, a control group may identify a ’Display Bus’ for a required serial range input. The ’I/O mapping for Terrain
Display Category’ section of the aircraft ICD will then identify what receiver channel is to be used for the display bus
input.
4. Use of a display type may add some constraints on other optional inputs. For example, the RS422 serial range input
required for some displays can only be accommodated using ARINC 429 receiver 17, and in most applications this will
preclude using a secondary GPS input as this is typically defined on channel 17.
STATE 9 = Program Pin connected to Discrete Output #6 (DO #6): TP12B
Table D-T24: Terrain Display/WGS-84 Select

Display Output
Strap Strap Display Input 429 Bus GPS Altitude Display Selection Effectivity
ID PPCNF19 PPCNF18 Configuration Control Overlay
(MP15B) (MP15A) Group Group Group Reference
to: to: (D-14.1) (D-14.2) (D-14.3)
(Note 1) App. Cfg.
0 Open Open - - - MSL1 Basic Display 208 208
1 Open MP3A - - - MSL1 Alternate Display #1 208 208
2 Open MP15D - - - MSL1 Alternate Display #2 208 208
3 Open MP3D - - - MSL1 Alternate Display #3 208 208
4 Open MP7B - - - MSL1 Alternate Display #4 208 208
5 Open TP12C MSL1 Alternate Display #5 208 208
6 Open TP12A MSL1 Reserved 2 - -
7 Open TP4D MSL1 Reserved 2 - -
8 Open TP12B MSL1 Reserved 2 - -
9 Open TP11A MSL1 Reserved 2 - -
10-19 MP3A ... - - - WGS-84 Same as 0 thru 9 208 208
1
WGS-84 selection using PPCNF11 will override this MSL selection (see D-7).
2
Prior to –210-210 up to 9 alternate displays were included under PPCNF18. Since no aircraft types use Alternate Display
numbers 6 through 9 they have been marked as reserved for future use.
Table D-T25: Terrain Display Select

ID Output
Strap Strap Display Display 429 Bus Display Selection Effectivity
PPCNF19 PPCNF18 Configuration Input Control Overlay
(MP15B) (MP15A) Group Group Group
to: to: (D-14.1) (D-14.2) (D-14.3)
(Note 1) App. Cfg.
20 MP15D Open 2 3 0 No Display 210 210
21 MP15D MP3A 1 1 1 SPZ8000 and EDZ805 210 210
ARINC 429 Range
22 MP15D MP15D 3 2 0 Collins 210 210
Pro-Line II (5x6)
23 MP15D) MP3D 0 2 0 Bendix 210 210
PPI-4A/4B
24 MP15D MP7B 5 2 0 Collins 210 210
Pro-Line II (5x4,5x5)
25 MP15D TP12C 20 13 0 KC Picture Bus (KCPB*) 210 210
26 MP15D TP12A 9 7 1 SPZ8000 210 210
SCI Range
27 MP15D TP4D 8 8 0 Collins FDS-255 210 210
fully integrated with the display
controlling selection
28 MP15D TP12B 10 2 0 Honeywell 210 210
Primus 708
29 MP15D TP11A 11 2 0 Honeywell 210 210
Primus 708
auto range
30 MP3D Open 12 9 0 Bendix 210 210
IN182A
IN812A
31 MP3D MP3A 13 9 0 Bendix 210 210
IN842A
IN862A
32 MP3D MP15D 14 9 0 Bendix 210 210
EFS 40/50
33 MP3D MP3D 15 10 1 Honeywell 210 210
Primus 1000
34 MP3D MP7B 16 8 0 Collins FDS-255 fully integrated 210 210
with EGPWS controlling selection
35 MP3D TP12C 17 2 0 Collins WXI-701/711 210 210
auto range
36 MP3D TP12A 18 2 0 Collins WXI-701/711 210 210
37 MP3D TP4D 19 11 0 Standard ARINC format Honeywell 210 210
EFIS
38 MP3D TP12B - - - Astronautics future future
39 MP3D TP11A spare
40 MP7B Open 21 14 0 Integrated Honeywell P880/660/440 210 210
(WXPD)
41 MP7B MP3A 22 8 0 Collins FDS-255 210 210
non-integrated (Bolt on)
with EGPWS controlling selection
42 MP7B MP15D 23 9 0 Integrated Bendix 210 210
EFS 40/50
43 MP7B MP3D 26 15 0 EFIS 10 213 213
ID Output
Strap Strap Display Display 429 Bus Display Selection Effectivity
PPCNF19 PPCNF18 Configuration Input Control Overlay
(MP15B) (MP15A) Group Group Group
to: to: (D-14.1) (D-14.2) (D-14.3)
(Note 1) App. Cfg.
44 MP7B MP7B 24 2 0 Bendix 213 213
PPI-4A/4B, without autorange,
without blue water
45 MP7B TP12C 25 2 0 Bendix 213 213
PPI-4A/4B, without autorange,
with blue water
46 MP7B TP12A 27 16 0 Honeywell Primus Epic CDS/R with 213 213
overlay Peaks Elevations
47 MP7B TP4D 28 16 2 Honeywell Primus Epic CDS/R with 213 213
binary Peaks Elevations
48 MP7B TP12B SPARE
49 MP7B TP11A SPARE
50- TP12C ... SPARES
59
60- TP12A ... SPARES
69
70- TP4D ... SPARES
79
80- TP12B ... SPARES
89
90 TP11A Open SPARE
91 TP11A MP3A Basic Display Variant #1 210 210
92 TP11A MP15D Basic Display Variant #2 210 210
93 TP11A MP3D Basic Display Variant #3 210 210
94 TP11A MP7B Basic Display Variant #4 210 210
95 TP11A TP12C Basic Display Variant #5 210 210
96 TP11A TP12A Basic Display Variant #6 210 210
97 TP11A TP4D Basic Display Variant #7 210 210
98 TP11A TP12B Basic Display Variant #8 210 210
99 TP11A TP11A Basic Display Variant #9 210 210
Note 1: Many Display Control Groups are defined for dual ARINC 429 inputs. When this is the case, and interfacing to a
single display the bus must be connected to both EGPWS input channels. This prevents the EGPWC from reporting an
external bus fault on the second channel.
* KCPB is also known as Honeywell (formerly AlliedSignal) Picture Bus (ASPB)
D-14.1: Display Configuration Group
Output Bus Pins

BUS CHANNEL #1 BUS CHANNEL #2
(TX453-1) (TX453-2)
A = TP3A A = TP3C
B = TP3B B = TP3D
ICD Channel #1 /#2

Group Display Description Reference Output Bus Pins
Section Connect To
0 Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE) (without blue water) G-23.1 SG #1/#2
1 Honeywell (5x6) SPZ8000/EDZ805 (every fourth display line is blanked) G-7.1 SG/MFD #1/2
2 Not used
3 Collins ProLine II or IV (non-integrated), 5 X 6 with Pop-Up G-3.2 MPU, and/or DPU #1
Note: DPU = Display Processing Unit, DPU #2
MPU = Multifunctional DPU.
4 Not used
5 Collins Pro-Line II (5x4, 5x5) with Pop-Up G-3.3 MPU, and/or DPU #1
NOTE: DPU = Display Processing Unit, DPU #2
MPU = Multifunctional DPU.
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Collins FDS-255 Integrated (splay selects terrain) G-4.1 SG #1/#2
9 Honeywell, SPZ8000, 5 x6, older style; which does not blank every fourth G-6.1 SG #1/#2
weather radar display line.
10 Honeywell Primus 708 color Radar display (Without Auto Range) G-5.1 ARINC 708
NOTE: Left/Right shift keys on the display not to be used when displaying WXR #1/#2
terrain.
11 Honeywell Primus 708 color Radar display (With Auto Range) G-5.2 ARINC 708
terrain.
12 Bendix IN182A/IN812A color Radar Display (RDR-2000 radar system) G-8.1 ARINC 708
WXR #1/#2
13 Bendix IN842A/IN862A color Radar Display (RDR-2100 radar system) G-9.1 ARINC 708
WXR #1/#2
14 Bendix EFS 40/50 G-10.2 ARINC 708
WXR #1/#2
15 Honeywell Primus 1000 (single interleaved picture bus) G-11.3 MFD (Bus #1 only)
16 Collins FDS-255 Integrated (EGPWC selects terrain) G-4.2 SG #1/#2
17 Collins WXI-701/711 PPI (With Auto Range) G-2.3 ARINC 708
terrain. “TERR” or Peaks Elevations are located on bottom left of display.
18 Collins WXI-701/711 PPI (Without Auto Range) G-2.4 ARINC 708
terrain.. “TERR” or Peaks Elevations are located on bottom left of display.
19 Standard ARINC format Honeywell EFIS (MD 80/88/90, DC9) G-20.1 SG #1/#2
20 KC Picture Bus (KCPB*) G-17.1 KCPB #1/#2
21 Honeywell Integrated P880/660/440 radar displays G-6.2 SG #1/#2
22 Collins FDS-255 (Non-integrated, “Bolt-on”) G-4.3 SG #1/#2
23 Integrated Bendix EFS 40/50 G-10.3 ARINC 708
WXR #1/#2
24 Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE) without Autorange, without blue water G-23.6 SG #1/#2
25 Bendix PPI-4A/4B (MAP-MODE) without Autorange, with blue water G-23.7 SG #1/#2
ICD Channel #1 /#2

Group Display Description Reference Output Bus Pins
Section Connect To
26 Bendix EFIS 10 G-28.1 ARINC 708
WXR #1/#2
27 Honeywell Primus Epic CDS/R with overlay Peaks Elevations (single G-31.1 MFD (bus #1 only)
interleaved picture bus)
28 Honeywell Primus Epic CDS/R with binary Peaks Elevations (single G-31.2 MFD (bus #1 only)
interleaved picture bus)
*
KCPB is also known as Honeywell (formerly AlliedSignal) Picture Bus (ASPB)
D-14.2: Display Input Control Group
Display Input Control Group 0 - Reserved
Display Input Control Group 1

Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: EFIS BUS
Bus 1 MG Multifunction SG (Left Bus) Bus Type: TA&D
Low Speed 429
Note: Provides range unless MG is not backing up right side
(Display Bus 2).
Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Range (Both ranges on one word) 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000NM TA&D N/A 100
Discrete
Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: EFIS BUS
Bus 2 MG Multifunction SG (Rt. Bus) Bus Type: TA&D
Low Speed 429
Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input
on Display Bus 1 is primary input.
Range (Both ranges on one word) 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000NM TA&D N/A 100
Discrete
Note: The Honeywell EFIS SG & MG provide terrain display relay control.

Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
Bus 1 WX-IND 429 out (range) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100
CONN PIN # PIN TYPE PIN FUNCTION Polarity/Configuration
See specific ICD Input Terrain Select #1 Type 1 (Momentary)
See specific ICD Output Terrain Display Discrete #1

Removes definitions for all display controls
Display CONNECT TO: No Connection
Bus 1

Bus 2

Bus 3

Bus 4
Display Input Control Group 4 -Reserved
Display Input Control Group 5 -Reserved
Display Input Control Group 6- Reserved

RS-422Rx CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
(see note) Serial Control Interface (SCI) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (RS-422)
(Low Speed)
A = TP11C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP11D Range (Mode/Range Word) 4.1.1.129 80 4 Discrete 2000NM TA&D N/A 100
Note: Due to channel limitations GPS #2 Overlay can not be selected with this display type as the only RS-422 capable input
is on pins TP11C/D.

Bus 1 (Low Speed)
Range 4.1.1.22 273 N/A 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
Range 4.1.1.22 273 N/A 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100

Bus 1 (Low Speed)
Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
Mode (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain TA&D N/A 100 ms
Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 4.1.1.122 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 TA&D N/A 100 ms
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
Discrete Word (Vertical Profile) 4.1.1.122 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 TA&D N/A 100 ms
See specific ICD Output Terrain Displayable #1

Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FDR BUS 1
Bus 1 IC600 #1 FDR Bus Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed 429)
Note: The system only has one range for terrain display on MFD,
therefore the range to use depends on the value of label 275, bit 17.
Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 11-14 2000NM TA&D N/A 100 max
Discrete Word 4.1.1.101 275 bit 17 Discrete TA&D N/A 500
Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FDR BUS 2
(High Speed 429)
Note: The system only has one range for terrain display on MFD,
therefore the range to use depends on the value of label 275, bit 17.
Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 11-14 2000NM TA&D N/A 100
Discrete Word 4.1.1.101 275 bit 17 Discrete TA&D N/A 500

Bus 2 EFIS SG #1 429 out Bus Type: TA&D
(range) (Low Speed)
Range (Discrete Word) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 100
Bus 4 EFIS SG #2 429 out Bus Type: TA&D
(range) (Low Speed)
Range (Discrete Word) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 100
Bus 1 EFIS SG #1 ISDAS Bus Bus Type: TA&D
429 out (High Speed)
Display Modes & WXR 4.1.1.90.3 105 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
On/Off
Discrete Word 2 (Track Up) 4.1.1.90.5 110 Bit 12 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Bus 3 EFIS SG #2 ISDAS Bus Bus Type: TA&D
429 out (High Speed)
Display Modes & WXR 4.1.1.90.3 105 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
On/Off
Discrete Word 2 (Track Up) 4.1.1.90.5 110 Bit 12 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Display Input Control Group 12 (Not used)

Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation:
Bus 1 DSU-IND 429 out (range) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation:
Bus 2 DSU-IND 429 out (range) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
Display Input Control Group 13 (KCPB2)

Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 1
Bus 1 KCPB-IND 429 out (range) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
*Range 4.1.1.125 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM TA&D 0.5NM 250
Query/ Continuous Response 4.1.1.127 011 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
1 4.1.1.126 350 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
DSU Status Data
*Key Press/Display Mode 4.1.1.128 012 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 250
Display CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: KCPB BUS 2
Bus 2 KCPB-IND 429 out (range) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
Range* 4.1.1.125 271 11 0.5-1023.5NM TA&D 0.5NM 250
Query/ Continuous Response 4.1.1.127 011 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
1 4.1.1.126 350 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
DSU Status Data
*Key Press/Display Mode 4.1.1.128 012 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 250
1
The DSU Status is only present if the display uses an AVTECH Display Switching Unit.
2
KCPB is also known as Honeywell (formerly AlliedSignal) Picture Bus (ASPB)
* Label 012 is optional. The current fault and fault history message “RANGE” for label 271 (Range) is not shown if Range
Keys are requested on label 012 (Key Press/Display Mode).

RS-422Rx CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
(see note) Serial Control Interface (SCI) Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (RS-422)
(Low Speed)
B = TP11D Range (Mode/Range Word) 4.1.1.129 80 4 Discrete 2000NM TA&D N/A 100
Note: Due to channel limitations GPS #2 Overlay can not be selected with this display type as the only RS-422 capable input
is on pins TP11C/D.

Bus 1 (Low Speed)
Bus 2 (Low Speed)

Bus 1 (Low Speed)
FWC & GP Discrete word 4.1.1.92 171 18, 25-28 Format 1,Type 2 TA&D N/A 100 ms
(Note 1) 2000NM Discrete TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
FWC & GP Discrete word 4.1.1.92 171 18, 25-28 Format 1, Type 2 TA&D N/A 100 ms
(Note 1) 2000NM Discrete TA&D
See specific ICD Output Terrain Display Discrete #1 – required to control ARINC 429, Label 274,
bit 28 for Terrain Pop Up (no direct connection in aircraft).
See specific ICD Output Terrain Display Discrete #2 – required to control ARINC 429, Label 274,
bit 29 for Terrain Pop Up (no direct connection in aircraft).
Note 1 – Currently the Primus Epic CDS/R sets bits 18 and 25-28. All other bits defined in section 4.1.1.92 are set to 0.
D-14.3: Output 429 Bus Selection

This section defines what (if any) ARINC 429 output labels are to be added to ARINC 429 output #1 (MP1C/1D). The basic
aircraft ICD may already define the indicated set(s), in which case there is no change.
Output 429 Bus Overlay 0

Append Label Set(s):
None

E-5

E-19
Appendix E: ARINC DITS Output Data

Revision History
Effectivity
21-DEC-99 - MJC SCR 4211: Added latitude and longitude output labels in E-2.7 & E-2.8. -212 -212
Also clarified definition of label 050 bits 23, 24 & 25 in E-5.1.
11-FEB-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4871: Allocated bits for Pitch Angle INOP and Pitch Angle Alert in future future
Section E-1.6.
15-FEB-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4871: Allocated bit for “Attitude Attitude” in Section E1.4 future future
16-FEB-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4682: Section E 1.5, Modified Label 271, Bits 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 20, -212 -212
and 19 to activate during the lamp test portion of Selftest.
03-APR-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 5005: Section E 1.5, Modified note to Label 271 Bit 19 to say “(Also -212 -212
set to “1” during Terrain Caution Selftest)”.
23-MAY-00 - MJC Global replace of AlliedSignal with Honeywell. - -
06-JUN-00 - JDK General document clean up to remove proprietary note from footer - -
16-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5494: Section E-5.2, added “TERRAIN RELAY 1/2”, “OBSTACLE -213 -213
AWARENESS CAUTION”, and “OBSTACLE AWARENESS
WARNING” bits. This change was done for EM7 use in this release.
The low speed EGPWS bus transmits both discrete and BNR labels. In the event of catastrophic computer failure, or 429
transmitter failures, outputs will not be transmitted. During selftest the SSM will be set to functional test on all outputs (bits
31/30 = 1/0). Unless indicated, for all other conditions of computer or input failures, the 429 outputs continue to be
transmitted as actual valid data. For valid status the standard discrete SSM format is used (00) except for data indicated as
being in 2’s complement format where the standard BNR SSM format is used (11). The SDI bits (9/10) will always be set to
“00” unless otherwise indicated.
The following table identifies those outputs that can be transmitted. Note that the outputs are segregated by functional
groups. Refer to the subsections following the table for specific format information for each output.
TABLE E-1: ARINC 429 DITS OUTPUTS
OPERATIONAL OUTPUTS
LABEL Appendix NAME DESCRIPTION NOTES
Reference
DISCRETE OUTPUT WORDS
270 E-1.1 EGPWC ALERT DISCRETE #1 EGPWC ALERT/WARNING INDICATION 1
274 E-1.2 EGPWC ALERT DISCRETE #2 LAMP OUTPUT WORD 1
272 E-1.3 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #1 MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #1 1
273 E-1.4 MODE 6 CALLOUTS DISCRETE #2 MODE 6 CALLOUT INDICATION #2 1
271 E-1.5 EGPWC LOGIC DISCRETES INTERNAL LOGIC BOOLEANS 1
300 E-1.6 EGPWC SYSTEM INOP’s INOP INDICATIONS OF THE EGPWC FUNCTIONS 1
INTERNAL DATA OUTPUTS
The internal data output labels are lowest priority. These labels can be interrupted if CFDS interactive words are required
067 E-2.6 COMPUTED TERRAIN CLEARANCE TERRAIN CLEARANCE COMPUTED BY EGPWS 6, 13, 14
135 E-2.5 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE VFOM 11, 12
164 E-2.1 FILTERED RADIO ALTITUDE RADIO ALTITUDE FILTERED BY EGPWC 1
261 E-2.4 GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE COMPUTED GEOMETRIC ALTITUDE 11, 12, 13
361 E-2.2 COMPUTED INERTIAL ALTITUDE COMPUTED INERTIAL ALTITUDE 1
365 E-2.3 COMPUTED INERTIAL ALTITUDE RATE COMPUTED INERTIAL ALTITUDE RATE 1
310 E-2.7 LATITUDE PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LATITUDE 6, 17
311 E-2.8 LONGITUDE PRESENT POSITION EGPWS SELECTED LONGITUDE 6, 17
HONEYWELL WINDSHEAR OUTPUTS
223 E-3.1 BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK - RIGHT CORRECTED BODY AOA RIGHT 1, 4
224 E-3.2 BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK - LEFT CORRECTED BODY AOA LEFT 1, 4
242 E-3.3 CORRECTED AIRSPEED TRUE OR CORRECTED CAS AIRSPEED 1, 4
331 E-3.4 WINDSHEAR WARNING THRESHOLD WINDSHEAR WARNING THRESHOLD 1, 4
332 E-3.5 CORRECTED LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION CORRECTED BY AOA 1, 4
362 E-3.6 RAW TOTAL SHEAR TOTAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
364 E-3.7 CORRECTED NORMAL ACCELERATION NORMAL ACCELERATION CORRECTED BY AOA 1, 4
375 E-3.8 COMPUTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE COMPUTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE 1, 4
376 E-3.9 SCALED TOTAL SHEAR SCALED TOTAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
BOEING WINDSHEAR OUTPUTS
224 E-4.1 CORRECTED BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK CORRECTED BODY AOA 1, 4
242 E-4.2 CORRECTED AIRSPEED TRUE OR CORRECTED CAS AIRSPEED 1, 4
323 E-4.3 GROUND PATH ACCELERATION GROUND PATH ACCELERATION 1, 4
331 E-4.4 WINDSHEAR THRESHOLD DELTA WARNING THRESHOLD CHANGE 1, 4
332 E-4.5 SCALED HORIZONTAL SHEAR SCALED HORIZONTAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
362 E-4.6 HORIZONTAL SHEAR HORIZONTAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
363 E-4.7 VERTICAL SHEAR VERTICAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
364 E-4.8 SCALED VERTICAL SHEAR SCALED VERTICAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
375 E-4.9 COMPUTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE COMPUTED FLIGHT PATH ANGLE 1, 4
376 E-4.10 TOTAL SHEAR TOTAL WINDSHEAR MAGNITUDE 1, 4
267 E-4.11 WINDSHEAR DISCRETES INTERNAL LOGIC BOOLEANS 1, 4
TERRAIN DISPLAY OUTPUTS
050 E-5.1 DISPLAYED RANGE TERRAIN DISPLAY #1 AND #2 RANGE 2, 5
051 E-5.2 TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS WORD TERRAIN DISPLAY STATUS INFORMATION 2, 5
052 E-5.3 MESSAGE WORD #1 COLOR OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2, 5
053 E-5.4 MESSAGE WORD #2 FIRST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2, 5
054 E-5.5 MESSAGE WORD #3 SECOND TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2, 5
055 E-5.6 MESSAGE WORD #4 LAST TWO CHARACTERS OF DISPLAY MESSAGE 2, 5
OPERATIONAL OUTPUTS
Reference
BOEING ASCII PROTOCOL ASCII CHARACTERS AND LINE COLORS
011 E-18.1 ASCII WORD 1 CAPTAIN LINE 1 COLOR AND CHARACTERS #1 AND #2 8, 9, 10
012 E-18.2 ASCII WORD 2 CAPTAIN LINE 1 CHARACTERS #3, #4 AND #5 8, 9, 10
014 E-18.10 ASCII WORD 10 F/O LINE 1 COLOR AND CHARACTERS #1 AND #2 8, 9, 10
015 E-18.11 ASCII WORD 11 F/O LINE 1 CHARACTERS #3, #4 AND #5 8, 9, 10
PEAKS ELEVATION BINARY
011 E-19.1 PEAKS UPPER ELEVATION UPPER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR 9, 13, 14, 15
012 E-19.2 PEAKS LOWER ELEVATION LOWER ELEVATION VALUE AND COLOR 9, 13, 14, 15
DATA FOR THE WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM
060 E-20.1 TERRAIN SELECTION TERRAIN SELECTION AND RESERVED DATA FOR WXR 6,14
061 E-20.2 SRT 0 ANGLE & LRT 1 ANGLE AUTOTILT ANGLES FOR SECTOR 0 AND 1 6,13,14
063 E-20.4 SRT 4ANGLE & LRT 5 ANGLE AUTOTILT ANGLES FOR SECTOR 4 AND 5 6,13,14
203 E-20.7 STANDARD BARO ALTITUDE STANDARD BARO ALTITUDE 6,13,14
204 E-20.8 BARO CORRECTED ALTITUDE BARO CORRECTED ALTITUDE 6,13,14,
16
206 E-20.9 COMPUTED AIRSPEED COMPUTED AIRSPEED 6,13,14
210 E-20.10 TRUE AIRSPEED TRUE AIRSPEED 6,13,14,
16
MAINTENANCE OUTPUTS
Reference
EQUIPMENT ID
377 E-6.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PROVIDES ARINC 429 DEFINED EQUIPMENT ID NO. (023) 3
FAULT SUMMARY WORDS -FORMATTED FOR BOEING CMC

350 E-7.1 CMC FAULT SUMMARY WORD 1 FAULTS WORD 1 of 2 1
354 E-7.2 CMC FAULT SUMMARY WORD 2 FAULTS WORD 2 of 2 1
FAULT SUMMARY WORDS -FORMATTED FOR AIRBUS & DOUGLAS CFDS

350 E-8.1 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD 1 FAULTS WORD 1 of 3 2
FAULT SUMMARY WORDS -FORMATTED FOR ALL OTHER TYPES
350 E-9.1 FAULT FLAG WORD FLAGS FOR FAULTS AND TEST STATUS 2
354 E-9.2 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #1 INPUT BUS FAULTS 2
355 E-9.3 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #2 INPUT BUS AND DISCRETE FAULTS 2
356 E-9.4 FAULT DIAGNOSTIC WORD #3 DISCRETE AND BIT FAULTS 2
INPUT DISCRETE AND PROGRAM PIN OPTION SELECT STATUS -FORMATTED FOR BOEING CMC
351 E-10.1 INPUT DISCRETE STATUS WORD 1 STATUS OF DISCRETE INPUT STATES WORD #1 1
352 E-10.3 PROGRAM PIN STATUS WORD 1 PROGRAM PIN OPTIONS OUTPUT WORD #1 1
MAINTENANCE OUTPUTS
Reference
PROGRAM PIN OPTION AND DISCRETE INPUT STATUS -FORMATTED FOR AIRBUS/DOUGLAS AIRCRAFT
303 E-11.6 DOUGLAS LABEL STATUS OF WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND PWS 2
PROGRAM PIN OPTION AND DISCRETE INPUT STATUS - FORMATTED FOR ALL OTHER TYPES
MD-11 CFDS NORMAL MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS (Central Fault Display System)
356 E-13.1.1 ‘INITIAL’ CFDS TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS
356 E-13.1.2 CFDS DATA WORDS MULTIPLE DATA WORDS (As Many As Required)
356 E-13.1.3 ‘FINAL’ CFDS TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS
377 E-13.3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PROVIDES ARINC 429 DEFINED EQUIPMENT ID NO. (023)
MD-11 CFDS MENU MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS (Central Fault Display System)
356 E-13.2.1 ‘REQUEST TO SEND’ CFDS WORD INITIAL DATA TO CFDS
356 E-13.2.2 ‘INITIAL’ CFDS TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS
356 E-13.2.3 ‘SCREEN CONTROL ‘ CFDS WORD SETS SCREEN ATTRIBUTES BEFORE DATA IS SENT
356 E-13.2.4 CFDS DATA WORDS MULTIPLE DATA WORDS (As Many As Required)
356 E-13.2.5 ‘FINAL’ CFDS TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS
377 E-13.3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PROVIDES ARINC 429 DEFINED EQUIPMENT ID NO. (023)
AIRBUS CFDS/CMC NORMAL MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS
356 E-14.1.1 ‘INITIAL’ CFDS/CMC TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS/CMC
356 E-14.1.2 ‘DATA’ CFDS/CMC TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS/CMC
356 E-14.1.3 ‘FINAL’ CFDS/CMC TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS/CMC
AIRBUS CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS
356 E-14.2.1 ‘REQUEST TO SEND’ CFDS/CMC WORD INITIAL DATA TO CFDS/CMC
356 E-14.2.2 ‘INITIAL’ CFDS/CMC TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS/CMC
356 E-14.2.3 ‘SCREEN CONTROL ‘ CFDS/CMC WORD SETS SCREEN ATTRIBUTES BEFORE DATA IS SENT
356 E-14.2.4 CFDS/CMC DATA WORDS MULTIPLE DATA WORDS (As Many As Required)
356 E-14.2.5 ‘FINAL’ CFDS/CMC TRANSMISSION WORD DATA TO CFDS/CMC
AIRBUS LRU IDENTIFICATION WORDS
354 E-14.3.1 LRU IDENTIFICATION ‘INITIAL’ WORD LRU INFORMATION 2
354 E-14.3.2 LRU IDENTIFICATION DATA WORDS MULTIPLE LRU DATA WORDS (As Many As Required) 2
354 E-14.3.3 LRU IDENTIFICATION ‘FINAL’ WORD LRU INFORMATION 2
CAIMS SUMMARY FAULT FLAG WORD
350 E-15.1 FAULT FLAG WORD SUMMARY INFORMATION 1
CAIMS NORMAL MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS
354 E-15.2.1 FAULT SUMMARY WORD #1 CURRENT FAULT INFORMATION 1
355 E-15.2.2 FAULT SUMMARY WORD #2 CURRENT FAULT INFORMATION 1
CAIMS SFFS MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS
351 E-15.3.1 COMMAND RESPONSE WORD INITIATE SFFS MODE 1
352 E-15.3.2 FLIGHT LEG TABLE WORD TABLE FOR FLIGHT LEG FAULTS 1
CAIMS SFFS INTERACTIVE MODE TRANSMISSION WORDS
351 E-15.4.1 COMMAND RESPONSE WORD INITIATE INTERACTIVE MODE 1
125 E-15.4.2 SYSTEM TIME (UTC) WORD TIME OF THE FAULT 1
260 E-15.4.3 SYSTEM DATE WORD DATE FOR THE FAULT 1
226 E-15.4.4 AIRCRAFT SERIAL NUMBER WORD AIRCRAFT NUMBER WHICH FAULT OCCURRED 1
354 E-15.4.5 FAULT INDICATOR WORD #1 INDICATES WHICH FAULT OCCURRED 1
355 E-15.4.6 FAULT INDICATOR WORD #2 INDICATES WHICH FAULT OCCURRED 1
EGPWC CONFIGURATION DATA FOR BOEING CMC
356 E-16.1.1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION DATA WORD CONFIGURATION DATA TO CMC 7
356 E-16.1.2 FIRST CONFIGURATION DATA WORD
356 E-16.1.3 INTERMEDIATECONFIGURATION DATA WORDS
356 E-16.1.4 CONFIGURATION DATA ‘FINAL’ WORD
MAINTENANCE OUTPUTS
Reference
COLLINS PROLINE 4 & 21 FAULT SUMMARY WORDS
NOTES: 1) Update rate 50 to 100 ms 10) Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208
2) Update rate 100 to 200 ms 11) Transmitted only if Geometric Altitude Altimetry
3) Update rate 500 to 1000 ms enabled
4) Transmitted only if Windshear enabled 12) Update rate 1000 ms (500ms prior to –208)
5) Transmitted only if Terrain Awareness function enabled 13) NCD and Failure Warning indications provided
6) Update rate 1000 ms 14) Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210
7) Transmitted on request from CMC 15) Update rate 500 ms for each SDI
8) Update rate 600 ms 16) These labels are not transmitted when there is no
9) Transmitted only if Peaks enabled associated input signal available.
17) Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-212-212
E-1 Discrete Output Words

The discrete output words transmit the status of all EGPWC discrete and Audio outputs. Label 274 is typically used to drive
EFIS and/or EICAS displays. The other discrete labels are typically only used for flight recording and test purposes.
E-1.1 EGPWS Alert Discrete #1 (270)

Data: Discrete
Label: 270 Octal
Significant Bits: (see table below)
Sign Bit: N/A
Transmit Interval: 50 to 100 msec
Bit ASSIGNED WARNING MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11 SINKRATE
12 (Whoop-Whoop) PULL UP, or PULL UP (This bit is used on 777 to trigger Master Warning)
For -202-202 and on, if the aircraft ICD specifies label set E-1B this bit will also be set for TERRAIN-TERRAIN.
For -203-203mod 1 and on, if the aircraft ICD specifies label set E-1B this bit will also be set for:
TERRAIN-TERRAIN, OBSTACLE-OBSTACLE, TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP or OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP
13 TERRAIN or TERRAIN-TERRAIN
For -202-202 and on: TERRAIN, (or TERRAIN-TERRAIN if aircraft ICD does NOT specify output label set E-1B).
14 DONT SINK
15 TOO LOW GEAR
16 TOO LOW FLAPS
17 TOO LOW TERRAIN
18 GLIDESLOPE
19 MINIMUMS MINIMUMS
20 TERRAIN PULLUP (Not Used)
This is a relic of classic MKV audio menus 1 & 6 and is not applicable to the EGPWC.
This bit may be re-defined for future applications.
21 CAUTION TERRAIN
22 TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP or OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP (Note)
For -203-203mod 1 and on only bit 12 is set for these voices if aircraft ICD specifies output label set E-1B.
23 (SIREN) WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR, or WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR WINDSHEAR
24 CAUTION WINDSHEAR
25 ENGINE FAIL
26 VEE ONE
27 TERRAIN AHEAD Note: This is the alternate Terrain Caution voice. (Not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101)
28 CAUTION OBSTACLE or OBSTACLE AHEAD (Note)
29 OBSTACLE OBSTACLE (Note)
For -203-203 mod 1 and on only bit 12 is set for this voice if the aircraft ICD specifies output label set E-1B.
Note: Definition added in P/N 965-0976-XXX-104-104.
E-1.2 EGPWS Alert Discrete #2 (274)

Data: Discrete (See Note)
Label: 274 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
Bit ASSOCIATED DEFINITION (1 = ON)
PIN
11 MP15D (TYPICALLY GLIDESLOPE CANCEL)
12 MP3D GPWS ALERT
13 MP7B GPWS WARNING
14 ---- GPWS INOP
15 TP12A WINDSHEAR WARNING
16 TP12B AUDIO ON (or PWS Inhibit)
17 ---- WINDSHEAR INOP
18 TP12C WINDSHEAR CAUTION
19 ---- CALLOUTS INOP
20 ---- VEE ONE INOP
21 ---- ENGINE FAIL INOP
22 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING or OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
For -204-204 and on this bit is NOT set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING if the aircraft
ICD specifies output label set E-1C.
23 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION or OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
For -204-204 and on this bit is NOT set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION if the aircraft
ICD specifies output label set E-1C.
24 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
25 FRONT PANEL LED EXTERNAL FAULT
----
For -204-204 and on this bit is set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING if the aircraft ICD
specifies output label set E-1C.
For -210-210 and on this bit is also set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING if the aircraft
ICD specifies output label set E-1D.
26 FRONT PANEL LED COMPUTER FAIL
----
For -204-204 and on this bit is set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION if the aircraft ICD
specifies output label set E-1C.
For -210-210 and on this bit is also set for OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION if the aircraft
ICD specifies output label set E-1D.
27 ---- TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE
28 TP10D TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #1
29 MP14C TERRAIN DISPLAY DISCRETE #2
Note: Obstacle alerts introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-104-104.
E-1.3 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #1 (272)

Data: Discrete
Label: 272 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
Transmit Interval: 50 to 100msec
BIT NO WARNING MESSAGE (1 = voice on)
11 MINIMUMS
12 DECISION HEIGHT
13 APPROACHING MINIMUMS
14 APPROACHING DECISION HEIGHT
15 ZERO
16 TEN
17 TWENTY
18 THIRTY
19 FORTY
20 FIFTY
21 SIXTY
22 EIGHTY
23 ONE HUNDRED
24 TWO HUNDRED
25 THREE HUNDRED
26 MINIMUM
27 PLUS HUNDRED
28 DECIDE
29 FIFTY ABOVE
E-1.4 Mode 6 Callouts Discrete #2 (273)

Data: Discrete
Label: 273 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION (1 = voice on)
11 FOUR HUNDRED
12 FIVE HUNDRED (NORMAL OR SMART)
13 ONE THOUSAND
14 700 HZ TONE
15 960 HZ TONE (Indicates 500 ft or Altitude Alert, depending on configuration. Altitude Alert was added in –208-
208.)
16 1400 HZ TONE
17 2800 HZ TONE
18 BANK ANGLE (pause) BANK ANGLE or BANK ANGLE BANK ANGLE or single BANK ANGLE (single
“Bank Angle” was added in –208-208.)
19 THIRTY FIVE
20 TWENTY FIVE HUNDRED
21 RADIO ALTIMETER
22 FIVE
23 ATTITUDE ATTITUDE (future)
24 (SPARE)
25 (SPARE)
26 ALTITUDE ALTITUDE (Military types only, added in -208-208)
27 (Reserved) (EM7 Takeoff Flaps Alert “Flaps (pause) Flaps”)
28 AUTOPILOT (Added in –208-208)
29 SPEED BRAKE (pause) SPEED BRAKE
E-1.5 EGPWC Logic Discretes (271)

Refer to label 267 in section E-4.11 for Boeing Windshear logic Booleans.
Data: Discrete
Label: 271 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
. BIT No. DEFINITION
* 11 GPW INHIBIT (by windshear)
* 12 WS ALERT INHIBIT (for Honeywell Windshear Only)
13 TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR ALERT
14 ENVELOPE MOD IN PROGRESS
15 ENVELOPE MOD SNAPSHOT LATCH SET
* 16 WINDSHEAR TAKE-OFF
* 17 WINDSHEAR MASTER VALID
18 TAKE-OFF MODE
19 MODE 1 SINKRATE (Also set to “1” during Terrain Caution Selftest)
20 MODE 1 PULL UP (Also set to “1” during Pull Up or Terrain Warning Selftest)
21 MODE 2 TERRAIN
22 MODE 2 PULL UP
23 MODE 3 VISUAL
24 MODE 4 VISUAL
25 MODE 5 VISUAL (Also set to “1” during Glideslope Alert Selftest)
* 26 MODE 7 VISUAL ALERT (Also set to “1” during Windshear Caution Selftest)
27 TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION (Also set to “1” during Terrain Caution Selftest)
28 TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING (Also set to “1” during Terrain Warning Selftest)
* 29 MODE 7 VISUAL WARNING (Also set to “1” during Windshear Warning Selftest)
*Bits 11, 12, 16, 17, 26 and 29 will be set to zero if the Windshear function is disabled)
E-1.6 EGPWC Alert Discrete #3 (300)

Data: Discrete
Label: 300 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
11 MODES 1-4 INOP
12 MODE 5 INOP
13 MODE 6 INOP
14 BANK ANGLE INOP
15 MODE 7 INOP
16 TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR INOP
17 TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP
18 ENVELOPE MODULATION INOP
19 SPEED BRAKE INHIBIT
20 SPEED BRAKE ALERT
21 TCAS INHIBIT (added in –204-204)
22 RESERVED FOR NIMROD – DIVE RECOVERY
23 PITCH ANGLE ALERT (future)
24 PITCH ANGLE INOP (future)
25 (SPARE)
26 TACTICAL SELECT (added in –208-208)
27 FLAP OVERRIDE LATCH (added in –208-208)
28 OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION
Obstacle alerts introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-104-104
29 OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING
Obstacle alerts introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-104-104
E-2 Internal Data Outputs

Internal data outputs may be used by other systems or for test purposes.
E-2.1 Filtered Radio Altitude (164)
Transmit Interval (mSec): 50 to 100 Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
E-2.2 Computed Inertial Altitude (361)

E-2.3 Computed Inertial Altitude Rate (365)

LABEL (Octal) 365 Units: Feet/Minute Max. Range: ± 32,768 Ft/Min Approx. LSB: 1 Foot/Min
E-2.4 Geometric Altitude (261)1

LABEL (Octal) 261 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Ft Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = Above Sea Level (ASL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Nominal Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: N/A
(was 500mSec prior to –208)
E-2.5 Geometric Altitude VFOM (135) 1

LABEL (Octal) 135 Units: Feet Max. Range: 32,768 Ft Approx. LSB: 0.125 Foot
Data Bits: 11 to 28 = 18 + = N/A Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Nominal Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: 9, 10
(was 500mSec prior to –208)
E-2.6 Computed Terrain Clearance (067) 2

LABEL (Octal) 067 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 131,072 Ft Approx. LSB: 1.0 Foot
Data Bits: 12 to 28 = 17 + = Above Ground Level (AGL) Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Bit Definitions
11 Set to 1 when Computed Terrain Clearance low quality is indicated
12 – 28 Computed Terrain Clearance
E-2.7 Latitude – Selected EGPWS (310) 3

LABEL (Octal) 310 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees LSB: 0.00017166137695
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = North Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Nominal Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: used for data
E-2.8 Longitude – Selected EGPWS (311) 3

LABEL (Octal) 311 Units: Degrees Max. Range: ± 180 Degrees LSB: 0.00017166137695
Data Bits: 9 to 28 = 20 + = East Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: N/A
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Nominal Data Type: 2’s Compliment Binary SDI Bits: used for data
1
Not Supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206
2
3
E-3 Honeywell Windshear Algorithm Outputs

These output labels are only output when the Honeywell Windshear Algorithm is enabled and are only used for test purposes.
E-3.1 Body Angle of Attack—Right (223)
E-3.2 Body Angle of Attack—Left (224)

E-3.3 Corrected Airspeed (242)

LABEL (Octal) 242 Units: Feet/Second Max. Range: 2,048 Ft/Sec Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Ft/Sec
E-3.4 Windshear Warning Threshold (331)

LABEL (Octal) 331 Units: g’s Max. Range: 0.0 to - 4.0 g’s Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15 + = N/A Always Negative Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 13
E-3.5 Corrected Longitudinal Acceleration (332)

Note: Longitudinal Acceleration is corrected by Cosine Body Angle of Attack
E-3.6 Raw Total Shear (362)

Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15 + = Headwind/Updraft Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 13
E-3.7 Corrected Normal Acceleration (364)

Note: Longitudinal Acceleration is corrected by Cosine Body Angle of Attack
Data Bits: 14 to 28 = 15 + = Up Sign Bit: 29 Pad Bits: 11 to 13
E-3.8 Computed Flight Path Angle (375)

LABEL (Octal) 375 Units: Radians Max. Range: ± 4 Radians Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 Radian
E-3.9 Scaled Total Shear (376)

E-4 Boeing Windshear Algorithm Outputs

This section defines the ARINC 429 output words required for the Boeing Windshear Algorithm. They are only used for test
purposes.
E-4.1 Corrected Body Angle of Attack (224)
E-4.2 Corrected Airspeed (242)

LABEL (Octal) 242 Units: Feet/Second Max. Range: 2,048 Ft/Sec Approx. LSB: 0.0625 Ft/Sec
E-4.3 Ground Path Acceleration (323)

E-4.4 Windshear Threshold Delta (331)

LABEL (Octal) 331 Units: g’s Max. Range: 0.0 to - 4.0 g’s Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 g’s
E-4.5 Scaled Horizontal Shear (332)

E-4.6 Horizontal Shear (362)

E-4.7 Vertical Shear (363)

E-4.8 Scaled Vertical Shear (364)

E-4.9 Computed Flight Path Angle (375)

LABEL (Octal) 375 Units: Radians Max. Range: ± 4 Radians Approx. LSB: 0.00012207 Radians
E-4.10 Total Shear (376)

E-4.11 Windshear Discretes (267)

Data: Discrete
Label: 267 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
. BIT No. DEFINITION NOTE (*): Bits 11, 12, 13, 16, 26, 28 and 29 will be set to zero if the Windshear function is disabled)
* 11 GPW INHIBIT (by windshear)
* 12 ALPHA MARGIN
* 13 ALPHA MARGIN LATCH
14 (SPARE)
15 (SPARE)
* 16 WINDSHEAR TAKE-OFF
17 (SPARE)
18 TAKE-OFF MODE
19 (SPARE)
BITS 20 & 21 Indicate Selected PWS Alert Level
20 PWS ALERT LEVEL (LSB) Echos status of bit 28 of the selected PWS input as shown below (Added in -202-202).
21 PWS ALERT LEVEL (MSB) Echos status of bit 29 of the selected PWS input as shown below (Added in -202-202).
22 (SPARE)
23 (SPARE)
24 (SPARE)
25 (SPARE)
* 26 WINDSHEAR PREALERT LOGIC
27 (SPARE)
* 28 WINDSHEAR ROTATED
* 29 WINDSHEAR WARNING LAMP
If PWS input(s) to the EGPWS are activated then bits 21 and 20 indicate the current PWS Hazard level as follows:
EGPWS Selected PWS
Label 267 Label 075 PWS Alert Level Description
Bits 21/20 Bits 29/28
00 00 0 No Alert
01 01 1 Advisory
10 10 2 Caution
11 11 3 Warning
E-5 Terrain Display Outputs

The following ARINC 429 outputs support the Terrain Display function.
E-5.1 Displayed Range (050)

Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 050 Transmit Interval: 100 to 200 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
11 - 14 TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #1 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
15 - 18 TERRAIN DISPLAY RANGE #2 (0.5 to 2000 NM format)
23 RANGE SOURCE #1 VALID 2, 3
19 - 29 UNDEFINED
NOTE: Bits contain left and right side Terrain Display Ranges (0.5 to 2000 NM, format as follows)
(Bits 14-11), & (Bits 18-15) DEFINITION (Bits 14-11), & (Bits 18-15) DEFINITION
0000 0.5 NM 1000 150 NM
0001 1.0 NM 1001 200 NM
0010 2.5 NM 1010 300 NM
0011 5.0 NM 1011 500 NM
0100 10 NM 1100 1000 NM
0101 25 NM 1101 2000 NM
0110 50 NM 1110 600 NM1
0111 100 NM 1111 1200 NM1
E-5.2 Terrain Display Status Word (051)

BIT NO DEFINITION
11 POP UP BOOLEAN #1
12 POP UP BOOLEAN #2
13 TERRAIN DISPLAY VALID (cleared when TERRAIN AWARENESS NOT AVAILABLE or TERRAIN AWARENESS INOP are true)
14 SPARE
15 DINPL10 (1= discrete grounded) See note 5.
This bit reflects the status of discrete input DINPL10 (MP9C) which is used in some installations for a discrete flap override switch.
16 FLAP OVERRIDE (see note 2)
This corresponds only to the digital bit from the FWC discrete word, input label 171, and not the analog discrete input for fl ap override.
17 TERRAIN AWARENESS & TCF INHIBIT 2
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 TERRAIN RELAY 1 FAULT (Introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-213-213)
21 TERRAIN RELAY 2 FAULT (Introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-213-213)
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION (Introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-213-213)
25 OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING (Introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-213-213)
26 TERRAIN DISPLAY CAUTION
27 TERRAIN DISPLAY WARNING
28 STEEP APPROACH ACTIVATED4
29 SPARE
1 4
Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-102-102 Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105
2 5
Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-104-104 Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202
3
Set only when FWC/GP range bus, Label 171 is used (P1000/2000 display) and update rate correct.
E-5.3 Message Word #1 (052)

This label contains the color to be displayed on the 6 character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding COLOR Code (Hex)

9 - 10 SDI (00)
11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Spare
17 Spare
18 Spare
19 Spare
20 Spare
21 Spare
22 Spare
23 Character Color LSB (7 bit Hex) 01 = Red
24 Character Color 02 = Amber
25 Character Color 03 = Yellow
26 Character Color 04 = Green
27 Character Color 05 = Cyan
28 Character Color 06 = Magenta
29 Character Color MSB (7 bit Hex) 07 = White

This label contains the first 2 characters to be displayed on the 6 character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding TEXT Code (Hex) TEXT Code (Hex)
9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare 20 = (space) 30 = 0
12 Spare 21 = ! 31 = 1
13 Spare 22 = “ 32 = 2
14 Spare 23 = # 33 = 3
15 Spare 24 = $ 34 = 4
16 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 25 = % 35 = 5
17 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 26 = & 36 = 6
18 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 27 = ‘ 37 = 7
19 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 28 = ( 38 = 8
20 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 29 = ) 39 = 9
21 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 2A = * 3A = :
22 Character Code - Left Most of Set 1 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex) 2B = + 3B = ;
23 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 2C = , 3C = <
24 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2D = - 3D = =
25 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2E = . 3E = >
26 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 2F = / 3F = ?
27 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 Continued at
28 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 LABEL 054 Below
29 Character Code - Next Most of Set 2 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex)

This label contains the second 2 characters to be displayed on the 6 character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding TEXT Code (Hex) TEXT Code (Hex)
9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare Continued from
12 Spare LABEL 054 Above
13 Spare 50 = P
14 Spare 40 = @ 51 = Q
15 Spare 41 = A 52 = R
16 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 42 = B 53 = S
17 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 43 = C 54 = T
18 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 44 = D 55 = U
19 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 45 = E 56 = V
20 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 46 = F 57 = W
21 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 47 = G 58 = X
22 Character Code - Next Most of Set 3 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex) 48 = H 59 = Y
23 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex) 49 = I 5A = Z
24 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4A = J 5B = [
25 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4B = K 5C = \
26 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4C = L 5D = ]
27 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4D = M 5E = ^
28 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 4E = N 5F = _ (underscore)
29 Character Code - Next Most of Set 4 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex) 4F = O 00 = (Null)

This label contains the last 2 characters to be displayed on the 6 character terrain display window.
BIT NO DEFINITION BIT Coding

9,10 SDI (00)
11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex)
17 Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6
22 Character Code - Next Most of Set 5 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex)
23 Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6 LSB (7 bit Hex)
24 Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6
29 Character Code - Right Most of Set 6 of 6 MSB (7 bit Hex)
E-6: Equipment Identification

Provides equipment identification for maintenance reporting.
E-6.1: Equipment Identification Word (377)
Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 377 Transmit Interval: 500 to 1,000 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
11 - 22 ID Code Equipment ID code = 023 Hex for EGPWC.
23 LRU Bus Activity bit
24 - 29 Spare (set to zero)
E.7: Fault Summary Words Formatted for Boeing CMC
E-7.1: CMC Fault Summary Word #1 (350)

Bits in label 350 are set indicating the failures listed. Items in italics indicate that the bit is set if the Present Status message
indicated in italics is currently true.
Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 350 Transmit Interval: 100 msec
BIT DEFINITION DEFINITION

777-200 Defined (BIT = 1 for:) ALL OTHERS (BIT = 1 for:)
11 LEFT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 8) RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 8)
RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 1 INACTIVE or
LEFT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE
12 LEFT AIMS GP BUS 3 INACTIVE (Reference channel 3) AIR DATA BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 3)
AIR DATA BUS 1 INACTIVE
13 LEFT AIMS IRS BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 1) IRS BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 1)
IRS BUS 1 INACTIVE
14 FLAP DISCRETE FAIL FLAP DISCRETE FAIL
15 GEAR DISCRETE FAIL GEAR DISCRETE FAIL
16 ILS BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 6) ILS BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 6)
ILS BUS 1 INACTIVE ILS BUS 1 INACTIVE or
DAA BUS 1 INACTIVE
17 CMC BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 10) CMC BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 10)
18 GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE FAIL GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE FAIL
19 LEFT AIMS GP BUS 1 INACTIVE (Reference channel 7) DSWC BUS 1 INACTIVE or (Reference channel 7)
SMYD BUS 1 INACTIVE
20 RIGHT AIMS GP BUS 1 INACTIVE (Reference channel 9) DSWC BUS 2 INACTIVE or (Reference channel 9)
SMYD BUS 2 INACTIVE
21 RIGHT AIMS IRS BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 2) FMC BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 2)
FMC BUS 1 INACTIVE
22 PROGRAM PIN FAULT (SEE NOTE) PROGRAM PIN FAULT (SEE NOTE)
23 EGPWC FAILURE EGPWC FAILURE
24 RIGHT AIMS GP BUS 3 INACTIVE (Reference channel 5) EFIS BUS 1 INACTIVE (Reference channel 5)
25 RIGHT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 11) RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 2 INACTIVE or (Reference channel 11)
RIGHT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE
26 WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 13) WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS INACTIVE or
WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 1 INACTIVE WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 1 INACTIVE (Reference channel
12)
27 SPARE AIR/GROUND DISCRETE FAIL
28 EGPWC SELF TEST INHIBITED EGPWC SELF TEST INHIBITED
29 CMC COMMAND ACK CMC COMMAND ACK
NOTE: BIT SET FOR PARITY FAILURE OR INVALID OPTION SELECTION
E-7.2: CMC Fault Summary Word #2 (354)

Bits in label 354 are set indicating the failures listed.
BIT DEFINITION DEFINITION

777-200 Defined (BIT =1 for:) ALL OTHERS (BIT = 1 for:)
11 CENTER RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 4) CENTER RADIO ALTIMETER BUS INACTIVE or
MCP BUS INACTIVE (Reference channel 4)
12 SPARE IRS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 13)
13 SPARE ADC BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 14)
14 WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 15) WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 15)
15 SPARE EFIS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 16)
16 GPS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 17) GPS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 17)
17 GPS BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 18) GPS BUS INACTIVE or (Reference channel 18)
GPS BUS 1 INACTIVE GPS BUS 1 INACTIVE
18 SPARE SPARE
19 SPARE SPARE
20 ANALOG CH 1 INACTIVE ANALOG CH 1 INACTIVE
24 TERRAIN RELAY 1 FAULT TERRAIN RELAY 1 FAULT
25 TERRAIN RELAY 2 FAULT TERRAIN RELAY 2 FAULT
26 SPARE FMC BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 18)
27 ILS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 12) ILS BUS 2 INACTIVE (Reference channel 17)
DAA BUS 2 INACTIVE
28 SPARE SPARE
29 SPARE SPARE
E.8: Fault Summary Words Formatted for Airbus/Douglas CMC/CFDS

For Airbus/Douglas CMC/CFDS equipped aircraft types the following fault summary output labels are provided.
E-8.1: Fault Diagnostic Word #1 (350)

BIT NO DEFINITION (1 = FAILED)

11 ARINC 429 INPUT #1 INACTIVE
23 ANALOG INPUT #1 INACTIVE
27 PROGRAM PIN FAULT
28 FLAP INPUT FAILED
29 GEAR INPUT FAILED


11 GLIDESLOPE CANCEL DISCRETE FAILED
12 MOMENTARY AUDIO SUPPRESS DISCRETE FAILED
13 AUDIO INHIBIT DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
14 SELF TEST DISCRETE INPUT FAILED
15 SUPPORT TASK FAULT
16 NVM FAULT
17 WATCHDOG TIMER FAULT
18 A/D FAIL FAULT
19 VOICE FAIL
20 DITS OUTPUT FAIL
21 TERRAIN DATABASE FAULT
22 FLASH FILE SYSTEM WRITE FAULT
23 DITS INPUT FAIL
24 VOICE FAULT
25 SYSTEM OR MODE TASK FAULT
26 ENVELOPE MODULATION DATABASE FAULT
27 EXCESSIVE WATCHDOG TIMEOUTS FAILURE
28 AIRCRAFT DATABASE FAULT ‘OR’ CRC FAULT
29 IMAGE DSP FAULT


17 RESERVED FOR ARINC 429 INPUT #19 INACTIVE
19 SPARE
20 SPARE
21 SPARE
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 SPARE
25 SPARE
26 SPARE
27 SPARE
28 SPARE
29 SPARE
E.9: Fault Summary Words Formatted for All Other Aircraft Types
For non-CMC/CFDS/CAIMS aircraft types the following fault summary output labels are provided.
E-9.1: Fault Flag Word (350)


11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Spare
17 Spare
18 Spare
19 Spare
20 COMPUTER FAIL (Front Panel LED)
21 EXTERNAL FAULT (Front Panel LED)
22 Spare
23 EGPWC IN TEST
24 Spare
25 Spare
26 Spare
27 Spare
28 EGPWC TEST INHIBITED
29 Spare


11 Not Used (Reserved spare for some maintenance systems)
14 ARINC 429 INPUT #1 FAILED
26 ANALOG INPUT #1 FAILED


20 Reserved for ARINC 429 INPUT #19 FAILED
22 PROGRAM PIN FAULT (PARITY FAILURE OR INVALID OPTION SELECTION)
29 SPEED BRAKE INHIBIT DISCRETE FAILED


14 SPARE
16 NVM FAULT
17 WDTIMERFLT
18 A/D FAIL FAULT
19 VOICE FAIL
20 DITS OUTPUT FAIL
22 FLASH FILE WRITE FAULT
23 DITS INPUT FAIL
24 VOICE DATABASE FAULT
29 IMAGE DSP FAULT
E.10: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for Boeing CMC Aircraft
For Boeing CMC equipped aircraft types the following output labels are provided to indicate the current state of discrete
inputs and the on/off status of the various program pin options.
E-10.1: Input Discrete Status Word #1 (351)
Bits in label 351 indicate the current status of the input discretes listed below. For ground seeking discretes (DINPL types),
the bits are set if the input pin is grounded. For 28 Volt seeking discretes (DINPH types), the bits are set if 28 volts is applied
to the input pin.
Note: Only bits that map to input discretes that are defined in the aircraft configuration will be active.
Note: DINPL3,6 on label 352. DINPL12,13,14 & DINPH5,6,7,8 on label 357.
Bit No. ASSOCIATED DISCRETE DEFINITION (1 = ON)

11 DINPL4 DECISION HEIGHT
12 DINPL15 TERRAIN DISPLAY SELECT #1
13 DINPL1 AIR GROUND DISCRETE
14 DINPH2 ANALOG G/S DEVIATION #1 FLAG
15 DINPL8 EGPWC SELF TEST
16 DINPL7 MOMENTARY AUDIO SUPPRESS
17 DINPL11 GLIDESLOPE CANCEL
18 DINPH1 ANALOG RADIO ALTITUDE #1 FLAG
19 DINPL2 GLIDESLOPE INHIBIT
20 DINPL5 AUDIO SUPPRESS
21 DINPL10 LANDING FLAP
22 DINPH3 ANALOG RADIO ALTITUDE #2 FLAG
23 DINPH4 ANALOG G/S DEVIATION #2 FLAG
24 DINPL16 TERRAIN DISPLAY SELECT #2
25 DINPL9 LANDING GEAR
26 DINPL17 GPWS INHIBIT
27 DINPL18
28 DINPL19
29 DINPL20 SIMULATOR REPOSITION

Bits in label 357 indicate the current status of the input discretes listed below. In addition, some bits related to Obstacle
Awareness are included. For ground seeking discretes (DINPL types), the bits are set if the input pin is grounded. For 28 Volt
seeking discretes (DINPH types), the bits are set if 28 volts is applied to the input pin. This output also reflects the status of
some program pin selections as listed in the table.
Bit No. ASSOCIATED DISCRETE DEFINITION (1 = ON)

11 DINPH5
12 DINPH6
13 DINPH7 RELAY #1 MONITOR
14 DINPH8 RELAY #2 MONITOR
15 DINPL12
16 DINPL13 TERRAIN AWARENESS & TCF INHIBIT (Added in –202-202)
17 DINPL14
**18 N/A 1 = OBSTACLE AWARENESS WARNING ON
**19 N/A 1 = OBSTACLE AWARENESS CAUTION ON
20
21
22
**23 N/A 1 = OBSTACLE CONTROL PROGRAM PIN SELECTED
24
25
*26 Alt Display Select 1
*27 Alt Display Select 2 These 4 bits mapped to Alternate display selection shown below
* Added in –208.
** These bits added in –210 and are copies of other bits as follows:
Bit 18 reflects Obstacle Awareness Warning as a copy of label 274 bit 25 in case the aircraft ICD specifies output label set E-
1C, see Appendix E-1.2.
Bit 19 reflects Obstacle Awareness Caution as a copy of label 274 bit 26 in case the aircraft ICD specifies output label set E-
1C, see Appendix E-1.2.
Bit 23 reflects Obstacle Control as a copy of label 355 bit 23, see Appendix E-10.5.
ALTERNATE DISPLAY BIT MAPPING:

AUDIO MENU SELECTED BIT 29 BIT 28 BIT 27 BIT 26
BASIC 0 0 0 0
Alternate Display #1 0 0 0 1
E-10.3: Program Pin Status Word #1 (352)

Bits in label 352 indicate the current status of the options listed below.
Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 352
Note: 1 = Open, 0 = Ground. Bit state indicates the latched (value at power up) version of the program pins
BIT NO CONFIGURATION ITEM BIT DEFINITION
11 QFE/QNH SELECT 1 = QFE SELECTED
12 TRIPLE RADIO ALTITUDE 1 = TRIPLE RADIO ALTITUDE SELECTED
13 WINDSHEAR ENABLE 0 = WINDSHEAR DISABLED
14 WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLE 1 = WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLED
15 CMC ENABLE 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES CMC/CFDS
16 AUDIO SUPPRESS 1 = ALT AUDIO SUPPRESS ACTIVE
17 CALLOUT SELECT #1
19 CALLOUT SELECT #3 THESE BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE
20 CALLOUT SELECT #4 CALLOUT MENU NUMBER WITH BIT 17 AS THE LSB.
21 CALLOUT SELECT #5 (NOTE: FOR MENUS > 127, BIT 22 OF LABEL 355 IS SET)
24 MODE 6 LOW VOLUME (DINPL3) 1 = LOW VOLUME SELECTED
25 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS ENABLE (DINPL6) 1 = CALLOUTS ENABLED
26 SMART CALLOUT ENABLE 1 = SMART CALLOUT ENABLED
27 DUAL RADIO ALTITUDE SELECTED 1 = DUAL RA SELECTED
28 ALTERNATE GLIDESLOPE CANCEL 1 = ALTERNATE GLIDESLOPE CANCEL SELECTED
29 BANK ANGLE (Honeywell Version) 1 = ALLIED SIGNAL BANK ANGLE SELECTED

Note: 1 = Open, 0 = Ground. Bit state indicates the latched (value at
power up) version of the program pins
**11 CONFIGURATION OPTION 1 1 = CONFIGURATION OPTION 1 SELECTED
12 DH LABEL 370 VALID 1 = DH VALID
Note that bit 12 is mapped to EFIS DH validity, not a
program pin, and it is set to 1 if a valid DH input is present.
*13 OPTIONAL INPUTS SELECT 1 = OPTIONAL INPUTS SELECTED
15 LAMP FORMAT SELECTED LAMP FORMAT
(0 = Lamp Format 1, 1 = Lamp Format 2)
16 DUAL ILS SELECT 1 = DUAL ILS SELECTED
17 AIRCRAFT SELECT #1
18 AIRCRAFT SELECT #2 THESE 5 BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE
19 AIRCRAFT SELECT #3 AIRCRAFT TYPE NUMBER WITH BIT 17 AS THE LSB.
20 AIRCRAFT SELECT #4 (NOTE: 4 MSBs ARE DEFINED IN LABEL 355 BITS 26-29)
22 AUDIO DECLUTTER 0 = AUDIO DECLUTTER DISABLED
23 ALTERNATE MODE 4B 1 = ALT MODE 4B SELECTED
24 WINDSHEAR INOP DISABLE 1 = WINDSHEAR INOP DISABLE SELECTED
25 VOICE SELECT 1 THESE 3 BITS MAP TO THE SELECTED AUDIO MENU AS
26 VOICE SELECT 2 SHOWN IN THE TABLE BELOW.
27 VOICE SELECT 3
*28 BANK ANGLE OPTION 1 1 = BASIC BOEING BANK ANGLE SELECTED
*29 BANK ANGLE OPTION 2 1 = ALTERNATE BOEING BANK ANGLE SELECTED
VOICE SELECT BIT MAPPING AUDIO MENU SELECTED BIT 27 BIT 26 BIT 25
BASIC 0 0 0
Alternate #1 0 0 1
Alternate #2 0 1 0
Alternate #3 0 1 1
Alternate #4 1 0 0
Alternate #5 1 0 1
Alternate #6 1 1 0
Alternate #7 1 1 1
** Not available prior to -204-204.

Note: 1 = Open, 0 = Ground.
Bit state indicates the latched (value at power up) version of the
program pins
11 ALTERNATE VOLUME SELECTED 1 = ALTERNATE VOLUME SELECTED
****12 PEAKS ENABLED 1 = PEAKS ENABLED
***13 INTERNAL GPS SELECTED 1 = INTERNAL GPS SELECTED
14 SINGLE GPS OVERLAY SELECTED 1 = SINGLE GPS OVERLAY SELECTED
15 DUAL GPS OVERLAY SELECTED 1 = DUAL GPS OVERLAY SELECTED
16 WINDSHEAR CAUTION WITH VOICE 1 = WINDSHEAR CAUTION WITH VOICE SELECTED
17 TCF DISABLE 1 = TCF DISABLE SELECTED
18 TAD DISABLE 1 = TAD DISABLE SELECTED
*19 PWS OPTION 1 1 = PWS OPTION 1 SELECTED
21 SIMULATOR REPOSITION 1 = SIMULATOR REPOSITION SELECTED
22 CALLOUT SELECT #8 (SEE LABEL 352, BITS 17 -23 DEFINITION)
**23 OBSTACLE CONTROL 1 = OBSTACLE CONTROL PROGRAM PIN SELECTED
*24 ALTERNATE GPS BUS SPEED 1 = ALTERNATE GPS BUS SPEED SELECTED
*25 ALTERNATE POP UP 1 = ALTERNATE POP-UP SELECTED
27 AIRCRAFT SELECT #7 THESE 4 BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF
28 AIRCRAFT SELECT #8 4MSBs OF THE AIRCRAFT TYPE NUMBER
29 AIRCRAFT SELECT #9 (NOTE: THE 5 LSBs ARE DEFINED IN LABEL 353 BITS 17-21)
***Only available with 965-0976-020-xxx-xxx part number. Not available prior to -208-208.
**** Not available prior to -208-208.
E.11: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for Airbus/Douglas Aircraft
For these aircraft types the following output labels are provided to indicate the current state of discrete inputs and the on/off
status of the various program pin options.
to the input pin.
Bit No. ASSOCIATED DISCRETE

11 DINPL1
12 DINPL2
13 DINPL3
14 DINPL4
15 DINPL5
16 DINPL6
17 DINPL7
18 DINPL8
19 DINPL9
20 DINPL10
21 DINPL11
22 DINPL12
23 DINPL13
24 DINPL14
25 DINPL15
26 DINPL16
27 DINPL17
28 DINPL18
29 DINPL19

to the input pin. This output also reflects the status of some program pin selections as listed in the table.

11 DINPL20
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 DINPH1
17 DINPH2
18 DINPH3
19 DINPH4
20 DINPH5
21 DINPH6
22 DINPH7
23 DINPH8
*24 PEAKS ENABLED (1 = Enabled)
25 Spare
* Added in –208.

BASIC 0 0 0 0

Bit state indicates the latched (value at power up) version of the program pins
11 WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLE 1 = WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLED (SEE NOTES 3 AND 4)
12 CMC/CFDS ENABLE 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES CMC/CFDS
13 AIRCRAFT SELECT #6 SEE NOTE 1 BELOW
17 CALLOUT SELECT #2 SEE NOTE 2 BELOW
18 WINDSHEAR ENABLE 0 = WINDSHEAR DISABLED (SEE NOTES 3 AND 4)
19 AUDIO DECLUTTER 0 = AUDIO DECLUTTER DISABLED (SEE NOTE 3)
20 FLASHING WINDSHEAR WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING WS WARNING
28 FLASHING ALERT WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING ALERT
29 FLASHING GROUND PROX WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING GP WARNING
NOTE 1: BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE AIRCRAFT ID NUMBER AS FOLLOWS.
MSB LSB
label/bit 276/28 276/27 275/22 275/13 275/25 275/27 275/16 275/15 275/14
NOTE 2: BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE CALLOUT MENU NUMBER AS FOLLOWS.
MSB LSB
label/bit 277/23 277/22 275/26 275/24 275/23 275/21 275/17 276/17
NOTE 3: BITS MAP TO THE PROGRAM PIN SELECTION STATE. FOR EXAMPLE, WHEN BIT 18 IS SET TO 1, THIS INDICATES THAT THE
WINDSHEAR DISABLE PROGRAM PIN HAS NOT BEEN SELECTED.
NOTE 4: WINDSHEAR IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY AIRCRAFT TYPE. IN THE CASE OF AN AIRCRAFT TYPE THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE
WINDSHEAR AS PART OF THE CONFIGURATION, THE WINDSHEAR CONTROL PROGRAM PIN STATES ARE NOT RELEVANT.

program pins
11 VOICE SELECT 1
**14 INTERNAL GPS SELECTED 1 = INTERNAL GPS SELECTED
15 AUDIO SUPPRESS 1 = ALT AUDIO SUPPRESS ACTIVE
17 CALLOUT SELECT #1 SEE NOTE 2 FOR LABEL 275
23 BANK ANGLE 1 = HONEYWELL BANK ANGLE SELECTED
24 GLIDESLOPE INHIBIT 1 = GLIDESLOPE INHIBITED
25 MODE 6 LOW VOLUME 1 = LOW VOLUME SELECTED
26 ALTITUDE CALLOUTS ENABLE 1 = CALLOUTS ENABLED
27 AIRCRAFT SELECT #8 SEE NOTE 1 FOR LABEL 275
28 AIRCRAFT SELECT #9 SEE NOTE 1 FOR LABEL 275
29 DUAL ILS SELECT 1 = DUAL ILS SELECTED
VOICE SELECT BIT MAPPING:

AUDIO MENU SELECTED BIT 27 BIT 26 BIT 25
BASIC 0 0 0
Alternate #1 0 0 1
Alternate #2 0 1 0
Alternate #3 0 1 1
Alternate #4 1 0 0
Alternate #5 1 0 1
Alternate #6 1 1 0
Alternate #7 1 1 1

**Only available with 965-0976-020-xxx-xxx part number. Not available prior to -208-208.
program pins
11 ALTERNATE VOLUME SELECTED 1 = ALTERNATE VOLUME SELECTED
*24 ALTERNATE GPS SPEED 1 = ALTERNATE GPS SPEED SELECTED
*25 ALTERNATE POP-UP 1 = ALTERNATE POP-UP SELECTED
29 TRIPLE RADIO ALTITUDE 1 = TRIPLE RADIO ALTITUDE SELECTED
E-11.6 Douglas label (303)

Data: Discrete
Label: 303 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
11 GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING (used for red GROUND PROX annunciation on PFD)
12 GROUND PROXIMITY CAUTION (used for amber GROUND PROX annunciation on PFD)
13 TERRAIN or OBSTACLE WARNING (used by EFIS for automatic switching from Weather to Terrain Display on ND)
14 TERRAIN or OBSTACLE CAUTION (used by EFIS for automatic switching from Weather to Terrain Display on ND)
15 (SPARE)
BITS 16 through 22 indicate PWS #1 Status (see note 1)
16 PWS #1 ALERT LEVEL (LSB) (echoes status of bit 28 of PWS input #1 as shown below in table E-11.6-1)
17 PWS #1 ALERT LEVEL (MSB) (echoes status of bit 29 of PWS input #1 as shown below in table E-11.6-1)
18 PWS #1 SELECTED (echoes status of bit 24 of PWS input #1)
19 PWS #1 FAIL (echoes status of bit 26 of PWS input #1)
20 PWS #1 LABEL 075 SSM BIT 30 (see table E-11.6-2 below)
22 PWS #1 BUS INACTIVE
BITS 23 through 29 indicate PWS #2 Status (see note 1)
23 PWS #2 ALERT LEVEL (LSB) (echoes status of bit 28 of PWS input #2 as shown below in table E-11.6-1)
24 PWS #2 ALERT LEVEL (MSB) (echoes status of bit 29 of PWS input #2 as shown below in table E-11.6-1)
25 PWS #2 SELECTED (echoes status of bit 24 of PWS input #2)
26 PWS #2 FAIL (echoes status of bit 26 of PWS input # 2)
29 PWS #2 BUS INACTIVE
Note 1: Not available prior to -202-202.
If PWS input(s) to the EGPWS are activated then bits 17/16 and 24/23 indicate the current PWS Hazard level as
follows:
TABLE E-11.6-1
EGPWS PWS
Label 303 Label 075 PWS Alert Level Description
Bits 17/16 Bits 29/28
Bits 24/23
00 00 0 No Alert
01 01 1 Advisory
10 10 2 Caution
11 11 3 Warning
Sign Status Matrix (SSM) bits 30 and 31 of PWS Hazard Bus label 075 are reflected on EGPWC output label 303
bits 20/21 and 27/28 as follows:
TABLE E-11.6-2
PWS EGPWS
Status Label 303 Description
Bits 20/21
Bits 27/28
Label 075 Bits 30/31: 00 00 Valid Data
Label 075 Bits 30/31: 01 01 Test
Label 075 Bits 30/31: 10 10 Invalid
Label 075 Bits 30/31: 11 11 No Computed Data
E.12: Input Discrete/Program Pin Option Select Status for NON-CMC/CFDS Aircraft
The following output labels are provided to indicate the current state of discrete inputs and the on/off status of the various
program pin options.
to the input pin.

11 DINPL1
12 DINPL2
13 DINPL3
14 DINPL4
15 DINPL5
16 DINPL6
17 DINPL7
18 DINPL8
19 DINPL9
20 DINPL10
21 DINPL11
22 DINPL12
23 DINPL13
24 DINPL14
25 DINPL15
26 DINPL16
27 DINPL17
28 DINPL18
29 DINPL19

to the input pin. This output also reflects the status of some program pin selections as listed in the table.

11 DINPL20
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 DINPH1
17 DINPH2
18 DINPH3
19 DINPH4
20 DINPH5
21 DINPH6
22 DINPH7
23 DINPH8
24 Spare
25 Spare
* Added in –208.

BASIC 0 0 0 0

14 AIRCRAFT SELECT #4 THESE BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE
15 AIRCRAFT SELECT #5 AIRCRAFT ID NUMBER WITH BIT 11 AS THE LSB
22 CALLOUT SELECT #3 THESE BITS MAP TO THE BINARY EQUIVALENT OF THE
23 CALLOUT SELECT #4 CALLOUT MENU NUMBER WITH BIT 20 AS THE LSB
29 BANK ANGLE 1 = HONEYWELL BANK ANGLE SELECTED

16 VOICE SELECT 3
18 DUAL ILS SELECTED 1 = DUAL ILS SELECTED
20 TRIPLE RADIO ALTITUDE SELECTED 1 = TRIPLE RA SELECTED
22 ALTERNATE AUDIO SUPPRESS 1 = ALT AUDIO SUPPRESS ACTIVE
24 AUDIO DECLUTTER 0 = AUDIO DECLUTTER DISABLED
25 ALTERNATE VOLUME #1 SELECTED 1 = ALTERNATE VOLUME #1 SELECTED
28 WINDSHEAR ENABLE 0 = WINDSHEAR DISABLED
VOICE SELECT BIT MAPPING: AUDIO MENU SELECTED BIT 27 BIT 26 BIT 25
BASIC 0 0 0
Alternate #1 0 0 1
Alternate #2 0 1 0
Alternate #3 0 1 1
Alternate #4 1 0 0
Alternate #5 1 0 1
Alternate #6 1 1 0
Alternate #7 1 1 1

program pins
11 WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLE 1 = WINDSHEAR CAUTION DISABLED
16 ALTERNATE RADIO ALTITUDE #1 1 = ALTERNATE RADIO ALTITUDE #1 SELECTED
17 ALTERNATE RADIO ALTITUDE #2 1 = ALTERNATE RADIO ALTITUDE #2 SELECTED
*20 ALTERNATE GPS SPEED 1 = ALTERNATE GPS SPEED SELECTED
*21 ALTERNATE POP-UP 1 = ALTERNATE POP-UP SELECTED
**22 INTERNAL GPS SELECTED 1 = INTERNAL GPS SELECTED
23 UNDEFINED SPARE
24 FLASHING GROUND PROX WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING GP WARNING
25 FLASHING ALERT WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING ALERT
26 FLASHING WINDSHEAR WARNING 1 = AIRCRAFT TYPE SPECIFIES FLASHING WS WARNING
***27 PEAKS ENABLED 1 = PEAKS ENABLED
**Only available with 965-0976-020-xxx-xxx part number. Not available prior to -208-208.
*** Not available prior to -208-208.
E-13: MD-11 CFDS

E-13.1: MD-11 CFDS Normal Mode Transmission Words
The CFDS normal mode transmission words are output continuously when selected unless commanded to enter the menu
mode by the CFDS. The output words follow the guidelines as outlined in ARINC 604 for Fault message construction in the
automatic fault reporting mode. The following gives a brief description of each word type used. Refer to ARINC 604 for a
detailed explanation of the protocol used. At a minimum the following would constitute a typical output sequence: Label 356
(Initial Word), Label 356 (Data Word), Label 356 (Final Word). Normal mode is only transmitted if the CFDS is selected by
program pin.
E-13.1.1: Initial Word (356)
This word is sent at the start of each fault record.
CFDS NORMAL TRANSMISSION INITIAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 16 Block word count
17 Flight Deck Effect (not used)
18 Origin of failure (not used)
19 Spare (set to zero)
20 Spare (set to zero)
21 Current fault flag (not used)
22 Bite history flag (not used)
23, 24 Message Type
25 - 31 STX
E-13.1.2: Data Words (356)

The Data words contain the actual fault record information. As many Data words as are needed to identify the faulty LRU are
allowed.
CFDS NORMAL TRANSMISSION DATA WORDS
Data: ISO Alphabet No. 5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: 50 to 250 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 15 ISO #5 Characters
16 Always = 0
24 Always = 0
E-13.1.3: Final Word (356)

The final word outputs are used to indicate the end of a fault record (ETX) and the end of a fault message (EOT).
CFDS NORMAL TRANSMISSION FINAL WORD
Data: ISO alphabet No. #5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: 50 to 250 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
25 - 31 ETX or EOT
E-13.2: MD-11 CFDS Menu Mode Transmission Words

The CFDS menu mode transmission words are output when commanded by the CFDS. The output words follow the
guidelines as outlined in ARINC 604 for interactive communication. The following gives a brief description of each word
type used. Refer to ARINC 604 for a detailed explanation of the protocol used. At a minimum the following would
constitute a typical output sequence: EGPWC receives request for menu (ENQ) on Label 227, EGPWC responses with RTS
word on Label 356, CFDS will respond with a CTS word on Label 227 with bit 11 set to 1 (CFDIU ready). EGPWC is now
free to began the menu transmission. The menu transmission consists of the following as a minimum: Initial word (STX)
label 356, Screen Control word (CNTRL) label 356, Data word label 356, and Final word (ETX,EOT) label 356. The CFDIU
should finally respond with a ACK on label 227.
Menu mode is only available if the CFDS is selected by program pin.
E-13.2.1: Request to Send Word (356)
This word is sent in response to a Request for Menu command from CFDS. In addition it can be sent from EGPWC to update
current screen with fresh data values etc.
CFDS MENU TRANSMISSION REQUEST TO SEND (RTS) WORD
Data: Discrete Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION
17 Inhibit screen clearing
18 Inhibit A for ACARS
19 Subsystem Initiated request
20 Request to return
21 - 24 Not used
25 - 31 RTS

This word is sent at the start of each record for each line.
CFDS MENU TRANSMISSION INITIAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 15 Record word count
16 not used
17 - 22 Record Sequence No.
23, 24 Message Type, (10)
25 - 31 STX
E-13.2.3: Screen Control Word (356)

The screen control word output is used to set the screen attributes on the CFDIU prior to writing information to the screen.
CFDS MENU MODE SCREEN CONTROL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 13 Initial char. Pos.
14 - 16 Data Type
17 - 20 Line Number
21 - 23 Color
24 Font
25 - 31 CNTRL
E-13.2.4: Data Words (356)

The Data words contain the actual menu information. As many Data words as are needed to complete the menu record are
allowed.
CFDS MENU MODE DATA WORDS
Data: ISO Alphabet No. 5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always = 0
24 Always = 0
E-13.2.5: Final Word (356)

CFDS MENU MODE FINAL WORD
Data: ISO alphabet No. #5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
25 - 31 ETX or EOT
E-13.3: Equipment Identification Word (377)

Data: BNR (for SSM) Label (Octal): 377 Transmit Interval: 500 to 1,000 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
11 - 22 ID Code Equipment ID code = 023 Hex for EGPWC.
23 LRU Bus Activity bit
24 - 29 Spare (set to zero)
E-14: AIRBUS CFDS

E-14.1: AIRBUS CFDS Normal Mode Transmission Words
The CFDS/CMC Normal mode transmission words are output continuously when selected unless commanded to enter the
interactive mode by the CFDS/CMC. The output words follow the guidelines as outlined in ABD0048 for fault message
construction in the automatic fault reporting mode. The following gives a brief description of each word type used. Normal
mode is only transmitted if the CFDS/CMC is selected by program pin.
This word is sent at the start of each fault record.
CFDS/CMC NORMAL MODE—INITIAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
16, 17 Failure Class (See Note 1) 0,0 = Class 1 0,1 = Class 2 1,0 = Class 3
18 Failure Origin; 0 = Internal 1 = External
19 Failure Status; 0 = Not Present 1 = Present
20 Current Fault Flag; Class 3 (See Note 1)
21 Current Fault Flag; Class 1 and 2 (See Note 1)
22 Bite history flag (See Note 1)
23, 24 Message Type
25 - 31 STX
Note 1: Field is coded to zero if not the first word of a Normal Mode block.
E-14.1.2: Data Words (356)

The Data words contain the actual fault record information. As many Data words as are needed to identify the faulty LRU are
allowed.
CFDS/CMC NORMAL MODE TRANSMISSION DATA WORDS
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
E-14.1.3: Final Word (356)

CFDS/CMC NORMAL MODE TRANSMISSION FINAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
25 - 31 ETX or EOT
E-14.2: AIRBUS CFDS/CMC Interactive Mode Transmission Words

The CFDS/CMC interactive mode transmission words are output when commanded by the CFDS/CMC. The output words
follow the guidelines as outlined in ABD0048 for interactive communication. The following gives a brief description of each
word type used. At a minimum the following would constitute a typical output sequence: EGPWC receives request for menu
(ENQ) on Label 227, EGPWC responses with RTS word on Label 356, CFDS/CMC will respond with a CTS word on Label
227 with bit 11 set to 1 (CFDS/CMC ready). EGPWC is now free to began the menu transmission. The menu transmission
consists of the following as a minimum: Initial word (STX) label 356, Screen Control word (CNTRL) label 356, Data word
label 356, and Final word (ETX,EOT) label 356. The CFDS/CMC should finally respond with a ACK on label 227.
Interactive mode is only available if the CFDS/CMC is selected by program pin.
E-14.2.1: Request to Send Word (356)
This word is sent in response to a Request for Menu command from CFDS/CMC. In addition it can be sent from EGPWC to
update current screen with fresh data values etc.
CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE—REQUEST TO SEND (RTS) WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
17 - 24 Not used (Coded 0)
25 - 31 RTS

This word is sent at the start of each record for each line.
CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE—INITIAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 15 Record word count
16 not used
17 - 22 Record Sequence No.
23, 24 Message Type 1,0 = Main Menu, 1,1 = Sub Menu
25 - 31 STX
E-14.2.3: Screen Control Word (356)

The screen control word output is used to set the screen attributes on the MCDU prior to writing information to the screen.
CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE SCREEN CONTROL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 13 Initial char. Pos.
14 Unused (Coded 0)
15, 16 Data Type (Coded 0)
17 - 20 Line Number
21, 22, 23 Color 1,0,0 = Cyan 0,1,0 = Red 1,1,0 = Yellow 0,0,1 = Green 1,0,1 = Magenta 0,1,1 = Amber 1,1,1 = White
24 Font 0 = Small Font 1 = Large Font
25 - 31 CNTRL
E-14.2.4: Data Words (356)

The Data words contain the actual menu information. As many Data words as are needed to complete the menu record are
allowed.
CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE—DATA WORDS
Data: ISO Alphabet No. 5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
E-14.2.5: Final Word (356)

CFDS/CMC INTERACTIVE MODE—FINAL WORD
Data: ISO alphabet No. #5 Label (Octal): 356 Transmit Interval: N/A
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 24 Always 0
25 - 31 ETX or EOT
E-14.3: LRU Identification Words

The WC always transmits the LRU identification words. The LRU ID transmission consists of the following: Initial word
(STX) label 354, Data words label 354, and Final word (ETX,EOT) label 354.
This word is sent at the start of each LRU identification message.
LRU IDENTIFICATION—INITIAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 15 Word count
16 - 24 Always 0
25 - 31 STX
E-14.3.2: Data Words (354)

The Data words contain the actual LRU information. As many Data words as are needed to complete the information are
allowed.
LRU IDENTIFICATION—DATA WORDS
BIT NO DEFINITION
16 Always 0
24 Always 0
E-14.3.3: Final Word (354)

The final word outputs are used to indicate the end of the LRU identification message.
LRU IDENTIFICATION—FINAL WORD
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 - 24 Always 0
25 - 31 ETX or EOT
E.15: Summary Words Formatted for CAIMS

For CAIMS aircraft types, the following fault summary output label is provided during both normal mode transmission and
interactive mode transmission.
E-15.1: Fault Flag Word (350)


14 Spare
15 Spare
16 Spare
17 Spare
18 Spare
19 MEMORY STATUS
20 COMPUTER FAIL (Front Panel LED)
21 EXTERNAL FAULT (Front Panel LED)
22 SENSOR/PROBE FAULT (Always 0)
23 EGPWC IN TEST
24 MAINTENANCE ALERT (Always 0)
25-27 NVM DOWNLOAD COMMAND (Always 0)
28 EGPWC TEST INHIBITED
29 COMMAND RESPONSE TOGGLE BIT
E-15.2: CAIMS Normal Mode Transmission Words

The CAIMS Normal mode transmission words are output continuously until a flight/ground fault summary command enters
interactive mode (label 227). The following describes the format of the ARINC 429 labels used to transmit current fault
status. Each discrete bit is mapped to an individual/combination fault condition. For each fault that exists (i.e. failure
condition), the corresponding bit is set. In other words, during normal mode operation, many fault bits can be set at the same
time. The guidelines for normal transmission are outlined in sections 4.3.3.1 and 6.1 of the PS7022280 document.
E-15.2.1: Fault Summary Word #1 (354)

E-15.2.2: Fault Summary Word #2 (355)


29 EGPWC FAILURE
E-15.3: CAIMS SFFS Mode Transmission Words

The CAIMS SFFS mode transmission words are output when initiated by the CAIMS. These output words are sent in
response to the “POLL” command given by the CAIMS. This transmission consists of a command response and provides
information for which flights, on a specified date, contain fault history data as outlined in section 9.7 of the PS7022280
document.
E-15.3.1: Command Response Word (351)
INITIATE SFFS MODE - COMMAND RESPONSE
BIT NO DEFINITION
14 Spare
15 Command Complete
16 Response Type
17-24 Command Response
25-26 Event Counter
27 Maintenance Alert (Always 0)
28 Flight / Ground Fault
29 Power-Up (Always 0)
E-15.3.2: Flight Leg Table Word (352)

INITIATE SFFS MODE - FLIGHT LEG TABLE
BIT NO DEFINITION
14 Flight Leg 1 has faults
E-15.4: CAIMS SFFS Interactive Mode Transmission Words

The CAIMS SFFS Interactive mode transmission words are output when commanded by the CAIMS. These output words are
sent in response to the various interactive commands given by the CAIMS. This transmission consists of a command
response and data words that provide detailed fault information for each fault present for the requested flight as outlined in
section 9.7 of the Honeywell CAIMS document (PS7022280).
E-15.4.1: Command Response Word (351)
INTERACTIVE MODE - COMMAND RESPONSE
BIT NO DEFINITION
14 Spare
15 Command Complete
16 Response Type
17-24 Command Response
25-26 Event Counter
27 Maintenance Alert (Always 0)
28 Flight / Ground Fault
29 Power-Up (Always 0)
E-15.4.2: System Time (UTC) Word (125)

INTERACTIVE MODE - SYSTEM TIME
BIT NO DEFINITION
11-14 Minute’s Ones (BCD)
15-18 Minute’s Tens (BCD)
19-22 Hour’s Ones (BCD)
23-26 Hour’s Tens (BCD)
27-29 Spare
E-15.4.3: System Date Word (260)

INTERACTIVE MODE - SYSTEM DATE
BIT NO DEFINITION
11-14 Year’s Ones (BCD)
15-18 Year’s Tens (BCD)
19-22 Month’s Ones (BCD)
23 Month’s Tens
24-27 Day’s Ones (BCD)
28-29 Day’s Tens
E-15.4.4: Aircraft Serial Number Word (226)

INTERACTIVE MODE - AIRCRAFT SERIAL NUMBER
BIT NO DEFINITION
11-14 Aircraft serial number most significant digit (BCD 0..9)
15-18 Aircraft serial number next significant digit (BCD 0..9)
27-29 Spare
E-15.4.5: Fault Indicator Word #1 (354)

During this mode of operation only one fault bit can be set at a time in word fault indicator words 1 and 2.

E-15.4.6: Fault Indicator Word #2 (355)

During this mode of operation only one fault bit can be set at a time in word fault indicator words 1 and 2.

29 EGPWC FAILURE
E-16: EGPWC CONFIGURATION DATA FOR BOEING CMC

E-16.1: Boeing CMC Configuration Data
The EGPWS configuration data is transmitted once to the CMC following a Configuration Command from the CMC to the
EGPWS. The EGPWS configuration data is transmitted using block data via label 356. The characters to be transmitted
should be encoded per the ISO Alphabet No. 5, see product specification - section 4.1.1.
Null Characters shall not be used in the EGPWC configuration message being transmitted to the CMC. The CMC does not
recognize ‘Null’ characters, and will fail the EGPWC transmission if ‘Null’ characters are present in the message. Spaces
shall be used instead of ‘Null’ characters where required.
The data to be transmitted to the CMC consists of one page of configuration data and is formatted in the following manner:
EGPWC
PART NUMBER:
965-0976-003-203-203R (Note 1)
H/W MOD: 2
SERIAL NUMBER: XXXX (Note 2)
TERRAIN DB VERSION:
34XX-SGC-004-10 (Note 3)
ENV MOD DB VER:
34XX-SGC-00B-02 (Note 3)
Note 1: The part number can be hard coded for red label. However for black label it is gathered from the application and
does not have the “R” appended at the end of the part number, e.g. 965-0976-003-203-203.
Note 2: The serial number is read from NVM. Serial number is entered during ATP.
Note 3: The “XX” characters represent the checksum for the part number characters. SRD section 6.10.7.1.2 specifies this
calculation. The DB versions (4-10 and B-02 in this example) are extracted from the databases by the application.
E-16.1.1 Initial Word (356)

This word is sent at the start of each EGPWC Configuration Data.
Data: Discrete
Label: 356 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
Transmit Interval: N/A
9 - 16 Word Count
17 - 24 Unused
25 - 31 STX
E-16.1.2 First Data Word (356)

Shall follow the initial word and contain the page number of the block of data presently being sent in character position 1, the
total number of pages of data available for display in character position 2 and the character “SYN” in character position 3.
Data: Discrete
Label: 356 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
9 - 15 Present data page number (Note 4)
16 Pad
17 - 23 Total number of pages available (Note 4)
24 Pad
25 - 31 SYN
Note 4: Should be 1 for the EGPWC.
E-16.1.3 Intermediate Data Words (356)

Intermediate words containing characters for display shall follow as required as shown in the table below.
Data: Discrete
Label: 356 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
9 - 15 First/Next Character
16 Pad
17 - 23 Next Character)
24 Pad
25 - 31 Next Character
E-16.1.4 Final Data Words (356)

The final data word shall be identical to the intermediate words except that it shall contain EOT in bit positions 25-31 as
shown below. The ‘Next Character’ positions preceding the EOT which are not needed to represent the EGPWC
configuration data shall be made an ISO-5 ‘Space’ character, not a ‘Null’ character. The CMC does not accept ‘Null’
characters; the EGPWC configuration data will be ignored by the CMC if the data contains ‘Null’ characters.
Data: Discrete
Label: 356 Octal
Sign Bit: N/A
16 Pad
24 Pad
25 - 31 EOT
E.17: Fault Summary Words for Collins Proline 4 & 21


27 PROGRAM PIN FAULT


16 NVM FAULT
17 WATCHDOG TIMER FAULT
18 A/D FAIL FAULT
19 VOICE FAIL
20 DITS OUTPUT FAIL
22 FLASH FILE SYSTEM WRITE FAULT
23 DITS INPUT FAIL
24 VOICE FAULT
29 IMAGE DSP FAULT


19 SPARE
20 SPARE
21 SPARE
22 SPARE
23 SPARE
24 SPARE
25 SPARE
26 SPARE
27 SPARE
28 SPARE
29 SPARE
E-18 ASCII PROTOCOL OUTPUTS

This label set is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
The following ARINC 429 outputs are used to write text on a display in a window of 3 lines by 8 characters. This window
displays the Peaks elevation numbers and the outputs are only transmitted if Peaks is enabled. The transmission uses ASCII
code, see appendix E-5 for ASCII code tables. The following table defines the protocol:
ARINC 429 3x8 ASCII Window Label definitions
Bits Definition Values Capt EFIS (note 3)

1-8 Label (octal) 011 (row 1) / 021 (row 2) /
031 (row 3) (note 4)
9-11 Row Color See note 3
12-15 Pad bits Set to 0
16-22 Character 1 7-bit ASCII
30-31 SSM See note 6
32 Parity standard encoding

032 (row 3) (note 4)

033 (row 3)
NOTES:
1. Low number bits are LSB’s
2. 7-bit ASCII printable characters PLUS “00h” are transparent/look-through.
3. Bits 9 through 11of labels 11, 21, 31, 14, 24 and 34 define the color of the applicable row (label 11 row 1 Captain, label
21 row 2 Captain, label 31 row 3 Captain, label 14 row 1 F/O, label 24 row 2 F/O and label 34 row 3 F/O) per the
following scheme:
Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
0 0 0 Black
0 0 1 Green
0 1 0 Yellow
0 1 1 Red
1 0 0 Magenta
1 0 1 Blue
1 1 0 Cyan
1 1 1 White
4. Labels 011, 012, 013, 021, 022, 023, 031, 032, 033 are used for Capt EFIS. Labels 014, 015, 016, 024, 025, 026, 034,
035 and 036 are used per identical scheme for F/O EFIS.
5. The Update Rate for each label is 600 msec.
6. SSM definition:
Bit
Meaning
31 30
0 0 Not Used
0 1 No Computed Data
1 0 Functional Test
The following text is written in the window:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N1 N2 N3
N4 N5 N6
N1 is first character of high PEAKS elevation number.

N2 is second character of high PEAKS elevation number.
N3 is third character of high PEAKS elevation number.
The upper line with the high PEAKS elevation number is shown in the same color as the highest displayed terrain.
N4 is first character of low PEAKS elevation number.
N5 is second character of low PEAKS elevation number.
N6 is third character of low PEAKS elevation number.
The lower line with the low PEAKS elevation number is shown in the same color as the lowest displayed terrain in either red,
yellow or green (so not black or cyan).
When the terrain display shows purple haze (indicating unknown terrain) only both numbers will show dashes.
Negative elevation numbers will be shown with a minus sign in front of the number.
Notes applicable to sections E-18.1 through E-18.18:

1) Update rate 600 ms
2) Transmitted only if Peaks enabled
E-18.1: ASCII Word #1 (011)

This label transmits: CAPTAIN LINE 1 COLOR AND CHARACTERS #1 AND #2.
For bit definition, see table “ARINC 429 3x8 ASCII Window Label definitions” in Appendix E-18.
E-18.2: ASCII Word #2 (012)

This label transmits: CAPTAIN LINE 1 CHARACTERS #3, #4 AND #5.
E-18.3: ASCII Word #3 (013)

E-18.4: ASCII Word #4 (021)

E-18.5: ASCII Word #5 (022)

E-18.6: ASCII Word #6 (023)

E-18.7: ASCII Word #7 (031)

E-18.8: ASCII Word #8 (032)

E-18.9: ASCII Word #9 (033)

E-18.10: ASCII Word #10 (014)

This label transmits: First Officer LINE 1 COLOR AND CHARACTERS #1 AND #2.
E-18.11: ASCII Word #11 (015)

This label transmits: First Officer LINE 1 CHARACTERS #3, #4 AND #5.
E-18.12: ASCII Word #12 (016)

E-18.13: ASCII Word #13 (024)

E-18.14: ASCII Word #14 (025)

E-18.15: ASCII Word #15 (026)

E-18.16: ASCII Word #16 (034)

E-18.17: ASCII Word #17 (035)

E-18.18: ASCII Word #18 (036)

E-19 Peak Binary Labels

These labels are not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
The following ARINC 429 outputs are used to provide Peak Elevations and color information for integrated displays that do
not support the ASCII protocol described in the previous section. This label set consists of 2 labels containing upper and
lower elevation, color, and display blanking data. Each label is transmitted with two different SDI values for the captain’s and
first officer’s display values. This label set is mutually exclusive from label set 18.
E-19.1 Peaks Upper Elevation (011)
Data: See Below Label (Octal): 011 Transmit Interval: 500 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 SDI 0 Not Used 1 Captain 0 F/O 1 Not Used
10 SDI 0 0 1 1
11 COLOR BIT 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
12 COLOR BIT 2 0 Black 0 Green 1 Yellow 1 Red 0 Magenta 0 Blue 1 Cyan 1 White
13 COLOR BIT 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
14 BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Blank Display
15 DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Display Dashes
16 SPARE
17 SPARE
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 100 Ft
21 200 Ft
22 400 Ft
23 800 Ft
24 1600 Ft Upper Peaks Elevation
25 3200 Ft
26 6400 Ft
27 12800 Ft
28 25600 Ft
29 SIGN 0 = 0 (Plus) 1 = - 51200 Ft
30 SSM 0 Failure 1 No Computed 0 Functional Test 1 Normal
31 SSM 0 Warning 0 Data 1 1 Operation
32 PARITY (Odd)
E-19.2 Peaks Lower Elevation (012)
Data: See Below Label (Octal): 012 Transmit Interval: 500 msec
BIT NO DEFINITION
9 SDI 0 Not Used 1 Captain 0 F/O 1 Not Used
10 SDI 0 0 1 1
11 COLOR BIT 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
12 COLOR BIT 2 0 Black 0 Green 1 Yellow 1 Red 0 Magenta 0 Blue 1 Cyan 1 White
13 COLOR BIT 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
14 BLANK PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Blank Display
15 DASH PEAKS ELEVATION DISPLAY 0 Normal Display 1 Display Dashes
16 SPARE
17 SPARE
18 SPARE
19 SPARE
20 100 Ft
21 200 Ft
22 400 Ft
23 800 Ft
24 1600 Ft Lower Peaks Elevation
25 3200 Ft
26 6400 Ft
27 12800 Ft
28 25600 Ft
29 SIGN 0 = 0 (Plus) 1 = - 51200 Ft
30 SSM 0 Failure 1 No Computed 0 Functional Test 1 Normal
31 SSM 0 Warning 0 Data 1 1 Operation
32 PARITY (Odd)
E-20 DATA FOR THE WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM

These labels are not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
E-20.1 Terrain Selection (060)
Transmit Interval (mSec): 1000 Nominal Data Type: N/A SDI Bits: 9, 10
Label 060 Definition - For label 060, the Weather Radar currently only uses bits 25 and 26 for the Autotilt function.
The remainder will be used for the future terrain data correlation function. Bits 25 and 26 indicate if terrain is
selected for display. Neither the EGPWS nor the radar R/T receive feedback regarding if weather is selected for
display, so if terrain is selected (implying weather is not) then this range will not be used in determining the proper
tilt value.
BITS DEFINITION COMMENTS

1-8 Label (Octal) 060
9-10 SDI N/A, set to 0s
11-17 Reserved for TILT ANGLE (Terrain Data Per ARINC 708A definition, Bit 11 LSB
Correlation Tilt)
18-24 Reserved for Frame Number
25 Terrain Selected - Left
26 Terrain Selected - Right
30-31 SSM BIT 31 30
1 0 TEST
1 1 NORM
32 PARITY Set to ODD
E-20.2 SRT 0 Angle and LRT 1 Angle (061)

LABEL (Octal) 061 Units: degrees Max. Range: -16 to +15.875 Approx. LSB: 0.125 degrees
degrees
Data Bits: 11 to 18 = 8, 19 to 26 = 8 + = downward from horizontal Sign Bit: 18, 26 Pad Bits: N/A

degrees

degrees

degrees

degrees
Table E-20-1: Label 61-65 data

429 LABEL TRANSMISSION SECTORS Mapped Variable Mapped Variable
RATE on bits 11-18 on bits 19-26
061 1Hz 0 and 1 SRT 0 Angle LRT 1 Angle
Table E-20-2: Label 61-65 bit definition

BITS DEFINITION COMMENTS
1-8 Label 061/062/063/064/065
9-10 SDI N/A, set to 0s
11-18 TILT ANGLE (Short Range Tilt) Per ARINC 708A definition, Bit 11 LSB
Bit 11 = 0.125
Bit 12 = 0.25
Bit 13 = 0.5
Bit 14 = 1
Bit 15 = 2
Bit 16 = 4
Bit 17 = 8
Bit 18 = -16
19-26 TILT ANGLE (Long Range Tilt) Per ARINC 708A definition, Bit 19 LSB
Bit 19 = 0.125
Bit 20 = 0.25
Bit 21 = 0.5
Bit 22 = 1
Bit 23 = 2
Bit 24 = 4
Bit 25 = 8
Bit 26 = -16
27-29 Spare
30-31 SSM BIT 31 30
0 0 FW
0 1 NCD
1 0 TEST
1 1 NORM
E-20.7 Standard Barometric Altitude (203)

LABEL (Octal) 203 Units: Feet Max. Range: ± 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
E-20.8 Corrected Barometric Altitude (204)

LABEL (Octal) 204 Units: Feet Max. Range: 131,072 Feet Approx. LSB: 1 Foot
E-20.9 Computed Airspeed (206)

LABEL (Octal) 206 Units: Knots Max. Range: 1,024 Knots Approx. LSB: 1 Knot
E-20.10 True Airspeed (210)

LABEL (Octal) 210 Units: Knots Max. Range: ± 2,048 Knots Approx. LSB: 1 Knot
Appendix F: Aircraft Interface Tables

Revision History
Effectivity
09/08/97 MJC SCR 1596: Added Lear 45, aircraft type 102. - -105
SCR 1596: Added Lear 60, aircraft type 78.
10/03/97 MJC SCR 2200: Deleted F-128, 777-200 Evaluation aircraft type 128. - -202
SCR 2134: Added F-192, 737-300 OEM STC.
SCR 2137: Added F-195, 737-600 Integrated.
SCR 2147: Added F-203, 767-300ER Integrated.
SCR 2150: Added F-207, 737IGW Integrated.
SCR 1982: Added F-45, MD-11.
SCR 2220: Added F-33, Embraer 145.
10/10/97 N Paterson SCR 2207: Added F135, KC-135 Integrated - -202
10/14/97 R. auf der SCR 1982: Added F-45, MD-11. - -202
Springe SCR 2145: Added F-44, MD-10.
SCR 2177: Added F-129, MD-95.
10/15/97 N Paterson Corrected typo in type 135 number. - -202
10/15/97 MJC Deleted ‘STC’ from name of aircraft types 192, 193 & 194. - -202
10/21/97 J.E. Mitchell SCR 1248: Added F-172, Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production) - -202
11/10/97 MJC SCR 2295: Added A/C type 16. - -202
01/15/98 MJC SCR 2438: Added A/C type 225 to list. - -204
02/18/98 P. Blankas SCR 2583: Added A/C type 169 to list - -204
02/27/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2544: Added A/C type 94 to list. - -204
03/20/98 – P. Blankas SCR 1605: Added A/C type 118 to list - 204
SCR 2615: Added A/C 187 to list
Effectivity
03/24/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2618: Added A/C type 179 to list - 204
6/16/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2825: Added A/C type 136 to list - 206
Added “Alternate Lamp Format” text to description of A/C type 132
07/06/98 – MJC SCR 2856: Added aircraft 54 to list. - 206
07/21/98 – P. Blankas SER 2618: Corrected part number for AC type 179 - 206
07/30/98 – L. Matter SCR 2993: Added A/C type 162 to list. - 206
07/30/98 – MJC SCR 2464: Added A/C type 40 to list. - 206
09/21/98 – N Paterson SCR 2798: Added A/C type 122 to list - 212
10/23/1998 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Added A/C type 88, DeHavilland Dash 8-400 to list- - 208
der Springe
05-DEC-98 – S. Arnett SCR 1594: Added aircraft type 43 to list. - 208
SCR 3275: Added aircraft type 89 to list.
SCR 3381: Reference EMB-135 with aircraft type 33 (EMB-145).
07/30/98 – MJC SCR 3283: Added A/C type 139 to list. - 208
05-APR-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Added a/c type 46. - 210
SCR 3736: Added a/c type 47. Revised a/c 43 to indicate Non-Integrated.
Comment only – revised a/c type 166 to indicate –208-208 instead of
204-204, since –204 is not a viable option for the Learjet 45 (integrated).
06-APR-99-G. Burlingame SCR 1602: Added a/c type 112 - 210
25-MAY-99-MJC SCR 3919: Added a/c type 18 - 210
08-JUN-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Added a/c type 134 - Future
09-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3893: Added a/c type 37. - 210
SCR 3894: Added a/c type 38.
29-JUN-99 – M. Force SCR 3769: Revised a/c type 134 effectivity to –210-210 -210 210
30-JUL-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Added a/c type 110. - 210
23-DEC-99-MJC SCR 4764: Added a/c type 212 - 212
05-JAN-00 – Richard auf SCR 4763: Added A/C type 152. - 212
der Springe
06-JAN-00 N Paterson SCR 2798: Changed Rev History for 09/21/98 and table to –212
effectivity.
31-JAN-00 – M. Force SCR 4711: Added a/c type 13 - 212
31-JAN-00 – M.Force SCR 4711: Changed CASA from a/c type 13 to 155 212
03-FEB-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4856: Changed “Future” to –212-212 in table for A/C type 046. -212
15-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added A/C type 176. - -212
Henderson
18-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added “Proline 21” to Hawker 800 (XP) reference. - -212
Henderson
21-MAR-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4895: Added A/C type 163. - -212
23-MAY-00 – MJC Replaced references to AS with Honeywell. - -
23-JUN-00 – MPF Reserved A/C type 213 for Navy E-6 (707) - -
26-JUL-00 – M. SCR 5300: Added A/C type 175. - -214
Henderson SCR 5285: Added A/C type 143.
15-AUG-00 – P. Bateman SCR 5356: Added A/C type 74. - -213
20-DEC-00 – M. Force SCR 5754: Added A/C type 213 - -213
Effectivity
05-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5750: Added A/C type 154. - -213
This appendix contains the detailed input requirements for each specific aircraft type. The following table points to the
applicable section for each aircraft. The part number column specifies the lowest application and configuration software
versions which support the aircraft.
AIRCRAFT TYPE AIRCRAFT APPENDIX P/N

TYPE SECTION 965-0976-xxx-
NUMBER
Airbus A300-600 (AA) 108 F-108 -100-100
Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production Aircraft) 172 F-172 -202-202
Airbus A319/A320/A321 Alternate Lamp Format 132 F-132 -102-102
Airbus A319/A320/A321 (UA) 1 F-1 -100-100
Airbus A319/A320/A321 113 F-113 -100-100
Airbus A319/A320/A321Contained Popup/ Alternate Lamp 148 F-148 -204-204
Format (BA)
Airbus A330/340 (DLH/Cathay) 133 F-133 -102-102
Airbus A330/340 OEM 57 F-57 -204-204
Airbus A330/A340 Alternate Lamp Format 136 F-136 -206-206
Honeywell Beechcraft King Air C-90 98 F-98 -100-100
Honeywell Sabre 65 117 F-117 -102-102
Avro RJ with Bendix PPI Display 55 F-55 -204-204
Avro RJ with PPI Display & WXR Scan Control 54 F-54 -206-206
Beech 300 (FIAS) 74 F-74 -213-213
Beechjet 400A 162 F-162 -206-206
Beechjet 400A Integrated 163 F-163 -212-212
Boeing 707 213 F-213 -213-213
Boeing 737-200 Delta Airlines 187 F-187 -204-204
Boeing 737-300 Basic 4 F-4 -102-102
Boeing 737-300 Contained Popup/Alternate Lamp Format (BA) 144 F-144 -204-204
Boeing 737-300 OEM 192 F-192 -202-202
Boeing 737-300 UAL 217 F-217 -104-104
Boeing 737-300 UAL/Alternate Lamp Format 218 F-218 -104-104
Boeing 737-300 with PPI Display 16 F-16 -202-202
Boeing 737-300 No WXR ON Label (DAL) 174 F-174 -204-204
Boeing 737-400 (AK) 101 F-101 -100-100
Boeing 737-400 Basic 8 F-8 -102-102
Boeing 737-400 OEM 193 F-193 -202-202
Boeing 737-400 UAL 225 F-225 -204-204
Boeing 737-500 Basic 9 F-9 -102-102
Boeing 737-500 Lufthansa 175 F-175 -213-213
Boeing 737-500 OEM 194 F-194 -202-202
Boeing 737-500 UAL 219 F-219 -104-104
Boeing 737-600 Integrated 195 F-195 -202-202
Boeing 737-NG Integrated with Windshear Update 212 F-212 -212-212
Boeing 737-700 IGW Integrated (BBJ) 207 F-207 -202-202
Boeing 747-400 BA 2 F-2 -100-100
Boeing 747-400 JAL Simulator 111 F-111 -101-101
Boeing 747-400 Basic 30 F-30 -102-102
Boeing 747-400 Simulator 100 F-100 -100-100

NUMBER
Boeing 757-200 (AA) 105 F-105 -100-100
Boeing 757-200 Basic 6 F-6 -102-102
Boeing 757-200 Contained Popup (BA) 146 F-146 -204-204
Boeing 757-200 (Saudi Royal) 116 F-116 -101-101
Boeing 757-200 UAL 224 F-224 -104-104
Boeing 767-200 (AA) 106 F-106 -100-100
Boeing 767-200 Basic 31 F-31 -102-102
Boeing 767-200 UAL 221 F-221 -104-104
Boeing 767-300 Basic 5 F-5 -102-102
Boeing 767-300 UAL 223 F-223 -104-104
Boeing 767-300ER (AA) 109 F-109 -100-100
Boeing 767-300ER Basic 3 F-3 -102-102
Boeing 767-300ER Contained Popup (BA) 147 F-147 -204-204
Boeing 767-300ER Integrated 203 F-203 -202-202
Boeing 767-300ER UAL 222 F-222 -104-104
Boeing 767-300ER No WXR ON Label (DAL) 173 F-173 -204-204
(-210-210 contains preliminary windshear data)
Canadair GEX 97 F-97 -100-100
Canadair CL601/3A (Rosemont AOA) 85 F-85 -101-101
Canadair CL601/3A (SafeFlight AOA) 81 F-81 -100-100
Canadair CL604 39 F-39 -102-102
Canadair CL604 Integrated 40 F-40 -206-206
Canadair RJ-100/200 Non-Integrated 43 F-43 -208-208
Canadair CRJ-700 46 F-46 -212-212
Canadair RJ-100/200 Integrated 47 F-47 -210-210
CASA 155 F-155 -212-212
Cessna Citation Jet 1 37 F-37 -210-210
Cessna Citation Jet 2 38 F-38 -210-210
Cessna Citation X 62 F-62 -100-100
Cessna Excel 103 F-103 -100-100
Cessna Excel (Low speed ILS) 167 F-167 -102-102
Dassault Falcon 20F/AHRS, Proline 2 70 F-70 -102-102
Dassault Falcon 20F/IRS, Proline 2 71 F-71 -104-104
Dassault Falcon 20F, Integrated Proline 4 77 F-77 -204-204
Dassault Falcon 2000 91 F-91 -100-100
Dassault Falcon 2000 Non-integrated 125 F-125 -101-101
Dassault Falcon 50 82 F-82 -101-101
Dassault Falcon 50, Integrated Proline 4 94 F-94 -204-204
Dassault Falcon 50EX 92 F-92 -100-100
Dassault Falcon 50EX Non-integrated 126 F-126 -101-101
Dassault Falcon 900/900B 75 F-75 -101-101

NUMBER
Dassault Falcon 900EX 93 F-93 -100-100
Dassault Falcon 900EX/No Display 157 F-157 -102-102
DeHavilland Dash 8-400 88 F-088 -208-208
DeHavilland Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS 152 F-152 -212-212
Dornier 328 Jet 35 F-35 -206-206
Douglas DC 8-72 130 F-130 -204-204
Douglas DC-9-82/-83 EFIS 139 F-139 -208-208
Douglas MD10 44 F-44 -202-202
Douglas MD11 45 F-45 -202-202
Douglas MD80 (AA/EFIS) 114 F-114 -102-102
Douglas MD80 (AA/non-EFIS) 115 F-115 -104-104
Douglas MD80 (Alaska/EFIS) 180 F-180 -204-204
Douglas MD80 (Alaska/Non-EFIS) 179 F-179 -206-206
Douglas MD87 with PPI Display 120 F-120 -202-202
Douglas MD88/90 EFIS Delta Airlines 118 F-118 -204-204
Douglas MD95 129 F-129 -202-202
Embraer-145/Embraer -135 33 F-33 -202-202
Fokker 100 (AA/IRS) 131 F-131 -102-102
Gulfstream II 68 F-68 -101-101
Gulfstream IIB/III 69 F-69 -101-101
Gulfstream IV 79 F-79 -100-100
Gulfstream IV Dual IRS/ADC/RA 87 F-87 -206-206
Gulfstream V (with 2 ILS buses) 96 F-96 -100-100
Gulfstream V (with 4 ILS buses) 104 F-104 -100-100
Hawker 800 (C) 65 F-65 -101-101
Hawker 800 (S) 66 F-66 -101-101
Hawker 800 (C/SF) 73 F-73 -101-101
Hawker 800 (S/SF) 138 F-138 -102-102
Hawker 800 (XP) Proline 21 176 F-176 -212-212
Hawker 1000 67 F-67 -102-102
Hawker Horizon 110 F-110 Future
IAI Astra SPX 90 F-90 -100-100
IAI Galaxy Non-Integrated 89 F-89 -208-208
IAI Galaxy Integrated 154 F-154 -213-213
Lear Model 45 102 F-102 -105-105
Lear Model 45 (Integrated Display) 166 F-166 -208-208
Lear Model 60 78 F-78 -105-105
Lockheed C-130 PSCI 123 F-123 -102-102
KC-135 135 F-135 -202-202
MKIII Emulation 0 F-0 -100-100
NIMROD MRA4 122 F-122 -212-212
Premier 1 112 F-112 -210-210
Qual Test Configuration 99 F-99 -100-100
RC-135 134 F-134 -210-210
SAAB 2000 36 F-36 -101-101
Test Aircraft Type 63 F-63 -100-100
Test Aircraft Type 2 95 F-95 -100-100
ICD KEY
This sheet shows how to read the aircraft specific interface information presented in this appendix.
ARINC 429 INPUT DEFINITION FORMAT
BUS/SIGNAL REQUIRED IF:

BASIC = ALWAYS
WINDSHEAR = ONLY FOR WINDSHEAR DETECTION
MIN/APP MIN = ONLY FOR MINIMUMS OR APPROACHING MINIMUMS CALLOUTS
APP MIN = ONLY FOR APPROACHING MINIMUMS CALLOUTS
TA&D = ONLY FOR TERRAIN AWARENESS
EGPWC
INPUT CHANNEL No.
BUS FAULT OR INPUT FAULTS ON THIS BUS
SOURCE LRU WILL BE PREFACED WITH THIS IDENTIFIER
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ILS BUS 2

RX429-11 NAV #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP8A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Update Rates
B = TP8B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.0000977 33.3 - 66.6 ms
Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.000195 33.3 - 66.6 ms
INPUT LABEL NAME ARINC 429 DATA

IF FAULTED THIS NAME WILL LSB DEFINITION
LABEL NO. RANGE
FOLLOW THE BUS FAULT
DESIGNATOR SIGNIFICANT BITS ARINC 429
EGPWC ICD
FROM BIT 29 XMT INTERVAL
INPUT PINS SECTION REFERENCE
ANALOG INPUT DEFINITION FORMAT

BUS/SIGNAL REQUIRED IF:
BASIC = ALWAYS
WINDSHEAR = ONLY FOR WINDSHEAR DETECTION
MIN/APP MIN = ONLY FOR MINIMUMS OR APPROACHING MINIMUMS CALLOUTS
APP MIN = ONLY FOR APPROACHING MINIMUMS CALLOUTS
EGPWC ANALOG TA&D = ONLY FOR TERRAIN AWARENESS
INPUT CHANNEL No. INPUT FAULT WILL BE PREFACED
SOURCE LRU
WITH THIS IDENTIFIER
CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 1

(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
EGPWC ICD
ANALOG DATA FORMAT
INPUT PINS SECTION REFERENCE
DISCRETE INPUT DEFINITION FORMAT

DISCRETE PORT NAME DISCRETE DEFINITION DISCRETE SOURCE POLARITY DEFINITION
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override - From optional cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
Open = Not Flap Ovrd
EGPWC INPUT PINS ICD SECTION REFERENCE
DISCRETE OUTPUT DEFINITION FORMAT

DISCRETE PORT NAME FLASHING (When On) DISCRETE DEFINITION
MP7B DOUTL3 NO GPWC Warning Discrete 5.0.1.3
EGPWC OUTPUT PIN ICD SECTION REFERENCE
F-0 Aircraft Type 0: Mark III (965-0577 Boeing)
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 - M. Calhoun Moved section from Product Specification to ICD. - -
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data - -
with Terrain Display Configuration Options. Data is now included in
Appendix G (-208).
SCR 3221: Comment only (-208) – added note for new Alternate Mode 4B
program pin.
26-MAR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3446: Comment only. Removed unused Turbo Prop item. - -
28-MAY-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3921: Removed Alternate display strapping details (now found in -210 -210
appendix D-14). Added Terrain Display variant information.
16-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 on #2 channel of Emk V. - -210
Henderson
F-0: Aircraft Type Mark III (type 0)

ARINC 429 Data Channel Definitions
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IRS BUS
RX429-1 IRU #1 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP6A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP6B Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
Roll Angle 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 20-40
Vertical Speed 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 20-40
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMC BUS
RX429-2 FMC (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Use the Optional Input Select* program pin option to activate (PPCNF7).
A = MP10C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP10D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic if enabled 0.00017166137695 500
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic if enabled 0.00017166137695 500
Magnetic Track 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 degrees Basic if enabled 0.0439453125 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS
RX429-3 ADC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
B = MP11B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 62.5-125
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3-62.5
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ‘EFIS’ BUS
RX429-5 EFIS - (Low Speed)
Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required
(Optional)
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 ft App Min 0.125 100-200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ILS BUS
RX429-6 ILS #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP11D Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 0.1 100-200
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
RX429-8 Left (#1) LRRA
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP13B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
F-0: Aircraft Type Mark III (type 0) continued

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
* For 965-0976-0xx-101-101, PPCNF7 is the FMCSelect/GPS Overlays/GPIRS Overlays program pin.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Input Discrete Definitions
Refer to section 5.0.1 for self test level 6 audio messages.
Pin Mnemonic Description Reference Polarity
MP1A DINPL1
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
Open = Not Landing Flaps
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - Momentary switch 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 TCF Inhibit 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18 Steep Approach Discrete #1 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd = Enabled
Optional input to enable steep approach Open = Disabled
MP5D DINPL19 Steep Approach Discrete #2 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
Optional input to select steep approach Open = Not Selected
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Reposition
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
Channel Pins Comments
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Not Used
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Not Used
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/6/10
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/6/10/20 (Note 1)
Note 1: Labelset 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
Output Discrete Definitions

Pin Mnemonic Flashing Description (All discretes are also mapped to ARINC 429 output labels) Reference
MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 - Spare
TP12A DOUTL5 - Spare
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP10D DOUTL8 - Spare
MP14C DOUTL9 - Spare
TP11A DOUTL10 - Reserved pin
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - Spare
TP11B DMON3 - Reserved pin
Configuration Data Type Reference Section

Aircraft Type Boeing
Flashing Lamps See output discrete table 6.9.3
Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 1 (Commercial AT) Product Specification 6.4.4
Normal Audio Level 2 (MKV High) 4.1.8
Mode 6 Audio Level Normal
CMC/CFDS Type None Product Specification 6.10.7
Alternate Mode 4B No (Note 1) 6.1.1.5, Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear No
ILS Source Select Type None 5.9.1
Glideslope SSM Format Normal 4.1.1.41
Audio Inhibit Monitoring No 5.0.1.16
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
Discrete Flap Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Windshear Parameters N/A
Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO N/A
Flap Angle to Flap Handle N/A
Abnormal Approach Flaps N/A
Alpha Margin Type N/A
Flap Handle to Kf N/A
Windshear Threshold N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix
D, Table D-T14.
Terrain Display Options
Alternate Displays:
Refer to Appendix D-14 for program pin strapping definitions to select alternates.
Display Selected Appendix G Reference
Basic Display: No display defined N/A
Alternate Display #1: Spare
Variant Displays:
Display variant selection not available.
F-1 Aircraft Type 1: A319/A320/A321 (UA)
Revision History
Effectivity
08/07/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2977: Added ‘Peaks Available’ to display configuration table. -206 -206
Appendix G (-208).
SCR 3221 and 3222: Comment only (-208) – added notes for new
Alternate Mode 4B and lamp format program pins.
Comment only (-204) – changed obstacle alert note from –104 to -204.
26-MAY-99 – M.Calhoun SCR 3920: Added I/O mapping for Terrain Display IDs. -210 -210
06-JUN-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3944: Added position source selection note. - -
Henderson
21-SEP-99 – MJC SCR 4290: Deleted WXR On 1/2 I/O mapping. - -210
01-NOV-99 – Jeff Egilsrud SCR 4334: Added note indicating that I/O mapping for terrain display - -
selection (display ID’s 20-90) is future functionality, and is currently not
supported for this aircraft type. Display selection note made invisible by
selecting hidden text attribute (format -> font).
Position Source Selection Note

For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the use of direct FMS position inputs is allowed only when the High
Accuracy bit from the FMS is set.
Refer to section 6.7.10 of the Product Specification for more information.
F-1: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 UA (type 1)

Bus Type: Basic
A = MP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
B = MP6B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 25-50
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMC BUS 1
RX429-2 FMS EIS (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP10C Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
B = MP10D Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Magnetic Track 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 100
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS 1
RX429-4 Nav Display Bus #1
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = MP12B Range (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 120
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 ft App Mins 0.125 100-200
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-7 FMS OWN C (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
A = MP12C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Type Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP12D Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.1 270 Discrete 1 TA&D n/a 180
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Range (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 120
F-1: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 UA (type 1) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: CFDS BUS
RX429-10 CFDS(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP9A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP9B Command Word 4.1.1.14 227 Discrete n/a Basic n/a n/a
Date 4.1.1.25 260 BCD n/a Basic n/a 1 second
UTC 4.1.1.84 125 BCD 0 - 23:59.9 Basic 0.1 minutes 1 second
Aircraft Configuration Word 4.1.1.1 155 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 1 second
Aircraft ID Word 1 4.1.1.2 301 BCD n/a Basic n/a 1 second
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 1
RX429-11 Wx Radar Hazard Bus
Bus Type: TA&D Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
(Optional**) (High Speed)
B = TP8B Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D n/a 20
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Note: May be activated as a display input. See I/O mapping table.
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS BUS
RX429-17 GPS (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Single GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option* for high speed bus.
NOTE: GPS Overlay requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743.
Specifically, HFOM format must be nautical miles, not meters, and VFOM format must be
feet, not meters.
A = TP11C Data Reference
Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54
110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Longitude 4.1.1.60
111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Latitude Fine 4.1.1.55
120 11 ±0.000172 Deg TA&D 0.00000008381903 1000
Longitude Fine 4.1.1.61
121 11 ±0.000172 Deg TA&D 0.00000008381903 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5
076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87
165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47
101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85
102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86
136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48
247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77
273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
Date 4.1.1.25
260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84
125 19 hh mm.m TA&D n/a 1000
Ground Speed 4.1.1.45
112 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
True Track 4.1.1.79
103 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93
130 17 16 nm TA&D 0.00012207 1000
RX429-18 Wx Radar Hazard Bus #2
Bus Type: TA&D Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
(Optional) (High Speed)
B = MP6D Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D n/a 20
* The alternate bus speed option is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
** This bus is required when using 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable
MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - Optional input if Altitude 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
Awareness Callouts desired at lower volume. Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height - Optional input, only required if the 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Minimums callouts desired and ARINC 429 Selected DH Open = > DH
info is not provided.
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional input, typically used to allow a 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
predictive windshear system to inhibit GPWS, or to allow Open = Not inhibit
for external GPWS suppression during Windshear escape
maneuver’s.
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - When grounded enables 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
callouts. This can be a strap to always enable callouts, or Open = Voice Disabled
can be a cockpit switch.
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional input, used if 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
crew suppression of continuous messages in progress is Open = Normal
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 WX-Radar #1 On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
Open = Off
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
(Terrain Display & Warnings not available) Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14 WX-Radar #2 On/Off * 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
(optional input, required for for dual PWS only) Open = Off
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type 1 (Momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type 1 (Momentary)
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
* This optional input is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to symbol Generator relay #1
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to symbol Generator relay #2
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/6/8/11/14
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/6/8/11/20 (Note
1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To G/S Mode Off Lamp 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To GPWS Warn Lamps (Notes 1 and 2) 6.9.3.1
No Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
No Obstacle Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
No Terrain Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Terrain Displayable #1 6.9.3.7
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - Terrain Displayable #2 6.9.3.7
Terrain Monitor Discrete
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Not Available 6.9.3.5
Note 1: Obstacle alerts not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Note 2: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then ‘Terrain Awareness
Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all non Pull Up messages will trigger DOUTL2 (MP3D). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT
selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’,
and all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic
may be different. The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aircraft Type Commercial
Lamp Format Type 1 (Note 2) 6.1.1.8, 6.9.3
CMC/CFDS Type CFDS Type 2A Product Specification 6.10.7
Alternate Mode 4B Yes (Note 3) 6.1.1.5, Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear No
Audio Inhibit Monitoring Yes 5.0.1.16
(Note 1)
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: Not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-T17.
Note 3: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/deactivated with PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.

Alternate Displays Available
Display Selected Appendix G
Reference
Basic Display: Airbus (A319/A320/A321/A330/A340) Sextant EFIS G-25.3
Variant Displays: Refer to appendix G-25 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant selection.
(FUTURE) I/O mapping for Terrain Display Category (Display Select ID’s 20-90) (Notes 1, 2)
I/O Hardware mapping I/O Hardware mapping
Display Bus 1 Channel 4
Display Bus 3 Channel 15 Terrain Displayable #1 DOUTL7
Terrain Select #1 DINPL15 Terrain Display Discrete #1 DOUTL8
Note 1: The capability to select display ID’s 20-90 is not currently supported for this aircraft type.
Note 2: Selection of a display type requiring the use of WXR On #1 and WXR On #2 analog discretes is not allowed.
F-2 Aircraft Type 2: 747-400 BA
Revision History
Effectivity
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3277: Noted blue water display and required PPI H/W mod. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
Comment only (-204) – changed obstacle alert note from –104 to –204.
Henderson
Position Source Selection Note – Type 2 Basic

For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the use of direct FMS position inputs is allowed when:
The EGPWC is not strapped to expect GPS input(s), or
The EGPWC is strapped to expect an FMS Nav Mode input (not applicable here), or
The EGPWC is strapped to expect external GPS input(s) and the GPS/IRS data is not usable.
Selection of Internal GPS disables the use of FMS data unless the FMS Nav Mode input is available.
F-2: Aircraft Type 747-400 BA (type 2)

Bus Type: Basic
Pitch Rate 4.1.1.17 326 13 ±128 deg/sec Windshear 0.015625 10-20
Inertial Vertical Acceleration 4.1.1.50 364 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625 10-20
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: CENTER RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
RX429-4 Center (#3) LRRA
Bus Type: Basic if enabled
(Optional) (Low Speed)
B = MP12B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if Enb 0.125 25-50
Bus Type: For Minimums/Approaching Minimums required
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
Bus Type: Basic
F-2: Aircraft Type 747-400 BA (type 2) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DSWC BUS 1
RX429-7 DSWC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP12D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 45-110
Corrected Angle of Attack 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Stick Shaker Angle of Attack 4.1.1.11 241 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Minimum Operating Speed 4.1.1.66 256 11 ±512 Knots Windshear 0.25 300
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: LEFT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: CMC BUS
RX429-10 CMC (low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Command Word 4.1.1.19 227 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RIGHT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
RX429-11 Right (#2) LRRA
B = TP8B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if Enb 0.125 25-50
(Optional)
A = TP8C Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if Enb 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic if Enb 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic if Enb 0.1 100-200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR BUS 1
RX429-13 WXR Controller CB1
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP6A Mode (Control Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP1D Mode (Control Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option* for high speed bus.
NOTE: GPS Overlay requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC
743. Specifically, HFOM format must be nautical miles, not meters, and
VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
B = MP6D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Latitude Fine 4.1.1.55 120 11 ±0.000172 Deg TA&D 0.00000008381903 1000
Longitude Fine 4.1.1.61 121 11 ±0.000172 Deg TA&D 0.00000008381903 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 hh mm.m TA&D n/a 1000
Ground Speed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
True Track 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm TA&D 0.00012207 1000
* The alternate bus speed option is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1 Air Ground Discrete 5.0.1.24 Gnd = In Air
Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional input 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
desired.
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - Even though cockpit test may be via 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
a digital command this discrete is still provided. Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear/Gear Override 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
Open = Not Landing Gear
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps/Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #2 (toggle)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #2 (toggle)
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to left display switching relay
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to right display switching relay
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/4/5/6/7/10/20 (Note
1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete -N/C 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 No Windshear Caution Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 No Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
No Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note) 6.9.3.4.1
No Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note) 6.9.3.4.2
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.5
Windshear Monitor Discrete
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Not Available - N/C 6.9.3.5
Note: Obstacle alerts not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.

Lamp Format Type 2
Mode 6 Audio Level -6 db
CMC/CFDS Type Boeing CMC Product Specification 6.10.7
Alternate Mode 4B No Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear Boeing Uses Boeing Algorithm
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO B4/DPF9
Flap Angle to Flap Handle FH4
Abnormal Approach Flaps AAF1
Alpha Margin Type 1
Flap Handle to Kf KF2
Windshear Threshold WT1
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.2
Variant Displays:
Display variant selection not available prior to –210-210.
Refer to appendix G-23 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant selection.
Refer to Appendix D-14 for program pin strapping to select variants.
F-3 Aircraft Type 3: 767-300ER Basic

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Revision History
Effectivity
08/11/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2098: Added Hazard Bus support to this aircraft type. - -105
13/JAN/99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3457: Deleted non-unique items from configuration data table. Doc - -
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 767-200 as specified in F-31.

Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO B3/DPF8 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
F-4 Aircraft Type 4: 737-300 Basic

This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note: Except for configuration parameter differences, this interface also defines 737-400 (see F-8) and 737-500 (see F-9).
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 – M. Calhoun Moved section from Product Specification to ICD. - -
08/11/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2098: Added Hazard Bus support to this aircraft type. - -105
11/07/97 – M. Calhoun Corrected label 272 on channel 16 to indicate it is format 2. - -105
01/29/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added Nav - -204
Mode option to both FMCs.
02/10/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Made FMC mag track optional on channels 2 and 18. - -204
Appendix G (-208).
Comment only (-206) – changed ARINC 743 note from –204 to –206.
Comment only (-204) – changed obstacle alert note from -104 to –204.
15-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3768: Comment only. Added note about dual GPS to analog - -
glideslope #2.
Henderson

The EGPWC is strapped to expect an FMS Nav Mode input, or
F-4: Aircraft Type 737-300 Basic (type 4)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IRS BUS 1
RX429-1 IRU #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2 FMC #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available (will DE-
activate FMC Magnetic Track).
*Magnetic Track 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 100
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 1000
Nav Mode
*Use Configuration Option 2
program pin to activate FMC
Discrete Word and to DE-
activate Mag Track (Note 1)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16. 31.3-62.5
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MCP BUS
RX429-4 FCC - MCP (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Selected Course 4.1.1.71 024 11 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 1 100-200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ‘EFIS’ BUS 1
RX429-5 EFCP-L-1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required,
or TA&D
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 Ft App Min 0.125 100-200
Discrete Word 1 (Disp Mode) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 2 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Discrete Word 2 (WX On/Off) 4.1.1.90.2 273 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DAA BUS 1
RX429-6 DAA #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
ILS Select 4.1.1.88 034 Discrete n/a Basic Bit 14 = ILS 167-333
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
Note 1: Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
F-4: Aircraft Type 737-300 Basic (type 4) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS
Bus Type: TA&D
Select PWS Option 1 program pin to enable.
(Note 1)
B = TP8D Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D n/a 20
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Select Optional Input Select program pin to enable.
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) Format: ARINC 429
B = TP1D Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16 EFCP-R-1 (Low Speed)
or TA&D
B = TP5D Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 Ft App Min 0.125 100-200
Discrete Word 1 (Display Modes) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 2 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Discrete Word 2 (WXR On/Off) 4.1.1.90.2 273 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Dual GPS Option or the Dual ILS option can be selected to activate this
RX429-17 Either GPS #2 or ILS #2 channel. The Dual GPS Option has priority.
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS BUS 2
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
Select Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for low speed bus.
Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A
(Note 1)
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
*HFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
*Alternate ARINC 743 format:

VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters TA&D 0.03125 1000
HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48.1 247 15 1024 meters TA&D 0.03125 1000
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DAA BUS 2
DAA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Select Dual ILS program pin to enable.
B = TP11D Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
(VOR/ILS Frequency)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Single or Dual GPS program pin or the Optional Input Select program pin
RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2 can be selected to activate this channel. GPS Options have priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
Select Single or Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
(Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMC BUS 2
FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Select Optional Input Select program pin to activate.
Nav Mode
Discrete Word and to DE-activate
Magnetic Track (Note 1)
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 1
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP14B (Optional)
Select Dual Radio Altitude program pin to enable.

CHANNEL 3 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select
(+) = TP13C ARINC 547 Glideslope #1 4.1.3.2.3
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE 1
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D (Optional)

Note 1: Dual ILS cannot be selected if dual GPS is selected. See note on ARINC 429 channel 17.

Open = On Ground
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional input 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height - Optional input 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
callouts. Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional input 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - Ground Prox Module test switch 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - To Gear Down and Flap/Gear Override 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
switch on Ground Prox Module Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps - To Flap switches and Flap/Gear Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Not Landing Flaps
switch on Ground Prox Module Open = Landing Flaps
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - Optional Input (push to cancel) 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
(Terrain Awareness Alerting & Display not available) Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input - suppresses all audio & 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
visual except for Windshear, Terrain Awareness & TCF Open = Not inhibit
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition - For simulator installations only 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Reposition
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28 V = Valid, 0 V = Fail
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope #1 Valid 5.0.1.8 +28 V = Valid, 0 V = Fail
TP15C DINPH3 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28 V = Valid, 0 V = Fail
TP15D DINPH4 Glideslope #2 Valid 5.0.1.8 +28 V = Valid, 0 V = Fail
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/4/5/6/7/10/20
(Note 1)

MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete (Notes 1 and 2) 6.9.3.1
No Obstacle Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 No Windshear Caution Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete 6.9.3.2

Normal Audio Level 3 (MKV Low) 4.1.8
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details
Alpha Margin Type 0
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Boeing Non-Integrated Collins EFIS G-15.1
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
change only.


Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson


Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
QNH Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 251 17 ±131,072 FT QFE/TA&D 1.0 31.3-62.5
RX429-4 Center (#3) LRRA (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Select Triple Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP12D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Deg Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Deg Windshear 0.0439453125 45-110
Corrected Angle of Attack 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 Deg Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Stick Shaker Angle of Attack 4.1.1.11 241 12 ±180 Deg Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Deg Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
Select Dual or Triple Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
B = TP8B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
RX429-12 Left (#1) Wx Radar Hazard
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Bus (High Speed)
Select PWS Option 1 or PWS Option 2 program pin to enable.
(Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
A = TP5A Data Reference Lab Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 el bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
364
Note 1: Not available prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.

Bus Type: Basic
A = TP1C Data Reference Label Sig Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-15 Right (#2) Wx Radar Hazard Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
or TA&D
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC
743A (Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ILS BUS 2
ILS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Select Dual ILS Program pin to enable.

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Single/Dual GPS program pin or the Optional Input Select program pin
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
Select Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
743A (Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Refer to section 5.0.1 for selftest level 6 audio messages.
Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps - To Flap switches and Flap/Gear Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
switch on Ground Prox Module Open = Not Landing Flaps
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - Optional input (push to cancel) 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19 WXR #2 On/Off (R/T #2 Selected) - Only required for 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
dual PWS installations. Open = Off
Note: Not available prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data-left display switching relay
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data-right display switching relay
1)

Note: Obstacle alerts introduced in P/N 965-0976-XXX-204-204.

Lamp Format Type 2
Turbo Prop No Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
change only.


Revision History
Effectivity
Except for the configuration parameters defined below this interface is identical to the 737-300 as specified in F-4.
Configuration Data Type
Abnormal Approach Flaps AAF2 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
Alpha Margin Type 0
F-16 Aircraft Type 16: 737-300 with PPI Display

This aircraft configuration is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Note: Except for configuration parameter differences, this interface also defines 737-500 with PPI Display (see F-17).
Revision History
Effectivity
11/10/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2295: Added interface. - -202
11/12/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2320: Changed PWS Bus and signal type from ‘TA&D’ to ‘Basic’ on - -202
channel 12.
11/13/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2295: Removed “1” from fault designator for channel 5. - -202
12/01/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2369: Deleted Terrain Select #2 input discrete from TP1B and - -202
deleted Terrain Display Output discrete #2 from MP14C.
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3087: Disabled moving marker and noted Peaks available. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
glideslope #2.
25-MAY-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3920: Added I/O mapping for Terrain Display IDs. -210 -210
Henderson

Display Selection Note

Note that some undefined ARINC 429 input channels and Discrete I/O refer to the I/O mapping table at the end of this section.
For the –210-210 and on these interfaces may be activated (depending on display type) via the Terrain Display Select program
pins (PPCNF18/19, ICD appendix D-14).
F-16: Aircraft Type 737-300 with PPI Display (type 16)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required.
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
Bus Type: Windshear
Note: Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
F-16: Aircraft Type 737-300 with PPI Display (type 16) continued
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS
RX429-8 WX-IND 429 out (range)
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = MP13B Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 100
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
B = TP8D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20-160
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:N/C Note: May be activated as a display input. See I/O mapping table.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
(Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

DAA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)

GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
Select Single or Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
(Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic
Select Dual ILS program pin to enable (see note 2)
Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
MP2D DINPL14 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP1B DINPL16 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to right display switching relay (not used)
(Note 1)

MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete (Notes 1 and 2) 6.9.3.1
TP12B DOUTL6 - PWS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.9
TP4D DOUTL7 - TCAS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.10
MP14C DOUTL9 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP11A DOUTL10 - Spare 6.9.3.7
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Alpha Margin Type 0

Reference
I/O mapping for Terrain Display Category (Display Select ID’s 20-90)
Display Bus 1 Channel 8 WXR On #1 DINPL12
Display Bus 3 Channel 15 Terrain Displayable #1 *Not Available
Display Bus 4 Channel 16 Terrain Displayable #2 *Not Available
*Precludes selection of a display type requiring this output.

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Revision History
Effectivity
10/29/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2296: Added interface. - -202
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 with PPI Display as specified
in F-16.

Revision History
Effectivity
25-MAY-99 - MJC SCR 3919: Added interface. - -210
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 with PPI Display as specified
in F-16.

F-30 Aircraft Type 30: Boeing 747-400 Basic

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-30: Boeing 747-400 Basic (type 30)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 1
Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums
Required, or TA&D
Discrete Word 1 (Disp Modes) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Bus Type: Basic
F-30: Boeing 747-400 Basic (type 30) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8 Left (#1) LRRA (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D.
(Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 deg Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 deg Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
Roll Angle 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 deg Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 deg TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 deg TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
or TA&D
Discrete Word 1 (Display Mode) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
743A (Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

ILS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP11C Data Reference Labe Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP11D Localizer 4.1.1.56 l 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
017

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either Single/Dual GPS program pin, or the Optional Input Select program pin can
RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2 be selected to activate this channel. GPS Options have priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
743A (Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP6D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
*Magnetic Track 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 deg Basic 0.0439453125 100
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
dual PWS installations Open = Off
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Terrain Displayable #2 6.9.3.7
TP11A DOUTL10 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete 6.9.3.1

Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 1
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:

Note: Except for configuration parameter differences this interface also defines 767-300ER (see F-3) and 767-300 (see F-5).
Revision History
Effectivity
10/21/98 – M. Calhoun Added note to Hazard Bus 2 on which program pin to use. - -
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson


Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = TP8D Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D N/a 20
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic N/a 250-500

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = TP4B Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D N/a 20
or TA&D
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
743A (Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

ILS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 –BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 0.1 100-200

GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-33 Aircraft Type 33: Embraer EMB-145/EMB-135

Note: This configuration is not supported prior to P/N 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
This configuration supports either dual low speed FMC inputs containing Navigation Mode information, or a single high speed
FMC input without Navigation Mode information.
Revision History
Effectivity
10/02/97 – S. Arnett SCR 2220: Added aircraft type 33 (EMB-145). - -202
10/10/97 – S. Arnett SCR 2230: Added ‘Format 2’ and ‘Type 2’ definition to the IC Discrete - -202
Word input.
10/14/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2220: Changed to Lamp format 2. - -202
10/17/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2220: Replaced output label sets E-9 & E-12 with E-8 and E-11. - -202
10/27/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2220: Rearranged output discretes. Redefined FMC inputs to support - -202
either dual low speed or single high speed inputs. Removed date & time
from GPS buses. Deleted ILS Select discrete input.
10/29/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2220: Moved high speed FMC from channel 4 to channel 2. Moved - -202
low speed FMC #1 from channel 2 to channel 4. Noted that ILS Discrete
Word is SDI specific and corrected Program pin notation for ARINC 429
channel 7.
10/30/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2220: Changed IC Localizer significant bits from 11 to 12. - -202
12/16/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2452: Removed Magnetic Heading from FMC buses (channels 2, 4 - -202
and 15).
01/29/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. -204 -204
09/29/98 – Gary Boyd Added note to “Terrain Display Configuration Data” saying that Auto - -
Range is subject to Auto Range Confirm selection.
06-Dec-98 – S. Arnett SCR 3381: Added comment referencing EMB-135. - -
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Comment only (-204) – Obstacle alert support note.
Henderson
05-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 4788: Revised AHRS buses to be IRS/AHRS Hunt Buses. - -213
Made all GPS signals basic, and made all ground speed and SAT labels
basic.
SCR 5749: Added EGPWS 429 output label set E-19.
F-33: Aircraft Type Embraer EMB-145/EMB-135 (type 33)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IRS AHRS BUS 1
RX429-1 IRS or AHRS #1
Bus Type: Basic IRS/AHRS Hunt
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
B = MP6B *Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
*Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
*Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
*Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
*Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 Ft Basic 0.125 20-40
*Vertical Speed 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 20-40
*Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 25-50
*True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
*True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
*IRS Only
(Optional)
Low speed (Typical connection for single Honeywell FMC.)
bus options Select Optional Input Select program pin to enable.
available on
channels 4
and 15.
A = MP10C FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
B = MP10D FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
FMC Ground speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 knots Basic 0.125 40
FMC True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 40
FMC True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 40
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees Basic 0.25 250-500
RX429-4 FMC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
High speed
option (Typical connection for Universal FMC #1.)
available on Note: This input not used if Optional Inputs Select program pin activated, in which case only the
channel 2. single high speed FMC input on channel 2 is used.
B = MP12B FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 1000
F-33: Aircraft Type Embraer EMB-145/EMB-135 (type 33) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IC DATA BUS
RX429-5 IC-600 #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP10B Glideslope Left 4.1.1.42 056 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic -0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Glideslope Right 4.1.1.43 057 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic -0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Localizer Left 4.1.1.57 060 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Localizer Right 4.1.1.58 061 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Decision Height 4.1.1.28 067 11 ±1024 Feet Basic 0.5 950-1050
Selected Course Left 4.1.1.73 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000
Selected Course Right 4.1.1.74 101 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000
*ILS Discrete Word 4.1.1.34 272 9,10 n/a Basic n/a 500
*Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Format 2 Type 2 Basic n/a 100
Status Bits 15-18
Selected Range Bits 25-28
*SDI Specific (use both)

RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 2
RX429-7 LRRA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic if selected
(Alternate)
Select Alternate RA #2 and Dual RA program pin options to enable.
B = MP12D Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
RX429-8 SWC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP13B Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 45-11-
Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.9 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
(Left Vane)
RX429-9 SWC #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 45-11-
(Right Vane)
(Alternate)
The Analog LRRA is standard. Select Alternate RA #2 program pin option to enable this digital
interface.
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
B = TP6A *Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
*Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 Ft Basic 0.125 20-40
*IRS Only
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Deg Basic 0.25 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
High speed
option (Typical connection for Universal FMC #2.)
available on Note: This input not used if Optional Inputs Select program pin activated, in which case only the
channel 2. single high speed FMC input on channel 2 is used.
A = TP4A FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
B = TP4B FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS BUS 2
RX429-17 GPS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus.
Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note
1)
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
Latitude Fine 4.1.1.55 120 11 ±0.000172 Deg Basic 0.00000008381903 1000
Longitude Fine 4.1.1.61 121 11 ±0.000172 Deg Basic 0.00000008381903 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
*HFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Ground Speed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
True Track 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 1000
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 1000
*Alternate ARINC 743

format:
VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48.1 247 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Select Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
1)
B = MP6D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48.1 247 15 1024 meterse Basic 0.03125 1000
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic unless alternate selected
Optional altimeters supported. See section 6.1.10.1
(Optional) Radio Altimeter #2 4.1.3.2.1
(+) = TP14A Select Dual Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
(-) = TP14B Input Type: Basic unless alternate selected
CHANNEL 3 CONNECT TO: N/C
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1 Steep Approach Discrete #1 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd = Enabled
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional Input 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Optional input if Altitude Awareness Callouts desired at Open = Normal
lower volume.
Optional input if Minimums callout used and digital Open = > DH
Decision Height not available
Open = Not inhibit
When grounded enables callouts. Open = Voice Disabled
Optional input Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap
Open = Not Landing Flap
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Optional input to manually cancel Mode 5 Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
Optional input to inhibit Terrain Display & Warnings Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
visual except for Windshear, TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
TP4C DINPL18
Note: For simulator installations only Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
Note: Not required if Alternate RA #2 program pin option 0V = Not Valid
selected (to use ARINC 429 LRRA).
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
Note: Only required if Alternate RA #2 program pin 0V = Not Valid
option not selected (to use ARINC 429 LRRA) and dual
Radio Altitude program pin option selected.
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/8/11/19 (Note
2)
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/8/11/19/20
(Note 1 and 2)

No Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note 1)
No Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1)
TP12A DOUTL5 No Windshear Warning Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete - To TCAS Inhibit 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare -
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display Discrete #1 - not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display Discrete #2 - not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - Spare -
TP12D DMON2 - Windshear Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not Available 6.9.3.5

Aircraft Type Bizjet
Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 2 (Bizjet) Product Specification 6.4.4
Windshear ASA Uses Honeywell Algorithm
INOP & Warning Yes 6.9.3.5
Annunciations in same window
Aero Data 18/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Windshear Parameters 3
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Primus 1000 G-11.2
Variant Displays:
F-35 Aircraft Type 35: Dornier 328 Jet
Revision History
Effectivity
07/04/98 – S. Arnett SCR 2921: Added aircraft type 35 (GPWS, WS, TAAD). - -206
07/07/98 – Gary Boyd Added comment to Configuration Data “(sign reversed)” for Glideslope - -206
07/08/98 – M.Calhoun Revised reference and update rate for Flap Angle inputs. Corrected - -206
reference to glideslope signal.
07/09/98 – M.Calhoun Removed digital LRRA intrface as it will not be available on this type. - -206
Made all GPS signals and all Ground Speed signals ‘basic’.
08/05/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3022: Revised EGPWS output label set from E-1/2/3/5/6/17 to - -206
E-1/2/3/5/6/8
09/11/98 – M.Calhoun SCR 3092: Revised Bank Angle type from 2 to 1. Added label set 11 to - -206
ARINC 429 output data. Corrected notes on Radio Altitude validity inputs.
09/30/98 – Gary Boyd Added section reference to “Terrain Display Configuration Data, Auto - -
Range”.
10/05/98 – M.Calhoun SCR 3190: Added Honeywell SSM configuration item. - -206
10/05/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3190: Reversed glideslope sign so + is fly down. - -206
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-35: Aircraft Type Dornier 328 Jet (type 35)

(High Speed)
*Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 20-40
*IRS Only
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:N/C
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
(LH-ADC)
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FWC BUS 2
RX429-5 FWC #2 (Lo Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(RH-IAC)
B = MP10B Selected Course 4.1.1.71 024 11 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 1.0 167-333
Glideslope (H/well SSM) 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 DH 12 0-16,384 Min/App Min 1.0 50
MDA 14 0-4,095 Feet Min/App Min 1.0 200
Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.10 223 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 31.3-62.5
(Local AOA transmitted on
Indicated AOA label)
Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 100
Status Bits 17-18
Self Test 23
F-35: Aircraft Type Dornier Do-328 Jet (type 35) continued

RX429-6 FWC #1 (Lo Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(LH-IAC)
B = MP11D Selected Course 4.1.1.71 024 11 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 1.0 167-333
Glideslope (H/well SSM) 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 DH 12 0-16,384 Min/App Min 1.0 50
MDA 14 0-4,095 Feet Min/App Min 1.0 200
Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.9 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 31.3-62.5
(Local AOA transmitted on
Status Bits 17-18
Self Test 23
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Basic
(LH-IAC)
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is
available.
A = TP9C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = TP9D FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 (ms)
*Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 40
1000
*Use Configuration Option
2 program pin to activate.
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D

Bus Type: Basic
(RH-ADC)
B = TP6A Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
(High Speed)
B = TP1D *Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
*IRS Only
(Optional) (RH-IAC)
• Select Optional Inputs program pin to enable.
available.
B = TP4B FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

RX429-17 GPS #2 (High Speed)
(Optional)
• Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for low speed bus.
• Use Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC
743A.
NOTE: ARINC 743A scales FOM labels 136/247 in feet/NM respectively, ARINC
743 scales both in meters.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd Basic n/a 1000
UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 hh mm.m Basic n/a 1000

format:
(Optional)
• Use the Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC
743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

Analog Input Data
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic
(+) = TP14A Select Dual Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
(-) = TP14B Input Type: Basic
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height (Not required if Selected DH provided 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
on FWC input buses) Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional input 5.0.1.16 Gnd = Audio inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - Momentary switch - Optional input 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Steep Approach Discrete #2 - Optional input 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
MP2D DINPL14 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition - Optional input for simulator 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Selected
installations only. Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
Note: Only required if dual Radio Altitude program pin 0V = Not Valid
option selected.
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left/Right multiplexed picture bus to DU-870 #1 & #2 (port 2)
1)

Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
Obstacle Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
Terrain Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
Obstacle Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 - not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 - not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6

Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 1 (Commercial) Product Specification 6.4.4
Glideslope SSM Format Honeywell 4.1.1.41
Aero Data 27/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-36 Aircraft Type 36: Saab 2000
Revision History
Effectivity
11/21/97 – M. Calhoun Updated bus nomenclature only. - -
01/29/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 option to both GPS buses. -204 -204
03/24/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified AHRS and IOC channels to support AHRS/IRS hunt. -204 -204
05/18/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2120: Removed changes incorporatedd in the AHRS IOC buses. -204 -204
Changes will be reinstated for release 12.
07/13/98 – D. Sawich SCR 2894: -206 -206
ARINC 429 Data Channel Definitions:
- Added label 221, Body Angle of Attack, to the IOC #1 and IOC #2 –
RX429-2 and RX429-3 buses respectively.
- Added MLS #1 and MLS #2 inputs to channels RX429-4 and RX429-
7 respectively.
- Added label 213, Static Air Temperature, to the L-ADC-1 - RX429-12
bus.
Serial Data Output:
- Replaced label set ‘9’ with ‘8’.
- Replaced label set ‘12’ with ‘11’.
Output Discrete Definitions:
- Added Windshear Caution, Warning and Monitor Discretes to Output.
- Changed nomenclature for DOUTL10 from ‘Reserved Pin’ to ‘Spare’.
Configuration Data:
- Changed ‘Normal Audio Level’ to ‘2’.
- Changed ‘Windshear’ to ‘ASA’.
- Changed ‘Aero Data’ to ‘1/DPF1’.
- Changed ‘IRS Type’ to ‘0’.
- Changed ‘Windshear Parameters’ to ‘42’.
- Added “INOP & Warning Annuniciations in same window”, “Yes”.
Terrain Display Configuration Data:
- Changed ‘Display Type’ to ‘ Collins Pro Line 4’.
- Changed ‘Sweep Type’ to ‘Fan’.
- Added “Alternate Pop-Up”,”No”.
07/15/98 – D. Sawich SCR 2666: -206
Remove IRS/AHRS bus hunting function. Restore Channel RX429-1 to an
AHRS bus. Reference: SCR 2120.
ARINC 429 Data Channel Definintions:
- From Channel RX429-1: removed “IRS” from Fault Designation,
removed “IRS/AHRS Hunt (Note 1)” from Bus Type.
- Removed “(Note 1)” from Bus Type in channels RX-429-2 and
RX429-3.
- Removed Note 1 from below the table.
SCR 2894:
- In the Configuration Data table, changed the Windshear Parameters
value to 44.
- In the Terrain Display Configuration table, added Note 2, display
information is for future release, Terrain display is not supported in
release 12.
- Added Note 1, windshear is not supported prior to -206, -206.
07/17/98 – D. Sawich Input Discrete Definitions table. -206

Changed the Polarity for the Landing Flap from “GND = Landing Flaps” to
“+28V = Landing Flaps” and “Open = Not Landing Flaps” to “0V = Not
Landing Flaps”. Reference: MKV EGPWS ICD, DWG No. 993-0976-401,
rev C, section 4.1.4 +28 VDC Discrete Inputs.
07/30/98 – D. Sawich ARINC 429 Data Channel Definitions table. -206
Channels RX429-2 and RX429-3 changed the Flap Angle resolution from
“0.0439” to “0.0439453125”.
08/12/98 – D. Sawich SCR 2894 -206
Configuration Data: Changed the IRS Type from “0” to “1”
09/11/98 – MJC Added note on ARINC 743 GPS format to GPS #1 input. -
09/25/98 – D. Sawich SCR 3153 – Added -206
Configuration Data “1000 Ft Glideslope Cancel, Yes, 5.0.1.10”
Appendix G (-208).
SCR 3221 and 3222: Comment only (-208) – added notes for new Alternate
Mode 4B and lamp format program pins.
07/JAN/99 – N. Menzies SCR 3441: Replaced “TurboProp Yes” with “Mode4Type 2”. With the - -208
introduction of configurable Mode 4, “TurboProp” is replaced by
“Mode4Type”.
11/JAN/99 – N. Menzies SCR 3441: Comment only - added refs to “Turbo Prop” and Product Spec - -
Section for Configuration Data Mode4Type.
Henderson
F-36: Aircraft Type Saab 2000 (type 36)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
B = MP6B Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Long Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOC BUS 1

RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
B = MP10D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 167-333
Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet App Min 0.125 100-200
PFD Mode Select Word 4.1.1.67 163 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 200
Body Angle of Attack 4.1.1.6 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.2 137 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
B = MP11B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.2 137 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: MLS #1 Fault Designation: MLS BUS 1
RX429-4 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
L-MLS-1
B = MP12B Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Glideslope Deviation 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Bus Type: Basic
R-VIR-1
B = MP10B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
F-36: Aircraft Type Saab 2000 (type 36) continued

Bus Type: Basic
L-VIR-1
RX429-7 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
R-MLS-1
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: LRRA Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 2
RX429-10 R-RAC-1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: LRRA Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 1
RX429-11 L-RAC-1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-12 L-ADC-1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees Windshear 0.25 250-500
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Dual GPS Overlay program pin option to enable.
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for high-speed bus (Note 1).
• Use the Configuration Option 1 program pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 Mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high-speed bus (Note 1).
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: Not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - from cockpit test switch. 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From landing gear down and locked 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
switch. Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - Optional Momentary switch 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Steep Approach Discrete #2 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected

TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type 1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type 1 (momentary)
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5 Landing Flap 5.0.1.3 +28V = Landing Flaps
0V = Not Landing Flaps
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to symbol Generator
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to symbol Generator
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/6/8/11
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/6/8/11/20 (Note 1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To Glideslope Lamps 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 Yes GPWC Warning Discrete -To warn Lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
Yes Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
Yes Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.1
Yes Terrain Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
Yes Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 Windshear Caution Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete - To TCAS 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare

Bank Angle Type 1 (Commertial AT) Product Specification 6.4.4
Normal Audio Level 2 4.1.8
Mode4Type 2 (Turbo Prop) SRD 6.2.4.3.1 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear ASA (Note 1)
ILS Source Select Type PFD 5.9.1
1000 Foot Glideslope Cancel Yes 5.0.1.10
INOP & Warning Yes (Note 1) 6.9.3.5
Annuniciations in same window
Aero Data 1/DPF1 (Note 1)
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Windshear Parameters 44 (Note 1)
Note 1: Not supported prior to 965-0976-xxx-206-206.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 (Non-Integrated) (Note 1)
Note 1: Information for future release, terrain display is not supported.
Variant Displays:
F-37 Aircraft Type 37: Cessna Citation Jet 1 (CJ1)

This aircraft configuration is not supported prior to the 965-0976-0xx-210-210
Revision History
Effectivity
09-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3893: New aircraft type for release 16. - -210
28-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3994: Added label 210 to channels 2 and 3. - -210
27-JUL-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3751: Added output label set 19, changed display reference to G16.3. - -210
05-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3959: Added 15 degree flap input (DINPL19) for Windshear and - -210
revised Discrete Flaps Configuration Item to “Monitor for > 1 set”.
Revised AOA and WS parameters to match those being added for the CJ2.
They will remain temporary until data provided. Revised 30 degree flap
input (TP4C) to indicate 35° and Landing Flap Configuration Item to
indicate 35°.
16-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Moved Autotilt labels to label set 20 on #2 channel of Emk V. - -210
Henderson
02-SEP-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4232: Removed all inputs and configuration items relating to - -210
Windshear Detection – this includes the following: 1) delete True Airspeed
(label 210) from IOC buses, 2) delete analog input channel 2 definition for
AOA, 3) delete definition for DINPH3 AOA Valid, 4) delete DINPL19
Flap Position #2 (15 deg), 5) changed Windshear output discretes to
SPARE, 6) change Configuration Data item Windshear type to NO, 7)
change Configuration Data items Aero Data, Analog AOA type, and
Windshear Parameter types to N/A, and 8) revise Discrete Flap
Configuration Item to “No Monitoring”.
09-SEP-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4232: Renamed 35 deg flaps input discrete to Flap Position #2. - -210
30-SEP-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Cleaned up formatting - -
12-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5748: Added inputs and configuration items related to Windshear -213
Detection – this includes the following: 1) add True Airspeed (label 210)
from IOC buses, 2) add analog input channel 2 definition for AOA, 3) add
definition for DINPH3 AOA Valid, 4) rename flap position #2 (DINPL18)
to #3 and add DINPL19 Flap Position #2 (15 deg), 5) add reference to
Windshear output discretes , 6) change Configuration Data item Windshear
type to ASA, 7) add Configuration Data items Aero Data (32), Analog
AOA type 17/DPF1, and Windshear parameters 51, and 8) revise Discrete
Flap Configuration Item to “Monitor for > 1 set”.
F-37: Aircraft Type Citation Jet 1 (CJ1) (type 37)

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: LEFT IOC BUS
RX429-2 IOC #1 (L-GPBUS-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 302 is NOT available.
A = MP10C Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 10-20
B = MP10D Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 10-20
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 50-125
Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 Knots Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
FMC #1 Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC #1 Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC #1 Mag Var 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 1000
FMC #1 Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
FMC #1 True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 100
FMC #1 True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 100
Decision Height (Format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet Min/App Min 0. 125 100-200
MDA (Format 3) 4.1.1.65.2 170 16 65,536 Min/App Min 1.0 200
* FMC #1 Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
PFD Mode Select Word 4.1.1.67.2 163 Discrete Type 3 Basic N/A 200
PFD Mode Select Word 3 4.1.1.91 176 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
FCC Mode Word 2 4.1.1.111 271 Discrete Type 2 Basic N/A 100
Lateral Deviation (Loc) 4.1.1.56 116 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 50
Vertical Deviation (G/S) 4.1.1.41 117 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 50
Radio Height 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 25-50

2 Program Pin to DE-
activate

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RIGHT IOC BUS
RX429-3 IOC #2 (R-GPBUS-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
• Use Optional Inputs Program Pin to activate PFD #2 displayed signals (3 tube system).
**Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 Knots Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
**Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 167-333
**Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,194 Feet Min/App Min 0. 125 100-200
(Format 3)
**MDA (Format 3) 4.1.1.65.2 170 16 65,536 Min/App Min 1.0 200
**PFD Mode Select Word 4.1.1.67.2 163 Discrete Type 3 Basic N/A 200
**PFD Mode Select Word 3 4.1.1.91 176 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
**Lateral Deviation (Loc) 4.1.1.56 116 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 50
**Vertical Deviation (G/S) 4.1.1.41 117 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 50
**Radio Height 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 25-50
**Use Optional Inputs

Program Pin to Activate
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: FMS #2 Fault Designation: FMS #2 BUS
RX429-4 (via IOC bus (R-GPBUS-5
Bus Type: Basic
if dual FMS or L-GPBUS-5
if single FMS))
(Hi Speed)
B = MP12B FMC #2 Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
*FMC #2 Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode

activate
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B

RX429-6 GPS #1 (Hi Speed)
Bus Type: Basic if Selected
(Optional)
• Use the Single or Dual GPS Overlay program pin option to enable.
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage + Validity Flag
(+) = TP14A AOA System 4.1.3.2.5 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14B Range: ±10 VDC
Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
OFFSET = 15 degrees
Gain = 2.5
Notes – Safeflight AOA (part number C12406-5)
Electrical “0” occurs at 15 degrees above waterline
Signal output is 400 mVolts ± 50 mVolts / degree
“+” for increasing alpha
Actual range in air is –6VDC (0 deg (waterline)) to 12VDC (45 deg)
Full range of vane is –12VDC (-15 deg) to 12VDC (45 deg)
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Optional Input for backcourse selected Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume – Optional input if Altitude 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable – When grounded enables 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress – Optional input, used if 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override – From optional cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
(This is not used for Landing Flaps, see TP4C) Open = Not Flap Ovrd
MP14A DINPL12 Steep Approach Discrete #2 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15 FMS Glideslope Inhibit - Optional Input 5.0.1.34 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18 Flap Position #3 (35 degrees – Full Flaps) – See Note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Note: Selected when > 30 degrees Open = Not Selected
MP5D DINPL19 Flap Position #2 (15 degrees – Half Flaps) – See Note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Note: Selected when > 10 degrees & ≤ 30 degrees Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: If DINPL18 (35° Flaps) and DINPL19 (15° Flaps) indicate open, then a flap position of 0 degrees is selected.

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left side picture bus to symbol generator port
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Right side picture bus to symbol generator port
1
Label set 19 (Peaks Binary Labels) only transmitted if Peaks Enabled.
2
Label set 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.

MP3D DOUTL2 - GPWC Alert Discrete 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 - GPWC Warning Discrete 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 - Windshear Caution Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 - Windshear Warning Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Not Used 6.9.3.4.2
TP11A DOUTL10 - Not Used 6.9.3.4.1

Lamp Format Type 2
Windshear ASA
ILS Source Select Type IOC 5.9.1
Annunciations in same
window (Note 2)
Aero Data 32/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 17
Discrete Flap Type Monitor for > 1 set
Landing Flap 35°
Note 1: ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Note 2: This is done to facilitate proper indications during selftest even though the displays do not use a common window.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 21 (integrated) G-16.3
Variant Displays:
F-38 Aircraft Type 38: Cessna Citation Jet 2 (CJ2)

Revision History
Effectivity
10-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3894: New aircraft type for release 16. - -210
05-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3959: Revised AOA and WS parameters. - -210
02-SEP-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4232: Removed WS detection from CJ1, which this aircraft type - -210
pointed to for most of its requirements. Therefore, added all requirements
for CJ2 into this section instead of pointing to section F-37.

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
FMC #1 Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Decision Height (Format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet Min/App Min 0. 125 100-200
* FMC #1 Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode

activate

Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
• Use Optional Inputs Program Pin to activate PFD #2 displayed signals (3 tube system).
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
(Format 3)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: FMS #2 Fault Designation: FMS #2 BUS
RX429-4 (via IOC bus (R-GPBUS-5
Bus Type: Basic
if dual FMS or L-GPBUS-5
if single FMS))
(Hi Speed)
B = MP12B FMC #2 Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
*FMC #2 Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode

activate
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B

(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
OFFSET = 0 degrees
Gain = -4.0
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Optional Input for backcourse selected Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress – Optional input, used if 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override – From optional cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
(This is not used for Landing Flaps, see TP4C) Open = Not Flap Ovrd
MP2D DINPL14
Open = Not inhibit
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18 Flap Position #3 (35 degrees – Full Flaps) – See Note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Note: Selected when > 30 degrees Open = Not Selected
MP5D DINPL19 Flap Position #2 (15 degrees – Half Flaps) – See Note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Note: Selected when > 10 degrees & ≤ 30 degrees Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: If DINPL18 (35° Flaps) and DINPL19 (15° Flaps) indicate open, then a flap position of 0 degrees is selected.

Serial Data Output
1
2
Labelset 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.


Lamp Format Type 2
window (Note 2)
Aero Data 31/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 12
Landing Flap 35°
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-39 Aircraft Type 39: Canadair CL-604

Revision History
Effectivity
10/29/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2265: -202
- Added the following input to the IOC buses:
- MFD Mode Word (label 155) for displays range to IOC buses
- Activated Terrain Display Select Input #1 and #2 in the Input Discrete
Definitions section.
- Changed comments fro TX453-1 and -2 buses in Serial Data Output
Section.
- Added Terrain Display Configuration Data fro Pro Line 4.

01/29/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added -204 -204
optional Nav Mode option to both IOCs.
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
F-39: Aircraft Type Canadair CL-604 (type 39)

Bus Type: Basic
(L-IRS-3)
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 302 is available.
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 Feet Basic 0.125 25-50
MFD Mode Word (Note 1) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5-640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left MFD
(Body AOA transmitted on
Nav Mode
2 program pin to activate
(Note 2)
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 Feet Basic 0.125 25-50
Right MFD
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
Note 1: Label first supported in 965-0976-0XX-202-202.
F-39: Aircraft Type Canadair CL-604 (type 39) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(R-ADC-2)
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Deg Windshear 0.25 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
(R-VIR-1)
CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ILS BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
(L-VIR-1)
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
(L-ADC-2)

Bus Type: Basic
(R-IRS-3)
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D if selected
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
(Note 1)
(Optional) Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:

Bus Type: TA&D if selected
(Note 1)
(Optional) Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
on IOC input buses. Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Note) 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Note) 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note: Activated in 965-0976-0XX-202-202

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display Data - Left display switching relay (Note 1)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display Data - Right display switching relay (Note 1)
2)
Note 1: Comment changed for 965-0976-0XX-202-202

MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 Yes GPWC Warning Discrete (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.1
Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.2
Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all non Pull Up messages will trigger DOUTL2 (MP3D). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is
NOT selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness
Caution’, and all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger
messages, the logic may be different. The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-
0976-0xx-208-208.

Glideslope SSM Format Standard 4.1.1.41
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Windshear Parameters 16 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 (non-integrated) (Note 1) G-3.1
Note 1: Collins ProLine 4 Display incorporated in 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Variant Displays:
F-40 Aircraft Type 40: Canadair CL-604 (Integrated)
Revision History
Effectivity
01/23/98 – S. Arnett SCR 2464: Added aircraft type 40. - -206
01/30/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2464: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. - -206
07/12/98 – S. Arnett SCR 2464: Moved Glideslope and Localizer inputs from ILS #1 and #2 -206 -206
buses to IOC #1 and #2 buses. These signals are now on labels 116 and
117. Added new definition for PFD Mode Word, label 163, PFD Type 2.
Added INOP in Same Window configuration item.
07/14/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2464: Made all GPS signals basic. Also made all ground speed and - -206
SAT labels basic. Changed PFD Word reference to 4.1.1.67.
07/29/98 – S. Arnett SCR 2464: Changed PFD Word reference to 4.1.1.67.1 and ILS source to - -206
IOC. Added reference to existing label 271, FCC Mode Word 2 on LA-
GP-5 Bus.
08/11/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2464: Made all GPS buses basic. - -206
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
05-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3892: Added config item SAT FW Mask to mask WS INOP on the - -210
ground and allow valid level 1 Self Test when SAT F/W fault.
Henderson
F-40: Aircraft Type Canadair CL-604 (type 40)

Bus Type: Basic
(L-IRS-3)
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 25-50
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67.1 163 Discrete Type 2 Basic N/A 200
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ± 8192 Feet Basic 0.125 25-50
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left MFD
Localizer 4.1.1.56 116 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 100
Glideslope 4.1.1.41 117 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 100
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67.1 163 Discrete Type 2 Basic N/A 200
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ± 8192 Feet Basic 0.125 25-50
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 - 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Right MFD
Bus Type: Basic
(R-ADC-2)

RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
(L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(R-IRS-3)
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
(Optional)
Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
on IOC input buses) Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/17/20
(Note 1)

MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 Yes GPWC Warning Discrete 6.9.3.1

Lamp Format Type 2
SAT FW Mask Format Yes 4.1.1.78
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-43 Aircraft Type 43: Canadair Regional Jet (RJ-100/RJ-200)
Revision History
Effectivity
02/02/98 – S. Arnett SCR 1594: Added aircraft type 43. - Future
02/03/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 1594: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. - Future
15-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 1594: Added note referencing Internal GPS option. Made all GPS - -208
signals basic, and made all ground speed and SAT labels basic. Moved
label 155 to channels 7 and 14. Changed to lamp format 1. Revised
TX429-1/2 EGPWS 429 output from 1/2/3/5/6/17 to 1/2/3/5/6/9/12.
SCR 3221 and 3222: Comment only – added notes for new Alternate Mode
4B and lamp format program pins.
SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data
with Terrain Display Configuration Options. Data now included in
Appendix G.
Henderson
06-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Cleaned-up formatting - -
Installation Notes:
1) This configuration provides for interface with the following equipment:
• Connection to either IRS or AHRS equipment. Note that this configuration assumes two IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs to EGPWS
channels 1 and 13. Connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable.
• Dual Input/Output Concentrators (IOC) – to EGPWS channels 2 and 3
• Dual Air Data Computers (ADC) – to EGPWS channels 4 and 12
• Dual VOR/ILS – to EGPWS channels 5 and 6
• Dual Stall Warning Computers (SWC) – to EGPWS channels 8 and 9
• Dual Radio Altimeters – to EGPWS channels 10 and 11
• Dual MultiFunctional Displays (MFD) (429 port) – to EGPWS channels 7 and 14
• Option for dual or single external GPS – to EGPWS channels 17 and 18 - See note 6 below for internal GPS option
2) True Track Input requirements: Input of a True Track signal is required. True Track is not available from the Collins FMS. If single or
dual external GPSs are installed (or EGPWS internal GPS option is selected), then the EGPWS will use the GPS input. Else, if dual IRSs
are installed, then the EGPWS will use the IRS input. If True Track is not available from any source, then the Terrain Awareness Alerting
and Display function will be automatically disabled.
3) FMS requirements: Dual FMS inputs is considered standard on the aircraft (FMS inputs are fed to the IOC buses). If a single FMS is
installed, the Optional Inputs Select program pin is to be used to de-activate monitoring of FMS #2 inputs from IOC #2 by the EGPWS.
4) FMS Navigation Mode requirements: Input of FMS Navigation Mode is recommended, but not always available depending on the IOC
version. If the label is available, it allows the EGPWS to automatically inhibit terrain if GPS inputs are not available or inoperative and the
position accuracy has degraded below what is required for the EGPWS to function correctly. If label 277 is not available from the IOC,
then the Configuration Option 2 program pin is used to de-activate the label from being monitored by the EGPWS.
5) True Heading Input requirements: If dual IRSs are installed, then the EGPWS will use the IRS input. Else, if dual AHRSs are installed,
true heading is not available, therefore the EGPWS derives True Heading using the Magnetic Heading input from the AHRS. No
strapping conditions apply to this.
6) GPS requirements: If an external GPS is not available, the EGPWS Part Number 965-0976-020-xxx-xxx provides an internal GPS. This
same part number accommodates either an internal GPS or connection to an external GPS. Refer to Appendix D-3 for selection of an
internal GPS.
7) Display requirements: This installation accommodates both a non-integrated (bolt-on) Collins ProLine 4 display option in order to
display EGPWS terrain, or a no display option using program pin strapping, see Appendix D-14 (PPCNF18/19).
F-43: Aircraft Type Canadair Regional Jet (type 43)

(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP10D FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67 163 Bits 25-28 N/A Basic N/A 250
FCC Mode Word 5 4.1.1.36 274 Bit 20 N/A Windshear N/A 100
FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
* FMS Discrete Word (Nav 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Mode)
* Use Configuration
Option 2 Program pin to
DE-activate
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
• Use the Optional Inputs Select Program Pin if FMS #2 inputs NOT available. A 2nd source
of FMS is not standard on the aircraft, therefore this accommodates for when only a single
FMS source is available.
B = MP11B * FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
* FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67 163 Bits 25-28 N/A Basic N/A 250
* FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
* or ** FMS Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
(Nav Mode)
* If single FMS, use

Optional Inputs Program pin
to DE-activate
** If No FMS Nav Mode,
use Configuration Option 2
Program pin to DE-activate
F-43: Aircraft Type Canadair Regional Jet (type 43) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(R-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
R-VIR-1
Bus Type: Basic
L-VIR-1
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MFD BUS 1
RX429-7 Left MFD 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Disable for No Display option (Alt Display 1 program pin selection)
B = MP12D MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 - 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left MFD
Bus Type: Windshear
(L-SPC-1)
B = MP13B Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Bus Type: Windshear
(R-SPC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(R-RAC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(L-RAC-1)

Bus Type: Basic
(L-ADC-2)
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-14 Right MFD 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Disable for No Display option (Alt Display 1 program pin selection)
B = TP1D MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 - 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Right MFD
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Note: For 965-0976-020-208-208 and on, Internal GPS is available. Refer to Appendix D-3 for
selection of this option.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
on IOC input buses.) Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left side picture bus to symbol generator port (Note 1)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Right side picture bus to symbol generator port (Note 1)
2)
Note 1: Do not hook up picture bus if no display option is selected.

messages, the logic may be different.

Aircraft Type Commercial 6.1
CMC/CFDS Type None 6.10.7
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-T17.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 (non-integrated) G-3.1
Alternate Display #1: No Display G-0.1
Variant Displays:
F-44 Aircraft Type 44: MD10

This aircraft configuration not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
With each addition of an input signal update the Douglas CFDS Fault messages table 8.1.2-2 in CISRD Appendix A.
Revision History
Effectivity
10/14/97 - R. auf der SCR 2145: Added Interface. - -202
Springe
10/24/97 - R. auf der SCR 2145: On request of Douglas made the following changes: - -202
Springe Fault Designations renamed from: ‘LEFT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS’,
‘CENTER RADIO ALTIMETER BUS’ and ‘RIGHT RADIO ALTIMETER
BUS’ to ‘RADIO ALTIMETER 1 BUS 2’, ‘RADIO ALTIMETER 2 BUS 2’
and ‘RADIO ALTIMETER 3 BUS 3’.
Channel RX429-12: Changed MMR2 bus speed from high to low. Made this
input optional selectable with dual ILS program pin.
Channel RX429-13: Added note: ‘Select Optional Select Inputs program pin to
enable’.
Channels RX429-2 and -9: Removed label 317.
Channels RX429-5 and -16: Removed label 370. Changed Bus Type from ‘For
Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required, or TA&D’ to
‘TA&D’.
Channel RX429-16: Removed ‘(optional)’.
Channels RX429-17 and -18: Changed ‘Sensor Status’ label 273 Sig. Bits from
‘19’ to ‘n/a’. Added note on ARINC 743A scaling of HFOM and VFOM.
Input discretes: DINPL5 polarity text changed from ‘GPWS inhibit’ to ‘AUDIO
inhibit’. Added DINPL15: Decision Height
Serial Data Output: From TX429-1 and -2 deleted label set E-17.
In Configuration data added row: ‘CFDS Sub Type: MD10’.
Output Discretes:
Changed all N/C to Not Used.
SCR 2281: Changed Audio On Discrete to TCAS Inhibit Discrete.
11/01/97 - R. auf der SCR 2271: Channels RX429-3 and -14: Added label 213, Static Air - -202
Springe Temperature.
In ‘Output Discretes’ section: Added Obstacle discretes (not used on A/C)
Changes LRU names in ‘CONNECT TO’ column to be consistent with Fault
Designation names.
11/03/97 - R. auf der SCR 2145: Channels RX429-3 and -14: Removed label 213, Static Air - -202
11/11/97 - R. auf der SCR 2151: Changed WXR Hazard bus type from “TA&D” to “Basic if - -202
Springe enabled”. Changed PWS status word signal type from “TA&D” to “Basic”.
11/24/97 - MJC SCR 2361: Deleted ARINC 429 label set 6 from both output channels. - -202
02/19/98 - R. auf der SCR 2572: Removed Steep Approach discretes from DINPL1 and DINPL13. - -204
Springe
09/01/98 – R. auf der SCR 3054: Added note below title: ‘With each addition of an input signal - -
Springe update the Douglas CFDS Fault messages table 8.1.2-2 in CISRD Appendix A.’
29 OCT 1998 – Richard SCR 3271: Added label 272 to FMC buses. 208 208
auf der Springe
13 Nov 1998 – Richard SCR 2175: Added ‘Peaks Available’ to display configuration table. Added label 208 208
auf der Springe set 18 to ARINC 429 output bus #1.
15 Dec 1998 – Richard SCR 3418: Channels RX429-3 and -14: Added label 213, Static Air 208 208
auf der Springe Temperature.
Revision History continued

Effectivity
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data with - -
Terrain Display Configuration Options. Data is now included in Appendix G
(-208).
Comment only (-204) – added obstacle alert note.
19-MAR-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3636: Aligned columns.
Henderson
F-44: Aircraft Type MD10 (type 44)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ADIRU 1 IRS BUS
RX429-1 ADIRU #1 IRS BUS (High
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: VIA 2 FMC BUS
RX429-2 VIA #2 FMC BUS (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
B = MP10D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
FMC Discrete Word (Note 1) 4.1.1.89.5 272 Type 5 n/a TA&D n/a 500
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ADIRU 1 ADC BUS
RX429-3 ADIRU #1 ADC BUS (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 degrees C Basic 0.25 250-500
(Note 1)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 3 BUS 2
RX429-4 LRRA #3
(optional) (Low Speed)
Select Triple LRRA program pin option to enable
B = MP12B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if 0.125 25-50
enabled
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: VIA 1 EIS BUS
RX429-5 VIA #1 EIS BUS (High
TA&D
Speed)
B = MP10B *Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 23-
29
CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 1 ILS BUS
RX429-6 MMR #1 ILS BUS (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
B = MP11D Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.76 105 11 -BNR ±180 Deg Basic 0.08789 166.6-333.3
Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
B = MP12D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 discrete n/a Basic n/a 20-160
Note 1: Labels 213 and 272 not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
F-44: Aircraft Type MD10 (type 44) continued

RX429-8 LRRA #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
B = TP9D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
RX429-10 CFDS
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9B Command Word 4.1.1.14 227 10 N/A Basic N/A N/A
Date 4.1.1.26 260 9 N/A Basic N/A 1000
Flight Number 4.1.1.40 261 16 0 to 9999 Basic N/A 1000
UTC 4.1.1.84 125 9 0 to 23:59.9 min Basic 0.1 min 1000
Select ‘PWS Option 1’ OR ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
B = TP8B Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 discrete n/a Basic n/a 20-160
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 2 ILS BUS
Bus Type: Basic, if enabled
(Optional) Speed)
Select ‘Dual ILS’ program pin to enable.
A = TP8C Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D Glideslope Deviation 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
(optional) Speed)
Select ‘Optional Inputs Select’ program pin to enable.
(optional) Speed)
Format: ARINC 429 Select Optional Inputs Select program pin option to enable
(Note 1)

RX429-15 LRRA #2
Select Dual or Triple LRRA program pin option to enable
B = TP4B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if enabled 0.125 25-50
or TA&D
Speed)
B = TP5D *Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 23-
29
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 2 GPS BUS
RX429-17 MMR #2 GPS BUS (Low
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Speed)
Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for high speed bus.
NOTE: GPS Overlay requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically,
HFOM format must be nautical miles, not meters, and VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 n/a Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation: MMR 1 GPS BUS
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Speed)
Use the Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1 See note 1
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit 5.0.1.16 Gnd = AUDIO inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Wxr On/Off #1 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
(used for EFIS annunciation only) Open = Off
MP14B DINPL13 See note 1
MP2D DINPL14 Wxr On/Off #2 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
TP1A DINPL15 Decision Height - Optional input, only required if the 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
is not provided.
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: DINPL1 and DINPL13 were Steep Approach discrete 1 and Steep Approach discrete 2 in 965-0976-0xx–202-202.
Serial Data Output

TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/8/11/13/18 (Note 1)
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/5/8/11/20 (Note 2)
Note 1: Label set 18 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and label set 18 is only transmitted if Peaks is enabled.

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To GS INHIB lamp 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope lamps (Note 1) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - Not Used on A/C (Notes 1 and 2) 6.9.3.1
No Terrain Awareness Warning - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.2
No Terrain Awareness Caution - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.1
No Obstacle Awareness Warning - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.2
No Obstacle Awareness Caution - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.1
TP12C DOUTL4 No SPARE 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 - PWS Inhibit Discrete - To WXR 6.9.3.9
TP12B DOUTL6 - TCAS Inhibit Discrete - To TCAS 6.9.3.10
TP4D DOUTL7 - SPARE 6.9.3.7
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 - Not Used 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 - Not Used 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - SPARE 6.9.3.7
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - Not Used 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - SPARE 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not Available - Not Used 6.9.3.5

CMC/CFDS Type 1 Product Specification 6.10.7
CFDS Sub Type MD10 Product Specification 6.10.7
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Boeing DPD Integrated LCD EFIS G-22.1
Variant Displays:
F-45 Aircraft Type 45: MD11

Revision History
Effectivity
Springe
Springe Channels RX429-2 and -9: Removed label 317.
Channels RX429-5 and -12: Removed label 370. Changed Bus Type from ‘For
Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required, or TA&D’ to
‘TA&D’.
Channels RX429-4 and -17: Changed ‘Sensor Status’ label 273 Sig. Bits from
‘19’ to ‘n/a’. Added note on ARINC 743A scaling of HFOM and VFOM.
Input discrete DINPL5 polarity text changed from ‘GPWS inhibit’ to ‘AUDIO
inhibit’.
In Configuration data added row: ‘CFDS Sub Type: MD11’.
Output Discretes:
Changed all N/C to Not Used.
SCR 2281: Changed Audio On Discrete to TCAS Inhibit Discrete.
11/01/97 - R. auf der SCR 2271: Channels RX429-3 and -14: Added label 213, Static Air - -202
11/11/97 - R. auf der SCR 2151: Changed WXR Hazard bus type from “TA&D” to “Basic if - -202
Springe enabled”.
11/22/97 - R. auf der SCR 2355: Changed DOUTL3 from ‘GPWC Warning Discrete’ to ‘SPARE’. - -202
Springe
02/19/98 – R. auf der SCR 2572: Removed Steep Approach discretes from DINPL1 and DINPL13 - -204
Springe
07/08/98 - MJC SCR 2939: Added SAT to ADC buses. - -206
07/28/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2986: Made GPS signals basic - -206
09/01/98 – R. auf der SCR 3054: Added note below title: ‘With each addition of an input signal - -
Springe update the Douglas CFDS Fault messages table 8.1.2-2 in CISRD Appendix
A.’
13 Nov 1998 – Richard auf SCR 2175: Added ‘Peaks Available’ to display configuration table. Added -208 -208
der Springe label set 18 to ARINC 429 output bus #1.
(-208).
14 Jan 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3465: Added names of Glideslope Deviation, Localizer Deviation and - -
der Springe Selected Runway Heading to ILS 1 ARINC 429 channel #6. (Documentation
Change only.)
16-JUN-99 – R. auf der SCR 3972: Added configurable label 276 FMC Discrete Word to channels 2 - -210
Springe and 9. Added strapping for ARINC 743 GPS versus ARINC 743A GPS.
Made Ground Speed Basic, instead of tied to TA&D.
Henderson

Selection of Internal GPS disables the use of FMS data unless the FMS Nav Mode input is available. Refer to section 6.7.10 of
the Product Specification for more information.

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Configuration Option 2 Program Pin to enable FMC Discrete Word label 276.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS BUS 1, Bus Type: Basic
RX429-4 GPS #1 (Low Speed) • Use the Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
(optional) • Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for high speed bus.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and NOT ARINC 743A (Note 2).
B = MP12B Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 n/a Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 Mm dd Basic n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: Label 276 not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210. Label 276 is an optional input, activate PPCNF16 ‘Configuration Option
2’ to enable this input.
Note 2: The ARINC 743 option is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DEU BUS 1
RX429-5 DEU #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
B = MP10B *Discrete Word 2 (Range) 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
*SDI Specific (use both) Bits 23-29
Bus Type: Basic
• Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
B = MP12D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 discrete n/a Basic n/a 20-160
RX429-8 LRRA #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Configuration Option 2 Program Pin to enable FMC Discrete Word label 276.
RX429-10 CFDS
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9B Command Word 4.1.1.14 227 discrete N/A Basic N/A N/A
Date 4.1.1.26 260 discrete N/A Basic N/A 1000
Flight Number 4.1.1.40 261 discrete 0 to 9999 Basic N/A 1000
UTC 4.1.1.84 125 discrete 0 to 23:59.9 min Basic 0.1 min 1000
• Select ‘PWS Option 1’ OR ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DEU BUS 2
RX429-12 DEU #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
A = TP8C *Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
B = TP8D Range Bits 23-29

Note 1: Label 276 not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210. Label 276 is an optional input, activate PPCNF16 ‘Configuration Option
2’ to enable this input.

(optional)
• Select Optional Inputs Select program pin option to enable
(optional) Format: ARINC 429
• Select Optional Inputs Select program pin option to enable
RX429-15 LRRA #2
• Select Dual LRRA program pin option to enable
B = TP4B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if 0.125 25-50
enabled
(optional)
• Select Dual ILS program pin to enable
B = TP5D Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.76 105 11 -BNR ± Deg Basic 0.08789 166.6-333.3

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) • Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for high speed bus.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and NOT ARINC 743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 n/a Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000

format:
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Wxr On/Off #1 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
MP2D DINPL14 Wxr On/Off #2 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 28V = Landing Gear Down
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: DINPL1 and DINPL13 were Steep Approach discrete 1 and Steep Approach discrete 2 in 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to left display
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to right display

MP7B DOUTL3 - SPARE (Note 1)
TP12C DOUTL4 - SPARE
TP12A DOUTL5 PWS Inhibit Discrete - To WXR 6.9.3.9
TP4D DOUTL7 - SPARE
TP11A DOUTL10 - SPARE
TP12D DMON2 - SPARE

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Boeing DPD Integrated CRT EFIS G-21.1
Variant Displays:
F-46 Aircraft Type 46: Canadair Regional Jet (CRJ) Series 700
Revision History
Effectivity
05-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Added aircraft type 46. Future Future
09-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Removed EGPWS output label set E-11. Future Future
22-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Comment change to Decision Height input discrete. Future Future
03-May-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3863: Revise label 167 from 100 ms to 1000 ms transmit rate. Future Future
Comment change for bits used on label 163, should be bits 19 to 21, instead
of 18-20.
28-MAY-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3921: Removed Alternate display strapping details (now found in Future Future
07-JUN-99 – S. Arnett Comment change in installation notes to correctly reflect strapping pins for Future Future
GPS and FMS. Strapping comments thoughout remainder of ICD is
correct.
10-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3966: Revise use of Optional Inputs Select program pin to disable Future Future
IRS/AHRS #2 bus, instead of enable bus.
02-AUG-99 – S. Arnett Added comment only to change effectivity to “Future”. Future Future
16-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 on #2 channel of Emk V. Future Future
Henderson
03-FEB-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4856: Removed “Future” reference at the beginning of this section -212 -212
(F-46 Aircraft Type 46).
20-APR-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 5045: Added SDI usage to SFECU label 167 on channels 2 & 3 and -212 -212
changed update rate from 1000 to 500 ms.
Installation Notes:
This configuration provides for interface with the following equipment:
• Connection to two IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs to EGPWS channels 1 and 13 is considered standard by the EGPWS. If a second
system is not installed, input from the second system can be disabled for monitoring by the EGPWS on channel 13 via program pin
strapping (Optional Inputs Select program pin (PPCNF7)). Note that connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable. In this
case, connect IRS #1 to channel 1 and disable channel 13 with the Optional Inputs Select program pin.
• Connection to dual Air Data Computers (ADC) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channels 4 and 12.
• Connection to dual Input/Output Concentrators (IOC) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channels 2 and 3.
♦ The IOC General Purpose buses provide information fed from the following systems: Navigation System, Stall Warning
Computer, Radio Altimeter, Flight Management System, and Global Positioning System. Miscellaneous inputs are also provided
for selected course, decision height, minimum decision altitude, MFD range, flap position, and windshear guidance information.
♦ A GPS system is optional on the aircraft, therefore if installed, single or dual inputs can be enabled for monitoring by the
EGPWS via GPS program pin strapping (PPCNF7). The EGPWS assumes the GPS meets ARINC 743A format, however, if the
GPS meets ARINC 743 format, the Configuration Option 1 program pin (PPCNF16) is used to select this non-standard format.
♦ Dual FMS inputs (fed to the IOC buses) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channel 2 and 3. If a single FMS is installed,
the Configuration Option 2 program pin (PPCNF16) is to be used to de-activate monitoring of FMS #2 inputs from IOC #2 by the
EGPWS.
♦ True Heading Input requirements: If IRS’s are installed, then the EGPWS will use the IRS input. Else, if dual AHRS’s are
installed, true heading is not available, therefore the EGPWS derives True Heading using the Magnetic Heading input from the
AHRS. No strapping conditions apply to this.
• Display requirements: This installation accommodates an integrated Collins ProLine 4 display option in order to display EGPWS
terrain.
F-46: Aircraft Type CRJ Series 700 (type 46)

(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
À * Use Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable GPS signals.
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
À ** Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if GPS input is ARINC 743 and NOT
ARINC 743A.
Decision Height (format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet Min/App Min 0.125 1000
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67.3 163 Bits 19- Type 4 Basic N/A 250
21, 25-28
MFD Mode Word (Left) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 - 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Selected MDA (format 3) 4.1.1.65.2 170 16 65,536 Feet Min/App Min 1.0 125
1
SFECU Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.119 167 Bit 21 N/A Basic N/A 500
1
SDI Specific (use 0/1 only)
FMS #1 Signals
FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMS Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
FMS True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
FMS Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
(Nav Mode)
ILS #1 Signals
DSWC #1 Signals
(Left Body AOA)
Radio Altitude #1 Signal
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
* GPS #1 Signals
GPS Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
GPS Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
GPS Latitude Fine 4.1.1.55 120 11 ±0.000172 Deg Basic 0.00000008381903 1000
GPS Longitude Fine 4.1.1.61 121 11 ±0.000172 Deg Basic 0.00000008381903 1000
GPS Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 1000
GPS Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min Basic 1 1000
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM (743A) ** 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM (743A) ** 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 246 19 Discrete Wd Basic n/a 1000
GPS UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 151 19 hh mm.m Basic n/a 1000
GPS Ground Speed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
GPS True Track 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 1000
GPS Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 1000
**Alternate ARINC 743
format:
GPS VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48.1 247 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
À * Use Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable GPS signals.
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
ARINC 743A.
À *** Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin to deactivate FMS inputs if FMS #2 inputs
NOT available. A 2nd source of FMS is considered standard on the aircraft, therefore this
accommodates for when only a single FMS source is available.
PFD Mode Select Word 1 4.1.1.67.3 163 Bits 19-21, Type 4 Basic N/A 250
25-28
MFD Mode Word (Right) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
1
SFECU Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.119 167 Bit 21 N/A Basic N/A 500
1
SDI Specific (use 1/1 only)
*** FMS Signals
FMS Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
(Nav Mode)
ILS #2 Signals
DSWC #2 Signals
(Right Body AOA)
* GPS #2 Signals
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
format:
Bus Type: Basic
(R-ADC-2)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B

RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
(L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic IRS/AHRS Hunt, if selected
À Use the Optional Input Select Program Pin to disable this bus if aircraft not equipped with
dual IRS/AHRS. A Dual IRS (or dual AHRS) installation is considered standard,
A = TP5A
therefore this accommodates for when only a single IRS (or AHRS) source is available.
B = TP6A
If single IRS and single AHRS installation, disable this channel; EGPWS is only to use
IRS #1 input from EGPWS channel 1.
*Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
*IRS Only

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height – Optional input 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Steep Approach Discrete #2 - Optional input to select 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
steep approach Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

TP10D DOUTL8 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #1 – not used 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #2 – not used 6.9.3.6

Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 1 (Commercial) 6.4.4
INOP & Warning in same Yes 6.9.3.5
window
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap 35

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-47 Aircraft Type 47: Canadair Regional Jet (RJ-100/RJ-200) Integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
05-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3736: Added aircraft Type 47. -210 -210
09-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3736: Removed EGPWS output label set E-11. -210 -210
22-Apr-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3736: Comment change to Decision Height input discrete. -210 -210
03-May-99 – S. Arnett Comment change for bits used on label 163, should be bits 19 to 21, instead -210 -210
of 18-20.
07-JUN-99 – S. Arnett Comment change in installation notes to correctly reflect strapping pins for -210 -210
GPS and FMS. Strapping comments thoughout remainder of ICD is
correct.
10-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3967: Revise use of Optional Inputs Select program pin to disable -210 -210
IRS/AHRS #2 bus, instead of enable bus.
Henderson
Installation Notes:
• Connection to two IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs to EGPWS channels 1 and 13 is considered standard by the EGPWS. If a second
system is not installed, input from the second system can be disabled for monitoring by the EGPWS on channel 13 via program pin
strapping (Optional Inputs Select program pin (PPCNF7)). Note that connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable. In this
case, connect IRS #1 to channel 1 and disable channel 13 with the Optional Inputs Select program pin.
• Connection to dual Air Data Computers (ADC) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channels 4 and 12.
• Connection to dual Input/Output Concentrators (IOC) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channels 2 and 3.
♦ The IOC General Purpose buses provide information fed from the following systems: Navigation System, Stall Warning
Computer, Radio Altimeter, Flight Management System, and Global Positioning System. Miscellaneous inputs are also provided
for selected course, decision height, minimum decision altitude, MFD range, and windshear guidance information
♦ A GPS system is optional on the aircraft, therefore if installed, single or dual inputs can be enabled for monitoring by the
EGPWS via GPS program pin strapping (PPCNF7). The EGPWS assumes the GPS meets ARINC 743A format, however, if the
GPS meets ARINC 743 format, the Configuration Option 1 program pin (PPCNF16) is used to select this non-standard format.
♦ Dual FMS inputs (fed to the IOC buses) is considered standard by the EGPWS on channel 2 and 3. If a single FMS is installed,
the Configuration Option 2 program pin (PPCNF16) is to be used to de-activate monitoring of FMS #2 inputs from IOC #2 by the
EGPWS.
♦ True Heading Input requirements: If IRS’s are installed, then the EGPWS will use the IRS input. Else, if dual AHRS’s are
installed, true heading is not available, therefore the EGPWS derives True Heading using the Magnetic Heading input from the
AHRS. No strapping conditions apply to this.
• Display requirements: This installation accommodates an integrated Collins ProLine 4 display option in order to display EGPWS
terrain.
F-47: Aircraft Type RJ-100/RJ-200 Integrated (type 47)

(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
À * Use Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable GPS signals.
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
ARINC 743A.
21, 25-28
MFD Mode Word (Left) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
FMS #1 Signals
FMS Discrete Word (Nav 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Mode)
ILS #1 Signals
DSWC #1 Signals
(Left Body AOA)
* GPS #1 Signals
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
GPS VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48.1 247 15 1024 meters Basic 0.03125 1000

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
À * Use Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable GPS signals.
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
ARINC 743A.
À *** Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin to deactivate FMS inputs if FMS #2
inputs NOT available. A 2nd source of FMS is considered standard on the aircraft,
therefore this accommodates for when only a single FMS source is available.
21, 25-28
MFD Mode Word (Reft) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
*** FMS Signals
FMS Discrete Word (Nav 4.1.1.89.2 277 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Mode)
ILS #2 Signals
DSWC #2 Signals
(Right Body AOA)
* GPS #2 Signals
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
(R-ADC-2)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B

RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
(L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic IRS/AHRS Hunt, if selected
À Use the Optional Input Select Program Pin to disable this bus if aircraft not equipped with
dual IRS/AHRS. A Dual IRS (or dual AHRS) installation is considered standard,
A = TP5A
therefore this accommodates for when only a single IRS (or AHRS) source is available.
B = TP6A
If single IRS and single AHRS installation, disable this channel; EGPWS is only to use
IRS #1 input from EGPWS channel 1.
*Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
*IRS Only

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height – Optional input 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap / Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Steep Approach Discrete #2 - Optional input to select 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

TP10D DOUTL8 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #1 – not used 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #2 – not used 6.9.3.6

Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 1 (Commercial) 6.4.4
INOP & Warning in same Yes 6.9.3.5
window
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-54 Aircraft Type 54: AVRO Regional Jet/ PPI Display with WXR Scan Control
Note: This configuration not supported prior to P/N 965-0976-0xx-206-206.
Revision History
Effectivity
06/18/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2856: Added configuration. -206 -206
07/24/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2887: Added installation note on Config Option 1 to enable use of - -206
FMS position. Deleted Config Option 1 activation of 743 GPS. Added
Sensor status label to both GPS buses. Made SAT basic on both ADC
buses.
07/29/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2986: Added Sensor status label to both GPS buses. Made SAT - -206
basic on both ADC buses.
09/08/98 - M. Calhoun Deleted –206 effectivity notes for signals on both GPS inputs as this - -
aircraft type is completely new for –206.
15-DEC-98 - M. Calhoun SCR 3323: Added Honeywell and Collins PPI display options. Also added -208 -208
Peaks option.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
06-JUN-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3944: Changed Installation note to be position source selection note. - -
Henderson
Position Source Selection Note – Type 2 activated via Configuration Option 1 program pin
For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Configuration Option 1’ is used to select Manual TAD
Inhibit operation. Selection of this option, when the FMS does not provide Nav Mode label 266, will enable the use of direct
FMS position inputs whenever the GPS options are selected but the GPS data is not usable.

Note that some undefined ARINC 429 input channels and Discrete I/O refer to the I/O mapping table at the end of this
section. For the –210-210 and on these interfaces may be activated (depending on display type) via the Terrain Display Select
program pins (PPCNF18/19, ICD appendix D-14).
F-54: Aircraft Type AVRO RJ with WXR Scan Control (type 54) continued

RX429-1 IRS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
available.
B = MP10D FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100
FMC Ground speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 knots TA&D 0.125 50

program pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 MCP (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000 max
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = MP10B Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320 NM TA&D N/A 100
Bus Type: Basic

RX429-7 EFIS-FMS Bus #1
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = MP12D Discrete Word 4.1.1.116 273 30/31 N/A TA&D N/A 1000 ?
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9 EFIS-FMS Bus #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Discrete Word 4.1.1.116 273 30/31 N/A TA&D N/A 1000 ?
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 LRRA #2
• Select Dual LRRA program pin option to enable.
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS program pin option to enable
A = TP8C Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if enabled 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D Glideslope Deviation 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic if enabled 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
available.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Optional input to enable steep approach. Open = Disabled
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height- Optional input if “Minimums” callout 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
desired. Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - Must be grounded to enable 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
altitude callout feature. Open = Voice Disabled
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - from push button switch (can be 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
same switch as Glideslope Cancel - MP9D) Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From gear down/locked relays 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps - From Flaps and Flap O’ride switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
From glareshield ‘Push GP Inhibit’. Open = Normal
From WXR/Terrain Select pushbutton switch
visual except for Windshear, Terrain Awareness & Terrain Open = Not inhibit
Clearance Floor
TP4C DINPL18 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Picture Bus Output port (To relay driving single PPI)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Picture Bus Output port (Not Used)
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/6/8/11

Pin Mnemonic Flashing Description Reference
(All discretes are also mapped to ARINC 429 output labels)
TP12A DOUTL5 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (to control switching relay - WXR/Terrain) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - WXR Control Discrete (to control relay disabling WXR) 6.9.3.11
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5

Lamp Format Type 2
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Windshear Parameters N/A Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.

Reference
Alternate Display #1: Honeywell Primus 708 Radar (Note 1) G-5.2
Alternate Display #2: Collins WXI-701/711 PPI (Note 1) G-2.3
Note 1: Display not supported prior to 956-0976-0xx-208-208.
Variant Displays: Refer to appendix G-23 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant
selection.
F-55 Aircraft Type 55: AVRO Regional Jet with PPI Display
Note: This configuration not supported prior to P/N 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Revision History
Effectivity
01/27/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2435: Added configuration. - -204
03/07/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2435: Removed True Heading and True Track from FMC buses. - -204
Turned off moving marker.
03/25/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2435:Removed Magnetic Heading from IRS buses, changed to Lamp - -204
Format 2 and moved Terrain/Obstacle Caution from DOUTL3 to
DOUTL2.
07/24/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2887: Added installation note on Config Option 1 to enable use of - -206
FMS position. Deleted Config Option 1 activation of 743 GPS. Added
Sensor status label to both GPS buses. Made SAT basic on both ADC
buses.
07/29/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2986: Added Sensor status label to both GPS buses. Made SAT - -206
basic on both ADC buses.
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3323: Noted Peaks available for –208 and marked display priority as - -208
N/A.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Configuration Option 1’ is used to select Manual TAD
Inhibit operation. Selection of this option, when the FMS does not provide Nav Mode label 266, will enable the use of direct
FMS position inputs whenever the GPS options are selected but the GPS data is not usable.

F-55: Aircraft Type AVRO RJ (type 55) continued

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
available.

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 MCP (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000 max
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = MP10B Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320 NM TA&D N/A 100
Bus Type: Basic

RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 LRRA #2
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS program pin option to enable
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
available.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
**Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
*Alternate ARINC 743 format

not supported for –206 and on.
** Added in –206.
F-55: Aircraft Type AVRO Regional Jet (type 55) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
**Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
*Alternate ARINC 743 format

not supported for –206 and on.
** Added in –206.

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height- Optional input if “Minimums” callout 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
desired. Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - Must be grounded to enable 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
altitude callout feature. Open = Voice Disabled
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - from push button switch (can be 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
same switch as Glideslope Cancel - MP9D) Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From gear down/locked relays 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps - From Flaps and Flap O’ride switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
From glareshield ‘Push GP Inhibit’. Open = Normal
From WXR/Terrain Select pushbutton switch
visual except for Windshear, Terrain Awareness & Terrain Open = Not inhibit
Clearance Floor
TP4C DINPL18 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
MP5D DINPL19
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Picture Bus Output port (To relay driving single PPI)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Picture Bus Output port (Not Used)

Pin Mnemonic Flashing Description Reference
(All discretes are also mapped to ARINC 429 output labels)
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (to control switching relay - WXR/Terrain) 6.9.3.6
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5

Lamp Format Type 2
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
D, Table D-T14.

Reference
Variant Displays: Refer to appendix G-23 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant
selection.
F-57 Aircraft Type 57: Airbus A330/A340
Revision History
Effectivity
02/05/98 – J. Mitchell SCR 1315: Initial input. - -204
03/25/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2642: Use config option 2 to disable nav mode. -204 -204
06/19/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2873: Correct FMC Bus 2 Nav Mode Word ICD reference -206 -206
06/19/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2873: Changed Range to Type 3 -206 -206
07/15/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2970: Changed Config. Option 2 from “DE-activate” to “Activate” -206 -206
for Nav Mode Label 270
08/19/98 – J. Kistler SCR 3039: Changed Config. Option 2 from “Activate” to “DE-activate” -206 -206
Appendix G (-208). Moved Terrain Inhibit Monitoring configuration item
from Terrain Display Configuration Data to Configuration Data.
17-JUN-99-G. Burlingame SCR 3938: Removed Latitude, Longitude, and HFOM from GPS and -210 -210
GPIRS buses. Modified position source selection note.
02-AUG-99 – J. Egilsrud SCR 4072: Added alternate display type for integrated peaks elevations. -210 -210
SCR 4118: Changed signal type for selected baro ref, landing QNH and
associated buses to basic.
06-AUG-99 - J. Kistler SCR 4072: Removed alternate display type to support display selection - -210
using the Variant G25.4 program pin option
Henderson
21-SEP-99 – MJC SCR 4290: Deleted Display I/O mapping. - -210
19-OCT-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 4489: Removed ability to turn off FMC Nav Mode on channel 7 and - -210
used 'Configuration Option 2' program pin to activate manual TAD Inhibit
(see updated Position Source Selection Note).
Position Source Selection Note – Manual Inhibit activated via Configuration Option 2 program pin
For –210-210 and on, for this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Configuration Option 2’ is used to
activate Manual TAD Inhibit in lieu of Automatic TAD Inhibit but still allow for use of FMC Nav Mode information. Prior to –
210-210 this program pin deleted the Nav Mode input in addition to activating Manual Inhibit.
F-57: Aircraft Type A330/A340 (type 57)

Bus Type: Basic unless GPIRS is selected
B = MP6B Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
(Optional) Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: GPIRS BUS
GPIRS #1 (High Speed)
*The bus is renamed GPIRS and the Fault Designation Changed.
Use the Single GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
GPS Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
GPS Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
GPS UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 0 - 23:59.9 TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Ground Speed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
GPS True Track 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
GPS Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM TA&D 0.00012207 1000
RX429-2 FMC EIS (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.25 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Selected Baro Reference 4.1.1.112.2 275 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 120
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: EFIS BUS

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12D FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.3 270 Discrete Type 3 TA&D n/a 180
(Nav Mode , see note 1)
Landing (Destination) QNH 4.1.1.113 140 19-BCD 745-1050 HPa Basic 0.1 HPa 800-1200
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
RX429-10 CMC(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Aircraft Config Word 4.1.1.1 155 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 1 second
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP8B Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits n/a TA&D n/a 20
28/29
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
Note 1: Prior to –204-204 Nav Mode was a required input. For –204-204 through –208-208, the 'Configuration Option 2' program pin disables the Nav Mode
input. For –210-210 and on, the 'Configuration Option 2' program pin has no affect on Nav Mode (it is required), however it does activate Manual TAD
Inhibit operation.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high-speed bus.
VFOM format must be in feet, not meters.
B = TP11D Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete TA&D n/a 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 0 - 23:59.9 TA&D n/a 1000
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM TA&D 0.00012207 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable
F-57: Aircraft Type A330/A340 (type 57) continued

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP7D DINPL5 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input - suppresses all audio & 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
visual except for TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
Open = Off
MP2D DINPL14 WX-Radar #2 On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
(optional input, required for dual PWS only) Open = Off
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19 Audio Inhibit - Optional input - will inhibit all audio 5.0.1.16 Gnd = Audio inhibit
(will suppress all visuals if program “suppress Audio & Open = Not inhibit
Visual” selected)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To GPWS Warn Lamps (Note 1) 6.9.3.1
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Monitor Discrete

CMC/CFDS Type Type 2B Product Specification 6.10.7
Airbus Self Test Yes Product Specification 6.10.6.1.3
Windshear No
Terrain Inhibit Monitoring Yes 5.0.1.22
(set fault after 5 seconds)
EGPWS Altimetry Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
F-62 Aircraft Type 62: Cessna Citation X
Revision History
Effectivity
08/05/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3021: Added optional Nav Mode to both FMC’s. - -206
09/02/98 – MJC SCR 3064: Changed number of bits for FMC ground speed from 12 to 15. - -206
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-62: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation X (type 62)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRS BUS 1
RX429-1 AHRS #1
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Select the Optional Input Select Program Pin to use the IRS inputs listed below in place of these
AHRS inputs.
A = MP6A Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
B = MP6B Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
(Optional) Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: IRS BUS 1
IRS #1
(High Speed)
Select the Optional Input Select Program Pin to use these IRS inputs in place of the AHRS inputs
listed above.
* The bus is renamed IRS 1
Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GP BUS 1
RX429-4 IAC1-GP #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 85-115
Glideslope (Honeywell SSM) 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 85-115
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11/BNR ±180 deg Basic 0.087890625 1000
Discrete Word (Note 1) 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 1 Basic n/a 100
Self Test Command Bits 11-14
Status Bits 15-18
F-62: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation X (type 62) continued


RX429-5 IAC1-FMS (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Ground Speed (Note 1) 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots TA&D 0.125 1000
True Heading (Note 1) 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
*Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
prog pin to activate (Note 2)
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
(Optional (Low Speed)
alternate)
RX429-9 IAC2-FMS (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Ground Speed (Note 1) 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots TA&D 0.125 1000
*Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
prog pin to activate (Note 2)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 85-115
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11/BNR ±180 deg Basic 0.087890625 1000
Status Bits 15-18
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-13 AHRS #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Select the Optional Input Select Program Pin to use the IRS inputs listed below in place of these
(Note 1)
AHRS inputs.
A = TP5A Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
B = TP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
(Optional) Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: IRS BUS 2
IRS #2
(High Speed)
Select the Optional Input Select Program Pin to use these IRS inputs in place of the AHRS inputs
(Note 1)
listed above.
* The bus is renamed IRS 2
Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Bus Type: Basic
(Note 2)
This Bus is not required, it will be used as redundent input if present.
B = TP4B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 85-115
Status Bits 15-18
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Note 1)
(Note 2)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
(Note 2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: GPS buses not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-102-102.
Note 2: ARINC 743 not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.

Analog Input Data
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Input Type: Basic unless alternate selected
(-) = TP13B (Optional LRRA Formats available, see section 6.1.1.10.1)
Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage + Validity Flag,
(+) = TP14A Right SWC - Vane AOA 4.1.3.2.5 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14B Range: 0 - 10 VDC
Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 2
OFFSET = -80.506234 degrees

Gain = 11.308706
Range = 0 to +70 degrees
CHANNEL 3 N/C
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage + Validity Flag,
(+) = TP14C Left SWC - Vane AOA 4.1.3.2.5 Input Type: WindshearRange: 0 - 10 VDC
(-) = TP14D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 1

Gain = 11.308706
Range = 0 to +70 degrees

Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Minimums callouts desired. Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Optional input, used if crew suppression of continuous Open = Normal
messages in progress is desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9D DINPL11
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14 Flap Position #1 1 - 0 degrees 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18 Flap Position #2 1 - 5 degrees 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP5D DINPL19 Flap Position #3 1 - 15 degrees 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
1
MP7A DINPL20 Flap Position #4 - 35 degrees 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Right 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Fail 3
TP15D DINPH4 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Left 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Fail 3
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
1
This flap position configuration is not supported by 965-0976-xxx-101-101.
3
Polarity is opposite for 965-0976-xxx-101-101 & -102-102.

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left/Right multiplexed picture bus to DU-870 #1 & #2 (port 2) 1
1
Prior to 965-0976-xxx-104-104 a non-multiplexed bus was used with left channel on TX453-1, and right on TX453-2.

2
MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To Glideslope Lamp assemblies 6.9.3.1
2
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamp assemblies 6.9.3.1
2, 3
2, 4
2
2
2, 4
2
2
TP4D DOUTL7 -
2
2
TP11A DOUTL10 -
2
2
2
2
Only ARINC 429 bits used by aircraft.
3
Prior to 965-0976-xxx-104-104 Terrain Awareness Caution was associated with DOUTL3.
4
Obstacle alerts not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.

1
Lamp Format Type 2
2
Normal Audio Level 2 MKV Hi 4.1.8
4
Alternate Mode 4B No 6.1.1.5, Product Specification 6.2.4.1
INOP & Warning Yes 3 6.9.3.5
Aero Data 20/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 10
Discrete Flap Type Monitor for none set
Monitor for > 1 set
Landing Flap N/A
1
Lamp format is 1 for 965-0976-xxx-101-101/-102-102.
2
“The Normal Audio Level” is 3 (MKV Low) in 965-0976-xxx-101-101.
3
“INOP and Warning Annunciations in same window” not supported prior to 965-0976-xxx-104-104
4
In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-63 Aircraft Type 63: Test Aircraft Type
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
F-63: Aircraft Type TEST (type 63)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2 FMC (Hi Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
enabled
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 ft App Min 0.125 100-200
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
F-63: Aircraft Type TEST (type 63) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation:
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
(Optional)
(Optional)
B = TP8D Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if enb 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic if enb 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic if enb 0.1 100-200
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP6A Mode (Control Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = TP1D Mode (Control Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Selected
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
No Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.1

Aero Data 2/DPF2
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-65 Aircraft Type 65: Hawker 800 (C: Collins Display)

Note: Not compatible with NZ-920 FMS
Revision History
Effectivity
01/30/97 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added - -204
optional Nav Mode to the FMC bus.
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2549: -204 -204
- Added Terrain display configuration for Pro Line 2 based on AC070.
- Added 429 optional inputs for display range on 429 input channels 5 and 7.
03/24/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified AHRS channel to support AHRS/IRS hunt. -204 -204
03/25/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2549: -204 -204
- Corrected Note number in RX429-5, from ‘1’ to ‘2’
- Output Discrete Definition Section, activated from ‘reserved for’ Terrain
Display Discretes #1 and 2.
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
06-NOV-99 - JDK SCR 4334: General document clean up - -
15-JUN-00 – L. Caldeira SCR 4223: Comment only. Added note about similarity to a/c 73. - -
NOTE that this aircraft is identical to a/c type 73, except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, the absence of the analog
AOA validity discrete on DINPH4, and the different Aero Data and Analog AOA Type configuration items.

For the –210-210 and on, these interfaces may be activated (depending on display type) via the Terrain Display Select program
F-65: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (C) (type 65)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IRS AHRS BUS
Bus Type: Basic IRS/AHRS Hunt (Note 3)
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 25-50
*IRS Only
Bus Type: Basic if found
(Note 1)
Alternate FMC input if low speed not supplied on channel 11
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
Nav Mode

(Note 2)
Format: ARINC 575
Or hunt for Computed Airspeed 4.1.2.2 206 13 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.125 62.5-125
ARINC 429 True Airspeed 4.1.2.5 210 12 ±2048 KTS Windshear 0.5 62.5-125
on channel Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10.0 62.5-125
12 Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Degrees Windshear 0.5 250-500
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: (Note 2) Fault Designation: RANGE CONTROL BUS 1
RX429-5 WX CONTROL PANEL
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Bus 1 (Low Speed)
• Use the Optional Input Select program pin option to activate.
(Note 2)
B = MP10B Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 200
Note 1: Support for Ground Speed, True Track and True Heading is not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 3: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the AHRS was supported, and none of the starred signals on channel 1 were supported.
F-65: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (C) (type 65) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS 1 Fault Designation: ILS BUS
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS is Basic; system will detect if digital is supplied and use it if
present.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RANGE CONTROL BUS 2
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 2)
B = MP12D Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 – 320 NM TA&D N/A 200
(Alternate) (Low Speed)
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 FMC (Low Speed)
(Note 1)
Alternate FMC input if high speed not supplied on channel 2
B = TP8B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
Nav Mode
*Use Configuration
Option 2 program pin to
activate (Note 2)
(if using ARINC 429)
on channel 3 Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3-62.5
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Note 1: Support for Ground Speed, True Track and True Heading is not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Configuration Option 1 program pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note 2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: The alternate bus speed option is not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 2: The ARINC 743 format is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.

Analog Input Data
CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 55 with Validity Flag
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Default format is ARINC 552 for part number 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
(Optional LRRA Formats available, see section 6.1.1.10.1)
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 3 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select (Alternate digital ILS hunt)
(+) = TP13C ARINC 547 Glideslope 4.1.3.2.3 Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: 0 to 10 VDC
(+) = TP14C Left Vane, 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14D Potentiometer Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
Gain = -4.444
Offset = 38.22 degrees
Elect Range = 44.44 degrees
Mech Range = 40 degrees

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP14A DINPL12 ILS Select 5.0.1.7 Gnd = ILS Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit - Note 1 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #1
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit (Note 1) - Optional input - suppresses all 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
audio & visual except for Windshear, TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope Valid 5.0.1.8 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5 Flap Position #1 (0 degrees) 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
0V = Not Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 (15 degrees) 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
0V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 (25 degrees) 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
0V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 (45 degrees) 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
0V = Not Selected
Note 1:This input is not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Serial Data Output
1)

TP12C DOUTL4 Yes Windshear Caution Discrete 6.9.3.2
Note 2: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D TABLE D-T17), then ‘Terrain Awareness
selected with program pin PPCNF12, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all messages but Glideslope
will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to
select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 17/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 3
Monitor for none set
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on, ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with PPCNF12 (see Appendix D, Table D-T17).
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on, ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/deactivated with PPCNF9 (see Appendix D, Table D-T14).

Reference
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 2 Non-Integrated (Note 1) G-3.1
Note 1: TA&D displays not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204
F-66 Aircraft Type 66: Hawker 800 (S: Honeywell (Sperry) Display)
Revision History
Effectivity
02/10/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted FMC mag track off channel 2. - -204
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
16-JUN-00 – L. Caldeira SCR 4223: Comment change only. Added note about similarity to a/c 138. - -
NOTE that this aircraft type is identical to aircraft type 138 except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, the absence of
the analog AOA validity discrete on DINPH4, and different Aero Data and Analog AOA Type configuration items.

F-66: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (S) (type 66)

Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
Format: ARINC 429
on channel Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3-62.5
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS is Basic; system will detect if digital is supplied and use it if present.
F-66: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (S) (type 66) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: MG Fault Designation: EFIS BUS
RX429-7 Multifunction SG
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
Select Optional Input Select Program Pin to enable (required for display).
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Provides range unless MG backing up right side (see channel 9).
Note: Provides range if MG is not backing up right side (see channel 9 for this
case). The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have failed
due to no data present.
B = MP12D Range 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100
(both ranges on one word) (Discrete)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Right Bus
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on channel 7 is
the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG
inputs have failed due to no data present.
B = TP9D Range 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
(Note 2)
Nav Mode
(note 3)
(Note 2)
on channel 3 Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10.0 62.5-125
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
Note 1: Support not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 2: Cannot be used in conjunction with the optional GPS overlay in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus (Note 1).
2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
VFOM (ARINC 743)
HFOM (ARINC 743)
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: 0 to 10 VDC
(+) = TP14C Left Vane, 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
Gain = -4.444

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit (Note 1) - 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Not used) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Not used) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit (Note 1) - Optional input - suppresses all audio 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
& visual except for Windshear, TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
Note 1:This configuration is not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/9/12/20 (Note 1)

TP10D DOUTL8 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #1 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Reserved for Terrain Display discrete #2 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
selected with program pin PPCNF12, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all messages but Glideslope will
trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to

Aero Data 17/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 3
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher, ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D, Table
D-T17).
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher, ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9 (see Appendix
D, Table D-T14).

Alternate Display Types Appendix G Reference
Basic Display: Honeywell SPZ8000 integrated (new style), 5x6 G-7.1
Variant Displays
F-67 Aircraft Type 67: Hawker 1000 (SafeFlight AOA)

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson

F-67: Aircraft Type Hawker 1000 (type 67)

Bus Type: Basic
Use the Configuation Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS is Basic; system will detect if digital is supplied and use it if present.
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed)
Provides range unless MG backing up right side (see channel 9).
F-67: Aircraft Type Hawker 1000 (type 67) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on channel 7 is
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: Note supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ±10 VDC (Safe Flight DC Analog)
(+) = TP14C AOA Indication System 4.1.3.2.5 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
Gain = -3.333333
Offset = 15 degrees
Range = -15 to +45 degrees (+= nose up)

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Not used) 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Not used) 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope Valid 5.0.1.8 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 AOA Valid +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected

Serial Data Output


Aero Data 16/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 4
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-
T17.
D, Table D-T14.

Variant Displays
F-68 Aircraft Type 68: Gulfstream II

Revision History
Effectivity
8 Aug 97 – M. Calhoun Moved section from Product Specification to ICD. - -
10 Nov 97 – M. Calhoun Clarified requirements for Landing Flap Discrete input (MP9C). - -
30 Jan 98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added 204 204
10 Feb 98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted FMC mag track off channel 11. - 204
24 Mar 98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified IRS and FMC channels to support IRS/AHRS hunt. 204 204
27 Oct 1998 – Richard auf SCR 2855: Added Range inputs to channels 5 and 7. Added Alternate 208 208
der Springe Terrain Display #1 Configuration Data. Changed comments of TX453-1
bus from ‘Terrain Display data to the Symbol Generator relays’ to ‘Terrain
Display data LH’. Changed comments of TX453-2 bus from ‘N/C’ to
‘Terrain Display data RH’.
Corrected typos in notes.
2 Nov 1998 – Richard auf SCR 3222: Added the option to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with 208 208
der Springe PPCNF12 in the Output Discrete Definitions and the aircraft configuration
data section.
9 Nov 1998 - Richard auf SCR 3297: In Alternate Terrain Display #1 configuration data changed - 208
der Springe SRD Reference section from 8.4.R10 to 8.4.R20
12 Nov 1998 - Richard auf SCR 2855: Added “1” to Fault Designation Name “MFD BUS” on channel - 208
der Springe #5. Added “2” to Fault Designation Name “MFD BUS” on channel #7.
19/NOV/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3279: Added Alternate Terrain Display #2 Configuration Data for - 208
EDZ805 display type. Added range from EDZ805 (Alternate Display 2)
on channel 5 for Left SG and channel 7 for Right SG. Added comment to
TX453-1 bus and TX453-2 bus for Alternate Display 2. Added comments
to Terrain Display discretes TP1A, TP1B, TP10D, and MP14C that they
are not required for Alternate Display 2.
Also, for geometric altitude, changed Signal Type from W/S to Basic for
Static Air Temperature and changed Signal Type from TA&D to Basic for
Ground Speed and all GPS signals.
19/NOV/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3297: Corrected SRD reference section for Display type 1 to - 208
7.68.1.R10.
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3279: Comment changes for range information. - -208
Appendix G (-208). Added reference to no display.
16 Feb 1999 – R. auf der SCR 2855: Changed update rate of label 273 on channels 5 and 7 from 200 - -208
Springe to 50 msec.
Henderson
19-AUG-99 – M.Calhoun Corrected GPS HIL reference from 4.1.1.92 to 4.1.1.93. - -
F-68: Aircraft Type Gulfstream II (type 68)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Or hunt for Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
ARINC 575 Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 62.5-125
on channel 12 True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS W/S 0.0625 62.5-125
Low Speed FMC input; if high speed FMC, use channel 11
B = MP12B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500ms
Or hunt for Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500ms
High speed *FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
bus on Nav Mode
channel 11 **Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
**True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
**True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000

(Note 1)
**AHRS Only. Faults
masked if IRS/AHRS hunt
detects IRS (Note 2)
RX429-5 MFD #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Note 3)
• Select ‘Alternate Display 1’ to enable
B = MP10B EFIS Discrete Word #2 4.1.1.22 273 Discrete 5 to 320 NM TA&D n/a 50
(Range)
Note 2: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the IRS was supported, and the double starred items on channel 4 were not supported.
F-68: Aircraft Type Gulfstream II (type 68) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed) • Select ‘Alternate Display 2’ to enable - Provides range if MG is not backing up
(Note 1) right side (see channel 7 for this case). The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if
both MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
B = MP10B Range 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100
(Optional Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
alternate)
RX429-7 MFD #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Note 1)
• Select ‘Alternate Display 1’ to enable
B = MP12D EFIS Discrete Word #2 4.1.1.22 273 Discrete 5 to 320 NM TA&D n/a 50
(Range)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed) • Select ‘Alternate Display 2’ to enable - Only provides range if MG backing up
(Note 1) right side, MG input on channel 5 is the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault
will be present only if both MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
alternate)
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B

Or hunt for Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Low speed *FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
bus on Nav Mode
channel 4 **Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000
**True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000

(Note 1)
**AHRS Only. Faults
detects IRS (Note 2).
Format: ARINC 575
on channel 3 True Airspeed 4.1.2.5 210 12 ±2048 KTS W/S 0.5 62.5-125
Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10.0 62.5-125
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
Note 2: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the IRS was supported, and the double starred items on channel 11 were not supported.

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768FPM Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(Optional) Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage. Excited via EGPWC 10 Volt reference
(+) = TP14A AOA, Right DPT 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14B Potentiometer Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 2
OFFSET = 48.0 degrees

Gain = -6.00
Elect. Range = 60 degrees, Mech. Range = 60 degrees
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage, Excited via EGPWC 10 Volt reference
(+) = TP14C AOA, Left DPT 4.1.3.2.4 Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 1
(-) = TP14D Potentiometer Input Type: Windshear
OFFSET = 48.0 degrees

Gain = -6.00
Elect. Range = 60 degrees, Mech. Range = 60 degrees

MP1B DINPL2 Back Course Select-Flight Guidance Panel (Glideslope Inhibit) 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - Optional input if Altitude Awareness 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
Callouts desired at lower volume. Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height - Optional input. 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - When grounded enables callouts. 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
This can be a strap to always enable callouts, or can be a cockpit Open = Voice Disabled
switch.
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional input, used if crew 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
suppression of continuous messages in progress is desired. Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - Even though cockpit test may be via a 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
digital command this discrete is still provided. Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From landing gear down and locked switch. 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps/Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps Selected
To the Landing Flap position switch and to the optional Flap Open = Not Land Flap
Override switch.
from glareshield lamp capsules Open = Normal
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary switch)
(Not required for Alternate Display 2 - EDZ805)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary switch)
(Not required for Alternate Display 2 – EDZ805)
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input - suppresses all audio & visual 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
except for Windshear, TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Reposition, Open =
Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Alternate Radio Altimeter Validity 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not
Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope Valid 5.0.1.8 +28 V = Valid, 0 V = Fail
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 Flap Position #1 - 0 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 10 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 39 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data LH (Alternate Display 1) or
Left side picture bus to symbol generator port (Alternate Display 2)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data RH (Alternate Display 1) or
Right side picture bus to symbol generator port (Alternate Display 2)
(Note 1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To both pilots glareshields lamp capsules 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete - To both pilots glareshields lamp capsules 6.9.3.1
(Note 2)
Yes Terrain Awareness Caution (Note 2) 6.9.3.4.1
Yes Obstacle Awareness Caution (Notes 1 and 2) 6.9.3.4.1
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table. 6.9.3.6
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not available 6.9.3.5

Aero Data 15/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 5
IRS Type 1 Proprietary aircraft data.
Discrete Flap Type Monitor for > 1 set Consult Honeywell for details.
Landing Flap N/A (Discrete required on MP9C)

Program Display Selected Appendix G
Pin State Reference
1 (basic) Basic Display: No display G-0.1
2 Alternate Display #1: Collins FDS-255 (see note 1) G-4.2
3 Alternate Display #2: Honeywell EDZ805 (see note 1) G-7.1
4 Alternate Display #3: Spare
Note 1: Display not supported prior to 956-0976-0xx-208-208.
Variant Displays: Since the basic type is without a display there are no display options available via Display Variant
selection.
F-69 Aircraft Type 69: Gulfstream IIB/III

Revision History
Effectivity
8 Aug 1997 – M. Calhoun Moved section from Product Specification to ICD. - -
10 Nov 1997 – M. Clarified requirements for Landing Flap Discrete input (MP9C). - -
Calhoun
30 Jan 1998 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added 204 204
10 Feb 1998 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted FMC mag track off channel 11. - 204
24 Mar 1998 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified IRS and FMC channels to support AHRS/IRS hunt. 204 204
23 Oct 1998 – Richard auf SCR 2855: Added Range inputs to channels 5 and 7. Added Alternate 208 208
der Springe Terrain Display #1 Configuration Data. Changed comments of TX453-1
bus from ‘Terrain Display data to the Symbol Generator relays’ to ‘Terrain
Display data LH’. Changed comments of TX453-2 bus from ‘N/C’ to
‘Terrain Display data RH’.
Corrected typos in notes.
2 Nov 1998 – Richard auf SCR 3222: Added the option to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with 208 208
der Springe PPCNF12 in the Output Discrete Definitions and the aircraft configuration
data section.
9 Nov 1998 - Richard auf SCR 3297: In Alternate Terrain Display #1 configuration data changed - 208
der Springe SRD Reference section from 8.4.R10 to 8.4.R20
12 Nov 1998 - Richard auf SCR 2855: Added “1” to Fault Designation Name “MFD BUS” on channel - 208
der Springe #5. Added “2” to Fault Designation Name “MFD BUS” on channel #7.
19/NOV/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3278: Added Alternate Terrain Display #2 Configuration Data for - 208
EDZ805 display type. Added range from EDZ805 (Alternate Display 2)
on channel 5 for Left SG and channel 7 for Right SG. Added comment to
TX453-1 bus and TX453-2 bus for Alternate Display 2. Added comments
to Terrain Display discretes TP1A, TP1B, TP10D, and MP14C that they
are not required for Alternate Display 2.
Also, for geometric altitude, changed Signal Type from W/S to Basic for
Static Air Temperature and changed Signal Type from TA&D to Basic for
19/NOV/98 – S. Arnett SCR 3297: Corrected SRD reference section for Display type 1 to - 208
7.69.1.R10.
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3279: Comment changes for range information. - -208
Appendix G (-208). Added reference to no display.
16 Feb 1999 – R. auf der SCR 2855: Changed update rate of label 273 on channels 5 and 7 from 200 - -208
Springe to 50 msec.
Henderson
19-AUG-99 – M.Calhoun Corrected GPS HIL reference from 4.1.1.92 to 4.1.1.93. - -
16-JUN-00 – L. Caldeira SCR 4223: Changed section to say identical to a/c 68 except for windshear - -
parameters. This reflects the implementation. Comment change only.

Henderson
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the Gulfstream II as specified in F-68.

F-70 Aircraft Type 70: Falcon 20F

Revision History
Effectivity
10/29/87 – C. Bambini SCR 2266: - -202
- Added 429 optional inputs for display range on 429 input channels 5 and 7.
Definitions section.
- Changed comments fro TX453-1 and -2 buses in Serial Data Output Section.
- Acitivated Terrain Display Discrete #1 and #2 in the Output Discrete
Definition section.
02/02/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added optional - -204
Nav Mode to both FMC buses.
Appendix G (-208).
25-MAY-99 – M. SCR 3920: Added I/O mapping for Terrain Display IDs. -210 -210
Calhoun
Henderson

F-70: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F (type 70)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRS BUS
RX429-1 AHRS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
AHC-85
Note: AHC-85 type AHRS with A/D converter required (Normal
Acceleration = 1g on ground)
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D
Use the Optional Input Select program pin option to activate.
(Note 1)
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS Basic, system will detect if digital supplied and use it.
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = MP12D Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 200
Note 1: Bus not supported prior to 965-0976-0XX-202-202
F-70: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F (type 70) continued

RX429-9 FMC
(Lo Speed)
Low Speed FMC input, if high speed FMC use channel 11
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: 0 to 10 VDC,
(+) = TP14C Vane AOA, 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
Gain = -4.444

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Note) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Note) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
Note: Activated in 965-0976-0XX-202-202
Serial Data Output


TP4D DOUTL7 Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (Note 2) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 (Note 2) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
Note 2: Activated in P/N 965-0976-0XX-202-202
0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 14/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 6
Landing Flap N/A
Reference
F-71 Aircraft Type 71: Falcon 20F/IRS

This aircraft configuration was added in 965-0976-0xx-104-104.
Revision History
Effectivity
10/29/87 – C. Bambini SCR 2266: - -202
- Added Terrain display configuration based on AC125.
- Added 429 inputs for display range on 429 input channels 5 and 7.
- Added 429 FMC low speed input bus (bus #10) Discrete Word (Nav
Mode) only word in bus.
- Changed designation of ARINC 429 bus 11 from ‘FMC’ to ‘FMC #1)
- Changed comments for TX453-1 and -2 buses in Serial Data Output
Section.
- Enabled Terrain Display Discrete #1 and #2 in the Output Discrete
Definition section.
- Activated Terrain display select inputs #1 and #2, in the Input Discrete
Definition section
11/4/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2266: - -202
- Modified TX429 channel 10 to make type TA&D instead of Basic.
Change made per Danh Vo input.
03/24/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2597: Deleted channel 10 and added configurable Nav Mode on -204 -204
channels 9 and 11. Added ARINC 743 option to both GPS buses.
SCR 2120: Modified IRS and FMC buses to support AHRS/IRS hunting.
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson

F-71: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F/IRS (type 71)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D (Note 2)
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
Analog GS Basic, system will detect if digital supplied and use it.
digital ILS)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: (Note) Fault Designation: RANGE CONTROL BUS 2
RX429-7 WX CONTROL. PANEL
Bus Type: TA&D
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the IRS was supported.
Note 2: Bus not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
F-71: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F/IRS (type 71) continued

RX429-9 FMC
(Low Speed)
Low Speed FMC input; if high speed FMC, use channel 11
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin if Nav Mode label 266 is NOT available.
Nav Mode
**FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
**FMC True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
**FMC True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000

activate (Note 1)
**AHRS Only. Faults
RX429-10 (Note 1)
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 FMC #1
(High Speed)
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin if Nav Mode label 266 is NOT available.
Nav Mode
**FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
**FMC True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
**FMC True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000

activate (Note 2)
**AHRS Only. Faults
Note 1: For 965-0976-0xx-202-202 ONLY, there was a required FMC BUS 2 on channel 10 that had only the (required) Nav Mode label 266 signal on it.
Note 2: The optional Nav Mode label 266 on these channels is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Note 3: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the IRS was supported, and none of the double starred signals on channels 9 and 11 were supported.

RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for low speed bus.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP14C Vane AOA, Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
Gain = -4.444

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Note 1) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Note 1) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
Note 1: Terrain Display discretes not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.

Serial Data Output
2)
Note 1: Comment changed as of 965-0976-0xx-202-202.

TP4D DOUTL7 Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 14/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 6
Landing Flap N/A
Reference
F-73 Aircraft Type 73: Hawker 800/800SP (C/SF) Collins/SafeFlight AOA

Note: Not compatible with NZ-920 FMS
Revision History
Effectivity
02/02/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability to both GPSs. Added -204 -204
optional Nav Mode to both FMC buses.
03/24/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified AHRS bus to support AHRS/IRS hunting. -204 -204
03/26/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2550: -204
- Added 429 optional inputs for display range on 429 input channels 5 and
7.
- Output Discrete Definition Section, activated from ‘reserved for’ Terrain
Display Discretes #1 and 2.
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
NOTE that this aircraft is identical to a/c type 65, except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, the existence of the
analog AOA validity discrete on DINPH4, and the different Aero Data and Analog AOA Type configuration items.

F-73: Aircraft Type Hawker 800/800SP (C/SF) (type 73)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
Ground Speed (Note 2) 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
True Track (Note 2) 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
Nav Mode
(Note 3)
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
(Note 3)
B = MP10B Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 200
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the AHRS was supported, and the starred signals were not supported.
Note 2: Support for Ground Speed, True Track, and True Heading is not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
F-73: Aircraft Type Hawker 800/800SP (C/SF) (type 73) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
(Note 2)
B = MP12D Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 200
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Ground Speed (Note 1) 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
True Track (Note 1) 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
on channel 3 Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3-62-5
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
Note 1: Support for Ground Speed, True Track, and True Heading is not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Note 1: The alternate bus speed option is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 50/55 with Validity Flag (Note 1)
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
Gain = -3.333333
Offset = 15 degrees
Range = -15 to +45 degrees
Note 1: Default format is ARINC 552 for part number 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit (Note 1) - 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #1
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit (Note 1) - Optional input - suppresses all audio 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
Note 1: This input is not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)


Aero Data 25/DPF1 (Note 1)
Analog AOA Type 4
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: 965-0976-0xx-101-101 is configured to use aero data parameter set 17.

Reference
F-74 Aircraft Type 74: FIAS Beechcraft 300F
Revision History
Effectivity
11-JAN-01 – P. Bateman SCR 5356: Added new aircraft type -213 -213
12-JAN-01 – P. Bateman SCR 5356: Review comments -213 -213
25-JAN-01 – L. Caldeira SCR 5356: Made minor fixes. -213 -213
Installation Notes:
This configuration allows for two types of FMS inputs:
1) If Parker Gull FMS, then connect low speed port of FMS to EGPWS Channel 7. This is the default FMS type, therefore no
program pin strapping is required to select this option.
2) If FMS other than Parker Gull, then connect low speed port of FMS to EGPWS Channel 11. Use Optional Input Select
Program Pin (PPCNF7) to select this option. If this FMS provides FMS Navigation Mode on label 266, then also use
Configuration Option 2 Program Pin (PPCNF16) to enable label 266.
Do not connect both channel 7 and channel 11 to an FMS system.
F-74: Aircraft Type FIAS Beechcraft 300F (type 74)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IRU #1 Fault Designation: IRS BUS 1
RX429-1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP6A Attitude Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
B = MP6B IRS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
IRS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
IRS Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Inertial Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 20-40
Inertial Vertical Speed 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 20-40
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 25-50
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: EFIS #1 Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 1
RX429-2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 167-333
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: EFIS #2 Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 2

RX429-3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP11B Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 167-333
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ADC #1 Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS 1

RX429-4 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS #1 Fault Designation: ILS BUS 1
RX429-5 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10B Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: FMS #1 Fault Designation: FMC BUS
RX429-7 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic (Parker Gull FMS), however if the Optional Input Select
Not used if Optional Input
Selected (see channel 11) program pin is selected then this input bus is not used.
B = MP12D FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 210 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 211 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: LRRA #1 Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS
RX429-8 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic, if selected
(Alternate)
• Use if Alternate RA #2 Select program pin (PPCNF14) enabled.
F-74: Aircraft Type FIAS Beechcraft 300F (type 74) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS #2 Fault Designation: ILS BUS 2
RX429-9 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-10 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: FMS #1 Fault Designation: FMC BUS
Use if Optional Inputs
• Use Optional Input Select Program Pin (PPCNF7) to select, instead of channel 7.
Selected
• Use Label 266 if Configuration Option 2 Program Pin (PPCNF16) is selected.
A= TP8A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B=TP8B FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Nav Mode (optional) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A 500
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ADC #2 Fault Designation: AIR DATA BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: IRU #2 Fault Designation: IRS BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
A=TP5A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B=TP6A Attitude Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
IRS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
IRS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
IRS Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Inertial Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 20-40
Inertial Vertical Speed 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 20-40
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = TP1D Mode (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain TA&D N/A 100ms
Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100ms
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
B = MP4B Mode (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain TA&D N/A 100ms
Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320NM TA&D N/A 100ms

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: GPS #2 Fault Designation: GPS BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
A = TP11C • Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high-speed bus.
B = TP11D • Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
* VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
* HFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
A= TP6C • Use the Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for high-speed bus.
B=TP6D • Use the Configuration Option 1 program pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic unless alternate selected
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1 Steep Approach #1 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd = Enabled
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height - - Optional input, only required if the 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap or Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Steep Approach #2 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
Optional input to select steep approach. Open = Not selected
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Validity 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Invalid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to symbol Generator
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to symbol Generator

Yes Obstacle Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
Yes Obstacle Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 Not used
TP12A DOUTL5 Not used
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete (To TCAS) 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP12D DMON2 - Not used 6.9.3.5
may be different.

Normal Audio Level 2 4.1.8
Windshear No
1000 Foot Glideslope Cancel No 5.0.1.10
INOP & Warning No 6.9.3.5
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-T17.
Note 2: ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: EFIS 10 (Non-Integrated) G-28.1
Variant Displays:
Refer to Appendix G-28 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display variant selection.
F-75 Aircraft Type 75: Falcon 900
Revision History
Effectivity
optional Nav Mode to both FMC buses.
16/NOV/98 – M. Calhoun In ARINC 429 channel 9 description corrected reference in note to left MG - -
bus input from channel 7 to channel 2. Also clarified that "EFIS BUS
INACTIVE" is the fault message in the notes for each MG bus.
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson

F-75: Aircraft Type Falcon 900 (type 75)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Provides range unless MG backing up right side (see channel 9).
case). The ‘EFIS BUS INACTIVE’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs
have failed due to no data present.
Format: ARINC 429
A = MP12A Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
B = MP12B Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
(will hunt for
Note 1: Support for this bus is not provided in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 2: The optional Nav Mode label 266 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
F-75: Aircraft Type Falcon 900 (type 75) continued

RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on channel 2 is
the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS INACTIVE’ fault will be present only if
both MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
(Note 2)
A = TP8A Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
B = TP8B Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
2 program pin to acitvate
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
Note 2: The alternate FMC high speed bus cannot be used in conjunction with the optional GPS overlay in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
2).
This input can not be used if the RS422 SCI display bus is selected via the
Terrain Display Program Pins.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag (Note 3)
(+) = TP14A Right Vane AOA, 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14B Potentiometer Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 2
Gain = -5.50
Elect Range = 55 degrees
(+) = TP14C Left Vane AOA, 4.1.3.2.4 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14D Potentiometer Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 1
Gain = -5.50
Note 3: Default format is ALT 50/55 for part number 965-09762-0xx-101-101.

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected

Serial Data Output


Aero Data 13/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
T17.
D, Table D-T14.

Variant Displays
F-77 Aircraft Type 77: Falcon 20F, Integrated Proline 4
Revision History
Effectivity
03/09/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2600: New aircraft type for release 10. - -204
03/12/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2600: Made Nav Mode configurable. - -204
04/08/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2657: Made label 266 type 2 instead of type 3 and changed landing - -204
flaps from 48 to 40.
05/14/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2747: Fixed FMC true track data bits/LSB. - -204
08/03/98 – Richard auf der SCR 3010: Removed IOC label 201, Body Angle of Attack, from ARINC - -206
Springe Channels #2 and #3. Added potentiometer AOA interface to Analog Input
channel #4.
SCR 3015: Changed label 266 Discrete Word Flap position on ARINC
Channels #2 and #3 from type 2 to type 4.
09/02/98 – Michael Tam SCR 3010: Change Analog AOA Type from N/A to 6 - 206
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-77: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F, Integrated Proline 4 (type 77)

(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
A = MP10C FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
B = MP10D FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 1000
FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
FMC True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
Discrete Word 1 (Flaps) 4.1.1.35 266 Discrete Type 4 Basic N/A 100
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
Left MFD
FCC Mode Word 2 4.1.1.111 271 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100

activate
F-77: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F, Integrated Proline 4 (type 77) continued
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
B = MP11B FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
Nav Mode
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 - 640 N TA&D N/A 50
Right MFD

activate
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
B = MP10B Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
• Use the Dual RA Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
B = TP8B Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format: 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters TA&D 0.03125 1000
HFOM (ARINC 743)
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data – Note 1

(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
Gain = -4.444
Note 1: Analog Input Data for Angle Of Attack on Channel 4 added in 965-0976-XXX-206-206
F-77: Aircraft Type Falcon 20F, Inegrated Proline 4 (type 77) continued
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Optional input if Selected DH not supplied Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output

TP4D DOUTL7 Yes Terrain Awareness Warning (not used) 6.9.3.4.2
TP11A DOUTL10 Yes Terrain Awareness Caution (not used) 6.9.3.4.1

Lamp Format Type 2
window (Note 1)
Aero Data 14/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 6
Landing Flap 40
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-78 Aircraft Type 78: Learjet Model 60

Note 1: Enhanced features not compatible with older AMS-850 FMS not updated to output True Track.
Note 2: Display support for the Pro Line 4 display system incorporated in 965-0976-0XX-202-202.
This configuration allows for required FMC data to be received on basic dual low speed FMC buses, or on optional dual high
speed FMC buses if the Optional Input Select Program pin is selected.
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 1596: Added aircraft type 78 (Lear 60). - -105
10/18/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2265: - -202
- Made the following changes to the IOC buses:
- Added MFD Mode Word (label 155) for displays range to IOC #1
and #2 buses
- Deleted FMC data from the IOC #1 and #2 buses.
- Changes to FMC buses:
- Added two Low speed FMC buses (ARINC 429 channels 2 and 3)
with label 266 included.
- Made FMC high speed buses (ARINC 429 channels 9 and 11)
optional.
Definition section.
Section.
- Acitivated Terrain Display Discrete #1 and #2 in the Output Discrete
Definition section.
- Added Terrain Display Configuration Data fro Pro Line 4.
optional Nav Mode to both high speed FMC buses.
Appendix G (-208).
05-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3929: Removed True Heading, label 314, from hi speed FMS buses, - -210
channels 9 and 11 so internal true heading computation can be performed.
Also made all GPS signals, ground speed signals, and SAT signals basic.
Henderson
06-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Made minor correction to output discrete note - -
F-78: Learjet Model 60 (type 78)

RX429-1 AHRS #1 (L-AHC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-IOC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
A = MP10C Data (Note 2) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP10D Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 167-333
Left PFD
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-IOC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
A = MP11A Data (Note 2) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP11B Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 167-333
Right PFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
Note 1: This label first supported in 965-0976-0XX-202-202.
Note 2: FMC data supported prior to 965-0976-0XX-202-202; the following parameters were supported: Latitude (lbl. 310), Longitude (lbl. 311), Ground
Speed (lbl. 312), True Heading (lbl. 314), True Track (lbl. 313).
F-78: Learjet Model 60 (type 78) continued

RX429-5 ILS #2 (R-VIR-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
A = MP10A Data Reference Label Sig Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-6 ILS #1 (L-VIR-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: FMC #1 Fault Designation: FMC BUS 1
RX429-7 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic, however if the Optional Input Select program pin is selected
(Note 1)
Not used if Optional Inputs then this input bus is not used.
selected (see channel 9).
FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
RX429-8 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic, however if the Optional Input Select program pin is selected
(Note 1)
Not used if Optional Inputs then this input bus is not used.
selected (see channel 11).
FMCDiscrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
Note 1: These buses not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.

(Optional) Use if Optional Inputs
Use the Optional Input Select Program Pin to select instead of channel 7
selected. (Note 1)
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
Bus Type: Basic (alternate analog LRRA may be selected)
Bus Type: Basic, if selected.
(Optional) Use if Optional Inputs
Use the Optional Input Select Program Pin to select instead of channel 8.
selected. (Note 1)
B = TP8B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
Note 1: These buses were basic prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.

RX429-13 AHRS #2 (R-AHC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
B = TP6A Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
(Optional)
1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

(Optional)
1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Optional analog altimeter supported. See section 6.1.1.10.1
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Input Type: Basic if selected
(-) = TP13B Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
(Alternate)
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC.
(+) = TP14A Right Vane Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4 Range: 0-10 VDC
(-) = TP14B Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 2
Input Type: Windshear
OFFSET = 52 degrees
Gain = -6.0
Electrical Range = 60 degrees
Mechanical Range = 60 degrees
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC.
(+) = TP14C Left Vane Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4 Range: 0 - 10 VDC
(-) = TP14D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK 1
OFFSET = 52 degrees
Gain = -6.0

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - Optional input 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap - See note 2 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap
Open = Not L. Flap
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 - See Note 3 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 - See Note 3 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 (Alternate) Radio Altitude Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
6.1.10.1 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 8 degrees. See note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Not Selected
Note: Selected when >3 degrees. 0 V = Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees. See note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 40 degrees. See notes 1 & 2 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Not Selected
Note 1: If DINPH6,7 and 8 all indicate 28 volts (not selected), then a flap position of 0 degrees is selected.
Note 2: DINPL10 can be connected to DINPH8 (40 degree flaps) if DINPH8 is grounded out when selected.
Note 3: Activated in 965-0976-0XX-202-202

Serial Data Output
2)

TP4D DOUTL7 No Terrain Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
Obstacle Awareness Warning
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display Discrete #1 (Note 1) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display Discrete #2 (Note 1) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 No Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1
Obstacle Awareness Caution
Note 1: Activated in 965-0976-0XX-202-202
Note 2: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then all non Pull Up
messages will trigger DOUTL2 (MP3D) or DOUTL10 (TP11A). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT selected with program pin PPCNF12,
see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs
used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced
in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 12/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 7
IRS Type 1
Discrete Flap Type Alternate Format
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Note 1: Collins ProLine 4 Display incorporated in 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Variant Displays:
F-79 Aircraft Type 79: Gulfstream IV
Revision History
Effectivity
12/22/97 – M. Calhoun Deleted note on channel 12 since ARINC 575/429 ADC hunt is supported. - -
optional Nav Mode to both FMCs.
06/23/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2853: Added additional discrete range selections to accommodate -206 -206
Flight Plan mode.
17/NOV/98 – M. Calhoun Clarified "ILS Bus Select" discrete names and added references to 5.9.1.2. - -
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
19-DEC-00 – M. Ng SCR 5215: Added a note clarify the Vane AOA range. - -
F-79: Aircraft Type Gulfstream IV (type 79)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
program pin to activate (Note
1).
Bus Type: Basic
F-79: Aircraft Type Gulfstream IV (type 79) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 3)
(Note 4).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-8 Left (#1) LRRA if alternate
(Alternate LRRA option used (Low
LRRA) Speed)
B = MP13B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if enabled 0.125 25-50
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
(Note 5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) (May be MLS) (Note 2)
Note 2: This bus is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 3: GPS bus required (not optional) in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
(ARINC 575)
B = TP8D Barometric Altitude 4.1.2.6 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic if found 1.0 31.3-62.5
Or hunt for Corrected Altitude 4.1.2.3 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic if found 1.0 31.3-62.5
ARINC 429 Computed Airspeed 4.1.2.2 206 13 ±1024 KTS Basic if found 0.125 62.5-125
on channel 3 True Airspeed 4.1.2.5 210 12 ±2048 KTS W/S if found 0.5 62.5-125
Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic if found 10.0 62.5-125
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Deg W/S if found 0.5 250-500
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 2)
Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and note ARINC 743A
(Note 3).
B = TP6A Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Note 2: GPS bus is required (not optional) in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage + Validity Flag, Range: 0 - 10 VDC
(+) = TP14A Right SWC - Vane 4.1.3.2.5
(-) = TP14B AOA
OFFSET = -18 degrees

Gain = 5.555555
Note: SWC Range = -18 to +42 degrees; at 10.0 VDC, the AOA is
37.556 degrees.
CHANNEL 3 N/C
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C Left SWC - Vane AOA 4.1.3.2.5
(-) = TP14D

Gain = 5.555555
37.556 degrees.

MP1A DINPL1 Range 2-A (Note 1) (Right WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-A) See below Open = Selected
Note: Only required if Terrain display used.
MP1B DINPL2 Back Course Select - Flight Guidance Panel 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
(Glideslope Inhibit) Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Left Terrain Displayed Discrete - Indicates if 5.0.1.29 Gnd = Displayed
Terrain is currently displayed on the pilots side Open = Not Displayed
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height - Optional input, only required if 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH
the Minimums callouts desired. Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional 5.0.1.16 Gnd = inhibit, Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - When grounded 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
enables callouts. Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Range 2-B (Note 1) (Right WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-B) See below Open = Selected
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - from cockpit test switch. 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test, Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From landing gear down and 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
locked switch. Open = Gear Up
MP14A DINPL12 NAV 2 Discrete (ILS Bus Select #1) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected, Open = Not Selected
5.9.1.2
MP14B DINPL13 Range 2-C (Note 1) (Right WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-C) See below Open = Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Range 2-D (Note 1) (Right WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-D) See below Open = Selected
TP1B DINPL16 Range 1-A (Note 1) (Left WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-A) See below Open = Selected
MP2B DINPL17 Range 1-B (Note 1) (Left WXR Control panel pin 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
J2-B) See below Open = Selected
TP4C DINPL18 Range 1-C (Note 1) (Left WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-C) See below Open = Selected
MP5D DINPL19 Range 1-D (Note 1) (Left WXR Control panel 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
pin J2-D) See below Open = Selected
MP7A DINPL20 Right Terrain Displayed Discrete - Indicates if 5.0.1.29 Gnd = Displayed
Terrain is currently displayed on the co-pilots side Open = Not Displayed

Input Discrete Definitions (cont)
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V=Valid,
0V= Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 AUX 1 Discrete - (ILS Bus Select #2) Note: 5.0.1.12 +28 V = Selected
Since the discrete source is ground/open, a relay is 5.9.1.2 0 V = Not Selected
required to provide the correct input.
Note: Only required if the Optional Input Select
program pin is selected
TP15C DINPH3 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Right 5.0.1.19 +28V = Fail,
0V = Valid
TP15D DINPH4 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Left 5.0.1.19 +28V = Fail,
0V = Valid
TP7A DINPH5 Flap Position #1 - 0 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 10 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 39 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
Note 1: Not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Discrete WXR Range Mapping (for reference only)

DISCRETES PINS SET ==> RANGE (NM) D C B A
Range 1-A TP1B Range #1 0.5 Ground Ground Ground Open
Range 1-B MP2B 1.0 Ground Ground Open Ground
Range 1-C TP4C 2.5 Open Open Open Open
Range 1-D MP5D 5.0 Open Open Open Ground
Range 2-A MP1A Range #2 10 Open Open Ground Open
Range 2-B MP8D 25 Open Open Ground Ground
Range 2-C MP14B 50 Open Ground Open Open
Range 2-D TP1A 100 Open Ground Ground Ground
150 Ground Ground Open Open
200 Open Ground Ground Open
300 Open Ground Open Ground
500 Ground Open Ground Ground
1000 Ground Open Ground Open
2000 Ground Open Open Ground
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to symbol Generator relays
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D N/C
(Note 1)

TP12C DOUTL4 Yes Windshear Caution Discrete - To W/S Caution Lamp 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete - To W/S Warn Lamp 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare

Mode 6 Audio Level -6db
ILS Source Select Type ILSBus23 (type 2-2, unless 5.9.1
Optional Input Select
program pin selected, then
type 2-3)(Note 1)
Aero Data 11/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 2
Monitor for > 1 set
Landing Flap 39
Note 1: ILS Bus 3 is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell SPZ8x00 Integrated G-19.1
Variant Displays:
F-81 Aircraft Type 81: Canadair CL601/3A (SafeFlight AOA)
Revision History
Effectivity
01/19/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2122: Added ARINC 743 GPS capability. -204 -204
SCR 2450: Deleted Mag Trk from High speed FMS and added optional
Nav Mode to both FMS buses.
07/21/98 – J. Andrew SCR 2885: Revised Configuration Data, Analog AOA Type form 4 to 4A. -206 -206
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
06-JUN-00 G. Burlingame General document cleanup: Removed proprietary notice from footer. - -
NOTE that this aircraft type is identical to aircraft type 85 except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, the existence of
the analog AOA validity discrete on DINPH4, and different Analog AOA Type configuration item.

F-81: Aircraft Type Canadair CL601/3A (type 81)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed) • Select Optional Input Select Program Pin to enable (required for display).
(Note 1) Note: Provides range if MG is not backing up right side (see channel 9 for
this case). The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have
failed due to no data present.
Format: ARINC 429
available.
Nav Mode
(see note 2)
F-81: Aircraft Type Canadair CL601/3A (type 81) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for low speed bus (Note 2).
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743
and not ARINC 743A (Note 3).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
Analog GS Basic, system will detect if digital supplied and use it.
digital ILS)
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed) • Select Optional Input Select Program Pin to enable (required for display).
(Note 1) Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on
channel 2 is the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present
only if both MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Note 3: The ARINC 743 Configuration Option is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.

(Note 3)
available.
Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0001716613769 500
A = TP8A Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 5 500
B = TP8B *FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete n/a TA&D 0.0001716613769 1000
Nav Mode 5
*Use Configuration Option n/a
(see note 1)
Note: Cannot be used in conjunction with the optional GPS overlay in 965-
0976-0xx-101-101.
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Note: May be activated as a display input. See I/O mapping table..
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for low speed bus (Note 1).
• Use the ARINC 743 Program Pin Option if this input is ARINC 743 and not
ARINC 743A (Note 2).
NOTE: ARINC 743A scales FOM labels 136/247 in feet/NM respectively, ARINC 743
scales both in meters.
A = TP11C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 (ms)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
1000
format:
VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86.1 136 15 1024 meters TA&D 0.03125
1000
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Note 2: The ARINC 743 Configuration Option is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
Gain = -3.333333
Offset = 16 degrees

MP1A DINPL1 Flap Position #2 (20 degrees) 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
(See note 1) Open = Not Selected
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Flap Position #3 (30 degrees) See note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP2D DINPL14 Flap Position #4 (45 degrees) See note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: Zero degrees flaps will be indicated if none of the Flap position discretes are selected.

Serial Data Output
1)


Aero Data 10/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 4A
Landing Flap N/A
D-T17).
D, Table D-T14).

Variant Displays
Display Bus 1 Channel 2 WXR On #1 *Not Available
*Precludes selection of a display type requiring this input.

Revision History
Effectivity
10/29/87 – C. Bambini SCR 2266: -202
- Added Terrain display configuration based on AC125.
- Added 429 inputs (optional) for display range on 429 input channels 5
and 7.
- Activated Terrain display discretes 1 and 2.
Section.
11/04/97 – J. Mitchell SCR 2308: Remove Mag Track from 429 Input Channels 2 and 11. (Mag - -202
Track is not output by installed FMS.)
23/NOV/98 – MJC Added missing details on label 266 to ARINC 429 input channel 11. Also - -
corrected reference for ALT 55 to be 4.1.3.2.2.
17-Dec-98 – S. Arnett SCR 3408: - -208
1) Added IRS/AHRS bus hunting to IRS buses (channels 1 and 13).
Added labels 312, 313, and 147 to FMS buses (channels 2 and 11).
2) Add EDZ805 display as Alternate Terrain Display Type 1. Added range
from EDZ805 on channel 5 for Left SG and channel 7 for Right SG.
Added comment to TX453-1 bus and TX453-2 bus for Alternate Display
2. Added comments to Terrain Display discretes TP1A, TP1B, TP10D,
and MP14C that they are not required for Alternate Display 1.
3) Added Proline 4 non-integrated display as Alternate Terrain Display
Type 2. Added range from Proline 4 non-int on channel 5 for Left IOC and
channel 7 for Right IOC. Added comment to TX453-1 bus and TX453-2
bus for Alternate Display 2.
4) Changed Signal Type from W/S to Basic for Static Air Temperature
and changed Signal Type from TA&D to Basic for Ground Speed and all
GPS signals.
Appendix G (-208).
05-FEB-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3408: Removed mag var (label 147) from FMS buses. - -208
08-FEB-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3408: Comment change for channel 7 – should be right MG, not left. - -208
Henderson
Installation Notes:
This aircraft configuration allows for connection to either IRS or AHRS equipment in the –208-208. Note that this
configuration assumes two IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs. Connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable.
Additional signals from the FMS are required in the -208-208 to accommodate an AHRS interface. This will not require an
update to the existing FMS equipment on the aircraft. The additional labels 312 and 313 should be available from all FMS.
In the –208-208, this aircraft has the option of 3 different display types depending on the avionics on the aircraft:
Collins Pro Line 2 non-integrated (same display configuration as Pro Line 4, different range input)
Honeywell EDZ805
Collins Pro Line 4 non-integrated (same display configuration as Pro Line 2, different range input)


IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 FMC #1
(Hi Speed)
• High Speed FMC input, if low speed FMC use channel 11
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
Nav Mode
**Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000

(Note 2)
**AHRS Only. Faults
Format: ARINC 575
12 Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Degrees Basic 0.5 250-500
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 3) • Input is used for ‘Basic Display Type’. Use the Optional Input Select program pin
option to activate. If an Alternate Display type is enabled, it has priority, therefore the
Optional Input Select program pin should not be activated.
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208, only the IRS was supported, and the double starred signals on channel 2 were not supported.

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed) • Select ‘Alternate Display 1’ - Provides range if MG is not backing up right side (see
(Note 1) channel 7 for this case). The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs
have failed due to no data present.
B = MP10B Range 4.1.1.100 050 4/4 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100
RX429-5 IOC #1
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Hi Speed)
(Note 1) • Select ‘Alternate Display 2’
B = MP10B MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5-640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left PFD
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
RX429-7 WX CONTROL. PANEL
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 2) • Input is used for ‘Basic Display Type’. Use the Optional Input Select program pin
option to activate. If an Alternate Display type is enabled, it has priority, therefore the
Optional Input Select program pin should not be activated.
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed) • Select ‘Alternate Display 1’. Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG
(Note 1) input on channel 5 is the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only
if both MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
RX429-7 IOC #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Hi Speed)
(Note 1) • Select ‘Alternate Display 2’
B = MP12D MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5-640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Right PFD
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B

RX429-11 FMC (Lo Speed)
• Alternate FMC input if high speed not supplied on channel 2
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
Nav Mode
**Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 1000

(Note 1)
**AHRS Only. Faults
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Note 2: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208, only the IRS was supported, and the double starred signals on channel 11 were not suppor ted.

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus (Note 1).
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not ARINC
743A (Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus (Note 1).
743A (Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
Gain = -5.50

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 (Note 1) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
(Not required for Alternate Display 1)
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 (Note 1) 5.0.1.20 Type #1
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input – suppresses all audio & visual 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: Comment changed for 965-0965-0xx-208-208

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 (Note 1) A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display Data - Left display switching relay (Basic Display & Alternate
Display 2) or
Left side picture bus to symbol generator port (Alternate Display 1)
TX453-2 (Note 1) A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display Data – Right display switching relay (Basic Display &
Alternate Display 2) or
Right side picture bus to symbol generator port (Alternate Display 1)

TP4D DOUTL7 Spare: Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
Note 2: Comment changed for 965-0965-0XX-208-208.

Aero Data 9/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 9
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-T17.
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/deactivated with pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-
T14.

Program Display Selected Appendix G
Pin State Reference
1 (basic) Basic Display: Collins ProLine 2 Non-Integrated (Note 1) G-3.1
2 Alternate Display #1: Honeywell EDZ805 (Note 2) G-7.1
3 Alternate Display #2: Collins ProLine 4 Non-Integrated (Note 2) G-3.1
Note 1: TA&D display not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202
Note 2: TA&D display not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208. Although Appendix G reference is same as ProLine 2, range input is different.
F-85 Aircraft Type 85: Canadair CL601/3A
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
19-MAY-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4942: Comment only. Corrected GPS HIL cross reference (was - -
4.1.1.92).
NOTE that this aircraft type is identical to aircraft type 81 except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, no analog AOA
validity discrete on DINPH4, and different Analog AOA Type configuration item.

F-85: Aircraft Type Canadair CL601/3A (Type 85)

RX429-1 IRS #1 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Note: Provides range if MG is not backing up right side (see channel 9 for
this case). The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both MG inputs have
failed due to no data present.
Format: ARINC 429
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
F-85: Aircraft Type Canadair CL601/3A (Type 85) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus (Note 2).
(Note 3).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: TA&D
Select Optional Input Select Program Pin to enable.
(Low Speed)
(Note 1) Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on channel 2
is the primary range input. The ‘EFIS BUS’ fault will be present only if both
MG inputs have failed due to no data present.
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B

(Note 1)
A = TP8A Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
B = TP8B *FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
(Note 1)
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
Note 1: The hunt high speed FMC bus and/or ARINC 575 ADC bus cannot be used in conjunction with the optional GPS overlay in 965 -0976-0xx-101-101.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: 0 - 10 VDC (Rosemont DC Analog)
Gain = -5.50
Offset = +44 deg
Elect Range = 55 deg
Mech Range = 50 deg

MP1A DINPL1 Flap Position #2 (20 degrees) 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
(See note 1) Open = Not Selected
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Flap Position #3 (30 degrees) See note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP2D DINPL14 Flap Position #4 (45 degrees) See note 1 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: Zero degrees flaps will be indicated if none of the Flap position discretes are selected.

Serial Data Output
1)


Aero Data 10/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 8
Landing Flap N/A
D-T17).
D, Table D-T14).

Variant Displays
*Precludes selection of a display type requiring this input.
F-87 Aircraft Type 87: Gulfstream IV with Dual IRS/ADC/RA
Revision History
Effectivity
07/01/98 – P. Buller SCR 2903: Added new Aircraft Type configuration based on the GIV -206 -206
aircraft type 79 but including dual ADCs, RALTs and IRUs connected to
the EGPWC. The options for a third ILS/MLS source and an alternate
digital LRRA source are removed.
17/NOV/98 – M. Calhoun Clarified "ILS Bus Select" discrete name and added reference to 5.9.1.2. - -
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
19-DEC-00 – M. Ng SCR 5215: Added a note clarify the Vane AOA range. - -
F-87: Aircraft Type Gulfstream IV (type 87)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9D Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Nav Mode
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B

Bus Type: Basic
B = TP8D Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
B = TP6A Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Bus Type: Basic
(Using ARINC 429)
B = TP4B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C Right SWC - Vane 4.1.3.2.5
(-) = TP13D AOA

Gain = 5.555555
37.556 degrees.
(+) = TP14C Left SWC - Vane AOA 4.1.3.2.5
(-) = TP14D

Gain = 5.555555
37.556 degrees.

MP1A DINPL1 Range 2-A (Right WXR Control panel pin J2-A) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
Note: Only required if Terrain display used. See below Open = Selected
MP2A DINPL3 Left Terrain Displayed Discrete - Indicates if 5.0.1.29 Gnd = Displayed
Terrain is currently displayed on the pilots side Open = Not Displayed
the Minimums callouts desired. Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional 5.0.1.16 Gnd = inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - When grounded 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
enables callouts. Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Range 2-B (Right WXR Control panel pin J2-B) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From landing gear down and 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
locked switch. Open = Gear Up
MP14A DINPL12 NAV 2 Discrete (ILS Bus Select #1) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected
5.9.1.2 Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Range 2-C (Right WXR Control panel pin J2-C) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
TP1A DINPL15 Range 2-D (Right WXR Control panel pin J2-D) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
TP1B DINPL16 Range 1-A (Left WXR Control panel pin J2-A) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
MP2B DINPL17 Range 1-B (Left WXR Control panel pin J2-B) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
TP4C DINPL18 Range 1-C (Left WXR Control panel pin J2-C) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
MP5D DINPL19 Range 1-D (Left WXR Control panel pin J2-D) 5.0.1.21 Gnd = Not Selected
MP7A DINPL20 Right Terrain Displayed Discrete - Indicates if 5.0.1.29 Gnd = Displayed
Terrain is currently displayed on the co-pilots side Open = Not Displayed

Input Discrete Definitions (cont)
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V=Valid,
0V= Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V=Valid,
0V= Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Right 5.0.1.19 +28V = Fail,
0V = Valid
TP15D DINPH4 Stall Warning Computer Fail Flag - Left 5.0.1.19 +28V = Fail,
0V = Valid
TP7A DINPH5 Flap Position #1 - 0 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 10 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 39 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected,
0 V = Not Selected
Discrete WXR Range Mapping (for reference only)

DISCRETES PINS SET ==> RANGE (NM) D C B A
Range 1-A TP1B Range #1 0.5 Ground Ground Ground Open
Range 1-B MP2B 1.0 Ground Ground Open Ground
Range 1-C TP4C 2.5 Open Open Open Open
Range 1-D MP5D 5.0 Open Open Open Ground
Range 2-A MP1A Range #2 10 Open Open Ground Open
Range 2-B MP8D 25 Open Open Ground Ground
Range 2-C MP14B 50 Open Ground Open Open
Range 2-D TP1A 100 Open Ground Ground Ground
150 Ground Ground Open Open
200 Open Ground Ground Open
300 Open Ground Open Ground
500 Ground Open Ground Ground
1000 Ground Open Ground Open
2000 Ground Open Open Ground
Serial Data Output

(Note 1)

TP12C DOUTL4 Yes Windshear Caution Discrete - To W/S Caution Lamp 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete - To W/S Warn Lamp 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare

Mode 6 Audio Level -6db
ILS Source Select Type ILSBus2 5.9.1
Aero Data 11/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 2
Monitor for > 1 set
Landing Flap 39
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-88 Aircraft Type 88: DeHavilland Dash 8-400
Revision History
Effectivity
21 Dec 1998 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Initial version. 208 208
der Springe
23 Dec 1998 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Changed update rate of label 271 on channel 1 and 10 from 208 208
der Springe 180-220 to 30-70 ms. Changed update rate of 076 on channel 1 and 10
from 780-820 to 380-420 ms. In Input Discrete Definitions Polarity
column at MP9C changed ‘Landing Flaps’ to ‘Landing Flaps Override’.
In Output Discrete Definitions Note 2 changed DOUTL2 (MP3D) to
DOUTL10 (TP11A).
Appendix G (-208).
05-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3115: In Configuration Data Table – deleted “Turbo Prop” item and 208 208
changed “Aircraft Type” entry from Commercial to Bizjet.
13 Jan 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Added installation note for clarification of Flap interface. 208 208
der Springe Changed config item ‘Discrete Flap Type’ from ‘Use comparison’ to
‘N/A’. Changed config item ‘Landing Flap’ from 10 with comparison’ to
‘Use comparison’.
22 Jan 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Changed reference of Glideslope Deviation ILS 2 on IOP 2 - -
der Springe bus from 4.1.1.30 to 4.1.1.41.
9 Feb 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Changed Altimetry Type from ‘1’ to ‘0’. - 208
der Springe
16 Feb 1999 - Richard auf SCR 3115: Changed update rate of Radio Altitude label 164 from 30-70 to - 208
der Springe 40-60 ms.
18 Feb 1999 – Lori SCR 3115: Fixed some typos and expanded LSBs out to full granularity. - -208
Caldeira
18 Feb 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3115: Changed DOUTL4 from ‘Windshear Caution Discrete’ to - -208
der Springe ‘Spare’. Changed DOUTL5 from ‘Windshear Warning Discrete’ to
‘Spare’.
22-JUN-99 – Richard auf SCR 3980: Changed Bank Angle type 88 from 2 (Bizjet) to 1 (Commercial - -210
der Springe AT).
12-AUG-99 - Richard auf SCR 4005: Added labelset 18 to ARINC 429 output bus #1 and #2. - -210
der Springe SCR 4044: Added labelset 20 to ARINC 429 output bus #2.
8-SEP-99 – Richard auf SCR 4249: Definition of DINPL5 and DINPH1 swapped: - -210
der Springe Old:
MP7D, DINPL5, Audio Inhibit
TP15A, DINPH1, Momentary Audio Suppress
New:
MP7D, DINPL5, Momentary Audio Suppress
TP15A, DINPH1, Audio Inhibit
06-JAN-00 - Richard auf SCR 4763: Added note about derived type 152. - -
der Springe
14-FEB-00 - MJC SCR 4762: Added 7 foot [2500 Look-ahead] configurable since the -212 -212
maximum valid radio altitude for this type is 2500 feet.
11-APR-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 5019: Changed 2500 lookahead config value. -212 -212
10-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5347: Remove "2500 Look-ahead" configuration item from -214 -214
Henderson Configuration Data Table.

Note: In the 965-0976-XXX-212-212 A/C type 152, Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS, was derived from this type. The only
difference is that on type 088 the FMS and GPS signals are provided on the concentrated IOP buses, while on type 152 the FMS/GPS
signals are provided on dedicated input buses.
Any change to type 088 should be reviewed for applicability to type 152.
Installation note:
On this aircraft type, the EGPWS receives flap position in ARINC 429 binary format in addition to three analog flap discrete inputs from a
cockpit switch. Landing Flaps is considered selected only when the ARINC 429 flap value matches the analog discrete flap value within
+/- 0.5 degrees. Flap setting 10 or higher can be used for landing.
F-88: Aircraft Type DeHavilland Dash 8-400 (type 88)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOP 1 BUS
RX429-1 IOP 1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Localizer Deviation – ILS 1 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 80-120
Glideslope Deviation – ILS 1 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 80-120
Discrete Word 2, note 1 4.1.1.121 271 n/a 10 to 240 NM Basic n/a 30-70
Altitude – GPS 1 (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 380-420
True Track – GPS 1 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 380-420
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.2 107 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 780-820
Latitude – GPS 1 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Longitude – GPS 1 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Ground Speed – GPS 1 4.1.1.45 112 15 4096 kts Basic 0.125 780-820
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM Basic 0.00012207 780-820
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 FT Basic 0.125 780-820
Vertical Velocity – GPS 1 4.1.1.87 165 15 32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 780-820
Loc Deviation #3 – MLS 1, note 2 4.1.1.56 166 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 80-120
GS Deviation #3 – MLS 1, note 2 4.1.1.41 167 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 80-120
DH Selected (Captain) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 65,536 FT Min/App Min 1 780-820
Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 30-70
Baro Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 30-70
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 1024 knots Basic 0.0625 80-120
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 32,768 FPM Basic 16 30-70
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 deg C Basic 0.25 380-420
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 NM Basic 0.000061035 780-820
Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 n/a Type 2 TA&D n/a 780-820
GPS Sensor status 4.1.1.77 273 n/a n/a Basic n/a 780-820
Discrete Word 1, note 3 4.1.1.120 277 n/a n/a Basic n/a 780-820
Latitude – FMS 1 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Longitude – FMS 1 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Ground Speed – FMS 1 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 780-820
True Track – FMS 1 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 380-420
True Heading - FMS 1 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 380-420
Note 1: Discrete Word 2 includes

Range, a Terrain Selection bit and a
landing gear bit.
Note 2: Optional input, use PPCNF7
Optional Inputs program pin to
enable.
Selected Nav Source and
Backcourse.
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D


RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP9A Radio Altitude, note 4 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 40-60
B = TP9B Localizer Deviation – ILS 2 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 80-120
Altitude - GPS 2 (MSL), note 3 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 380-420
True Track – GPS 2, note 3 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 380-420
Latitude – GPS 2, note 3 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Longitude – GPS 2, note 3 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Ground Speed – GPS 2, note 3 4.1.1.45 112 15 4096 kts Basic 0.125 780-820
Horizontal Int. Limit, note 3 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM Basic 0.00012207 780-820
VFOM, note 3 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 FT Basic 0.125 780-820
Vertical Velocity – GPS 2, note 3 4.1.1.87 165 15 32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 780-820
DH Selected (First Officer) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 65,536 FT Min/Apr Min 1 780-820
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 Deg C Basic 0.25 380-420
HFOM 2, note 3 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 NM Basic 0.000061035 780-820
Discrete Word (Nav Mode), nt 3 4.1.1.89.2 266 n/a Type 2 TA&D n/a 780-820
GPS Sensor status 2, note 3 4.1.1.77 273 n/a n/a Basic n/a 780-820
Latitude – FMS 2, note 3 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Longitude – FMS 2, note 3 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 780-820
Ground Speed – FMS 2, note 3 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 780-820
True Track – FMS 2, note 3 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 380-420
True Heading – FMS 2, note 3 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 380-420

Range, a Terrain Selection bit and
a Landing Gear bit.
Note 2: Optional input, use
PPCNF7 ‘Optional Inputs’
program pin to enable.
Note 3: Optional Input, use
PPCNF7 ‘Dual GPS Overlay’ to
enable.
Note 4: Optional Input, select
Program Pin PPCNF9 ‘Dual Rad
Alt’ to enable.
Backcourse.

RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Note 1 Open = Normal
MP8D DINPL7 Landing Flap Switch 10 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Flap Switch 15 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
Override
Override
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Landing Flap Switch 35 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Audio Inhibit 5.0.1.16 0 V = Not Inhibit
Note 2 28 V = GPWS inhibit
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: DINPL5 was defined as ‘Audio Inhibit’ in the 965-0976-0xx–208-208 only.
Note 2: DINPH1 was defined as ‘Momentary Audio Suppress’ in the 965-0976-0xx–208-208 only.

Serial Data Output
(Notes 1 and 2)

MP3D DOUTL2 - Spare
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP11A DOUTL10 No GPWC Alert Discrete (Note 1) 6.9.3.1
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Not Available - To Terrain Not Available Lamp 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Inop - To Terrain Fail Lamp 6.9.3.5
Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D TABLE D-T17), then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’,
‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all non Pull Up messages will trigger DOUTL10 (TP11A). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT selected with
program pin PPCNF12, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3
(MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with
program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aircraft Type Bizjet 6.1
(Note 3)
Mode 4 Type 5 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear No
ILS Source Select Type 7 (IOP) 5.9.1
Alt G/S Cancel Limit 2000 feet 6.2.5.1.2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap Use comparison
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on, ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9 (see Appendix D, Table D-T14).
Note 3: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 ‘Bank Angle Type’ was 2 (Bizjet).
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Sextant (DeHavilland Dash 8) EFIS G-26.1
Variant Displays:
F-89 Aircraft Type 89: Galaxy (IAI) Non-Integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
04-Dec-98 – S. Arnett SCR 3275: Added aircraft type 89 (GPWS, WS, TAAD). Not standard - -208
IRS type because deleted label 361.
Appendix G (-208).
04-JAN-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3275: Made FMC ground speed a basic signal instead of TA&D. - -208
05-MAR-99 – MJC SCR 3592: Made FMC buses low speed. - -208
10-MAR-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3628: Removed change made by SCR 3592, made FMC buses high - -208
speed.
15-MAR-99 – J. Kistler SCR 3663: Changed landing flap setting from 40 to 39 to detect landing - -208
flap setting input on Galaxy
Henderson
06-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Mode minor correction to output discrete note - -
Installation Notes:
This aircraft configuration allows for connection to either IRS or AHRS equipment. Note that this configuration assumes two
IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs. Connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable.
F-89: Aircraft Type Galaxy Non-Integrated (type 89)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Left MFD
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Right MFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
F-89: Aircraft Type Galaxy Non-Integrated (type 89) continued

(Optional)
• Use the Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for high-speed bus.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 program pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6 FMC #1 (Hi Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
• Use the Optional Inputs Select program pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Nav Mode
*Use Optional Inputs
Select program pin to
activate.
RX429-7 SPQC #1 Left Channel
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP12D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.9 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50
(Local AOA transmitted
on
Indicated AOA label -
Left Vane)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9 SPQC #1 Right Channel
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
on
Indicated AOA label -
Right Vane)

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Use the Dual RA Overlay program pin option to enable.
(Optional)
• Use the Alt GPS Speed program pin option for high-speed bus.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Bus Type: Basic
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
Nav Mode
activate.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D - TABLE D-T17), then all non Pull Up
then all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the
logic may be different. The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 29/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 39
Alternate Displays:
Reference
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 Non-Integrated G-3.1
Alternate Display #1: No display G-0.1
Alternate Display #2: Collins ProLine 4 Non-Integrated (with auto range) G-3.5
Variant Displays:
Refer to appendix G-3 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant selection. Note that Alternate
Display #2 is the same as Basic Display Variant #5; Alternate Display #2 was maintained for compatibility with the –208-208.
F-90 Aircraft Type 90: IAI Astra SPX Non-Integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2102: Updated aircraft type 90 (Astra SPX). - -105
03/25/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2120: Modified AHRS channels to support IRS/AHRS hunt. -204 -204
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
06-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4344: Made minor change to output discrete note - -
F-90: Aircraft Type Astra SPX Non-Integrated (type 90)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic (Note 2)
(Hi Speed)
Discrete Word 1 (Flaps) 4.1.1.35 266 Type 1 N/A Basic N/A 100
Left MFD
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
(Hi Speed)
Right MFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
Note 1: Was an ARINC 429 ADC hunt bus prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Note 2: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, only the AHRS was supported, and none of the starred signals on channel 1 were supported.
F-90: Aircraft Type Astra SPX Non-Integrated (type 90) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Nav Mode
activate.
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 3)
Note 2: Date label 260 was on the bus prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Note 3: Bus was not optional (was required) prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Alt GPS Speed program pin option for high-speed bus (Note 1).
A = TP8A Data (Note 3) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP8B Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-2)
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
Note 2: This bus was not required (or supported) at all prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105. Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, this bus was only an AHRS bus and
the starred signals were not supported.
Note 3: Date label 260 was on the bus prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Note 4: Was an ARINC 575 ADC hunt bus prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
• Use the Optional Inputs Select program pin to activate.
Nav Mode
activate.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Optional analog altimeter supported. See section 6.1.1.10.1
Input Type: Basic if selected
(-) = TP13B
(Optional) Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: DC voltage
(+) = TP14C Right Vane Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4
Range: 0 - 10 VDC
INCREASIING AOA
(-) = TP14D TP2D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK

(10 VDC)
CW Input Type: Windshear
CW =
TP14C (+) Non-standard installation: Increasing AOA (CW) provides increasing

resistance.
TP14D (-)
Gain = +7.777778
Electrical Range = 77.77 degrees

Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
Note: Not supported prior to -101-101.
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
6.1.1.10.1 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP4D DOUTL7 No Terrain Awareness Warning (Note 2) 6.9.3.4.2
Obstacle Awareness Warning (Notes 1,2) 6.9.3.4.2
TP11A DOUTL10 No Terrain Awareness Caution (Note 2) 6.9.3.4.1
Obstacle Awareness Caution (Notes 1,2) 6.9.3.4.1
Note 2: Was on DOUTL3 prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Note 4: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then all non Pull Up messages will trigger
DOUTL2 (MP3D) or DOUTL10 (TP11A). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then
all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The
ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 23/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 11
Landing Flap 40
Alternate Displays:
Note 1: TA&D displays not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.
Variant Displays:
Revision History
Effectivity
10/30/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2238: Incorporated the following revisions: - -202
- Deleted Appendix E label sets 9 and 12, and added label set 17 (ref SCR
2237) to the TX429-1 and -2 Low speed buses in the Serial Data Output
section.
- Added “INOP and Warning Annunciations in same window” to the
Configuration Data section.
- Change Display bus type from “Standard” to “Collins Pro Line 4 (Label
077)” in the Terrain Display Configuration Data.
- Changed the nomemclature for label 302 IOC buses #1 and #2 from
‘FMS Nav Word’ to ‘Discrete Word (Nav Mode)’.
- Deleted ‘Searchlights’ from Terrain Display Configuration Data section.
10/30/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2107: - -202
- Added label 271 to the IOC #1 Bus.
17-DEC-98 – S. Arnett SCR 3415: Revised bus fault messages from “SYSTEM” BUS “N” to - -208
“SYSTEM” “N” BUS. Changed Signal Type from W/S to Basic for Static
Air Temperature and changed Signal Type from TA&D to Basic for
SCR 3417: Add Alternate Display 1 for ProLine 4 display with ± 90
degree fan sweep.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IRS 1 BUS (Note 3)
(L-IRS-3)
(Optional) Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: GPIRS 1 BUS (Note 3)
(L-GPIRS-3)
Use the Single or Dual GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable
* The bus is renamed GPIRS 1 and the Fault designator Changed.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
GPS Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd Basic n/a 1000
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
(Note 2)
Left MFD
FCC Mode Word 2 (Note 1) 4.1.1.111 271 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100
Note 1: This word not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202

Note 2: Changed the nomenclature for this word from ‘FMS Nav Mode’ to ‘Discrete Word (Nav Mode)’ in 965-0976-0xx-202-202
Note 3: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208, Bus Fault message was in format “SYSTEM” BUS “N”

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
(Note 2)
Right MFD
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AIR DATA 1 BUS (Note 4)
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS 1 BUS (Note 4)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 3).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
Note 1: The alternate bus speed option is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101
Note 3: The ARINC 743 option is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206

RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 1 BUS (Note 3)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
Use the Dual RA Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
*HFOM (ARINC 743) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429

(R-IRS-3)
Note: If Single GPIRS overlay is selected, then this IRS bus is not used in
configuration
(R-GPIRS-3)
Use the Dual GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/17 (Note 1)
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/17 (Note 1)/20
(Note 2)
Note 1: Label set 17 replaces label sets 9 and 12 starting with part number 965-0976-0XX-202-202.

2
3
2
3
TP4D DOUTL7 Yes Terrain Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
TP11A DOUTL10 Yes Terrain Awareness Caution (Not used) 6.9.3.4.1
2
Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-104-104.
3

1
Lamp Format Type 2
3
Alternate Mode 4B Yes 6.1.1.5, Product Specification 6.2.4.1
window 2
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 40
1
Lamp Format 1 prior to 965-0976-0xx-104-104
2
This is done to facilitate proper indications during self test even though the displays do not use a common window. Incorporated in 965-0976-0XX-202-
202
3
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 (integrated) with ± 60 deg sweep G-16.1
Alternate Display #1: Collins ProLine 4 (integrated) with ± 90 deg sweep G-16.2
Variant Displays:
F-92 Aircraft Type 92: Falcon 50EX
Revision History
Effectivity
10/30/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2238: Incorporated the following revisions: - -202
- Deleted Appendix E label sets 9 and 12, and added label set 17 (ref. SCR
2237) to the TX429-1 and -2 Low speed buses in the Serial Data Output
section.
- Added “INOP and Warning Annunciations in same window” to the
Configuration Data section.
- Change Display bus type from “Standard” to “Collins Pro Line 4 (Label
077)” in the Terrain Display Configuration Data.
- Deleted ‘Searchlights’ from Terrain Display Configuration Data section.
- Changed the nomemclature for label 302 IOC buses #1 and #2 from
‘FMS Nav Word’ to ‘Discrete Word (Nav Mode)’
10/30/97 – C. Bambini SCR 2107: - -202
- Added label 271 to the IOC #1 Bus.
02/02/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 capability to both GPSs. - -204
“SYSTEM” “N” BUS.
SCR 3416: Revised Landing Flap config item from 48 to 20 degrees.
Changed Signal Type from W/S to Basic for Static Air Temperature and
changed Signal Type from TA&D to Basic for Ground Speed and all GPS
signals.
SCR 3417: Add Alternate Display 1 for ProLine 4 display with ± 90
degree fan sweep.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-92: Aircraft Type Falcon 50EX (type 92)

(L-IRS-3)
Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: GPIRS 1 BUS (Note 3)
(L-GPIRS-3)
Use the Single or Dual GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
*The bus is renamed GPIRS 1 and the Fault designator changed.
(Optional) Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
A = MP10C Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
B = MP10D Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
(Note 2)
Left MFD
FCC Mode Word 2 (Note 1) 4.1.1.111 271 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100
Note 1: This word first supported by 965-0976-0xx-202-202

F-92: Aircraft Type Falcon 50EX (type 92) continued

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
(Note 2)
Right MFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 3).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D

RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429

Bus Type: Basic unless GPIRS is selected.
(R-IRS-3)
Note: If Single GPIRS Overlay is selected, then this IRS bus is not used in
the configuration.
Optional Bus Name* Optional Fault Designation*: GPIRS 2 BUS (Note 1)
(R-GPIRS-3)
(Optional) Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Note 1 Prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208, Bus Fault message was in format “SYSTEM” BUS “N”
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/17 (Note 1)/20
(Note 2)
Note 1: Label set 17 replaces label sets 9 and 12 starting with part number 965-0976-0XX-202-202.

2
3
2
3
2
3

1
Lamp Format Type 2
4
window 2
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
3
Landing Flap 20
1
LampFormat 1 prior to 965-0976-0xx-104-104
2
202
3
Landing Flap was 48 degrees prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
4
Alternate Displays:
Alternate Display #1: Collins ProLine 4 (integrated) with ± 90 deg sweep G-16.2
Variant Displays:
F-93 Aircraft Type 93: Falcon 900EX
Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 – M. Calhoun Updated aircraft type 93. -105 -105
SCR 1733: Replaced DH input with DH/MDA input.
SCR 2050: Added FWC S/T command bit 23.
SCR 2086: Added INOP in Same Window config item.
SCR 2094: Added digital Steep Approach command bit.
SCR 2106: Added IAC Status Word inputs.
02/02/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added ARINC 743 capability to both GPSs. - -204
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-93: Aircraft Type Falcon 900EX (type 93)

(Note 1)
* The bus is renamed GPIRS 1 and the Fault designator changed.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DAU 1 BUS (Note 2)
RX429-2 DAU #1 (L Bus)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
A = MP10C Data (Note 1) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP10D Selected Course 4.1.1.71 024 11 –BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 1.0 167-333
RX429-3 DAU #2 (R Bus)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Note 1: Decision Height used from this bus prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105
Note 2: Bus Fault message revised in 965-0976-0xx-208-208

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FWC 1 BUS (Note 3)
RX429-6 IAC1 - FWC1 (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
A = MP11C Data (* = Note 2) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP11D Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 100
Test Command Bit * 23
Status Bits 15-18
Steep Approach* 24
Decision Height/MDA* 4.1.1.30 170 12/14 4096/16,384 Min/App Min 1.0 1000
IAC Status Word* 4.1.1.104 270 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 200
RX429-7 IAC2 - FWC2 (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
A = MP12C Data (* = Note 2) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP12D Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
Test Command Bit* 23
Status Bits 15-18
Steep Approach* 24
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMC 1 BUS (Note 3)
RX429-8 IAC1 - FMC1 (Low
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 100

RX429-9 IAC3 - FWC3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP9C Data (* = Note 1) Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP9D Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 223 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
Test Command Bit* 23
Status Bits 15-18
Steep Approach* 24
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 IAC 2 - FMC2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429

(Note 1)
the configuration.
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 Bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
* The bus is renamed GPIRS 2 and the Fault designator changed.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 2
(-) = TP14B Use the Dual RA Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14 N/C
TP1A DINPL15 N/C
TP1B DINPL16 N/C
TP4C DINPL18 N/C
MP5D DINPL19 N/C
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid #1 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude Valid #2 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
(Optional - If Dual RA Option Selected) 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 N/C
TP7B DINPH6 N/C
TP7C DINPH7 N/C
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #2 - 40 Degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
Only one position discrete required to detect landing flaps 0 V = Not Selected
selected. If this discrete is not selected the software will
indicate a flap position of 0 degrees (even though it could
be any position less than 40).

Serial Data Output
1
2

2
3
2
3
TP4D DOUTL7 Yes Terrain Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 - N/C 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 - N/C 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 Yes Terrain Awareness Caution (Not used) 6.9.3.4.1
2
3

Lamp Format Type 21
Alternate Mode 4B Yes 3 6.1.1.5, Product Specification 6.2.4.1
INOP & Warning Yes 2 6.9.3.5
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Discrete Flap Type No monitoring
Landing Flap 40
1
Lamp Format 1 prior to 965-0976-0xx-104-104
2
105
3
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-94 Aircraft Type 94: Falcon 50, Integrated Proline 4
Revision History
Effectivity
03/09/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2544: New aircraft type for release 10. - -204
03/12/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2544: Made Nav Mode configurable. - -204
05/14/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2747: Fixed FMC true track data bits/LSB. - -204
17-DEC-98 – S. Arnett SCR 3416: Revised Landing Flap config item from 48 to 20 degrees. - -208
signals.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
05-FEB-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3417: Add Alternate Display 1 for ProLine 4 display with ± 90 - -208
degree fan sweep.
Henderson
F-94: Aircraft Type Falcon 50, Integrated Proline 4 (type 94)

Bus Type: Basic
(L-AHC-3)
B = MP6B Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 n/a Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
A = MP10C FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
B = MP10D FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
* FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
Left MFD
FCC Mode Word 2 4.1.1.111 271 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 100

2 Program pin to DE-
activate
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
FMC True Track 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625
* FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete Type 2 TA&D N/A 500
Nav Mode
Right MFD

2 Program pin to DE-
activate
F-94: Aircraft Type Falcon 50, Integrated Proline 4 (type 94) continued
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
• Use the Dual RA Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(R-AHC-3)
B = TP6A Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 n/a Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D

RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output


Lamp Format Type 2
window (Note 1)
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 20 (Note 2)
Note 2: Landing Flap was 48 degrees prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Note 3: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D, Table D-T17.
Alternate Displays:
Alternate Display #1: Collins ProLine 4 (integrated) with ± 90 deg sweep (Note 1) G-16.2
Note 1: Display type not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Variant Displays:
F-95 Aircraft Type 95: Test Aircraft Type 2

This aircraft type is exactly identical to aircraft type 63, except that the Windshear parameter set defined in the Configuration
Data table is ‘39’ instead of ‘2’.
Revision History
Effectivity
F-96 Aircraft Type 96: Gulfstream V

This installation provides a dual ILS interface. For the 4 channel ILS installation, refer to aircraft type 104.
Revision History
Effectivity
04/13/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2662: Changed ARINC 429 output data to use set E-1C. -204 -204
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
F-96: Aircraft Type Gulfstream V (type 96)

Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DAU BUS 2
RX429-2 DAU #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.1 137 12 USM 0 - 64 degrees Basic 0.015625 500 - 1000
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 12 0 - 4096 ft Min/App Min 1.0 1000
Discrete Word 4.1.1.31 171 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
has Selected Range #2,
Gear down (rt & nose),
Self Test Command
RX429-3 MADC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
B = MP11B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 - 62.5
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 - 62.5
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 62.5 - 125
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 62.5 - 125
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3 - 62.5
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Deg Windshear 0.25 250 - 500
Bus Type: Basic
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.24 204 17 ±131,072 FT TA&D 1.0 100
Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 500
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-6 Reserved for AUX NAV
#1 (Low Speed)
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AOA BUS 1
RX429-7 AOA #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
(Left Vane)
F-96: Aircraft Type Gulfstream V (type 96) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
This GPS input requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically, HFOM
format must be nautical miles, not meters, and VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-10 DAU - 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.1 137 12 USM 0 - 64 degrees Basic 0.015625 500-1000
Gear down (left gear),
Self Test Command
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: TA&D
This GPS input requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically, HFOM
format must be nautical miles, not meters, and VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
A = TP5A Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
B = TP6A Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: Windshear
A = TP1C Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.10 223 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50 - 100
B = TP1D (Right Vane)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
A = TP4A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = TP4B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 - 62.5
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees Windshear 0.25 250 - 500
RX429-16 Reserved for AUX NAV
#2 (Low Speed)
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1 N/C - Reserved for AUX 2 Discrete (NAV Bus
Select #3)
MP5C DINPL4 N/C
Open = Not inhibit
callouts. This can be a strap to always enable Open = Voice Disabled
callouts, or can be a cockpit switch.
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional input, used 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
if crew suppression of continuous messages in Open = Normal
progress is desired.
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - Even though cockpit test may 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
be via a digital command this discrete is still Open = Normal
provided.
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - Landing gear provided via DAU 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
buses, this input is provided for optional gear Open = Gear Up
override.
MP14A DINPL12 NAV 2 Discrete (NAV Bus Select #1) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 N/C - Reserved for AUX 1 Discrete (NAV Bus
Select #2)
MP2D DINPL14 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit -N/C 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15 N/C
TP1B DINPL16 N/C
MP2B DINPL17 N/C
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 N/C
TP7B DINPH6 N/C
TP7C DINPH7 N/C
TP7D DINPH8 N/C

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to the symbol Generator relays
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D N/C - Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1C/2/3/5/6/9/12
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B To SGs, CAS, and FDAU. Label sets: E-1C/2/3/5/6/9/12/20 (Note 1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To both pilots glareshield lamp capsules 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete - To both pilots glareshield lamp capsules (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 Yes GPWC Warning Discrete - N/C (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
No Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1) 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 Yes Windshear Caution Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - To CAS 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - Windshear Monitor Discrete - To CAS 6.9.3.5

ILS Source Select Type ILSBus2 5.9.1
Aero Data 22/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for
details.
Note 1: Landing flaps 39 in 965-0976-0xx-101-101 (38 in 965-0976-0xx-101-101 Mod 1 and later).
Note 3: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-97 Aircraft Type 97: Canadair GEX
Revision History
Effectivity
09/18/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 1645: Revised note on ARINC 429 channel 8 that CAIMS signals - -202
added in -202.
10/02/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 1645: Replaced ARINC 429 output set E-9 with set E-15. - -202
10/17/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2114: Changed Lamp Format from 1 to 2. Turned on ‘INOP in Same - -202
Window’ option.
SCR 2181: Added Selected Course input to the 3 FWC inputs.
11/10/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2316: Added Honeywell Glideslope SSM format to configuration - -202
table..
11/10/97 - M. Calhoun Removed duplicate references to TX453-1/-2 from serial data output table. - -202
12/10/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2426: Reduced required landing flap angle in configuration table - -202
from 30 to 25 degrees.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
03-JAN-01 - Don Gibson SCR 5758 Changed the reference for the Terrain Awareness & TCF -213 -213
Inhibit discrete from 5.0.1.12 to 5.0.1.22. This was an ICD typo error, no
config. code was changed.
05-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5751: Added EGPWS 429 output label set E-19. - -213
Made all GPS signals basic, and made all ground speed and SAT labels
basic.
F-97: Aircraft Type Canadair GEX (type 97)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Use the Alt GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus. (Note 1)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 FWC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 100
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 12 0-4095 Ft Min/App Min 1.0 50
Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 1 Basic n/a 100
Status Bits 15-18
*Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 /BNR ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000
*Added in -202.
Bus Type: Basic
F-97: Aircraft Type Canadair GEX (type 97) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: SPS BUS 1
RX429-6 SPS #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP11D Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 224 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 180-220
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 180-220
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DAU BUS
RX429-8 DAU - 3A (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP13B CAIMS Time 4.1.1.84 125 16 hh mm Basic n/a 1000
CAIMS Date 4.1.1.25 260 19 dd mm yy Basic n/a 1000
*Flight Number 4.1.1.97 151 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
*Command Word 4.1.1.96 227 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
*Aircraft Serial Number 4.1.1.95 226 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
*SFFS Mode Date 4.1.1.94 225 19 dd mm yy Basic n/a 100
*Added in -202.
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Use the Alt GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: SPS BUS 2
RX429-13 SPS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP6A Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 225 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 180-220
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP1D Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP4B Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.0000976562 100
Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 5 100
Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 1 Basic 1.0 100
Self Test Command Bits 11-14 n/a
Status Bits 15-18
*Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 /BNR ±180 Degrees Basic 1000
0.087890625
*Added in -202.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP6D Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 100
Status Bits 15-18
*Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 /BNR ±180 degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000
*Added in -202.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: To be used for database uploading and data download.
RS232 Maintenance Access Plug in
Tx = TP6B cockpit
Rx = TP6C
Cm = MP3A
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1 N/C
MP1B DINPL2 Back Course Select - N/C 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Optional Input, typically from Flight Guidance Panel Open = Not inhibit
(Glideslope Inhibit)
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - N/C 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
lower volume.
MP5C DINPL4 N/C
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - N/C 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Optional input, typically used to allow a predictive Open = Not inhibit
windshear system to inhibit GPWS, or to allow for
external GPWS suppression during Windshear escape
maneuver’s.
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - Grounded 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - N/C 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - N/C 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Test input provided digitally on GEX Open = Normal
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override - From cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - From cockpit switch 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 N/C
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit 1 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14 N/C
TP1A DINPL15 N/C
TP1B DINPL16 N/C
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 N/C
TP15B DINPH2 N/C
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 N/C
TP7B DINPH6 N/C
TP7C DINPH7 N/C
TP7D DINPH8 N/C
1

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Data to DAU 3 side A. Label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/12/15/193
Note: Set E-15 replaced E-9 in -202-202.
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Data to DAU 3 side B. Label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/12/15/193/202
Note: Set E-15 replaced E-9 in -202-202.
1
2
3
Output Discretes
Note: For the GEX visual annunciations are driven off of output label 274.
Pins Mnemonic Flashing Description (All discretes are also mapped to ARINC 429 output labels) Reference
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare

Lamp Format Type 2 (was 1 prior to -202)
CMC/CFDS Type CAIMS Product Specification 6.10.7
Note: Was ‘Normal’ prior to
-202-202.
Annuniciations in same window Note: Was ‘No’ prior to
-202-202.
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 25
Note: Was ‘30’ prior to
-202-202.
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-98 Aircraft Type 98: Honeywell KING AIR

Revision History
Effectivity
10/24/97 - J. Mitchell SCR 2282: Added new inputs to support TAD Altimetry solution: -202 -202
Static Air Temp (lbl 213) on ADC 429 bus
Added new configuration item “EGPWS Altimetry Type”

11/07/97 - J. Mitchell SCR 2282: Added new inputs to support TAD Altimetry solution: -202 -202
Static Air Temp (lbl 213) on ADC 575 bus to simplify
bus hunting protocol.
11/10/97 - M. Calhoun Added note that PPI4B is ARINC 708 (not 708A). - -
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: - -204
Added the “Obstacle Enabled Basic” function to the Terrain Display
Configuration Data.
04/01/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: - -204
Removed the “Obstacle Enabled Basic” function from the Terrain Display
Configuration Data, and accompanying note 2.
07/09/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2946: Removed the EGPWS Altimetry Type line from the - -206
configuration data section and the accompanying note. As of R12, the
King Air uses the default altimetry type, which was changed to be the
geometric altimetry with reversion to corrected altitude.
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3331: Noted moving marker disabled and revised display priority. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
“Mode4Type”.
Henderson

The EGPWC is strapped to expect an FMS Nav Mode input (not available here), or

F-98: Aircraft Type Honeywell KING AIR (type 98)

RX429-1 GNS XLS (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Ground speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 knots TA&D 0.125 40
Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 40
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
(If using ARINC 429)
12 Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.25 250-500
(Note 3)
RX429-4 Reserved for AHRS/IRU
#1 (High Speed)
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = MP10B Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 100
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
B = MP12D Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 100
RX429-8 Left (#1) LRRA if
(Alt LRRA) alternate LRRA option
used
(Low Speed)
B = MP13B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if selected 0.125 25-50
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: MKVII Fault Designation: ATTITUDE BUS
RX429-10
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
F-98: Aircraft Type Honeywell KING AIR (type 98) continued

(Note 2)
ARINC 429 Computed Airspeed 4.1.2.2 206 13 ±1024 KT Basic 0.125 62.5-125
(Note 3)
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (Note 2)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high speed bus. (Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Note 2: Cannot be used in conjunction with the optional GPS overlay in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.
Note 3: SAT not supported before 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C ARINC 547 Glideslope 4.1.3.2.3
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Fault Designation: GLIDESLOPE
(+) = TP14C ARINC 547 Localizer 4.1.3.2.7
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D
Fault Designation: LOCALIZER

MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - (Optional Glideslope Inhibit) 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope Valid 5.0.1.8 +28 V = Valid
0 V = Fail
TP15C DINPH3 Localizer Valid 5.0.1.28 +28 V = Valid
0 V = Fail
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to Forward Wx Radar display
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to Aft Wx Radar display (If Installed)
1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To glareshield lamp capsule(s) 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To glareshield lamp capsule(s) (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To glareshield lamp capsule(s) (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete -To TCAS Inhibit 6.9.3.3
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - To glareshield lamp capsule(s) 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Spare

Aircraft Type (Bizjet)
Windshear No
Glideslope SSM Format N/A 4.1.1.41
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
F-99 Aircraft Type 99: Qual Test Configuration
Revision History
Effectivity
17-DEC-98 - M. Calhoun SCR 3229: Added note about Internal GPS Selection. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
Note: For –208 and on, activation of the Internal GPS program pin activates special GPS position monitoring instead of
standard internal GPS data.
F-99: Qual Test Configuration (type 99)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-5 EFIS CP1- (Low Speed)
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
F-99: Qual Test Configuration (type 99) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 Nav Display Bus 1
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low speed)
B = TP8B Range (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 120
(Optional)
A = TP8C Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if Enabled 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D ILS Select 4.1.1.88 034 Discrete n/a Basic if Enabled Bit 14 = ILS 167-333
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
RX429-13 Nav Display Bus 2
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP6A Range (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 120
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic if Enabled
(-) = TP14B (optional)
CHANNEL 3 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & DAA ILS Select Word
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & DAA ILS Select Word
(-) = TP14D (optional)

MP1A DINPL1
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - N/C 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
maneuver’s.
desired.
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - To Ground Prox Module test switch 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel - From both Glideslope lamp 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
assemblies (push to cancel) Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To L/R Glideslope Lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To L/R Pull Up lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete - To Symbol Generators 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor (INOP) Discrete 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - Windshear Monitor (INOP) Discrete 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not Available, 6.9.3.5
Terrain Monitor (INOP) Discrete

Aero Data 3/DPF5
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-100 Aircraft Type 100: 747-400 Simulator
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
19-MAR-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3636: Corrected line width format
Henderson

The EGPWC is strapped to expect an FMS Nav Mode input (not applicable here), or
F-100: Aircraft Type 747-400 Simulator (type 100)

Bus Type: Basic
Inertial Vertical Acceleration 4.1.1.50 364 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-4 Reserved for Hazard Bus #1
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: For Minimums/Approaching Minimums required
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
Discrete Word 1 (Disp. Modes) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
F-100: Aircraft Type 747-400 Simulator (type 100) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10 CMC (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-11 EFCP-L-1 or
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR Controller
(Low Speed)
B = TP8B Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: Minimums/Approaching Minimums Required, or TA&D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
A = TP1C
B = TP1D

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18 GPS (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18 WX-Radar #1 On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
(optional input, required for single/dual PWS only) Open = Off
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete, 6.9.3.5

Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 1
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-101 Aircraft Type 101: 737-400 (AK)

Revision History
Effectivity
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: -204
Configuration Data.
07/28/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2986: Added SAT to ADC buses. Made GPS signals basic -206
08/24/98 - M. Calhoun Added comments showing what program pins are used to activate FMC - -
#1, FMC #2, ILS #2 and LRRA #2 inputs.
09/30/98 – P. Blankas SCR 3171: Made Peaks mode always enabled -206 -206
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
F-101: Aircraft Type 737-400 (type 101)

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Optional Inputs program pin option to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Basic 0.25 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
Bus Type: Windshear
F-101: Aircraft Type 737-400 (type 101) continued

RX429-8 (High Speed) (Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10 (Reserved for CMC)
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: TA&D. Select PWS Option 1 program pin to enable.
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS program pin option to enable.
A = TP8C Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if enabled 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D ILS Select (VOR/ILS Freq) 4.1.1.88 034 Discrete n/a Basic if enabled Bit 14 = ILS 167-333
Bus Type: Basic
Note 1: 965-0976-0xx-101-101 Mod 2 and later are configured for high speed GPS bus, earlier versions are configured for low speed.

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 °C Basic 0.25 °C 250-500
(Optional)
• Select Optional Inputs program pin option to enable.
Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required, or
TA&D
Discrete Word 2 (WXR 4.1.1.90.2 273 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
On/Off)
RX429-17 (High Speed) (Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus
A = TP11C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
B = TP11D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Note 1: 965-0976-0xx-101-101 Mod 2 and later are configured for high speed GPS bus, earlier versions are configured for low speed.
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
• Select Dual ILS program pin option to enable.

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test --Ground Prox Module test switch 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete - To Symbol Generators 6.9.3.2
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.3

Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-102 Aircraft Type 102: Learjet Model 45

Revision History
Effectivity
08/08/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 1597: Added aircraft type 102 (Lear 45). - -105
08/28/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2182: Changed lamp format from 1 to 2. - -105
12/15/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2434: Changed AOA labels from 222 to 221 on AOA Bus 1, and - -202
from 223 to 221 on AOA Bus 2.
03/23/98 – M. Calhoun Corrected AOA cross reference from 4.1.1.9 to 4.1.1.8. - -
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
F-102: Aircraft Type Learjet Model 45 (type 102)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 1000
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Reserved for Display Bus 1

RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B

RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP12D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
(Left Vane) (Note 1)
(Alternate)
Note 1: AOA was label 222 prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
F-102: Aircraft Type Learjet Model 45 (type 102) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
(Right Vane) (Note 1)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Reserved for Display Bus 2
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Note 1: AOA was label 223 prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Note 2: The optional nav Mode label 266 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
System will hunt for ARINC 429 ILS on channel 6, if found this input not used.
(+) = TP14C ARINC 547 Localizer 4.1.3.2.7 Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D Fault Designation: LOCALIZER
System will hunt for ARINC 429 ILS on channel 6, if found this input not used.

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Optional input if Minimums callout used Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Only required if analog ILS used Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13
TP1A DINPL15 Reserved for Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
TP1B DINPL16 Reserved for Terrain Display Select Input #2 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
Open = Normal
6.1.10.1 0V = Not Valid
Only required if analog ILS used 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 Localizer Valid 5.0.1.8 +28V = Valid
Only required if analog ILS used 0V = Not Valid
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 8 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
Note: Selected when >3 degrees. 0V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 40 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Selected

Serial Data Output
1)

TP10D DOUTL8 - Spare (reserved for Terrain Display Discrete #1) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Spare (reserved for Terrain Display Discrete #2) 6.9.3.6
Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then all non Pull Up messages will trigger
DOUTL2 (MP3D). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT selected with program pin PPCNF12, see Appendix D TABLE D-T17, then all messages but
Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to select
‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Aero Data 26/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-103 Aircraft Type 103: Cessna Citation Excel

Note: Refer to type 167 where analog Glideslope/Localizer are not used and standard low speed ARINC 429 ILS inputs
required on input channels 5 and 6. This configuration (103) hunts for high speed ILS on channels 5 and 6, but analog ILS is
basic.
Revision History
Effectivity
09/03/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2025: Changed Windshear parameter set from 0 to 41. - -105
02/04/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Moved GPS signals from the GNS buses on channels 7 and 9 - -204
to optional GPS overlays on channels 17 and 18. Added ARINC 743
capabilities to both these new GPSs (as well as alternate bus speed).
02/06/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted mag heading from FMC buses. Fixed typos from last - -204
change (found in review).
04/08/98 – D. Vo SCR 2555: Swapped GPS channels. - -204
04/15/98 – L. Caldeira Added “(GPS Date)” next to Date designations (analogous to time). - -
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
20-APR-99 – MJC SCR 3783: Comment only. Corrected ALT-55 ICD reference section. - -
Henderson
14-SEP-99 – Jeff Egilsrud SCR 4241: FDR bus 2, label 050: change range bits from 11 through 14 to - -210
15 through 18.
F-103: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation Excel (type 103)

Bus Type: Basic
LITEF
(Optional (Low Speed) (Note 1)
• Select Alternate RA #2 program pin and Dual LRRA program pin options to activate.
alternate)
B = MP10D Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Honeywell A2-B50
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FDR BUS 1
RX429-4 IC-600 #1 FDR Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)(Note 1)
Note: The system only has one range for terrain display on MFD, therefore
the range to use depends on the value of label 275, bit 17.
Refer to channel 11 for other range input.
B = MP12B Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 11-14 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100 max
Discrete Word 4.1.1.101 275 bit 17 N/A TA&D n/a 500
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designatio/n: ILS BUS 2
Bus Type: Basic
Alternate (High Speed) (Note 1)
(2 of 2) Single analog GS Basic, system will detect if digital supplied here and use it.
Bus Type: Basic
Alternate (High Speed) (Note 1)
(1 of 2) Single analog GS Basic, system will detect if digital supplied here and use it.
Note 1: Not supported in 965-0976-xxx-101-101.
F-103: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation Excel (type 103) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(Note 3)
Date (GPS Date) 4.1.1.25 260 19 n/a Basic 1 day 1 sec
UTC (GPS Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 n/a Basic 0.1 minute 100
Nav Mode 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 1000
• Select Alternate RA #2 program pin option to activate.
alternate)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) (Note 3)
• Use the Optional Input Select program pin option to activate (Note 1).
A = TP9C FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
B = TP9D FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Date (GPS Date) 4.1.1.25 260 19 n/a Basic 1 day 1 sec
Bus Type: Basic
LITEF
B = TP9B Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
RX429-11 IC-600 #2 FDR Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed) (Note 2)
B = TP8B Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 15-18 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100 max
Bus Type: Basic
Format ARINC 429
Honeywell A2-B50
Note 1: For 965-0976-xxx-101-101, PPCNF7 is the FMCSelect/GPS Overlays/GPIRS Overlays program pin.
Note 2: Not supported in 965-0976-xxx -101-101.
Note 3: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, these buses also had Magnetic Heading (320 - deleted) and GPS labels on them (moved to channels 17 and 18).

RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131.072 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
Ground Speed 4.1.1.45 112 15 4096 knots TA&D 0.125 1000
Horiz Int Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm TA&D 0.00012207 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = MP6D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131.072 ft TA&D 0.125 1000

format:
Note 1: These GPS buses not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204. The GPS signals were on the FMC buses (in addition to the signals that are
currently on those buses) on channels 7 and 9 prior to 965-0796-0xx-204-204.

Analog Input Data
CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 55 with Validity Flag (Excel uses ALT 55B)
• Select Alternate RA #1 program pin option to replace this input with analog ARINC 552 type
• Select Alternate RA #2 program pin option to replace this input with digital on channels 8
and 2.
OFFSET = 0 degrees
Gain = -4.0
(+) = TP13C Glideslope #1 4.1.3.2.3 Input Type: Basic
System will hunt for ARINC 429 ILS on channel 6, if found this input not used.(Note 1)
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 547 with Validity Flag & ILS Select (same ILS Select source as Glideslope)
(+) = TP14C ARINC 547 Localizer #1 4.1.3.2.7 Input Type: Basic
System will hunt for ARINC 429 ILS on channel 6, if found this input not used. (Note 1)
Note 1: Not supported in 965-0976-xxx- -101-101.

Refer to section 5.0.1 for self-test level 6 audio messages.
Open = Not inhibit
Optional input if Altitude Awareness Callouts desired Open = Normal
at lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress (Optional input) 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Override
Open = Not Override
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel (Optional input) 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
Note: Not required if Digital ILS provided. Open = Not Selected
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input - suppresses all audio 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
TP4C DINPL18 Flap Position #2 (35 degrees) 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid,
Note: Not required if Alternate RA #1 program pin 0V = Not Valid
option selected (to use ARINC 429 LRRA).
Note: Not required if Digital ILS provided. 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15D DINPH4 Localizer Valid 5.0.1.28 +28 V = Valid
Note: Not required if Digital ILS provided. 0 V = Fail
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD 1
1
Non-interleaved prior to 965-0976-xxx-104-104.
2

MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamp assemblies (Not used) 6.9.3.1
3
5
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete (Not used) 6.9.3.1
3
No Terrain Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
5
No Obstacle Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 No Windshear Caution Discrete (Not used) 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Windshear Warning Discrete (Not used) 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 (see note 4)
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10
3
For 965-0976-xxx-102-102, Terrain Awareness Caution was output on DOUTL10 only. For 965-0976-xxx-103-103 and beyond, it is output on DOUTL2.
This change was made so ARINC Label 274 bit 12 would be set for a Terrain Caution.
4
For 965-0976-xxx-102-102, Terrain Awareness Warning was output on DOUTL7 only. For 965-0976-xxx-103-103 and beyond, it is output on DOUTL3.
This change was made so ARINC Label 274 bit 13 would be set for a Terrain Warning.
5

2
Lamp Format Type 2
3
1
Aero Data 24/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 12
Discrete Flap Type No Monitoring
Landing Flap 35
Windshear Parameters 41 (0 prior to -105-105)
1
INOP and Warning Annunciations in same window not supported in 965-0976-xxx-101-101.
2
Lamp format is 1 for 965-0976-xxx-101-101/-102-102.
3
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-104 Aircraft Type 104: Gulfstream V with 4 ILS

This installation provides a 4 channel ILS Interface. For the 2 channel ILS installation refer to aircraft type 96.
Revision History
Effectivity
04/13/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2662: Changed ARINC 429 output data to use set E-1C. -204 -204
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2 DAU #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.1 137 12 USM 0 - 64 degrees Basic 0.015625 500 - 1000
Gear down (rt & nose),
Self Test Command
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
B = MP11B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 - 62.5
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation: ILS BUS 3
RX429-6 AUX NAV #1(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
(Left Vane)

Bus Type: TA&D
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-10 DAU - 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9B Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.1 137 12 USM 0 - 64 degrees Basic 0.015625 500-1000
Gear down (left gear),
Self Test Command
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: TA&D
A = TP5A Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
B = TP6A Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: Windshear
A = TP1C Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.10 223 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50 - 100
B = TP1D (Right Vane)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
B = TP4B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 -62.5
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3 -62.5
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 31.3- 62.5
RX429-16 AUX NAV 2 (Lo Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
F-104: Aircraft Type Gulfstream V with 4 ILS, (type 104) continued
Analog Input Data

Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1 AUX 2 Discrete (NAV Bus Select #3) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test - Even though cockpit test is via 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
a digital command this discrete is still provided. Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - Landing gear provided via DAU 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
buses, this input is provided for optional gear Open = Gear Up
override.
MP14A DINPL12 NAV 2 Discrete (NAV Bus Select #1) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13 AUX 1 Discrete (NAV Bus Select #2) 5.0.1.12 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
MP2D DINPL14 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit -N/C 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to the symbol Generator relays
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D N/C - Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1C/2/3/5/6/9/12
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B To SGs, CAS, and FDAU. Label sets: E-1C/2/3/5/6/9/12/20 (Note 1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - To both pilots glareshield lamp capsules 6.9.3.1
MP3D DOUTL2 Yes GPWC Alert Discrete - To both pilots glareshield lamp capsules (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 Yes GPWC Warning Discrete - N/C (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 Yes Windshear Caution Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - To CAS 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - Windshear Monitor Discrete - To CAS 6.9.3.5

ILS Source Select Type ILSBus4 (type 2-4) 5.9.1
Aero Data 22/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Note 1: Landing flaps 39 in 965-0976-0xx-101-101 (38 in 965-0976-0xx-101-101 Mod 1 and later).
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-105 Aircraft Type 105: 757-200 (AA)
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-105: Aircraft Type 757-200 AA (type 105)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Select the Triple LRRA Program Pin option to enable.
(Optional) enabled
Required, or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
F-105: Aircraft Type 757-200 AA (type 105) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
Select the Dual LRRA or Triple LRRA Program Pin option to enable.
(Optional)
Select the Dual ILS Program Pin option to enable.
B = TP8D Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic if enabled 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic if enabled 0.1 100-200
Bus Type: Basic
Note 1: This bus not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-105-105.

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
TA&D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 3).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000


Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-106 Aircraft Type 106: 767-200 AA
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-106: Aircraft Type 767-200 AA (type 106)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
(Optional) enabled
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
or TA&D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 3).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000


Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult AlliedSignal for details.
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-108 Aircraft Type 108: A300-600 (AA)
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
05-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334. Cleaned-up formatting - -
16-MAR-00 – J. Kistler SCR 4942: Added note to I/O mapping for terrain display category - -
section indicating that the WXR On discrete must be grounded when using
display IDs 20-90.


F-108: Aircraft Type A300-600 AA (type 108)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 EFCP #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
B = MP12B Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 100
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP9D Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 100
F-108: Aircraft Type A300-600 AA (type 108) continued

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Reserved for Wx Radar Hazard Bus (High Speed) or display input bus.
RX429-11
See I/O mapping table.
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP8D Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 25-50
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP5A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
B = TP6A Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
Long. Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-15 FMC 2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(optional) Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic if enabled 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
A = TP5C Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic if enabled 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
B = TP5D Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic if enabled 0.1 100-200

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
A = TP11C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
B = TP11D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
A = MP6C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
B = MP6D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional input to disable Glideslope 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - if Altitude Awareness Callouts 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
desired at lower volume. Open = Normal
Minimums callouts desired Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 WX-Radar On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
Open = Off
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
Basic Display: Airbus (A300/A310) Sextant EFIS G-18.1
I/O mapping for Terrain Display Category (Display Select ID’s 20-90) (Notes 1, 2)
Note 1: The WXR On discrete must be grounded to use display select ID’s 20 – 90.
F-109 Aircraft Type 109: 767-300ER AA
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-109: Aircraft Type 767-300ER AA (type 109)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
(Optional) enabled
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
F-109: Aircraft Type 767-300ER AA (type 109) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
or TA&D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 3).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000


Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
(Note 2).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-110 Aircraft Type 110: Hawker Horizon (Preliminary)
Revision History
Effectivity
30-JUL-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Added aircraft type 110 (GPWS, WS, TAD). -210 -210
05-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Changed signal type from “TA&D” to “Basic” for all sources of -210 -210
true track, true heading, and discrete nav mode.
11-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Renamed CMC Date to CAIMS Date and CMC Time to -210 -210
CAIMS Time on channel 15. Although Hawker Horizon uses a CMC, for
the initial specification, an existing CAIMS interface is selected.
12-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Revised FMS labels 310 to 010, 311 to 011, 312 to 012, 313 to -210 -210
013, and 314 to 014 on channels 4 and 15.
16-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 on #2 channel of Emk V. -210 -210
Henderson
16-FEB-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4868: Changed display type Appendix G reference section from 8.12.1 -212 -212
to 8.31.1. Added label set 19 to TX429-1 and TX429-2 for binary peaks
elevation labels.
29-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5792: Added to “Output Discrete Definitions” Terrain Display -213 -213
Discrete #1/#2.
Installation Notes:
• Connection to two Modular Avionics Units (MAU) to EGPWS channels 4 and 15.
Connection to dual Inertial Reference Systems (IRS) via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Connection to dual Air Data Computers (ADC) via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Connection to dual Global Positioning Systems (GPS) via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Connection to dual Nav Systems via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Connection to dual Flight Management Systems (FMS) via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Connection to single Radio Altitude via MAU #1 is considered standard by the EGPWS, with dual Radio Altitude
optional from MAU #2
Connection to single CMC via MAU #2 is considered standard by the EGPWS, with no option for dual CMC.
Output from left and right DH/MDA and discrete word information via the MAUs is considered standard by the EGPWS.
Output from left and right Angle of Attack and Flap Angle information via the MAUs is considered standard by the
EGPWS.
• Display requirements: This installation accommodates an integrated Honeywell Primus Epic display option in order to
display EGPWS terrain.
F-110: Aircraft Type Hawker Horizon (type 110)

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MAU BUS 1
RX429-4 Modular Avionics Unit
Bus Type: Basic
(MAU) #1 - (High Speed)
A = MP12A IRS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP12B Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 500
Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Roll Angle 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 25
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 20
Vertical Speed 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 25
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 50
True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 50
GPS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
ADC Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 50
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 50
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 100
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 50
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16.0 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees Basic 0.25 500
Nav Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 /BNR ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 100
RA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 50
DH/MDA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 DH 12 0-16,834 Min/App 1.0 100
MDA 14 0-4095 Ft Min
F-110: Aircraft Type Hawker Horizon (type 110) continued
CHANNEL AOA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-4 Angle Of Attack (Body) 4.1.1.6 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
continued Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 100
FMS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Ground speed 4.1.1.44 012 15 4,096 knots Basic 0.125 100
Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 Basic n/a 500
Range/Misc Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Status Bits 15-19
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MAU BUS 2

RX429-15 Modular Avionics Unit
Bus Type: Basic
(MAU) #2 - (High Speed)
• Use Dual LRRA Program Pin to enable 2nd Radio Altitude (Label 164)
A = TP4A IRS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP4B Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 500
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 25
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4 g Basic 0.0009765625 20
GPS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
ADC Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.0625 100
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees Basic 0.25 500
Nav Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 /BNR ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 100
RA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Radio Altitude * 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 50
DH/MDA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 DH 12 0-16,834 Min/App 1.0 100
MDA 14 0-4095 Ft Min
AOA Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Angle Of Attack (Body) 4.1.1.6 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 100
FMS Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Ground speed 4.1.1.44 012 15 4,096 knots Basic 0.125 100
Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 Basic n/a 500
*Use Dual LRRA Program

Pin to activate
CHANNEL Range/Misc Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-15 Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Discrete Type 1 Basic n/a 100
continued Self Test Command Bits 11-14
Status Bits 15-19
CMC Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
CAIMS Time 4.1.1.84 125 16 hh mm Basic n/a 1000
CAIMS Date 4.1.1.25 260 19 dd mm yy Basic n/a 1000
Flight Number 4.1.1.97 151 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
Command Word 4.1.1.96 227 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
Aircraft Serial Number 4.1.1.95 226 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 100
SFFS Mode Date 4.1.1.94 225 19 dd mm yy Basic n/a 100
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1 Steep Approach Discrete #1 - Optional input to enable 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd = Enabled
steep approach Open = Disabled
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional input typically from Back 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Course select Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 N/C
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit - Optional input, typically used to allow 5.0.1.16 Gnd = Audio inhibit
external GPWS suppression during Windshear escape Open = Not inhibit
maneuvers.
altitude callouts Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional input if crew 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
suppression of continuous messages in progress is desired Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test – Optional input for self test - Test 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
input provided digitally on Hawker Horizon Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear – Optional input for landing gear down and 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear Down
locked switch – Landing gear input is to be provided Open = Not Landing Gear
digitally on Hawker Horizon
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override – From cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel – Momentary switch - Optional input 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
to manually cancel mode 5 glideslope Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Steep Approach Discrete #2 – Optional input to select 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd = Selected
MP14B DINPL13 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit - Switch to inhibit 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
Terrain Display, Terrain Warnings and TCF Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14 N/C
TP1A DINPL15 N/C
TP1B DINPL16 N/C
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input – suppresses all audio & 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
TP4C DINPL18 N/C
MP5D DINPL19 N/C
TP15A DINPH1 N/C
TP15B DINPH2 N/C
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 N/C
TP7B DINPH6 N/C
TP7C DINPH7 N/C
TP7D DINPH8 N/C

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left/Right multiplexed picture bus to DU-1080 Flat Panel Display Unit #1
& #2
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/12/15/19

TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display Discrete #1 – required to control ARINC 429, Label 6.9.3.6
274, bit 28 for Terrain Pop Up (no direct connection in aircraft).
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display Discrete #2 – required to control ARINC 429, Label 6.9.3.6
274, bit 29 for Terrain Pop Up (no direct connection in aircraft).

Lamp Format Type 2
CMC/CFDS Type CAIMS Product Specification 6.10.7
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 40 (actual position 45°)
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Integrated Primus Epic with overlay Peaks G-31.1
Elevations
Variant Displays:
F-111 Aircraft Type 111: Boeing 747-400 JAL Simulator
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-111: Boeing 747-400 JAL Simulator (type 111)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
(Optional) enabled
Required, or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
F-111: Boeing 747-400 JAL Simulator (type 111) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429

A = TP4A
B = TP4B
or TA&D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 .
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18 WX-Radar #1 On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
(optional input, required for single/dual PWS only) Open = Off
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7 Reserved for Terrain Relay Monitor #1 28 V = Relay On, 0 V = Off
TP7D DINPH8 Reserved for Terrain Relay Monitor #2 28 V = Relay On, 0 V = Off

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 1
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-112 Aircraft Type 112: Premier 1, Integrated Proline 21

Revision History
Effectivity
05-APR-99-G. Burlingame SCR 1602: New aircraft type for release 16. -210 -210
08-APR-99-G. Burlingame SCR 1602: Changed ILS Source Select Type to IOC - -210
22-APR-99-G. Burlingame SCR 3747: Added windshear parameters, removed turbo-prop - -210
configuration item.
18-JUN-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3977: Moved FMC signals from IOC #2 bus to new FMS #2 bus - -210
28-JUN-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3995: Added label 210 (TAS) to channels 2 and 3. - -210
27-JUL-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3751: Added output label set 19, changed display reference to G16.3. - -210
06-AUG-99-G.Burlingame SCR 4133: Removed flap note on label 266, added Label 137 to channels - -210
2 and 3
Henderson
23-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4133: Revised Landing Flap Configuration Data item from 30° to - -210
25°. Revised Windshear Landing Flap Configuration Data item from 10°
to 5°.
25-AUG-99 G. Burlingame SCR 3747: Updated AOA offset and mechanical range values - -210
05-OCT-99 G Burlingame SCR 4334. Cleaned-up formatting - -
28-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Document clean up of 4.1.1.35.1 by adding description of - -
Henderson Type 1 to the signal.
F-112: Aircraft Type Premier 1, Integrated Proline 21 (type 112)

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
FMC True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 100
Decision Height (Format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,194 Feet Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
Discrete Word 1 (Note 1) 4.1.1.35.1 266 Discrete Type 1 Basic N/A 100
Nav Mode
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.2 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 200

activate
Note 1: Contains Gear Pos.

Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
• Use Optional Inputs Program Pin to activate PFD #2 displayed signals (**) (3 tube system)
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 KTS Windshear 0.0625 62.5-125
(Format 3)
Flap Angle 4.1.1.37.2 137 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 200

PFD #2 displayed signals
Note 1: Includes Gear Pos.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMS #2 BUS
RX429-4 IOC bus (R-GPBUS-5 if Bus Type: Basic
dual FMS or L-GPBUS-5 if • Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 302 is NOT available.
single FMS)
(Hi Speed)
Nav Mode

activate
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B

Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B

RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A AOA Computer 4.1.3.2.5 Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP13B Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
Gain = 12.93661
Offset = -87.056921
Elect Range = 4.024 – 10.981 VDC
Mech Range = -35° - 55°
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Format: 0 to 30 VDC,
(+) = TP14A AOA Computer Input Type: Windshear
(-) = TP14B Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
Gain = 12.93661
Offset = -87.056921
Elect Range = 4.024 – 10.981 VDC
Mech Range = -35° - 55°
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
MP2D DINPL14 AOA #2 (Right) Valid 5.0.1.18 Gnd = Not Valid
Open = Valid
Open = Not inhibit
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17 AOA #1 (Left) Valid 5.0.1.18 Gnd = Not Valid
Open = Valid
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1
2


Lamp Format Type 2
Alternate Mode 4B Yes Product Specification 6.2.4.1
window (Note 1)
Aero Data 30/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 16
Landing Flap 25° (actual flap is 30°)
Windshear Landing Flap 5° (actual flap is 10°)
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-113 Aircraft Type 113: Airbus A319/A320/A321

Note: This configuration is identical to type 132 except type 132 uses lamp format 2 (refer to section 6.9.3.1).
Revision History
Effectivity
10/24/97 – J. Mitchell SCR 2282: Added new inputs to support QFE Altimetry solution: -202 -202
Static Air Temp (lbl 213) on ADC bus
Baro Reference (lbl 272) on Nav Display (FCU) busses
Destination QNH (lbl 140) on FMS OWN C bus
Added new configuration item “EGPWS Altimetry Type”

10/29/97 – J. Mitchell SCR 1395: Added new configuration item of “Airbus Self Test” -202 -202
11/1/97 – J. Mitchell SCR 2282: Changed input parameter name from “Destination QNH” to -202 -202
“Landing (Destination) QNH” to be compatible with available voice menu.
Removed Selected Baro Reference from First Officer’s Nav Display bus.
Corrected Typo in pin designations on 429 input channel # 9.

03/25/87 – L. Caldeira SCR 2642: Made Nav Mode disabled on config option 2. -204 -204
6/16/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2542: Add optional GPIRS input -206 -206
7/15/98 – J. Kistler SCR 2970: Changed Config. Option 2 from “DE-activate” to “Activate” -206 -206
08/19/98 – J. Kistler SCR 3039: Changed Config. Option 2 from “Acctivate” to “DE-activate” -206 -206
17-JUN-99-G. Burlingame SCR 3938: Removed Latitude, Longitude, and HFOM from GPS and -210 -210
06-AUG-99- J. Kistler SCR 4072: Removed alternate display type to support display selection - -210
Henderson
used 'Configuration Option 2' program pin to activate manual TAD Inhibit
(see updated Position Source Selection Note).
F-113: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 (type 113)

Position Source Selection Note – Manual Inhibit activated via Configuration Option 2 program pin
activate Manual TAD Inhibit in lieu of Automatic TAD Inhibit but still allow for use of FMC Nav Mode information. Prior to –
210-210 this program pin deleted the Nav Mode input in addition to activating Manual Inhibit.
Bus Type: Basic
Use the Single GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable
* The bus is renamed GPIRS and the Fault Designation Changed.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
GPS UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 hh mm.m TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm TA&D 0.00012207 1000
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature (Note 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.25 250-500
1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Selected Baro Reference 4.1.1.112. 272 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 120
(Note 1) 1
F-113: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 (type 113) continued

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-7 FMS OWN C
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP12D FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.1 270 Discrete Type 1 TA&D n/a 180
(Nav Mode, see note 2)
Landing (Destination) 4.1.1.113 140 19-BCD 745-1050 HPa Basic 0.1 HPa 800-1200
QNH (Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-11 Wx Radar Hazard Bus #1 Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) (High Speed) Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
Note 1: SAT, Destination QNH, and Selected Baro Reference are not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Note 2: Prior to –204-204 Nav Mode was a required input. For –204-204 through –208-208, the 'Configuration Option 2' program pin disables the Nav Mode
input. For –210-210 and on, the 'Configuration Option 2' program pin has no affect on Nav Mode (it is required), however it does activate Manual TAD
Inhibit operation.

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for high-speed bus (Note 1).
B = TP11D Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
(Optional) (High Speed) Select ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP7D DINPL5 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input – suppresses all audio & 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
Open = Off
MP2D DINPL14 WX-Radar #2 On/Off (Note 1) 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Visual” selected)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: This optional input is not supported in 965-0976-0xx-101-101.

Serial Data Output
1)


Airbus Self Test (Note 2) Yes Product Specification 6.10.6.1.3
Windshear No
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-114 Aircraft Type 114: AA MD80 EFIS Aircraft

Revision History
Effectivity
07/28/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2986: Added SAT to ADC buses. Made GPS signals Basic -206
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
19-MAY-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4942: Comment only. Corrected GPS HIL cross reference (was - -
4.1.1.92.1).
F-114: Aircraft Type MD80 AA (type 114)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DFGC BUS 1
RX429-1 DFGC #1 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.102.1 002 L bits 19-11 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
B = MP6B Discrete Word 4.1.1.102.4 307 #11/16 N/A Basic N/A 1000
Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.2 306 L bits 19-11 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.102.5 205 bits 19-11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.35156 200
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
B = MP11B Barometric Altitude 4.1.2.6 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 FT 62.5
Corrected Altitude 4.1.2.3 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 FT 62.5
Computed Airspeed 4.1.2.2 206 13 ±1024 KTS Basic 0.125 KTS 125
Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10 FPM 125
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 °C Basic 0.5 °C 500
RX429-4 EFIS SG #1
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR CONTROL BUS #1
(Low Speed)
B = MP12B Range (Discrete Word) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8 EFIS SG #2 ISDAS bus
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
B = MP13B Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.3 001 H 29-21 ±180 degrees Basic 0.351563 degrees 1000
Discrete Word (Display 4.1.1.90.3 105 discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Modes & WXR ON/OFF)
RX429-9 EFIS SG #2
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR control bus #2
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Range (Discrete Word) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
B = TP8B Roll (bnr) 4.1.1.102.3 001 H 29-21 ±180 degrees Basic 0.351563 degrees 1000
Display Modes & WXR 4.1.1.90.3 105 discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
ON/OFF
F-114: Aircraft Type MD80 AA (type 114) continued

RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.102.1 002 H bits 29-21 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
Discrete Word 4.1.1.102.4 027 #11 N/A Basic N/A 1000
Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.2 306 H bits 29-21 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.102.5 205 H bits 29-21 ±120 degrees Basic 0.35156 200
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
B = TP1D Barometric Altitude 4.1.2.6 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 FT 62.5
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) per ARINC 743A-2
True heading per arinc Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
429-14 for equipment Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
code 004 (IRU)
Hor. Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 1000
Bus Type: Basic
per ARINC 743A-2
True heading per arinc Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
429-14 for equipment
code 004 (IRU)
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ARINC 575 paragraph 5.8.1
(+) = TP14A Standby Altimeter 4.1.3.2.8
Input Type: TA&D
(-) = TP14B Baro Set Reference
Voltage Range: 0-10 VDC
(Optional) Fault Designation: ALTITUDE CORRECTION REFERENCE
Select QFE Program pin option to activate
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C Standby Altimeter 4.1.3.2.8
Input type: TA&D
(-) = TP14D Baro Set Signal Voltage
Range: 0-10 VDC
(Optional) Fault Designation: QNH CORRECTED ALTITUDE

MP1A DINPL1
MP1B DINPL2
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flaps 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Not Landing Flaps

Open = Landing Flaps
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 LRRA #1 valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP15B DINPH2 GS #1 valid 5.0.1.8 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP15C DINPH3 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 0 V = Gear Up
28 V = Gear Down
TP15D DINPH4 Glideslope Inhibit 5.0.1.9 0 V = Not Inhibit
28 V = Inhibit
TP7A DINPH5 ILS Select (28V) 5.0.1.7 0 V = ILS Not Selected
28 V = ILS Selected
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS G-20.1
Variant Displays:
F-115 Aircraft Type 115: AA MD80 non-EFIS Aircraft

This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101 or -102-102.
Revision History
Effectivity
07/28/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2986: Added SAT to ADC buses. Made GPS signals Basic -206
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3331: Noted Peaks available for –208 and revised display priority. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
12-JAN-00 - MJC Comment change only. Removed mote from DINPL1. - -

display IDs 20-90.

F-115: Aircraft Type MD80 AA (type 115)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Basic 0.5 °C 500
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR BUS
RX429-4 WXR Control/Display
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = MP12B Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D N/A 100
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B

RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
Bus Type: Basic
Discrete Word 4.1.1.102.4 027 #11/16 N/A Basic N/A 1000
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: Basic
True heading per arinc Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
429-14 for equipment Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
code 004 (IRU)
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 200
Bus Type: Basic
per ARINC 743A-2
True heading per arinc Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
429-14 for equipment
code 004 (IRU)
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 200
Roll Angle 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25-36

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Input type: TA&D
Range: 0-10 VDC

MP1A DINPL1
MP1B DINPL2
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9

Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 WX-Radar On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
Open = Off
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 LRRA #1 valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP15B DINPH2 GS #1 valid 5.0.1.8 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Gear Down
28 V = Inhibit
28 V = ILS Selected
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP15D DOUTL1 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - N.C. 6.9.3.1
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete (N.C.) 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Terrain Displayable #1 (To Relay Contact) 6.9.3.7
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (To Relay Coil) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 (N.C.) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - Terrain Displayable #2 (N.C.) 6.9.3.7
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete (To GPWS FAIL lamp) 6.9.3.5
TP12D DMON2 - Terrain Not Available (To TERRAIN FAIL lamp) 6.9.3.5

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
F-116 Aircraft Type 116: 757-200 (SAUDIA)
Revision History
Effectivity
02/10/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Added optional Nav Mode/Mag Track to FMC on channel 2 - -204
and GPS FMC on channel 18. Added bus speed option to GPS FMC on
channel 18.
Appendix G (-208).
SCR 3221: Comment only (-208) – added notes for new Alternate Mode
4B program pin.
Henderson
F-116: Aircraft Type 757-200 (SAUDIA) (Type 116)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(FMC #2)
*FMC DiscreteWord 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 1000
Nav Mode
activate Magnetic Track
(Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
(Low Speed)
(Optional) enabled
or TA&D
Disc Word 1 (Disp Modes) 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 3 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Disc Word 2 (WXR On/Off) 4.1.1.90.2 273 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
F-116: Aircraft Type 757-200 (SAUDIA) (Type 116) continued

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
B = TP9B Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D N/a 20
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 12 n/a Basic n/a 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
or TA&D
A = TP5C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Sig Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GPS FMC
RX429-18 GPS FMC (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(FMC #1)
Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin for low speed bus (Note 1).
activate FMC Magnetic Heading).
A = MP6C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Sig Type Resolution Rate (ms)
*FMC Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 40
Nav Mode
activate Magnetic Heading
(Note 2).
Note 1: The alternate speed option not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Note 2: The Nav mode label 266 option not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
dual PWS installations. Open = Off
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.3
TP11A DOUTL10 - Glideslope Cancel Discrete - N/C 6.9.3.1
TP11B DMON3 - Reserved pin 6.9.3.5

Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-117 Aircraft Type 117: Honeywell Sabre 65

Revision History
Effectivity
02/10/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted FMC magnetic heading off channels 2 and 15. - -204
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: - -204
Configuration Data.
03/23/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleting FMC mag heading was incorrect. Put it back in as - -204
optional depending on config option 2.
04/01/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: - -204
Removed the “Obstacle Enabled Basic” function from the Terrain Display
Configuration Data, and accompanying note 1.
07/15/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2823: As only a single display is supported deleted Terrain Select - -206
Input #2, Terrain Display Output discrete #2 & Terrain Displayable
Output #2.
08/04/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2986: Added SAT to ADC Busses, Made GPS Busses Basic. - -206
08/26/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3051: Corrected reference to ALT 55 Altimeter from 4.1.3.2.1 to - -
4.1.3.2.2.
14-DEC-98 – Gary Boyd SCR 3378: Add peaks to display 208
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data
Appendix G (-208).
08-JAN-98 – Gary Boyd SCR 3377: Changed ARINC 429 channel 10 from Cross Talk EFIS bus to
WXR control panel bus.
13-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3377: Revised Terrain display reference from G-10.1 to G-10.2
11-FEB-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3377: Changed name of “Display Bus 1” to “Display Bus 2” and
added a new “Display Bus 1” to channel 5.
Henderson

F-117: Aircraft Type Honeywell Sabre 65 (type 117)

RX429-1 KDA-430-1
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi-Speed)
RX429-2 GNS XLS-1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed )
Nav Mode
FMC Discrete Word and to
DE-activate Magnetic
Track (Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
Format ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 °C Basic 0.25 250-500
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
A = MP10A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = MP10B Mode (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain TA&D N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (Vertical 4.1.1.122 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 TA&D N/A 100 ms
Profile)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
F-117: Aircraft Type Honeywell Sabre 65 (type 117) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
B = TP9B Mode (Display Word 1) 4.1.1.21 270 Discrete Mode, Tilt, Gain TA&D N/A 100 ms
Discrete Word (Vertical 4.1.1.122 273 Discrete VP Mode, Bit 11 TA&D N/A 100 ms
Profile)
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
Format ARINC 429
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 °C Basic 0.25 250-500
RX429-13 KDA-430-2
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi-Speed)
A = TP5A Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
B = TP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 10-20
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15 GNS XLS-2
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed )
Nav Mode
FMC Discrete Word and to
DE-activate Magnetic
Track (Note 1)
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
1).
A = TP11C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
B = TP11D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
1).
A = MP6C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
B = MP6D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 55
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter 4.1.3.2.2
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit- Optional input 5.0.1.16 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable - Optional Input 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress - Optional Input 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13 Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
Was unused Terrain Select Input #2 prior to –206.
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output

TP12C DOUTL4 - Spare 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Spare 6.9.3.2
MP14C DOUTL9 - Spare: Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table.
Was unused Terrain Display discrete #2 prior to –206.
TP11A DOUTL10 - Spare: Note: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table. 6.9.3.7
Was unused Terrain Displayable #2 prior to –206.
TP12D DMON2 - Reserved pin 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not Available

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
Basic Display: EFIS 50 G-10.2
F-118 Aircraft Type 118: DAL MD88/90 EFIS Aircraft
Revision History
Effectivity
03/10/98 – P. Blankas SCR 1605: New aircraft type - -204
03/24/98 – P. Blankas Corrected typos - -204
03/25/98 – P. Blankas Corrected typos and formatting changes - -204
04/01/98 – P. Blankas Added ARINC 743 note and added acceleration labels on the IRU - -204
Added 2nd Radio Altimeter input
04/03/98 – P. Blankas Removed IVA, pitch rate from IRS - -204
06/12/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2779: Comment fix only. Removed output label set 11 from 429 - -
outputs (code change was made in –204).
06/23/98 – H. Nguyen Added a reservation note to RX429-7 - -
06/23/98 – H. Nguyen Added a reservation note to Analog input channel 4 & DINPH7 - -
10/28/98 – H. Nguyen SCR 2876: Added as Optional inputs; WXR Hazard Bus, Localizer - -208
Deviation & Alternate display independent to EFIS mode and WXR on/off
Appendix G (-208).
03-Feb-99 – M.Calhoun SCR 2876: Made all GPS inputs Basic. Added note that analog LRRA #2 - -208
validity only required when Dual LRRA option is selected.
23-Feb-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3563: Took out reference to PWS Option 2 for channel 7 (only turn it - -208
on when PWS Option 1 selected).
12-May-99 – H. Nguyen SCR 3806: Changed ADC #2 from ARINC 429 format to ARINC 575 - -210
format and made it an optional input
Added SAT to ADC #1 and ADC #2 Buses
Henderson
19-AUG-99 – Jeff Egilsrud SCR 4165: Added alternate displays #2 and #3. Added note for EFIS 1 - -210
and EFIS 3 buses to not activate bus if alternate display 2 is selected.
26-AUG-99 – Jeff Egilsrud SCR 4204: comment only – changed alternate display nomenclature from -210
“GS not reversed/reversed display configuration” to “GS on right/left”.
06-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: Changed 429 channel 6 connect to FMC - -
F-118: Aircraft Type MD88/90 DAL (type 118)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 ºC Basic 0.5 ºC 500
RX429-4 EFIS SG #1
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR CONTROL BUS #1
(Low Speed)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-7 Wx Radar Hazard Bus Bus Type: Basic if selected
(Optional) (High Speed) • Select PWS Option 1 to activate.
This option added in the –208.
A = MP12C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = MP12D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20
Bus Type: TA&D
• Not activated if Alternate Display Type 1 program pin option selected.
(The option to NOT use this input added in –208.)
B = MP13B Discrete Word (Display 4.1.1.90.3 105 discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Modes & WXR ON/OFF)
RX429-9 EFIS SG #2
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR control bus #2
(Low Speed)
F-118: Aircraft Type MD88/90 DAL (type 118) continued

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: TA&D
(The option to NOT use this input added in –208.)
B = TP8B Display Modes & WXR 4.1.1.90.3 105 discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
ON/OFF
(Optional)
• Use Optional Inputs Program Pin to enable
(Optional)
(Changed to ARINC 575
in the –210.) This option added in the –210.
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 ºC Basic 0.5 ºC 500
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: Basic
743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: Basic
743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic if enabled
(-) = TP14B
• Use dual radio altimeter overlay program pin to enable (PPCNF9)
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
(Optional) ARINC 547 Localizer #1 4.1.3.2.7
(+) = TP14C
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin to enable.
This input not available prior to –208.

MP1B DINPL2
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude 1 Valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Glideslope Valid 5.0.1.8 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Gear Down
28 V = Inhibit
28 V = ILS Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Radio Altitude 2 Valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
Note: Only required if dual radio altimeter overlay program 28 V = Valid
pin option enabled.
TP7C DINPH7 Localizer Valid 5.0.1.28 0 V = Not Valid
Note: Only used if Configuration Optional 2 program pin 28 V = Valid
activates Analog Localizer input.
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP12A DOUTL5 - PWS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.9
(This output added in –208.)
TP12B DOUTL6 - TCAS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.10
(Was Audio On prior to –208).
Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all non-Pull Up messages will trigger DOUTL2 (MP3D). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is
NOT selected with program pin PPCNF12, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all messages but
Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different.
The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Basic Display: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS displays with GS on G-20.1
right
Alternate Display #1: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS with GS on G-20.2
right, and with revised selection and auto pop up logic
(This alternate display added in –208.)
Alternate Display #2: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS with GS on G-20.3
left, and with revised selection and auto pop up logic
Alternate Display #3: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS displays with G-20.4
GS on left
Note that Alternate Display #1 is the same as Basic Display Variant #2; Alternate Display #1 was maintained for compatibility
with the –208-208. Similarly, Alternate Display #2 is the same as Basic Display Variant #3 and Alternate Display #3 is the
same as Basic Display Variant #4.
Display Selection Notes:

This aircraft type supports one basic and three alternate terrain display implementations.
1) Basic display: both EFIS SG ISDAS buses bring in Display Mode Data – The EGPWS will only allow terrain to
be displayed if these inputs show that both WXR is ON & EFIS is in a displayable mode. TERR/Peaks overlay
text is located on the lower right side of the display.
2) Alternate display #1: removes the requirements for the EFIS SG ISDAS input buses and the system will allow
terrain selection at anytime. TERR/Peaks overlay text is located on the lower right side of the display.
3) Alternate display #2: similar to alternate display #1, except the TERR/Peaks overlay text is located on the lower
left side of the display.
4) Alternate display #3: similar to the basic display, except the TERR/Peaks overlay text is located on the lower left
side of the display.
Alternate displays #3 and #4 are necessary due to the “GS reversed” Honeywell EFIS option which locates the glideslope
indication on the left side of the display instead of the right. When this option is selected, wind speed and ADF information is
moved to the right side of the display, which requires that the TERR or peaks elevations overlay text be moved to the left.
In addition, note that some undefined ARINC 429 input channels and Discrete I/O refer to the I/O mapping table at the end of
this section. For the –210-210 and on these interfaces may be activated (depending on display type) via the Terrain Display
Select program pins (PPCNF18/19, ICD appendix D-14).
F-120 Aircraft Type 120: MD-87 with PPI Display
Revision History
Effectivity
11/10/97 – J. Chavez SCR 2272 Added Interface. First implementation of aircraft type. - -202
11/17/97 – M. Calhoun Removed “1” from ILS bus Fault designation. - -202
12/01/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2369: Deleted Terrain Select #2 input discrete from TP1B and - -202
deleted Terrain Display Output discrete #2 from MP14C.
03/10/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2605: Corrected pin assignments for ARINC 429 channel 13. - -204
05/04/98 – M. Calhoun Revised description of how GPS Bus 2 is activated via program pin. - -
09/28/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3086: Noted moving marker disabled. - -206
02-DEC-98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3331: Noted Peaks available for –208. - -208
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson

F-120: Aircraft Type MD-87 with PPI Display (type 120)

Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:Radar Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS
RX429-2 Indicator Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
B = MP10D Range (Display word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320 NM TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC-575
Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10 62.5-125
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Basic 0.5 500
Bus Type: Basic
True Track Angle 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A. 1000
Nav Mode

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS/Loc Basic, system will detect if digital supplied and use it.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WXR Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS
RX429-7 Radar Hazard Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) High Speed
B = MP12D Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 28/29 N/A TA&D n/a 20

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Note: May be activated as a display input.
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B

Bus Type: Basic If Selected
Use Optional Inputs Select Program Pin to activate.
(Optional) Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 N/A TA&D N/A. 1000
Nav Mode
(ARINC 575)
(Optional) Corrected Altitude 4.1.2.3 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Basic 0.5 500
Bus Type: TA&D if Selected
(Optional) Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

(Optional)
(Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
NOTE: Select Dual LRRA Program pin to activate)
System will hunt for digital ILS 429 on Channel -6
(-) = TP13D
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D
Input Type: Basic

MP1B DINPL2 Back Course Select 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
(Glide Slope Inhibit) Open =No Inhibit
Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH, Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress (Optional input, used if 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
crew suppression of continuos messages in progress is Open = Normal
desired).
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap/Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap/Normal
Open = Not Landing
Flap/Override
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (Momentary)
TP4C DINPL18 Steep Approach Discrete #1 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd=Enabled
Optional input to enable steep approach Open=Disabled
MP5D DINPL19 Steep Approach Discrete #2 5.0.1.6.2 Gnd=Selected
Optional input to select steep approach Open=Not Selected
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd=Enabled
Open = Disabled
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid-1 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 Radio Altitude Valid-2 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left side picture bus WX indicator (Display)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Right side picture bus WX indicator (Display)
(Not used on this installation)

TP12A DOUTL5 Spare
TP12D DMON2 - Spare

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
F-122 Aircraft Type 122: NIMROD MRA4

Note: This configuration not supported prior to –212-212.
Revision History
Effectivity
06-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 2798: Initial version. -212 -212
20-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 2798: Removed Pitch rate, corrected signal type definitions -212 -212
Changed Audio Inhibit Discrete to TCAS Ihibit Discrete, Added
FlashWSCauReversal configfurable data. Added Out of Track Maximum
and Minimum configurables. Revised Terrain Display section for No
Display. Removed config item Military Squat.
27-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 4838: Corrected Tactical Discrete input name and added toggle action -212 -212
SCR 2798: Added –BNR to Selected Runway Heading signal bits -212 -212
SCR 2813: Changed “TCF/TAD Tactical Warn Inhibit” to “TCF/TAD -212 -212
Tactical Warn Inhibit Override” in configuration data and state to TRUE.
31-JAN-00 – N Paterson SCR 4844: Deleted Mag Heading and Added Longitudinal and Normal -212 -212
Acceleration to IRS bus 1 and 2. Deleted “Use Pseudo Altitude”
configuration line. ILS Source Select Type changed from 4 to None.
Added “Select Approach Term B” configuration line.
29-NOV-00 – N Paterson SCR: 5691: Changed Configuration Data, Landing Flap from 50° to 30° Future - Future
214 -214
06-FEB-01 – N Paterson SCR 5693: Changed Configuration value for Aircraft Roll Rate from 5 to Future - Future
20. 214 -214
06-FEB-01 – N Paterson SCR 5690: Added Configuration item “Inhibit Tactical Gear Down”. Future - Future
214 -214
07-FEB-01 – N Paterson SCR 5692: Changed Pseudo Altitude Type to 6 Future - Future
214 -214
F-122: Aircraft Type NIMROD MRA4 (type 122)

RX429-1 EGI #1
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
A = MP6A Data -IRS Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP6B Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 50
Roll Rate 4.1.1.123 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 20
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4.0 g’s Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4.0 g’s Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
RX429-2 FMS #1
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
A = MP10C Data - FMS Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 Kts Basic 0.125 50
RX429-3 ADC #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 WAC #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B *MOA 4.1.1.124 164 16 65,536 FT Basic 1.0 200
*MDA 4.1.1.130 170 16 65,536 FT Min/App 1.0 200
Min
Flap Position 4.1.1.37.3 137 12 0 - 2048 Deg Basic 0.5 200

RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 MMR #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.76 105 11-BNR ±180 degrees Basic 0.08789 167-333
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D

RX429-8 Left #1 LRRA
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10 Left #2 LRRA
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
RX429-11 FMS #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
A = TP8A Data -FMS Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 Kts Basic 0.125 50
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.76 105 11-BNR ±180 degrees Basic 0.08789 167-333
RX429-13 EGI #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
A = TP5A Data -IRS Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
B = TP6A Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 50
Roll Rate 4.1.1.123 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 20
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4.0 g’s Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4.0 g’s Basic 0.0009765625 10-20
RX429-14 ADC #2
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429

RX429-15 WAC #2
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP4B *MOA 4.1.1.124 164 16 65,536 FT Basic 1.0 200
*MDA 4.1.1.130 170 16 65,536 FT Min/App Min 1.0 200
Flap Position 4.1.1.37.3 137 12 0 - 2048 Deg Basic 0.5 200

RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D
F-122: Aircraft Type NIMROD MRA4 (type 122) continued

MP1A DINPL1 Tactical Select (toggle action) 5.0.1.36 Gnd = Tactical
Open = Not Tactical
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4 5.0.1.13 Gnd =
Open =
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
F-122: Aircraft Type NIMROD MRA4 (type 122)continued

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/6/9/12

TP12A DOUTL5 Yes Windshear Warning Discrete 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 -
TP11A DOUTL10 -

Aircraft Type Military 6.1
Lamp Format Type 2 6.9.3.1
FlashWSCauReversal True 6.9.3.2
Pilot Delay 2 6.2.1.7
Aircraft Delay 2 6.2.1.7
Aircraft Roll Rate 20 6.2.1.7
Pull Up gs 1.6 6.2.1.7
Above MOA 0.1 6.2.1.7
MOA Offset -0.2 5.57
Bank Angle Type 7 6.4.4.3
Mode 1 Type 6 6.2.1
Mode 2 Type 3 6.2.2
Mode 3 type 3 6.2.3
Mode 4 Type 11 6.2.4
Mode 6 Type 5 6.2.6
Alternate Mode 4B No 6.2.4.1
Select Approach Term B 310 6.0.2
TCF/TAD Tactical Warn True 6.3.1
Inhibit Override
Windshear None
Inhibit Tactical Gear Down True 5.52.1
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 30°
Windshear Parameters NA
Pseudo Altitude Type 6 5.1.9
Out of Track Maximum 5000 5.1.9
Out of Track Minimum -20 5.1.9
Field Enable Type 1 5.1.9

Reference
Basic Display: No Display G-0.1
Variant Displays: Since the basic type is without a display there are no display options available via Display Variant
selection.
F-123 Aircraft Type 123: PSCI C-130A

Revision History
Effectivity
14-DEC-98 – Gary Boyd SCR 3378: Add peaks to display 208
Appendix G (-208).
“Mode4Type”.
08/MAR/99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3602: Comment only. Changed reference of analog RA to be ALT - -
50/55 (4.1.3.2.2, not 4.1.3.2.1).
Henderson

F-123: Aircraft Type PSCI C-130A (type 123)

RX429-1 GNS XLS #1
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
RX429-2 GNS XLS #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-4 Reserved for
AHRS/IRU #1
(Hi-Speed)
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5 EFIS 50 #1 Crosstalk
Bus Type: Basic
Bus (High Speed)
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27.1 045 12 -4 to 32767 Ft Min/ App Min 8 Ft 100
Range 4.1.1.103 303 16-20 .5 to 1000NM TA&D N/A 100
Display mode 11-14 Discrete (4)
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 -BNR ±180 Deg Basic 0.087890625 1000 max
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
F-123: Aircraft Type PSCI C-130A (type 123) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation: EFIS BUS 2
RX429-9 EFIS 50 #2 Crosstalk
Bus Type: Basic
Bus (High Speed)
B = TP9D Decision Height 4.1.1.27.1 045 12 -4 to 32767 Ft Min/ App Min 8 Ft 100
Range 4.1.1.103 303 16-20 .5 to 1000NM TA&D N/A 100
Display mode 11-14 Discrete (4)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 -BNR ±180 Deg Basic 0.087890625 1000 max
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
A = MP6C Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
B = MP6D Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 55 (C130 uses KRA-405/ALT-55)
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter 4.1.3.2.2
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output

TP12C DOUTL4 - Spare 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 Spare 6.9.3.2

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
T17.
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: EFIS 50 G-10.1
Variant Displays:
F-125 Aircraft Type 125: Falcon 2000 Non-integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
06/19/98 – M. Calhoun Corrected GPS HIL cross reference only (was 4.1.1.92). - -
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-125: Aircraft Type Falcon 2000 Non-integrated (type 125)

(L-IRS-3)
(L-GPIRS-3)
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.35 266 Type 2 N/A Basic N/A 100
Flaps
Left MFD
F-125: Aircraft Type Falcon 2000 Non-integrated (type 125) continued

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Flaps
Right MFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

Bus Type: Basic
Use the Optional Inputs Select Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available.
Nav Mode
*Use Optional Inputs Select
(Note 1)
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Note 1: Signal was made optional in 965-0976-0xx-104-104

RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
(R-IRS-3)
the configuration.
(R-GPIRS-3)
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D

Bus Type: Basic
B = TP4B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Nav Mode
program pin to activate
(Note 1)
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP4D DOUTL7 Yes Terrain Awareness Warning 6.9.3.4.2
TP11A DOUTL10 Yes Terrain Awareness Caution 6.9.3.4.1

Lamp Format Type 2 (Note 1)
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 40
Note 1: Lamp format is type 1 for 965-0976-0xx-101-101
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-126 Aircraft Type 126: Falcon 50EX Non-integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
06/19/98 – M. Calhoun Corrected GPS HIL cross reference only (was 4.1.1.92). - -
“SYSTEM” “N” BUS.
SCR 3416: Revised Landing Flap config item from 48 to 20 degrees.
signals.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-126: Aircraft Type Falcon 50EX Non-integrated (type 126)

GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Flaps
Left MFD
F-126: Aircraft Type Falcon 50EX Non-integrated (type 126) continued

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Right MFD
RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
(Note 3)
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Note 2).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-3)
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
the configuration.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation: FMC 2 BUS (Note 2)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP4B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-500
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

Yes Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1)
Yes Obstacle Awareness Caution (Note 1)

Lamp Format Type 2 (Note 1)
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Note 1: Lamp format is type 1 for 965-0976-0xx-101-101
Note 2: Landing Flap was 48 degrees prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-129 Aircraft Type 129: B-717 (Formerly MD95)

Revision History
Effectivity
Springe
Springe Fault Designations renamed from: ‘LEFT RADIO ALTIMETER BUS’,
‘CENTER RADIO ALTIMETER BUS’ and ‘RIGHT RADIO
ALTIMETER BUS’ to ‘RADIO ALTIMETER 1 BUS 2’, ‘RADIO
ALTIMETER 2 BUS 2’ and ‘RADIO ALTIMETER 3 BUS 3’.
Channels RX429-2 and -9: Removed label 317.
Channel RX429-12: Changed MMR2 bus speed from high to low. Added:
‘(optional) and note ‘Select ‘Dual ILS’ program pin to enable.’
Channel RX429-13: Added note: ‘Select ‘Optional Inputs Select’ program
pin to enable’.
Channels RX429-5 and -16: Removed label 370. Changed Bus Type from
‘For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required, or
TA&D’ to ‘TA&D’.
Channel RX429-16: Removed ‘(optional).
Channels RX429-17 and -18: Changed ‘Sensor Status’ label 273 Sig. Bits
from ‘19’ to ‘n/a’. Added note on ARINC 743A scaling of HFOM and
VFOM. Added ‘optional’ to channel 18.
Input discrete definitions:
DINPL4: added ‘Decision Height’.
DINPL5 polarity text changed from ‘GPWS inhibit’ to ‘AUDIO inhibit’.
TAD Inhibit discrete changed from DINPL9 to DINPL 13.
Steep Approach Discrete 2 changed from DINPL 13 to DINPL9.
Configuration Data: Added row ‘CFDS sub type: MD95’.
Discrete Outputs:
Changed N/C to ‘Not Used’.
SCR 2281: Changed ‘Audio On Discrete’ to ‘TCAS Inhibit Discrete’.
11/01/97 - R. auf der Changes LRU names in ‘CONNECT TO’ column to be consistent with - -202
Springe Fault Designation names.
Channels RX429-3 and -14: Added label 213, Static Air Temperature.
11/11/97 - R. auf der SCR 2177: Changed text at Wx Radar input channel RX429-11 from - -202
Springe “Select ‘PWS Option 1’ or ‘PWS Option 2’ program pin to activate.” to
“Select ‘PWS Option 1’ program pin to activate”.
SCR 2151: Changed WXR hazard bus input type from “TA&D” to “Basic
if enabled”. changed PWS status word signal type from “TA&D” to
“Basic”.
02/19/98 - R. auf der SCR 2572: Removed Steep Approach discretes from DINPL1 and - -204
Springe DINPL9.
09/01/98 – Richard auf der SCR 3054: Added note below title: ‘With each addition of an input signal - -
Springe update the Douglas CFDS Fault messages table 8.1.2-2 in CISRD
Appendix A.’
29 OCT 1998 – Richard SCR 3271: Added label 272 to FMC buses. 208 208
auf der Springe
13 Nov 1998 – Richard auf SCR 2175: Added ‘Peaks Available’ to display configuration table. Added 208 208
der Springe label set 18 to ARINC 429 output bus #1.

15 Dec 1998 – Richard auf SCR 3418: Channels RX429-3 and -14: Added label 213, Static Air 208 208
der Springe Temperature.
Appendix G
(-208).
18 Feb 1999 – Richard auf SCR 3550: In Terrain Display Configuration Options table changed 208 208
der Springe reference from G22.2 to G22.1.
Henderson

Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
(Note 1)
RX429-4 LRRA #3
Select Triple LRRA program pin option to enable
enabled
Speed)
TA&D
B = MP10B *Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 23-
29
CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 1 ILS BUS
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-7 N/C
A = MP12C
B = MP12D

RX429-8 LRRA #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Speed)
RX429-10 CFDS
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9B Command Word 4.1.1.14 227 10 N/A Basic N/A N/A
Date 4.1.1.26 260 9 N/A Basic N/A 1000
Flight Number 4.1.1.40 261 16 0 to 9999 Basic N/A 1000
UTC 4.1.1.84 125 9 0 to 23:59.9 min Basic 0.1 min 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 2 ILS BUS
(Optional) Speed)
Select ‘Dual ILS’ program pin to enable
A = TP8C Localizer Deviation 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP8D Glideslope Deviation 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.76 105 11 -BNR ±180 Deg Basic 0.08789 166.6-
333.3
(optional) Speed)
Select ‘Optional Inputs’ program pin to enable
CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ADIRU 2 ADC BUS
(optional) Speed)
Format: ARINC 429 Select Optional Inputs Select program pin option to enable
(Note 1)

RX429-15 LRRA #2
Select Dual or Triple LRRA program pin option to enable
Speed)
TA&D
B = TP5D *Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 372 Format 5 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 23-29

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR 2 GPS BUS
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Speed)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: N/C Fault Designation: MMR 1 GPS BUS
Bus Type: TA&D
(optional) Speed)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Wxr On/Off 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 28 V = Landing Gear Down
TP7D DINPH8
Note 1: DINPL1 and DINPL9 were Steep Approach discrete 1 and Steep Approach discrete 2 in 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Serial Data Output


MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - Not Used on A/C (Note 1) 6.9.3.1
No Terrain Awareness Warning - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.2
No Terrain Awareness Caution - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.1
No Obstacle Awareness Warning - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.2
No Obstacle Awareness Caution - Not Used on A/C 6.9.3.4.1
TP12C DOUTL4 No SPARE 6.9.3.2
TP12A DOUTL5 - PWS Inhibit Discrete - To WXR 6.9.3.9
TP4D DOUTL7 - SPARE 6.9.3.7
TP11A DOUTL10 - SPARE 6.9.3.7
TP12D DMON2 - SPARE 6.9.3.5

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Boeing DPD Integrated LCD EFIS G-22.1
Variant Displays:
F-130 Aircraft Type 130: DC-8-72 with Collins Display

This installation not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.
Revision History
Effectivity
01/29/98 – J. Mulkins SCR 2540: Added Interface. - -204
01/30/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2540: Changed FMC Nav mode to be optional. - -204
02/11/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2540: Fixed errors found in implementation: - -204
Made channels 7 and 9 basic (if selected), not TA&D.
Added LRRA#2 to channel 10.
Made fault designation for channel 8: RADIO ALTIMETER BUS 1.
Made channel 13 basic (if selected), not TA&D.
03/05/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2540: Moved PWS Inhibit from TP12B to TP4D. Moved TCAS - -204
Inhibit from TP4D to TP12B. Also corrected channel 13 pinout.
05/06/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 2691: Corrected update rate of Baro Rate on channel 3. - -204
Appendix G (-208).
05-Feb-99 – M. Calhoun Corrected typo on ARINC 575 ADC input to clarify that it is a hunt bus. - -
Henderson

F-130: Aircraft Type DC-8-72 with Collins Display (type 130)

Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Radar Fault Designation: DISPLAY BUS
RX429-2 Indicator Bus (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
B = MP10D Range (Display word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5-320 NM TA&D n/a 200
Bus Type: Basic if found (use RX429-3 or RX429-12, not both)
Format: ARINC 429
ARINC 575 Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16 31.3-62.5
on channel Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.25 250-500
12
Bus Type: Basic
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin Option if Nav Mode label
266 is available.
*FMC Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type-2 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Nav Mode
F-130: Aircraft Type DC-8-72 with Collins Display (type 130) continued
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin Option if this input is ARINC
743 and not ARINC 743 A.
NOTE: ARINC 743 A scales FOM labels 136/247 in ft/NM respectively,

ARINC 743 scales both in meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743 A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
*HFOM (ARINC 743 A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Word TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
digital ILS) Analog GS/Loc Basic, system will detect if digital supplied and use it.
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WXR Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 1
• Select PWS Option 1 or 2 program pin to enable (dual on RX429-9).
B = MP12D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 20
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: WXR Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR HAZARD BUS 2
• Select PWS Option 2 program pin to enable.
B = TP9D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete N/A Basic N/A 20
Bus Type: Basic If Selected
• Use Optional Inputs Select program pin to activate
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin Option if Nav Mode label 266
is available.
(Optional) Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots TA&D 0.125 1000
Nav Mode
(ARINC 575)
on channel Barometric Rate 4.1.2.1 212 11 ±20,480 fpm Basic 10 62.5-125
12 Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.5 250-500
• Use Optional Inputs Select program pin to activate
(Optional) Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Configuration Option 1 program pin option if this input is ARINC
743 and not ARINC 743 A.
NOTE: ARINC 743 A scales FOM labels 136/247 in ft/NM repectively,

ARINC 743 scales both in meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
*VFOM (ARINC 743 A) 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
*HFOM (ARINC 743 A) 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Word TA&D n/a 1000

format:
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
• Select Dual LRRA Program pin to activate.
(-) = TP13D
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D
Input Type: Basic
MP1B DINPL2 Back Course Select 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
(Glide Slope Inhibit) Open = No Inhibit
Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4 Decision Height 5.0.1.13 Gnd = < DH, Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress (Optional input, used if 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
crew suppression of continuos messages in progress is Open = Normal
desired).
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap/Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap/Override
Open = Not Landing Flap/Normal
Open = Not Selected
MP14B DINPL13
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (Momentary)
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.6.1 Gnd = Enabled
Open = Disabled
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid-1 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
Note: Must be biased out of view (+28vdc) when ILS not 0V = Not Valid
tuned.
TP15C DINPH3 Radio Altitude Valid-2 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Left side picture bus WX indicator (Display)
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Right side picture bus WX indicator (Display)
(Not used on this installation)

TP4D DOUTL7 - PWS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.9
TP12D DMON2 - Spare

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
F-131 Aircraft Type 131: Fokker 100 (AA)

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
25-MAR-99 – MJC Document SCR 3636: Corrected description for Steep Approach Discrete - -
#2 (changed from 'Enabled/Disabled' to 'Selected/Not Selected').
Henderson
02-AUG-00 P. Bateman SCR 5320: Added IRS/AHRS bus hunting. - -213
19-DEC-00 P. Bateman SCR 5320: Corrected notes under tables to refer to –213-213. - -213
Added Label 313 to EFIS 1/2 buses (with same definition as IRS bus).
08-JAN-01 P. Bateman SCR 5320: Moved Label 313 from EFIS to FMS bus per Fokker interface - -213
description.
24-JAN-01 P. Bateman SCR 5320: Added missing Label 320 to IRS/AHRS bus 1 & bus 2. - -213
31-JAN-01 P. Bateman SCR 5320: Added Label 312 to FMS 1 and 2 Buses - -213
02-FEB-01 – L. Caldeira SCR 5320: Made ground speed and GPS buses basic, not TA&D. - -213

For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type), the use of direct FMS position inputs is allowed when:
F-131: Aircraft Type Fokker 100 AA (type 131)

RX429-1 IRU #1 or AHRS #1
(High Speed) IRS Preferred
Magnetic Heading (Note 2) 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
* IRS Only
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Windshear Command Word 4.1.1.18 272 Discrete N/A Windshear N/A 110(max)
*True Track (Note 2) 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
Ground Speed (Note 2) 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 25-50
*This label is NCD when IRS
True Track is present.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
*Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
* Label 204 always reflects
QNH corrected altitude, even
in QFE A/C
RX429-4 LRRA #3
Select Triple LRRA program pin option to enable.
B = MP12B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if enabled 0.125 25-50
RX429-5 EFIS CP LH (Low Speed)
TA&D
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 13 8192 Ft App Min 1 100
Discrete Word 1 (Disp Modes 4.1.1.90.4 272 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
& WXR On/Off)
Discrete Word 2 (Disp Mode) 4.1.1.90.4 273 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359.9 Deg Basic 0.1 166.6-333.3
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-213-213, this bus was only an IRS bus.
Note 2: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-213-213, these labels were not supported.
F-131: Aircraft Type Fokker 100 AA (type 131) continued

CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-7 N.C.
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8 LRRA #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-9 N.C.
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10 Reserved for Hazard Bus
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11 LRRA #2
Select Dual or Triple LRRA program pin option to enable.
(Optional)
Select Dual ILS program pin option to enable.
Selected Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 -BCD 0-359.9 Deg Basic if enabled 0.1 166.6-333.3
RX429-13 IRU #2 or AHRS #2
(High Speed) IRS Preferred
*Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
*Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 deg Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
*Magnetic Track 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 deg Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
Magnetic Heading (Note 2) 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 deg Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
*True Heading 4.1.1.82 314 12 ±180 deg TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
*True Track 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 deg TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
*IRS Only
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
*Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
* Label 204 always reflects
QNH corrected altitude, even
in QFE A/C
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-213-213, this bus was only an IRS bus.

Bus Type: Basic
A = TP4A Windshear Command Word 4.1.1.18 272 Discrete N/A Windshear N/A 110(max)
B = TP4B Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100-200
*True Track (Note 2) 4.1.1.80 313 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 25-50
Ground Speed (Note 2) 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 25-50
* This label is NCD when IRS

True Track is present.
RX429-16 EFIS CP RH (Low Speed)
or TA&D
B = TP5D Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 13 8192 Ft App Min 1 100
Discrete Word 1 (Disp Modes & 4.1.1.90.4 272 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
WXR On/Off)
Discrete Word 2 (Disp Mode) 4.1.1.90.4 273 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) Use the Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207’ 1000


Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000


Analog Input Data
Not Applicable
Open = Disabled
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Terrain Awareness & TCF Inhibit 5.0.1.22 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not Selected
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output

MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To GPWS warn lamps (Note 2) 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 No Windshear Caution Discrete - Not Used 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7 - Terrain Displayable #1 - To Captain Terrain Lamp 6.9.3.7
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 - To Captain Terrain Relay 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 - To First Officer Terrain Relay 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - Terrain Displayable #2 - To First Officer Terrain Lamp 6.9.3.7
MP7C DMON1 - GPWS Monitor Discrete - To GPWS FAULT lamp 6.9.3.5
TP11B DMON3 - Terrain Not Available - To Terrain Fail Lamp 6.9.3.5
trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs are used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to

Windshear External FMS Command Word
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and on, ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with PPCNF12 (Appendix D, Table D-T17).
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Fokker 100 Collins EFIS G-24.1
Variant Displays:
F-132 Aircraft Type 132: Airbus A319/A320/A321 Alternate Lamp Format

Revision History
Effectivity
12/09/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2410: Moved Terrain/Obstacle Awareness Caution annunciations - -202
from DOUTL3 to DOUTL2.
6/18/98 – J. Kistler Corrected section title to include “Alternate Lamp Format” - -
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett Comment only (-204) – changed obstacle alert note from –104 to –204. - -
This aircraft type is identical to type 113, a production installation aircraft type, except that the lamp format is type 2 (refer to
section 6.9.3.1). See section F-113 for the aircraft interface.

F-133 Aircraft Type 133: A330/A340 (DLH)

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
16-MAR-00 – J. Kistler SCR 4942: Added note indicating that I/O mapping for terrain display - -
selecting hidden text attribute (format -> font).
Position Source Selection Note

For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the use of direct FMS position inputs is allowed only when the High
Accuracy bit from the FMS is set.
F-133: Aircraft Type A330/340 DLH (type 133)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2 FMS EIS (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
F-133: Aircraft Type A330/340 DLH (type 133) continued

Bus Type: Basic
Aircraft Configuration Word 4.1.1.1 155 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 1 second
Bus Type: TA&D
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
maneuver’s.
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
Open = Off
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

Terrain Monitor Discrete

CMC/CFDS Type CFDS Type 2B Product Specification 6.10.7
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
(FUTURE) I/O mapping for Terrain Display Category (Display Select ID’s 20-90) (Notes 1, 2)
F-134 Aircraft Type 134: RC-135
Revision History
Effectivity
08-JUN-99 - MPF SCR 3769: Initial version. -210 -210
18-JUN-99 - MPF SCR 3769: Delete Air Speed labels on FMS buses. -210 -210
29-JUN-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Revised formating for ARINC 429 Data Channel Definitions -210 -210
and added Fault Designation for Display Bus 2.
8-JUL-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Corrected signal nomenclature for discrete audio inhibit, -210 -210
selected course right, and added lsb information for selected course right,
magnetic variation, and true track angle.
12-JUL-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Correct True Track typo -210 -210
15-JUL-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Changed label 101 references in channels 2 and 3 to 4.1.1.72 - -210
from 4.1.1.74.
Henderson
24-AUG-99 – MPF SCR 4192: Add new channel to support Pitch and Roll labels - -210
24-AUG-99 – Richard auf SCR 4044: Removed note 1 from Serial Data Output which stated that - -210
der Springe label set 20 is not supported prior to –210, since this A/C type is not
supported prior to –210.
26-AUG-99 – MPF SCR 4192: Changed fault designation from INU to IRS. - -210
31-AUG-99 – MPF SCR 4192: Revised sig bits to 12 for Channel 13 IRS BUS - -210
05-OCT-99 G. Burlingame SCR 4334: SCR 4334. Cleaned-up formatting - -
F-134: Aircraft Type RC-135 (type 134) continued

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMS Bus 1
RX429-2 FMS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP10C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP10D Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd Basic n/a 500
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 1000
Latitude (FMS) 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Longitude (FMS) 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 500
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 101 11 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.087890625 500
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
True Track Angle 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 500
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: FMS Bus 2
RX429-3 FMS #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = MP11A Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP11B Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd Basic n/a 500
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 1000
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 101 11 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.087890625 500
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
RX429-4 ADC #1
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS TA&D 0.0625 100
RX429-5 WX-IND 429 out
Bus Type: TA&D
(range)
Bus 1 (Low Speed)
B = MP10B Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 – 320 NM TA&D N/A 100
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7 WX-IND 429 out
Bus Type: TA&D
(range)
Bus 2 (Low Speed)
A = MP12C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Resolution Rate (ms)
B = MP12D Range (Display Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 – 320 NM TA&D N/A 100

RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12 ADC #2
Bus Type: Basic
Low Speed
Format: ARINC 429
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 KTS TA&D 0.0625 100
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees 0.25 250-500
RX429-13 INU
Bus Type: Basic
High Speed
Format: ARINC 429
B = TP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 12 ±180 Basic 0.043945 40
Roll Angle 4.1.1.70 325 12 ±180 Basic 0.043945 40
Note: Signals have two
fewer LSB digits than
reference.
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP14B
CHANNEL 3 CONNECT TO: N/C Reference Format:
(+) = TP13C
Input Type:
(-) = TP13D
Fault Designation:
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: N/C Reference Format:
(+) = TP14C
Input Type:
(-) = TP14D
Fault Designation:

MP1A DINPL1

Open = Not inhibit
the Minimums callouts desired and ARINC 429 Open = > DH
Selected DH is not provided.
MP7D DINPL5 Audio Inhibit- Optional input 5.0.1.16 Gnd = Audio inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17 GPWS Inhibit - Optional input - suppresses all 5.0.1.27 Gnd = GPWS inhibit
audio & visual except for Windshear, TA & TCF Open = Not inhibit
MP7A DINPL20 Simulator Reposition - For simulator installations 5.0.1.23 Gnd = Reposition
only Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude #1 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V=Valid, 0V=Fail
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 Radio Altitude #2 Valid 5.0.1.1 +28V=Valid, 0V=Fail
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
/20

Pin Mnemonic Flashing Description (All discretes are also mapped to ARINC 429 Reference
output labels)
TP4D DOUTL7 -
TP11A DOUTL10 - 6.9.3.2

Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 1 SRD 6.4.4, Product Specification 6.4.4
Mode4Type 3 SRD 6.2.4.3.1 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear No
ILS Source Select Type 4 5.9.1
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type N/A Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
Landing Flap N/A
Flap Handle to N/A
KAVA/KAVO
Flap Angle to Flap N/A
Handle
Note 1: This config item is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-135 Aircraft Type 135: KC-135
Revision History
Effectivity
10/14/97 NSP SCR 2207: Initial version. -202 -202
10/20/97 NSP SCR 2207: Correct Aircraft type data and set Windshear Parameters to 0 -202 -202
for no Q Bias
10/24/97 NSP Add SCR Reference to Revision History above. - -
SCR 2207: Added GPS Altitude and GPS Vertical Figure of Merit to the -202 -202
CDU Bus
SCR 2207: Changed Lamp Format from TBD to 2. -202 -202
10/29/97 MJC SCR 2207: Changed the following CDU signal types from ‘TA&D’ to -202 -202
‘Basic’: Date, Time & Command Word.
11/04/97 - A Loos SCR 2223: Changed Alt G/S Cancel Limit to the actual limit “2000 feet” -202 -202
from a “Type” number index to a table. Table was removed from SRD.
11/20/97 MJC Revised VFOM from 15 bits @ 1 foot to 18 bits at 0.125 feet to match -202 -202
ARINC 743 definition.
12/03/97 MJC SCR 2389: Noted that CDU Lat/Long is FMS data. -202 -202
12/10/97 MJC SCR 2424: Deleted both Terrain Select input discretes, as they are not -202 -202
applicable to this installation.
3/02/98 - NSP SCR 2538: Added Configurable term Mode4CurveSelect 204 204
SCR 2354: Set Windshear Parameters to 42
07/28/98 – G. Burlingame SCR 2987: Changed Altimetry Type to 1 (Corrected Barometic Altitude) -206 -206
11/19/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 3011: Added ‘AOA FW Off GT 2000’ config item. -208 -208
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
07/JAN/99 – N. Menzies SCR 3441: Replaced “Mode4CurveSelect 1” with “Mode4Type 3” and - -208
deleted the “TurboProp” entry. With the introduction of configurable
Mode 4, both “Mode4CurveSelect” and “TurboProp” are replaced by
“Mode4Type”.
11/JAN/99 – N. Menzies SCR 3441: Comment only - added refs to “KC-135” and Product Spec - -
Henderson
F-135: Aircraft Type KC-135 (type 135)

RX429-1 MFD 1B X-Side
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 12/14 4096/16,384 Min/App Min 1 1000
Range 4.1.1.91 155 n/a 5 to 640 NM TA&D n/a 50-66.6
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: CDU BUS
RX429-2 CDU (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Altitude - GPS (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Mode 4.1.1.12 270 Bit 12 n/a Basic n/a 500
Longitudinal Acceleration 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4.0g Basic 0.0009765625 25
Normal Acceleration 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4.0g Basic 0.0009765625 25
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 ±1024 knots Basic 0.0625 100
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 knots TA&D 0.125 50
Inertial Altitude 4.1.1.49 361 20 ±131,072 FT Basic 0.125 501
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.08789 200
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 degrees Windshear 0.25 500
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2048 knots Windshear 0.0625 100
VFOM - GPS 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
Command Word 4.1.1.110 350 n/a n/a Basic n/a 200
Discrete Word (NavMode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a TA&D n/a 500
RX429-3 MFD 2B X-Side
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Decision Height/MDA 4.1.1.30 170 12/14 4096/16,384 Min/App Min 1 1000
Range 4.1.1.91 155 n/a 5 to 640 NM TA&D n/a 50-66.6
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Notes: 1 Non standard update rate but equal to or greater than input processing rate.
F-135: Aircraft Type KC-135 (type 135) continued

RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: RGA DC BODY AOA + Validity
(+) = TP14C RGA AOA System 4.1.3.2.5
(-) = TP14D
Fault Designation: BODY ANGLE OF ATTACK
Gain: 1.3333
Offset: 0
Range: ±11.75 Deg. (+= Nose Up) (±10.0 VDC type)

MP1A DINPL1 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 Gnd = Invalid
Open = Valid
Open = Not inhibit
is not provided.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Speed Brake Cancel Momentary 5.0.1.32 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14 Speed Brake Deployed 5.0.1.33 Gnd = True (Deployed)
Open: = False (Retracted)
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP4D DOUTL7 -
TP11A DOUTL10 - Speed Brake Cancel Discrete 6.9.3.2

Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 3 KC-135 Product Specification 6.4.4
Mode4Type 3 (KC-135) SRD 6.2.4.3.1 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear ASA
Aero Data 1/ DPF 1
Analog AOA Type 13
Landing Flap N/A
AOA FW Off GT 2000 Yes (turns off analog
(Note 1) AOA faults when GT
2000 feet AGL)
Note 1: This config item is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins FDS-255 G-4.1
Variant Displays:
F-136 Aircraft Type 136: Airbus A330/A340 Alternate Lamp Format
Revision History
Effectivity
06/16/98 – J. Kistler Initial write - -206
27-SEP-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 4345: Comment change only. Changed introductory sentence to say - -
that caution discretes are also different.
This aircraft type is identical to type 057, a production installation aircraft type, except that the lamp format is type 2 (refer to
section 6.9.3.1) and the TAD and obstacle caution discretes are on DOUTL2 instead of DOUTL3. See section F-057 for the
aircraft interface.

F-137 Aircraft Type 137: C-5
Revision History
Effectivity
12 OCT 00 – M. Force SCR 5512: Initial version. future future
13-NOV-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 5512: Changed to basic:: Labels 076, 213, and 266. future future

F-137: Aircraft Type C-5 (type 137)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: VIA BUS 1
RX429-1 VIA/AIU #1
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
B = MP6B Altitude - GPS (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 ft Basic 0.125 200
GPS Track Angle 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 200
GPS Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
GPS Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
GPS Groundspeed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 200
GPS HIL 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 200
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
Radar Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 ft Basic 0.125 50
GPS Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 200
Uncorrected Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 ft Basic 1.0 50
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 ft Basic 1.0 50
Computed Airspeed 4.1.1.20 206 14 1024 knots Basic 0.0625 100
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 knots Windshear 0.0625 100
Barometric Altitude Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512O C Basic 0.25 200
Angle of Attack-Corrected 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 160 nm Basic 0.000061035 200
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 n/a Discrete Word n/a 200
FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166 200
FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166 200
FMS Groundspeed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 knots Basic 0.125 200
Magnetic Track Angle 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 200
Pitch 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Roll 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Pitch Rate 4.1.1.17 326 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 25
Roll Rate (Body) 4.1.1.123 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 25
Body Long Accel 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625 25
Body Normal Accel 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625 25
Cmd Wd – CDU – Type 2 4.1.1.110.1 350 Type 2 n/a Basic n/a 100
Inertial Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 25
DH/MDA Selected 4.1.1.30 170 12/14 4096/16,384 Min/App Min 1 200
Discrete Word (FMS) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a Basic n/a 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR BUS 1

RX429-2 MMR #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Runway Hd 4.1.1.76 105 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.08789 200

RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B

RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: VIA BUS 2

RX429-5 VIA/AIU #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
B = MP10B Altitude - GPS (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 ft Basic 0.125 200
GPS Track Angle 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 200
GPS Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
GPS Longitude 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
GPS Groundspeed 4.1.1.45 112 15 ±4096 knots Basic 0.125 200
GPS HIL 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm Basic 0.00012207 200
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
Radar Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 ft Basic 0.125 50
GPS Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 200
Uncorrected Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 ft Basic 1.0 50
Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 ft Basic 1.0 50
True Airspeed 4.1.1.81 210 15 ±2,048 knots Windshear 0.0625 100
Barometric Altitude Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 fpm Basic 16 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512O C Basic 0.25 200
Angle of Attack-Corrected 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 160 nm Basic 0.000061035 200
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 n/a Discrete Word n/a 200
FMS Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166 200
FMS Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166 200
FMS Groundspeed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 knots Basic 0.125 200
Magnetic Track Angle 4.1.1.63 317 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 200
Pitch 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Roll 4.1.1.70 325 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 25
Pitch Rate 4.1.1.17 326 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 25
Roll Rate (Body) 4.1.1.123 327 13 ±128 deg/sec Basic 0.015625 25
Body Long Accel 4.1.1.15 331 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625 25
Body Normal Accel 4.1.1.16 333 12 ±4 g Windshear 0.0009765625 25
Cmd Wd – CDU – Type 2 4.1.1.110.1 350 Type 2 n/a Basic n/a 100
Inertial Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.51 365 15 ±32,768 fpm Basic 1.0 25
DH/MDA Selected 4.1.1.30 170 12/14 4096/16,384 Min/App Min 1 200
Discrete Word (FMS) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Type 2 n/a Basic n/a 200
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: MMR BUS 2

RX429-6 MMR #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Selected Runway Hd 4.1.1.76 105 11 ±180 degrees Basic 0.08789 200

RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D

F-137: Aircraft Type C-5 (type 137) continued

RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D


Analog Input Data
(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO:
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D


Refer to section 5.0.1 for self test level 6 audio messages. (All inputs in this section are optional and not required for
implementation)
MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
MP8C DINPL6 Altitude Callouts Enable – typically hardwired to ground 5.0.1.15 Gnd = Voice Enabled
to permanently enable Open = Voice Disabled
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress – Optional input 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test – Optional input 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
MP9C DINPL10
MP9D DINPL11
MP14A DINPL12
MP14B DINPL13
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8


Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/9/12/19
(Note 1)

Not used in C-5 installation.
TP4D DOUTL7 -
TP10D DOUTL8 -
MP14C DOUTL9 -
TP11A DOUTL10


Aircraft Type Military 6.1
Lamp Format Type 2
Bank Angle Type 6 Product Specification 6.4.4
Mode 1 Type 9 T-1A per 060-3818-01, need to incorporate into ICD.
Mode 2 Type 3
Mode 3 Type 3
Mode 4 Type 4 SRD 6.2.4.3.1 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Mode 6 Type 2
Alternate Mode 4B No
Windshear ASA
ILS Source Select Type None
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap 40
AOA FW Off GT 2000 N/A
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell, DU-1080 EFIS G-27.1
Variant Displays:

F-138 Aircraft Type 138: Hawker 800 (S: Honeywell (Sperry) Display/SafeFlight AOA)
Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
Henderson
NOTE that this aircraft type is identical to aircraft type 66 except for the analog AOA definition on channel 4, the existence of
the analog AOA validity discrete on DINPH4, and different Aero Data and Analog AOA Type configuration items.

F-138: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (S/SF) (type 138)

Bus Type: Basic
Alternate FMC input if low speed not supplied on channel 11.
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(will hunt for
F-138: Aircraft Type Hawker 800 (S/SF) (type 138) continued

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Left Bus
(Low Speed)
Provides range unless MG backing up right side (see channel 9).
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
Note: Only provides range if MG backing up right side, MG input on channel 7 is
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Alternate FMC input if high speed not supplied on channel 2.
Nav Mode
2 Program Pin to activate
(Note 1)
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Note 1: The Optional Nav Mode label 266 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204.

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
Gain = -3.333333
Offset = 15 degrees

Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Not Selected
Open = Normal
0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected
0V = Not Selected

Serial Data Output


Aero Data 25/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 4
Landing Flap N/A

Variant Displays
F-139 Aircraft Type 139: TWA DC-9-82/-83 EFIS
Revision History
Effectivity
03-NOV-98 – H. Nguyen SCR 3283: New A/C type - -208
17-NOV-98 – G. SCR 3283: Removed Terrain Displayable #1 output discretes - -208
Burlingame
02-DEC-98 – G. SCR 3283: Changed identifer of RX429-13 bus to AHRS 2 - -208
Burlingame
01-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data - -
Appendix G (-208).
05-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3283 – Changed analog input channel 4, Localizer from “basic if - -208
enabled” to “basic”. Revised channel 14, Static Air Temperature to
reference ICD section 4.1.1.78, not 4.1.2.4, the significant bits should be
11, not 10, and the resolution should be 0.25 instead of 0.50.
10-FEB-99 – G. SCR 3428: Added notes indicating a GPS source must be selected for TA - -208
Burlingame functions
04-MAR-99 – H. Nguyen SCR 3596: Changed Terrain Display Configuration Options, (a) Displayed - -208
selected from “MD 80/88/90, DC-9 Honeywell EFIS” to “MD 80/88/90,
DC-9 Honeywell EFIS with revised selection and auto pop up logic”, (b)
Appendix G Reference from “G-20.1” to “G-20.2”
12-MAY-99 – H. Nguyen SCR 3806: Changed ADC #2 from ARINC 429 format to ARINC 575 - -210
format.
Henderson
NOTE: This configuration does not have a position source defined as part the basic signal set. In order for the Terrain Alerting
and Envelope Modulation Functions to operate a GPS (Internal or External) must be selected using the GPS Overlays program
pin. The target customer for this configuration will be using the internal GPS.

F-139: Aircraft Type DC-9-82/-83 TWA (type 139)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DFGC #1 is used by default. AHRS #1 can be selected via Optional Input
RX429-1 Either DFGC #1 or
Select Program Pin
AHRS #1
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DFGC BUS 1
DFGC #1 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
* Use if Optional Input
program pin is NOT
selected
Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.2 306 L bits 19-11 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRS BUS 1
AHRS #1 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
* Use Only with Optional
Inputs program pin Select Optional Inputs Select program pin to activate.
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
Static Air Temperature 4.1.2.4 213 10 ±512 °C Basic 0.5°C 500
RX429-4 EFIS SG #1
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR CONTROL BUS #1
(Low Speed)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7 Wx Radar Hazard Bus Bus Type: Basic if selected
(Optional) (High Speed) • Select PWS Option 1 program pin to activate.
A = MP12C Data Reference Label Sig. Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate
B = MP12D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20
• Not activated if Optional inputs program pin option selected.
B = MP13B Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.3 001H 29-21 ±180 degrees Basic 0.351563 degrees 1000

RX429-9 EFIS SG #2
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR control bus #2
(Low Speed)

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
• Not activated if Optional inputs program pin option selected.
B = TP8B Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.3 001H 29-21 ±180 degrees Basic 0.351563 degrees 1000
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: DFGC #1is used by default. AHRS #1 can be selected via Optional Input
RX429-13 Either DFGC #2 or
Select Program Pin
AHRS #2
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: DFGC BUS 2
DFGC #2 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
* Use if Optional inputs
program pin is NOT
selected
Roll Angle 4.1.1.102.2 306 H bits 29-21 ±45 degrees Basic 0.08789 100
(Optional) CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRS BUS 2
AHRS #2 (Hi-Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
* Use only with Optional
inputs program pin Select Optional Inputs Select program pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
(Changed to ARINC 575
in the –210)
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
F-139: Aircraft Type DC-9-82/-83 (type 139) continued

743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
743A.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Note: For 965-0976-020-208-208 and on, Internal GPS is available. Refer to Appendix D-3 for selection
of this option and section 4.5 for signal definition.
F-139: Aircraft Type DC-9-82/-83 TWA (type 139)

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
(-) = TP14B
• Use dual radio altimeter overlay program pin to enable (PPCNF9)
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C ARINC 547 Localizer #1 4.1.3.2.7
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP14D

MP1B DINPL2
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude 1 Valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Gear Down
28 V = Inhibit
28 V = ILS Selected
TP7B DINPH6 Radio Altitude 2 Valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP7C DINPH7 Localizer Valid 5.0.1.28 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP12A DOUTL5 - PWS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.9

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
Basic Display: MD 80/88/90, DC-9 Honeywell EFIS with revised G-20.2
selection and auto pop up logic
F-143 Aircraft Type 143: 737-500 Contained Popup/Alt Lamp Format (BA)
Revision History
Effectivity
26-JUL-00 – M. Henderson SCR 5285: Added aircraft type. - -214
07-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5285: Changed effectivity to “future”. - Future
Henderson
10-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5285: Changed effectivity to “-213”. - -213
Henderson
04-JAN-01 – M. Henderson SCR 5285: Removed note of aircraft configuration not being supported. - -213
Except for the configuration parameters defined below this interface is identical to the 737-300 Alt Lamp Format/Contained
Pop Up as specified in F-144.

F-144 Aircraft Type 144: 737-300 Alternate Lamp Format/Contained Pop Up

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Comment only (-206) – added ARINC 743 note.
glideslope #2.
Henderson

F-144: Aircraft Type 737-300 Alt Lamp/Contained Pop Up (type 144)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
• Use the Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if Nav Mode label 266 is available (will DE-
Nav Mode
activate Mag Track
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
F-144: Aircraft Type 737-300 Alt Lamp/Contained Pop Up (type 144) continued
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP8D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 20
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Optional Input Select program pin to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP5D Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
• Select Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
743A (Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

DAA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual ILS program pin to enable.
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Single or Dual GPS program pin or the Optional Input Select program pin
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
• Select Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
743A (Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Optional Input Select program pin to activate.
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual Radio Altitude program pin to enable.

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual ILS program pin to enable (see note 1).

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output
(Note 1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Normal Approach Flap Handle 27.5
Alpha Margin Type 0
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-145 Aircraft Type 145: 737-400 Alt Lamp Format/Contained Pop-Up

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not supported prior to -204-204.
Revision History
Effectivity
02/09/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2441: Added aircraft type. - -204
Except for the configuration parameters defined below this interface is identical to the 737-300 Alt Lamp Format/Contained
Pop Up as specified in F-144.

F-146 Aircraft Type 146: 757-200 Contained Pop Up

Revision History
Effectivity
08/12/98 – M. Calhoun SCR 3034: Turned off ‘Boeing Self test’ sequence. - -206
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-146: Aircraft Type 757-200 Contained Pop Up (type 146)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Magnetic Track
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Triple Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
F-146: Aircraft Type 757-200 Contained Pop Up (type 146) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual or Triple Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
• Select PWS Option 1 or PWS Option 2 program pin to enable.
B = TP8D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP4B Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP5D Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
• Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

ILS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual ILS Program pin to enable.

GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
available (will DE-activate FMC Magnetic Track).
Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Aircraft Type Boeing 6.1
Lamp Format Type 2
Boeing Self Test No Product Specification 6.10.6.1.2
(was yes in –204-204)
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A (Uses discrete only)
Normal Approach Flap Handle Default (22.5)
Alpha Margin Type 0
Pitch Compensation N/A
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-147 Aircraft Type 147: 767-300ER Contained Pop Up

Revision History
Effectivity
02/10/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2443: Added aircraft type. - -204
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 757-200 Contained Pop Up as specified
in F-146.

F-148 Aircraft Type 148: Airbus A319/A320/A321 Alt Lamp Format/Contained Pop Up
Revision History
Effectivity
30/NOV/98 – MJC Corrected typo (channel 15 refered to LRRA #1, corrected to LRRA #2). - -
program pin.
12-JUL-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 4033: Corrected ARINC 429 channel 14 typo (changed 'Connect to" - -
from ADC #1 to ADC #2).
06-AUG-99 – J. Kistler SCR 4072: Removed alternate display type to support display selection - -210
Henderson
used 'Configuration Option 2' program pin to activate Automatic TAD
Inhibit (see updated Position Source Selection Note).
Position Source Selection Note – Automatic Inhibit activated via Configuration Option 2 program
pin
activate Automatic TAD Inhibit in lieu of Manual TAD Inhibit. However, if manual inhibit is used the FMC Nav Mode
information is still used. Prior to –210-210 this program pin added the Nav Mode input in addition to activating Automatic
Inhibit.
F-148: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 Contained Pop Up (type 148)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Selected Baro Reference 4.1.1.112.1 272 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 120
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12D Discrete Word 4.1.1.89.1 270 Discrete Type 1 TA&D n/a 180
(Nav Mode – see note 1)
Landing (Destination) QNH 4.1.1.113 140 19-BCD 745-1050 HPa Basic 0.1 HPa 800-1200
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Low Speed)
Note 1: Prior to –210-210, if the 'Configuration Option 1' program pin was selected Nav Mode was an optional input. For –210-210 and on, the 'Configuration
Option 2' program pin has no affect on Nav Mode (it is required), however it does activate Automatic TAD Inhibit operation.
F-148: Aircraft Type A319/320/321 Contained Pop Up (type 148) continued

RX429-10 CFDS (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ILS BUS 2`
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS Program Pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Optional Inputs Program Pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Optional Inputs Program Pin to activate.
Static Air Temperature2 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Degrees TA&D 0.25 250-500
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual Radio Altitude Program Pin to activate.

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0. 000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0. 000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable
MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Visual” selected)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamps 6.9.3.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete - To GPWS Warn Lamps 6.9.3.1

Lamp Format Type 2
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Airbus (A319/A320/A321/A330/A340) Sextant EFIS with G-25.2
Alt lamp format and special popup
Variant Displays:
F-152 Aircraft Type 152: DeHavilland Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS
Revision History
Effectivity
25-FEB-2000 – Richard SCR 4763: Initial version. - 212
auf der Springe
6-MAR-00 – Richard auf SCR 4763: Changed all GPS signal types from TA&D to Basic. - -212
der Springe Changed polarity of DINPL5 from:
Gnd = GPWS inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
To:
Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
Changed polarity of DINPH1 from:
0 V – Normal
28 V = Audio Suppress
To:
0 V = Not Inhibit
28 V = GPWS inhibit
9-MAR-2000 – Richard Comment change only: In note 1 of the output discrete definitions removed - -
auf der Springe the sentence: ‘The ability to select ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ with program
pin PPCNF12 was introduced in 965-0976-0xx-208-208.’
11-APR-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 5019: Changed 2500 lookahead config value. -212 -212
20-APR-00 – Richard auf SCR 5044: Changed FMC bus speed on channels 6 and 15 from Low to -212 -212
der Springe High Speed.
10-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5347: Remove "2500 Look-ahead" configuration item from -214 -214
Henderson Configuration Data Table.
Henderson
Installation note:
On this aircraft type, the EGPWS receives flap position in ARINC 429 binary format in addition to three analog flap discrete inputs from a
cockpit switch. Landing Flaps is considered selected only when the ARINC 429 flap value matches the analog discrete flap value within
+/- 0.5 degrees. Flap setting 10 or higher can be used for landing.
This type is derived from type 088. The only difference is that on type 088 the FMS and GPS signals are provided on the concentrated
IOP buses, while on this type the FMS/GPS signals are provided on dedicated input buses.
Any change to this type should be reviewed for applicability to type 088.
F-152: Aircraft Type DeHavilland Dash 8-400 with Universal FMS/GPS (type 152)
Bus Type: Basic
Localizer Deviation – ILS 1 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 80-120
DH Selected (Captain) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 65,536 FT Min/App Min 1 780-820
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 deg C Basic 0.25 380-420

Range, a Terrain Selection bit and a
landing gear bit.
Note 2: Optional input, use Optional
Inputs Select program pin to enable.
Backcourse.
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

Bus Type: Basic
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin to disable Nav Mode label 266.
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP9A Radio Altitude, note 4 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 40-60
B = TP9B Localizer Deviation – ILS 2 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 80-120
DH Selected (First Officer) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 65,536 FT Min/Apr Min 1 780-820
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 Deg C Basic 0.25 380-420

Range, a Terrain Selection bit and
a Landing Gear bit.
Note 2: Optional input, use
‘Optional Inputs Select’ program
pin to enable.
Backcourse.
Note 4: Optional Input, select
Program Pin PPCNF9 ‘Dual Rad
Alt’ to enable.
(optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
(optional)
• Use the Configuration Option 2 program pin to disable Nav Mode label 266.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Normal
MP8D DINPL7 Landing Flap Switch 10 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Flap Switch 15 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
Override
Override
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 Landing Flap Switch 35 Degrees 5.0.1.35 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not selected
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Audio Inhibit- Optional input 5.0.1.16 0 V = Not Inhibit
28 V = GPWS inhibit
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output

MP3D DOUTL2 - Spare
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP11A DOUTL10 No GPWC Alert Discrete (Note 1) 6.9.3.1
Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D TABLE D-T17), then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’,
‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all non Pull Up messages will trigger DOUTL10 (TP11A). When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is NOT selected with
program pin PPCNF12, then ‘Terrain Awareness Caution’, ‘Obstacle Awareness Caution’, and all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3
(MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the logic may be different.

Mode 4 Type 5 Product Specification 6.2.4.1
Windshear No
ILS Source Select Type 7 (IOP) 5.9.1
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap Use comparison
Note 1: ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ can be selected with PPCNF12 (see Appendix D, Table D-T17).
Note 2: ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9 (see Appendix D, Table D-T14).
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Sextant (DeHavilland Dash 8-Q400) EFIS G-26.1
Variant Displays:
F-154 Aircraft Type 154: Galaxy (IAI) Integrated
Revision History
Effectivity
05-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5750: Added new aircraft type for Galaxy with Integrated Collins - -213
ProLine 4 system.
25-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5476: Comment only - corrected aircraft type heading references to - -213
“…Integrated”.
Installation Notes:
This aircraft configuration allows for connection to either IRS or AHRS equipment. Note that this configuration assumes two
IRS inputs or two AHRS inputs. Connection to one IRS and one AHRS is not acceptable.
F-154: Aircraft Type Galaxy Integrated (type 154)

IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Left MFD
FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
FMC Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
Nav Mode

activate.
RX429-3 IOC #2 (RB-GP-5)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Right MFD
FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 1000
FMC Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.0439453125 1000
Nav Mode

activate.
F-154: Aircraft Type Galaxy Integrated (type 154) continued

RX429-4 ADC #1 (L-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7 SPQC #1 Left Channel
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP12D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
on Indicated AOA label -
Left Vane)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-9 SPQC #1 Right Channel
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
on Indicated AOA label -
Right Vane)

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-12 ADC #2 (R-ADC-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
IRS Preferred
(High Speed)
*IRS Only

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = Not inhibit
lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output

Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D - TABLE D-T17), then all non Pull Up
then all messages but Glideslope will trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs used to trigger messages, the
logic may be different.

Lamp Format Type 1 6.1.1.8, 6.9.3
Aero Data 29/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 39
Alternate Displays:
Reference
Variant Displays:
F-155 Aircraft Type 155: CASA (Multi Use Aircraft Type Configuration)
Revision History
Date – Modified By Description of the Updates Effectivity
App. Cfg.
9-MAR-00 – M. Force SCR 4711: Added A/C Type 155 for CASA -212 -212
4-APR-00 – M. Force SCR 4711: Revised Mag Track to reference 4.1.1.64 -212 -212
6-APR-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 4711: Revised Flap Position Discrete to reference 5.0.1.4. Changed -212 -212
Discrete Flap Type from 'N/A' to no monitoring. Doc changes only.
Henderson

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOP GPDB BUS 1
RX429-1 IOP # 1 GPDB (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP6B Altitude – GPS 1 (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 131,072 FT Basic 0.125 100
True Track – GPS 1 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
Latitude – GPS 1 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100
Longitude – GPS 1 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100
Ground Speed – GPS 1 4.1.1.45 112 15 4096 kts Basic 0.125 100
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM Basic 0.00012207 100
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 FT Basic 0.125 100
Vertical Velocity – GPS 1 4.1.1.87 165 15 32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 100
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 NM Basic 0.000061035 100
GPS Sensor status 4.1.1.77 273 n/a n/a Basic n/a 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GAMA 1 BUS 1
RX429-2 GAMA # 1 1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10D Latitude – FMS 1 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Longitude – FMS 1 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Ground Speed – FMS 1 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 100
True Track – FMS 1 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
True Heading – FMS 1 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
Magnetic Track – FMS 1 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 50
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ADU 3 BUS 1
RX429-3 ADU #1 3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP11B Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 50
Baro Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 50
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 FPM Basic 16 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 deg C Basic 0.25 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRU 4 BUS 1
RX429-4 AHRU #1 4 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12B Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 20
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RALT 1
RX429-5 RALT #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 40
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOP 5 BUS 1
RX429-6 IOP #1 5 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP11D Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 n/a Type 2 TA&D n/a 500
Discrete Word 2 (range & sel) 4.1.1.121 271 n/a 10 to 240 NM TA&D n/a 200
Discrete Word 1 (Nav Source) 4.1.1.120 277 n/a n/a Basic n/a 800
F-155: Aircraft Type 155 (CASA) continued

Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12D DH Selected (Captain) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 ±65,536 FT Min/Apr Min 1 50
Localizer Deviation – ILS 1 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 60
Glideslope Deviation – ILS 1 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 60
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IOP GPDB BUS 2
RX429-10 IOP #2 GPBD (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
A = TP9A Altitude - GPS 2 (MSL) 4.1.1.5 076 20 131,072 FT Basic 0.125 100
B = TP9B True Track – GPS 2 4.1.1.79 103 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
Latitude – GPS 2 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100
Longitude – GPS 2 4.1.1.60 111 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 100
Ground Speed – GPS 2 4.1.1.45 112 15 4096 kts Basic 0.125 100
Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 NM Basic 0.00012207 100
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32,768 FT Basic 0.125 100
Vertical Velocity – GPS 2 4.1.1.87 165 15 32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 100
HFOM 2 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 NM Basic 0.000061035 100
GPS Sensor status 2 4.1.1.77 273 n/a n/a Basic n/a 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RALT 2
RX429-11 RALT #2 – (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP8B Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic 0.125 40
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ADU 3 BUS 2
RX429-12 ADU #2 3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP8D Barometric Altitude 4.1.1.83 203 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 50
Baro Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1 50
Barometric Rate 4.1.1.13 212 11 ±32,768 FPM Basic 16 50
Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 512 Deg C Basic 0.25 100
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: AHRU 4 BUS 2
RX429-13 AHRU #2 4 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP6A Pitch Angle 4.1.1.68 324 14 ±180 degrees Basic 0.010986328125 20
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: GAMA 1 BUS 2

RX429-15 GAMA #2 1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP4B Latitude – FMS 2 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Longitude – FMS 2 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Ground Speed – FMS 2 4.1.1.44 312 15 4096 knots Basic 0.125 100
True Track – FMS 2 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
True Heading – FMS 2 4.1.1.82 314 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 100
Magnetic Track – FMS 2 4.1.1.64 317 12 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0439453125 50
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP5D Discrete Word (Nav Mode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 n/a Type 2 TA&D n/a 500
Discrete Word 2 (range & sel) 4.1.1.121 271 n/a 10 to 240 NM TA&D n/a 200
Discrete Word 1 (Nav Source) 4.1.1.120 277 n/a n/a Basic n/a 800
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP11D DH Selected (First Officer) 4.1.1.27.3 170 16 ±65,536 FT Min/Apr Min 1 50
Localizer Deviation – ILS 2 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 60
Glideslope Deviation – ILS 2 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 60
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4

Open = Normal
MP8D DINPL7
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9

Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16

Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Audio Inhibit 5.0.1.16 0 V = Not Inhibit
28 V = GPWS inhibit
TP15B DINPH2 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 0VDC = Landing Gear Up
28VDC = Landing Gear
Down
TP15C DINPH3 Flap Position #2 (15 degrees) 5.0.1.4 0VDC = Not Landing Flaps
28VDC = Landing Flaps
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/6/9/12/18/20 (Notes
1 and 2)
Note 1: Labelset 18 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210. Labelset 20 not supported on TX429-1.
Note 2: Labelset 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210. Labelset 20 only supported on TX429-2.

MP15D DOUTL1 No Glideslope Cancel Discrete 6.9.3.1
TP12C DOUTL4 - TCAS Inhibit Discrete 6.9.3.10
TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare

Lamp Format Type 2 6.9.3
Mode 4 Type 2
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 10
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Sextant (DeHavilland Dash 8) EFIS G-26.1
Variant Displays:
F-157 Aircraft Type 157: Falcon 900EX/No Display

Revision History
Effectivity
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson
F-157: Aircraft Type Falcon 900EX/No Display (type 157)

GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
RX429-2 DAU #1 (L Bus)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP10D Selected Course 4.1.1.71 024 11 -BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 1.0 167-333
RX429-3 DAU #2 (R Bus)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
F-157: Aircraft Type Falcon 900EX/No Display (type 157) continued

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
CHANNEL CONNECT TO:
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7 IAC2 - FWC2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP12D Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
RX429-8 IAC1 - FMC1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
(Note 2)
RX429-9 IAC3 – FWC3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Body Angle Of Attack 4.1.1.6 223 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 100
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Note 2: The Optional Nav Mode label 266 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204

RX429-11 IAC 2 - FMC2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
(Note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
configuration
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
GPS HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Note 1: The Optional Nav Mode label 266 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
743A (Note 1).
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
(+) = TP14A Bus Type: Basic if Selected
(-) = TP14B Use the Dual RA Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
Optional input if Altitude Awareness Callouts desired at lower Open = Normal
volume.
Open = Not inhibit
Optional input, used if crew suppression of continuous messages Open = Normal
in progress is desired.
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Landing Gear - From landing gear down and locked switch. 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Gear Down
Open = Gear Up
MP2D DINPL14 N/C
TP1A DINPL15 N/C
TP1B DINPL16 N/C
TP4C DINPL18 N/C
MP5D DINPL19 N/C
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid #1 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2 Radio Altitude Valid #2 5.0.1.1 +28V = Valid
(Optional - If Dual RA Option Selected) 0V = Not Valid
TP15C DINPH3 N/C
TP15D DINPH4 N/C
TP7A DINPH5 N/C
TP7B DINPH6 N/C
TP7C DINPH7 N/C
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #2 - 40 Degrees 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
Only one position discrete required to detect landing flaps 0 V = Not Selected
selected. If this discrete is not selected the software will indicate
a flap position of 0 degrees (even though it could be any position
less than 40).

Serial Data Output
1)

Yes Obstacle Awareness Warning (Note 1)
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 - N/C 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 - N/C 6.9.3.6
Yes Obstacle Awareness Catuion (Note 1)

Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data 1/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 40
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-162 Aircraft Type 162: Beechjet 400A
Revision History
Effectivity
07/30/98 – L. Matter SCR 2993: Added aircraft type 162 (Beechjet 400A). - 206
07/31/98 – L. Matter Changed the Flap Position discretes on the Input Discrete Definitions table - 206
from +28V = Not Selected to +28V = Selected. Deleted Note 1 on same
table.
07/31/98 – L. Matter Deleted Flap Position #1, added Note 1 for Flaps 0 degrees. - 206
08/10/98 – L. Matter Changed Input Discretes, Note 1 from 28volts (selected) to 0 volts (not - 206
selected).
08/13/98 – L. Matter Changed Configuration Data table, Discrete Flap Type: deleted “Monitor - 206
for none set”.
08/26/98 – MJC Deleted ARINC 429 output set 9 as set 17 is used. - 206
08/27/98 – L. Matter Changed Channel 10 RAC-1 to “optional Alternate”. Changed Analog - 206
Channel 1 to ALT 55 and “Basic unless alternate selected”.
02-NOV-98 G. Burlingame SCR 2994: Added alternate Vane Format to support Teledyne SLZ 7275 208 208
SCR 2995: Added display option 1 to support Integrated Pro Line 4
Added optional FMS inputs to IOC Busses
Removed discrete flap monitoring
01-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Comment only – replaced Terrain Display Configuration Data - -
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
04-FEB-99 – G. SCR 2995: Added monitoring for more than 1 flap discrete active - 208
Burlingame Added Analog AOA Type for Alternate (Teledyne) Vane
Made miscellenous corrections
11-FEB-99 – Gary Boyd Corrected typo in “Terrain Display Configuration Options” for Basic
display Appendix “G” references to 3.6. (SCR 3432)
11-MAR-99 G. Burlingame SCR 3610: Corrected Radio Altimeter #1 Reference to 4.1.3.2.2 - 208
Henderson
01-MAR-00 – J. Egilsrud SCR 4917: Added optional DH label 370 to IOC buses 1 and 2, activated - -212
by configuration option 1 program pin. Added note that optional CDU bus
is activated if configuration option 1 program pin is NOT set. Removed
configuration option 1 program pin from GPS buses 1 and 2, where it was
used to select ARINC 743 format (in lieu of 743A). Added note to GPS
buses 1 and 2 that the data MUST be ARINC 743A format, not 743.
Removed alternate display #1 (integrated Collins ProLine 4) – this display
will be used only with A/C type 163.
F-162: Beechjet 400A (type 162)

RX429-1 AHRS #1 (AHC-1-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
RX429-2 IOC #1 (LA-IOC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5-640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left PFD
*FMC Magnetic Variation1 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 1000
*Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 100
(Nav Mode)
*FMC Latitude1 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
*FMC Longitude1 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
*FMC Ground Speed1 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
*FMC True Track1 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 100
**Decision Height2 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet App Min 0.125 100-200

2 Program Pin to Activate
**Use Configuration Option

RX429-3 IOC #2 (RA-IOC-1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5-640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Left PFD
*FMC Magnetic Variation1 4.1.1.62.1 147 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 1000
*Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.89.2 302 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 100
(Nav Mode)
*FMC Latitude1 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
*FMC Longitude1 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
*FMC Ground Speed1 4.1.1.44 312 15 ±4096 Knots Basic 0.125 200
*FMC True Track1 4.1.1.80 313 15 ±180 Degrees TA&D 0.0054931640625 100
**Decision Height2 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet App Min 0.125 100-200

**Use Configuration Option

1
Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208
2
Not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-212-212
F-162: Beechjet 400A (type 162) continued


RX429-4 ADC #1 (ADC-1-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-5 ILS #2 (NAV-2-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
A = MP10A Data Reference Label Sig Bits Range Signal Type Resolution Rate (ms)
RX429-6 ILS #1 (NAV-1-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
RX429-10 RAC-1
Alternate)
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12 ADC #2 (ADC-2-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Format: ARINC 429


RX429-13 AHRS #2 (AHC-2-2)
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: ‘CDU’ BUS
RX429-14 CDU-3 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Required for Minimums & Approaching Minimums Callouts
(Optional)*
*Activated ONLY if Configuration Option 1 program pin is NOT selected.
B = TP1D Decision Height 4.1.1.29 370 16 8,192 Feet App Min 0.125 100-200
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
(Optional)
NOTE: GPS overlay requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically,
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000


RX429-18 L/GPS/2
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
NOTE: GPS overlay requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically,
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

Analog Input Data
CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference
(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.2 Format: ALT 55 with Validity Flag
(Optional digital & analog altimeter supported. See section 6.1.1.10.1)
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Vane: Rosemont 861EB
(+) = TP14A Left Vane Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4 Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC.
(-) = TP14B Range: 0-10 VDC
INCREASIING AOA
TP2D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
(10 VDC) Input Type: Windshear
CCW
CCW = OFFSET = 50 degrees
TP14A (+)
Gain = -10.0
TP14B (-) Mechanical Range = 100 degrees
Note: The added potentiometer is 100° Electrical range installed on the same shaft as the
Rosemount resolver, which has a 200° Mechanical range. When the mechanical travel is greater
than the electrical travel the potentiometer output shall remain at the maximum 50° (or minimum –
50°) until the mechanical travel is less than the electrical travel.
*Vane: Teledyne SLZ-7275-1 (See Note 1)

Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC
Range: 0-10 VDC

Gain: -7.7778
Electrical Range = 77.77778 Degrees
Mechanical Range = 70 Degrees
*Use Optional Inputs Select Program Pin (PPCNF7) to enable Teledyne Vane Format
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D
1
Alternate Vane Format not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
Open = Not L. Flap
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
Open = Normal
6.1.10.1 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 +28 V = Gear Down
0 V = Gear Up
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 10 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 30 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
Note 1: If DINPH6, 7 and 8 all indicate 0 volts (not selected), then a Flap Position of 0 degrees is selected.
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display Data - Left display switching relay
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display Data - Right display switching relay
(Note 1)
Note 1: Label set 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.

TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete – to TCAS Inhibit 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - (not used)
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display Discrete #1 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display Discrete #2 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - (not used)

Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data 28/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 14 - Standard
15 - Alternate (Note 1)
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: Alternate AOA Scaling selected by Optional Inputs Select program pin PPCNF7 (see Appendix D, Table D-T4) and is not supported prior to 965-
0976-0xx-208-208.
Note 2: In 965-0976-0xx-208-208 and higher ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9 (see Appendix D, Table D-T14).
Alternate Displays:
Alternate Display #1: Spare (Note 2)
Note 1: Collins ProLine 4 Display (non-integrated) incorporated in 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Note 2: Alternate display #1 deleted in 965-0976-0xx-212-212.
Variant Displays:
F-163 Aircraft Type 163: Beechjet 400A Integrated

Revision History
Effectivity
03/MAR/00 – P. Bateman SCR 4895: Addition of Aircraft type for Beechjet 400A using Integrated -212 -212
Collins Flightdeck
Installation Notes:
The basic installation assumes the aircraft is equipped with single GPS. If dual GPS equipped, activate GPS #2 signals on IOC
#2 by selecting Dual GPS Overlay via Program Pin 7 (PPCNF7). See Appendix D, Table D-T4 for details.
The basic installation assumes the aircraft is equipped with a Rosemount 861EB Angle of Attack (AOA) vane. If equipped
with a Teledyne SLZ-7275-1 AOA vane, activate the alternate AOA scaling by selecting Optional Inputs Select “Enabled” via
Program Pin 7 (PPCNF7). See Appendix D, Table D-T4 for details.
The basic installation assumes the aircraft is equipped with dual MFDs. For aircraft with single MFD, de-activate the MFD
range label 155 on the right IOC bus by selecting Alternate Display #1 via Program Pins 18 (PPCNF18) and 19 (PPCNF19).
See Appendix D, Table D-T24 for details.
The basic installation assumes the AMS-5000 FMS has the FMS97 software upgrade. If FMS97 is not installed, de-activate the
FMC Discrete Word (label 302) by selecting Configuration Option 2 Enabled via Program Pin 16 (PPCNF16). See Appendix
D, Table D-T22 for details.
The basic installation assumes the aircraft is equipped with ARINC 743A GPS (vertical and horizontal figure of merit output in
English units of feet/nautical miles). If the aircraft is equipped with ARINC 743 GPS (vertical and horizontal figure of merit
output in meters) enable Configuration Option 1 via Program Pin 16 (PPCNF16). See Appendix D, Table D-T22 for details.
F-163: Beechjet 400A Integrated (type 163)

Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Note 1: Use Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if FMS Nav Mode label 302 is not available
Note 2: Use Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743, not ARINC 743A
PFD Word CDU Output 4.1.1.67.4.1 162 Discrete Type 1 Basic N/A 200
PFD Word 4.1.1.67.4 163 Discrete Type 5 Basic N/A 250
MFD Mode Word 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 62.5
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 25-50
AHC #1 Signals
ADC #1 Signals
FMC #1 Signals
Nav Mode (Note 1)
ILS #1 Signals
GPS #1 Signals
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
*ARINC 743 format (Note 2)

RX429-2
A=
MP10C
B=
MP10D
F-163: Beechjet 400A Integrated (type 163) continued

RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B

Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
Note 1: Use Alternate Display #1 for single MFD installations to DE-activate range label 155
Note 2: Use Configuration Option 2 Program Pin if FMS Nav Mode label 302 is not available
Note 3: Use Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to activate GPS #2 signals
Note 4: Use Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743, not ARINC 743A
B = TP9D Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 167-333
PFD Word CDU Output 4.1.1.67.4.1 162 Discrete Type 1 Basic N/A 200
PFD Word 4.1.1.67.4 163 Discrete Type 5 Basic N/A 250
MFD Mode Select (Note 1) 4.1.1.91 155 Discrete 5 – 640 NM TA&D N/A 50
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 25-50
AHC #2 Signals
ADC #2 Signals
FMC #2 Signals
Nav Mode (Note 2)
ILS #2 Signals
GPS #2 Signals (Note 3)
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 Ft/Min Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
*ARINC 743 format (Note 4)

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17
A = TP11C
B = TP11D
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D

Analog Input Data
(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT TO: Reference Vane: Rosemont 861EB
(+) = TP14A Left Vane Potentiometer 4.1.3.2.4 Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC.
(-) = TP14B Range: 0-10 VDC
INCREASIING AOA
TP2D Fault Designation: INDICATED ANGLE OF ATTACK
(10 VDC) Input Type: Windshear
CCW
CCW =
TP14A (+) OFFSET = 50 degrees
Gain = -10.0
TP14B (-) Mechanical Range = 100 degrees
Note: The added potentiometer is 100° Electrical range installed on the same shaft as the
Rosemount resolver, which has a 200° Mechanical range. When the mechanical travel is greater
than the electrical travel the potentiometer output shall remain at the maximum 50° (or minimum –
50°) until the mechanical travel is less than the electrical travel.
*Vane: Teledyne SLZ-7275-1

Format: DC voltage, excited by 10 VDC reference from EGPWC
Range: 0-10 VDC

Gain: -7.7778
Electrical Range = 77.77778 Degrees
Mechanical Range = 70 Degrees
*Use Optional Input Select Program Pin (PPCNF7) to enable Teledyne Vane Format
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Refer to section 5.0.1 for Self Test level 6 audio messages.
MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
MP9C DINPL10 Landing Flap / Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flap
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 Landing Gear 5.0.1.2 +28 V = Gear Down
0 V = Gear Up
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 10 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 30 degrees. See Note 1 5.0.1.4 +28 V = Selected
0 V = Not Selected
Note 1: If DINPH6, 7 and 8 all indicate 0 volts (not selected), then a Flap Position of 0 degrees is selected.
Serial Data Output

TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display Data – MFD #1
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display Data – MFD #2
1

No Obstacle Awareness Caution
No Obstacle Awareness Warning
TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On Discrete – to TCAS Inhibit 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - (not used)
TP10D DOUTL8 - Reserved for Terrain Display Discrete #1 – (not used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Reserved for Terrain Display Discrete #2 – (not used) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - (not used)

Lamp Format Type 2
ILS Source Select Type IOC 5.51.4.1
Aero Data 28/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 14 - Standard
15 - Alternate (Note 1)
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Note 1: Alternate AOA Scaling selected by Optional Input Select program pin PPCNF7, see Appendix D, Table D-T4.
Note 2: Alternate Mode 4B can be activated/de-activated with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Collins ProLine 4 (Integrated) Dual MFD G-16.1
Alternate Display #1: Collins ProLine 4 (Integrated) Single MFD (Note 1) G-16.1
Note 1: Selecting Alternate Display #1 only removes label 155 from RX429-9.
Variant Displays:
F-166 Aircraft Type 166: Learjet Model 45 (Integrated Display)

Revision History
Effectivity
03/09/98 – S. Arnett SCR 2548: Added aircraft type 166 (Lear 45) - GPWS/WS/TAAD. - -204
03/18/98 – MJC SCR 2548: Reversed flap angle discrete polarities so that 28V = Not - -204
Selected.
03/23/98 – MJC Corrected AOA cross reference from 4.1.1.9 to 4.1.1.8. - -
04/09/98 – MJC SCR 2548: Changed IC EFIS Discrete Word 1 from label 273 to 274. - -204
Changed IC EFIS Discrete Word 2 from label 274 to 273.
04/13/98 – MJC SCR 2660: Added FMS Glideslope Inhibit discrete. - -204
06/29/98 – MJC SCR 2869: Added ‘INOP in Same Window’ config item. Also added note - -206
that discrete flap position input polarities are reversed in the –204-204
(SCR 2868).
09/17/98 – MJC Corrected references to alternate radio altitude from 6.1.10.1 to 6.1.1.10.1. - -
09/29/98 – Gary Boyd Added note to “Terrain Display Configuration Data” saying that Auto
Range is subject to Auto Range Confirm selection.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
02-Mar-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3584: Added Honeywell Glideslope SSM format to configuration - -208
table.
Henderson
F-166: Aircraft Type Lear 45 (Integrated Display - type 166)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2 FMC #1 (Lo Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Discrete Word (NavMode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 1000
Localizer (#3, Pseudo) 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Glideslope (#3, Pseudo) 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 500
Selected Course 4.1.1.73.2 114 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
(#3, True Desired Track)
RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: IC DATA BUS
RX429-5 IC-600 #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP10B Glideslope Left (#1) 4.1.1.42 056 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic -0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Glideslope Right (#2) 4.1.1.43 057 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic -0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Localizer Left (#1) 4.1.1.57 060 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Localizer Right (#2) 4.1.1.58 061 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
*Selected Course (#1/#2) 4.1.1.73.1 100 11 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.087890625 1000
*Discrete Word 4.1.1.92 171 Format 2 Type 2 Basic n/a 100
Status Bits 15-18
IC EFIS Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.114 274 n/a Basic n/a 500
FD Coupled Status bits 16, 17
Tuned to Localizer bits 14, 15
IC EFIS Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.115 273 n/a Basic n/a 500
Pilot’s Nav Source bits 19-21
Co-pilot’s Nav Source bits 27-29

RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
Bus Type: Windshear
B = MP12D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
(Left Vane)
F-166: Aircraft Type Lear 45 (Integrated Display - type 166) continued

(Alternate)
Bus Type: Windshear
B = TP9D Indicated Angle of Attack 4.1.1.8 221 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 200
(Right Vane)
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
(Optional)
• Use Optional Inputs Select program pin to enable
Discrete Word (NavMode) 4.1.1.89.2 266 Discrete Type 2 TA&D n/a 1000
Localizer (#4, Pseudo) 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
Glideslope (#4, Pseudo) 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Magnetic Variation 4.1.1.62.1 147 15 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 500
Selected Course 4.1.1.73.2 114 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 500
(#4, True Desired Track)
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not
ARINC 743A.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use Single or Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if this input is ARINC 743 and not
ARINC 743A.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A Radio Altimeter #1 4.1.3.2.1 Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER
Optional altimeters supported. See section 6.1.1.10.1
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D

Open = Not inhibit
Optional input if Altitude Callouts desired at lower Open = Normal
volume.
Optional input if Minimums callout used Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test, Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override – From cockpit switch 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Ovrd
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel,
MP14A DINPL12 FMS Glideslope Inhibit - Optional Input 5.0.1.34 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
Required for analog LRRA only (see 6.1.1.10.1) 0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6 Flap Position #2 - 8 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Not Selected
Note: Selected when >3 degrees. 0V = Selected (See note 1)
TP7C DINPH7 Flap Position #3 - 20 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Not Selected
Note: Selected when >13 degrees. 0V = Selected
(See note 1)
TP7D DINPH8 Flap Position #4 - 40 degrees 5.0.1.4 +28V = Not Selected
Note: Selected when >25 degrees. 0V = Selected
Used for GPWS Landing Flaps Selected. (See note 1)
Note 1: Polarity is opposite to this in the –204-204 p/n.

Serial Data Output
1)

TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display Discrete #1 – not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display Discrete #2 – not used on aircraft (ARINC 429 used) 6.9.3.6

Lamp Format Type 2
ILS Source Select Type IC 5.9.1
Annunciations in same window (Added in –206-206)
Aero Data 26/DPF1
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap 40
D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-167 Aircraft Type 167: Cessna Citation Excel (Low Speed ILS)
This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-xxx-101-101.
Note: Identical to A/C type 103 except analog Glideslope/Localizer not used. Instead, standard low speed ARINC 429 ILS
inputs required on input channels 5 and 6.
Revision History
Effectivity
09/03/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2025: Changed Windshear parameter set from 0 to 41. - -105
02/04/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Moved GPS signals from the GNS buses on channels 7 and 9 - -204
to optional GPS overlays on channels 17 and 18. Added ARINC 743
capabilities to both these new GPSs (as well as alternate bus speed).
02/06/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2555: Deleted mag heading from FMC buses. Fixed typos from last - -204
change (found in review).
06/12/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2787: Documentation change only. Switched GPS 1 to 18 and GSP2 - -
to 17 to match the code.
09/02/98 – MJC SCR 2787: Documentation change only. Corrected program pin reference - -
to turn on ARINC 429 LRRAs.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
20-APR-99 – MJC SCR 3783: Comment only. Corrected ALT-55 ICD reference section. - -
Henderson
14-SEP-99 – Jeff Egilsrud SCR 4241: FDR bus 2, label 050: change range bits from 11 through 14 to - -210
15 through 18.
F-167: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation Excel - Low Speed ILS (type 167)
Bus Type: Basic
LITEF
Select Alternate RA #2 program pin and Dual LRRA program pin to enable.
alternate)
B = MP10D Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8192 FT Basic if 0.125 25-50
selected
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Honeywell A2-B50
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
B = MP12B Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 11-14 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100 max
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS 2 Fault Designation: ILS BUS 2
RX429-5 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: ILS 1 Fault Designation: ILS BUS 1
RX429-6 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
F-167: Aircraft Type Cessna Citation Excel - Low Speed ILS (type 167) continued
Bus Type: Basic
(Note 1)
Date 4.1.1.25 260 19 n/a Basic 1 day 1 sec
Select Alternate RA #2 program pin to enable.
alternate)
selected
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) (Note 1)
Use the Optional Input Select program pin to enable.
A = TP9C FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
B = TP9D FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Date 4.1.1.25 260 19 n/a Basic 1 day 1 sec
Bus Type: Basic
LITEF
B = TP9B Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 25-50
RX429-11 IC-600 #2 FDR Bus
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
B = TP8B Range 4.1.1.100 050 bits 15-18 2000 NM TA&D n/a 100 max
Bus Type: Basic
Format ARINC 429
Honeywell A2-B50
Note 1: Prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204, these buses also had Magnetic Heading (320 - deleted) and GPS labels on them (moved to channels 17 and 18).

RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
(Note 2).
B = TP11D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131.072 ft TA&D 0.125 1000

format:
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1)
(Note 2).
B = MP6D Latitude 4.1.1.54 110 20 ±180 degrees TA&D 0.00017166137695 1000
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131.072 ft TA&D 0.125 1000

format:
Note 1: These GPS buses not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-204-204. The GPS signals were on the FMC buses (in addition to the signals that are
currently on those buses) on channels 7 and 9 prior to 965-0796-0xx-204-204.
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: ALT 55 with Validity Flag (Excel uses ALT 55B)
Select Alternate RA #1 program pin option to replace this input with analog ARINC 552 type
Select Alternate RA #2 program pin option to replace this input with digital on channel 8
OFFSET = 0 degrees
Gain = -4.0
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
(+) = TP14C
(-) = TP14D
Refer to section 5.0.1 for self-test level 6 audio messages.
Open = Not inhibit
Optional input if Altitude Awareness Callouts desired Open = Normal
at lower volume.
Open = Not inhibit
MP8D DINPL7 Momentary Audio Suppress (Optional input) 5.0.1.17 Gnd = Audio Suppress
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Flap Override
Open = Not Override
MP9D DINPL11 Glideslope Cancel (Optional input) 5.0.1.10 Gnd = Cancel
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18 Flap Position #2 (35 degrees) 5.0.1.4 Gnd = Selected
Open = Not Selected
Note: Not required if Alternate RA #1 program pin 0V = Not Valid
option selected (to use ARINC 429 LRRA).
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid, 0V = Not Valid
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Honeywell left/right interleaved picture bus to MFD 1
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/3/5/6/9/12/20 2
1
Non-interleaved prior to 965-0976-xxx-104-104.
2

MP3D DOUTL2 No GPWC Alert Discrete - To Glideslope Lamp assemblies 6.9.3.1
1
No Terrain Awareness Caution (Not used) 6.9.3.4.1
3
No Obstacle Awareness Caution (Not used) 6.9.3.4.1
MP7B DOUTL3 No GPWC Warning Discrete (Not used) 6.9.3.1
2
No Terrain Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
3
No Obstacle Awareness Warning (Not used) 6.9.3.4.2
TP12C DOUTL4 No Windshear Caution Discrete (Not used) 6.9.3.2
TP4D DOUTL7
TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 (Not used) 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10
1
For 965-0976-xxx-102-102, Terrain Awareness Caution was output on DOUTL10 only. For 965-0976-xxx-103-103 and beyond, it is output on DOUTL2.
This change was made so ARINC Label 274 bit 12 would be set for a Terrain Caution.
2
For 965-0976-xxx-102-102, Terrain Awareness Warning was output on DOUTL7 only. For 965-0976-xxx-103-103 and beyond, it is output on DOUTL3.
This change was made so ARINC Label 274 bit 13 would be set for a Terrain Warning.
3

1
Lamp Format Type 2
3
2
Aero Data 24/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 12
Discrete Flap Type No Monitoring
Landing Flap 35
Windshear Parameters 41 (0 prior to -105-105)
1
Lamp format was 1 for 965-0976-xxx-101-101/-102-102; Lamp format 2 is used for 965-0976-xxx-103-103 and beyond.
2
INOP and Warning Annunciations in same window not supported in 965-0976-xxx-103-103.
3
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-169 Aircraft Type 169: 757-200 No WXR ON Label (DAL)
Revision History
Effectivity
02/18/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2583: New aircraft type definition - -204
This aircraft type is identical to type 105 except Discrete Word 2 (WXR On/Off) is not used on either EFIS bus.
Revision History
Effectivity
Revision History
Effectivity
02/25/98 – P. Blankas Added configuration parameters - -204
change only.
This aircraft type is identical to type 106, except for the configuration parameters defined below and Discrete Word 2 (WXR
On/Off) is not used on either EFIS bus.

F-172 Aircraft Type 172: Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production Aircraft)

Revision History
Effectivity
10/20/97 - J. Mitchell Added new aircraft type to ICD per SCR 1248. -202 -202
10/22/97 - J. Mitchell Corrected typo in GPIRS description and table column widths - -202
10/29/97 - J. Mitchell SCR 1395 - Added new configuration item of “Airbus Self Test” -202 -202
11/12/97 - J. Mitchell Corrected typo in GPS Overlay note on 429 input ch. 13. - -202
12/09/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2411: Changed FMC Bus 2 (Nav Mode) to be optional. - -202
17-JUN-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3938: Removed Latitude, Longitude, and HFOM from GPS and -210 -210
06-AUG-99 – J. Kistler SCR 4072: Removed alternate display type to support display selection - -210
Henderson
used 'Optional Inputs' program pin to activate Automatic TAD Inhibit (see
updated Position Source Selection Note).
11-FEB-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4871: Addition of Configuration Data Items for Pitch Alerting. future future
16-MAR-00 – J. Kistler SCR 4942: Added note indicating that I/O mapping for terrain display - -
selecting hiddent text attribute (format -> font).
Position Source Selection Note – Automatic Inhibit activated via Optional Input program pin
For –210-210 and on, for this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Optional Input Select’ is used to
activate Automatic TAD Inhibit in lieu of Manual TAD Inhibit. However, if manual inhibit is used the FMC Nav Mode
information is still used. Prior to –210-210 this program pin added the Nav Mode input in addition to activating Automatic
Inhibit.
F-172: Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production Aircraft)

Use the Single GPIRS Overlay Program Pin Option to enable
* The bus is renamed GPIRS and the Fault Designation Changed.
GPS HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
GPS VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
GPS Sensor Status 4.1.1.77 273 19 Discrete Wd TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
GPS UTC (Time) 4.1.1.84 125 19 hh mm.m TA&D n/a 1000
GPS Horizontal Int. Limit 4.1.1.93 130 17 16 nm TA&D 0.00012207 1000
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: TA&D
B = MP12B Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 100
Discrete Word 1 (Display 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 4 n/a TA&D n/a 100
Modes)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
F-172: Airbus A300-600R/A310 (Production Aircraft) continued

RX429-6 ILS # 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-7 FMS # 1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Nav Mode – see note 1)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP9D Range 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete 5 - 320 NM TA&D n/a 100
Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.90.1 272 Format 4 n/a TA&D n/a 100
(Display Modes)
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: TA&D
A = TP8A Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D n/a 20
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
Bus Type: TA&D
Specifically, VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
A = TP5A Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
B = TP6A Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Note 1: Prior to –210-210, Nav Mode was an optional input if the 'Optional Input Select' program pin was enabled. For –210-210 and on, the 'Optional Input
Select' program pin has no affect on Nav Mode (it is required), however it does activate Automatic TAD Inhibit operation.

RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Specifically, VFOM format must be feet, not meters.
A = TP11C Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
B = TP11D Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768Ft/Min TA&D 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
A = MP6C Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D n/a 20
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
MP1B DINPL2 Glideslope Inhibit - Optional input to disable Glideslope 5.0.1.9 Gnd = Inhibit
Open = Not inhibit
MP2A DINPL3 Mode 6 Low Volume - Optional input, only required if 5.0.1.14 Gnd = Low Volume
Altitude Awareness Callouts desired at lower volume. Open = Normal
Minimums callouts desired Open = > DH
desired.
Open = Normal
Open = Gear Up
Open = Normal
Open = Off
(optional input, required for ‘PWS option 2’ and dual RT) Open = Off
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Visual” selected)
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
TX453-1 A = TP3A B = TP3B Terrain Display data to Symbol Generator relay #1
TX453-2 A = TP3C B = TP3D Terrain Display data to Symbol Generator relay #2
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1/2/6/8/11/20
(Note 1)


Pitch Angle Type (future) 1 (Note 3)
Pitch Alert Enable (future) Yes
Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap N/A
Note 3: “Pitch Alert Enable” and “Pitch Angle Type” are only available currently in a Red Label version.
Reference
Basic Display: Airbus (A300/A310) Sextant EFIS G-18.2
I/O mapping for Terrain Display Category (Display Select ID’s 20-90) (Notes 1,2)
Note: Selection of a display type requiring the use of WXR On #1 and WXR On #2 analog discretes is not allowed.
F-173 Aircraft Type 173: 767-300ER No WXR ON Label (DAL)
Revision History
Effectivity
Revision History
Effectivity
03/16/98 – P. Blankas Corrected interface - -204
04/01/98 – P. Blankas Removed WXR ON requirement - -204
Appendix G (-208).
glideslope #2.
appendix D-14). Corrected Appendix G reference (was 15.1). Added
Terrain Display variant information.
Henderson

F-174: Aircraft Type 737-300 DAL (type 174)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode

activate Mag Track
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
F-174: Aircraft Type 737-300 DAL (type 174) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
Bus Type: TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
or TA&D
Modes)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Dual GPS program pin or the Dual ILS program pin can be selected to
RX429-17 Either GPS #2 or ILS #2 activate this channel. The Dual GPS Option has priority.
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
• Select Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note 1)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

DAA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)

RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2 can be selected to activate this channel. The GPS Options have priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
• Select Single or Dual GPS Program Pin to enable.
• Use the Configuration Option 1 Program Pin if ARINC 743 and not ARINC 743A (Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode

activate Magnetic Track

Analog Input Data
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual ILS program pin to enable (see note 1).


Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)


Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-175 Aircraft Type 175: 737-500 No WXR ON Label (Lufthansa)

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not yet supported.
Revision History
Effectivity
20-JUL-00 – M. Henderson SCR 5300: Added aircraft type. - -214
07-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5300: Changed effectivity to “future”. - future
Henderson
10-AUG-00 – M. SCR 5300: Changed effectivity to “-213”. - -213
Henderson
Except for the configuration parameters defined below this interface is identical to the 737-300 No WXR ON Label (DAL) as
specified in F-174.

F-176 Aircraft Type 176: AH-98, Hawker 800XP with Integrated Proline 21
Revision History
Effectivity
15-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added interface. -212 -212
Henderson
18-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added “No”’s to Output Discrete Definitions -212 -212
Henderson
06-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Updated aircraft definition. -212 -212
Henderson
22-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Corrected typo. -212 -212
Henderson
23-MAR-00 – M. SCR 4878: Changed Label 163, PFD Mode Select Word, to signal Type 6, -212 -212
Henderson reference 4.1.1.67.5.
F-176: Aircraft Type AH-98, Hawker 800XP with Integrated Proline 21 (type 176)
RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 200
Decision Height (Format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 13 ±8,192 Feet Min/App Min 1.0 200
Nav Mode
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 50
*Use Configuration
Option 2 Program Pin to
DE-activate

RX429-3
A = MP11A
B = MP11B
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Basic
(Hi Speed)
B = TP9D Magnetic Heading 4.1.1.62 320 15 ±180 degrees Basic 0.0054931640625 10-20
FMC Latitude 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
FMC Longitude 4.1.1.59 311 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 200
Selected Course 4.1.1.72 100 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 200
Decision Height (Format 3) 4.1.1.29 370 12 ±8,192 Feet Min/App Min 1.0 200
Nav Mode
Radio Altitude 4.1.1.69 164 16 ±8,192 Basic 0.125 50
*Use Configuration
Option 2 Program Pin to
DE-activate

RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
RX429-17 GPS #2 (Lo Speed)
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:

RX429-18 GPS #1 (Lo Speed)
(Optional)
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000

format:
Analog Input Data

(+) = TP13A
(-) = TP13B
(+) = TP14A
(-) = TP14B
(+) = TP13C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT TO: Reference Format: + 10 VDC (Safeflight DC Analog),
Gain = -3.333333
Offset = 15 degrees
Refer to section 5.0.1 for Self Test level 6 audio messages.
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 AOA Valid 5.0.1.19 +28V = Valid
0V = Not Valid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8
Serial Data Output
1

TP10D DOUTL8 - Terrain Display discrete #1 – Not Used 6.9.3.6
MP14C DOUTL9 - Terrain Display discrete #2 – Not Used 6.9.3.6

Lamp Format Type 2
Alternate Mode 4B Yes (Note 2) Product Specification 6.2.4.1
window (Note 1)
Aero Data 25/DPF1
Analog AOA Type 4
Landing Flap 40° (actual flap is 45°)
Note 1: This is done to facilitate proper indications during self test even though the displays do not use a common window.
Note 2: Alternate Mode 4B can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
Refer to Appendix G-16 for possible variations of the basic display available via Display Variant selection.
F-179 Aircraft Type 179: Alaska MD80 non-EFIS Aircraft
Revision History
Effectivity
07/06/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2618: New aircraft type - -206
09/09/98 – P. Blankas Corrected sweep type and moving marker to match SRD - -206
Appendix G (-208).
This aircraft type is identical to aircraft type 115 with the following exceptions:
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Honeywell Primus 708 Radar G-5.1
Variant Displays:
F-180 Aircraft Type 180: Alaska MD80 EFIS Aircraft
Revision History
Effectivity
03/24/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2640: New aircraft configuration - -204
04/01/98 – P. Blankas Moved roll input source to GPS - -204
04/02/98 – P. Blankas Corrected signal type - -204
06/12/98 – L. Caldeira SCR 2779: Comment fix only. Removed output label set 11 from 429 - -
outputs (code change was made in –204).
Appendix G (-208).
19 Jan 1999 – R. auf der SCR 3477: Added Discrete Word 2, label 110, to ARINC 429 channels 8 - 208
Springe and 11.
Henderson

F-180: Aircraft Type MD80 Alaska (type 180)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-2
A = MP10C
B = MP10D
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-4 EFIS SG #1
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR CONTROL BUS #1
(Low Speed)
RX429-5
A = MP10A
B = MP10B
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
B = MP13B Discrete Word (Display 4.1.1.90.3 105 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Modes & WXR ON/OFF)
Discrete Word 2 (Track Up
Status), Note 1 4.1.1.90.5 110 Bit 12 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
RX429-9 EFIS SG #2
Bus Type: TA&D
WXR control bus #2
(Low Speed)
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
B = TP8B Discrete Word (Display 4.1.1.90.3 105 Discrete N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Modes & WXR ON/OFF)
Discrete Word 2 (Track Up
status), Note 1 4.1.1.90.5 110 Bit 12 N/A TA&D N/A 1000
Note 1: Discrete Word 2, label 110, is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-208-208.
F-180: Aircraft Type MD80 Alaska (type 180) continued

RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 575
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D
Bus Type: Basic
True heading per arinc
429-14 for equipment code • Use the Alternate GPS Speed Program Pin Option for low speed bus.
004 (IRU)
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 200
Bus Type: Basic
per ARINC 743A-2
True heading per arinc
429-14 for equipment code
004 (IRU)
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 200
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 200

Analog Input Data
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Input Type: TA&D
• Select QFE Program Pin Option to activate
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Input type: TA&D
Range: 0-10 VDC
• Select QFE Program Pin Option to activate

MP1B DINPL2
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9

Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2B DINPL17
TP4C DINPL18
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altitude Valid 5.0.1.1 0 V = Not Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Valid
28 V = Gear Down
28 V = Inhibit
28 V = ILS Selected
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A

Reference
Basic Display: MD 80/88/90 Honeywell EFIS G-20.1
F-187 Aircraft Type 187: 737-200 (DAL)
Revision History
Effectivity
03/25/98 – P. Blankas SCR 2615: New configuration - -204
05/18/98 – MJC SCR 2763: Deleted Terrain Select #2 discrete input, Terrain Select - -204
discrete output #2 and both Terrain Displayable discrete outputs as they
are not required for the single PPI display used here.
Appendix G (-208).
15-FEB-99 – S. Arnett Comment only - corrected Terrain Display reference from G-23.1 to 23.4. - -
Henderson
display IDs 20-90.


F-187: Aircraft Type 737-200 DAL (type 187)

RX429-1
A = MP6A
B = MP6B
Bus Type: Basic
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 KTS Basic 0.125 50
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4
A = MP12A
B = MP12B
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: WEATHER RADAR BUS
RX429-5 WXCP-L-1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
B = MP10B Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
RX429-6
A = MP11C
B = MP11D
RX429-7
A = MP12C
B = MP12D
Bus Type: TA&D
• Use Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for low speed bus
NOTE: GPS requires the use of ARINC 743A GPS data, not ARINC 743. Specifically,
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

RX429-9
A = TP9C
B = TP9D
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: UNIVERSAL BUS
RX429-10 Conversion Unit
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Format: ARINC 429
B = TP9B Corrected Altitude 4.1.1.23 204 17 ±131,072 FT Basic 1.0 31.3-62.5
Bus Type: TA&D
• Select PWS Option 1 program pin to enable
B = TP8B Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 discrete n/a TA&D n/a 20
RX429-12
A = TP8C
B = TP8D
RX429-13
A = TP5A
B = TP6A
Bus Type: Basic
• Use the Optional Input Select program pin option to activate
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Use the Optional Input Select program pin option to activate
Ground Speed 4.1.1.44 312 15 4,096 KTS Basic 0.125 50
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
• Use the Dual GPS Overlay program pin option to activate
• Use Alternate GPS Speed program pin option for low speed bus
feet, not meters.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
RX429-18
A = MP6C
B = MP6D
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Dual LRRA program pin option to activate
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic
• Use Dual ILS program pin option to activate

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
MP9A DINPL8 EGPWC Self Test --Ground Prox Module test switch 5.0.1.5 Gnd = Self Test
Open = Normal
MP2D DINPL14
MP2B DINPL17 ILS Tuned #1 5.0.1.7 Gnd = Tuned
Open = Not Tuned
TP4C DINPL18 ILS Tuned #2 5.0.1.7 Gnd = Tuned
Open = Not Tuned
MP5D DINPL19 WXR On/Off 5.0.1.10 Gnd = On
Open = Off
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)

TP4D DOUTL7 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table. 6.9.3.7
MP14C DOUTL9 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table. 6.9.3.6
TP11A DOUTL10 - Spare: May be defined for display. See I/O mapping table. 6.9.3.7

Windshear No
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type N/A

Reference
F-192 Aircraft Type 192: 737-300 OEM

Note: Except for configuration parameter differences this interface also defines 737-400 OEM (see F-193) and 737-500 OEM
(see F-194).
Revision History
Effectivity
09/16/97 - M. Calhoun Revised interface from review comments. - -202
09/25/97 - M. Calhoun Revised interface to use 4 button switching. - -202
10/15/97 - M. Calhoun Revised interface to use PWS label 075 in lieu of 077 on channel 12. - -202
10/15/97 M. Calhoun Deleted ‘STC’ from name of aircraft type. -202
10/24/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2281: Replaced ‘Audio On’ with ‘PWS Inhibit Discrete’ on TP12B. - -202
03/13/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2627: Added relay monitor discrete inputs. - -204
04/16/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2667: Changed Normal Approch Flaps to use the default (Flap - -204
Handle > 22.5) to match the MKV definition.
Note: The >27.5 previously used was also acceptable since this aircraft has
flap handle positions of 15 then 30. Therefore whether a compare that the
handle is >22.5, or >27.5 is made the result would be the same. This
change is only made to be consistent with the MKV specification.
07/24/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2887: Added installation note on Config Option 2 to enable use of -206 -206
FMS position.
Appendix G
(-208).
glideslope #2.
19-APR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3354: Moved ILS #2 from channel 17 to spare channel 16. - -210
Henderson
10-JAN-00 – M. Calhoun Corrected typo on label 272 on EFIS Bus 2, is format 2, was shown as - -
format 3.
For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Configuration Option 2’ is used to enable the use of
direct FMS position inputs whenever the GPS options are selected but the GPS/IRS data is not usable. This program pin
enables a Boeing Type II configuration.
F-192: Aircraft Type 737-300 OEM (type 192)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
Bus Type: Windshear
F-192: Aircraft Type 737-300 OEM (type 192) continued

RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: TA&D
B = TP9B Range (Control Word 2) 4.1.1.22 271 Discrete n/a TA&D n/a 100
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
B = TP8D Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20 - 160
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS Program pin to enable. See Note 1.
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
RX429-17 GPS #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
(Optional) • Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
Note: ILS #2 moved to channel 16 with –210 and on.
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Single or Dual GPS Overlay program pin or the Optional Input Select
RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2 program pin can be selected to activate this channel. The GPS program pins have
priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
NOTE 1: This input was on channel 17 prior to –210. With this change both Dual GPS and Dual ILS can be selected.
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12 WXR Display Select # 1 - Momentary switch to 5.0.1.30 Gnd = Switch Pressed
select/deselect weather on left side Open = Switch Released
MP2D DINPL14 WXR Display Select # 2 - Momentary switch to 5.0.1.30 Gnd = Switch Pressed
select/deselect weather on right side Open = Switch Released
TP1A DINPL15 Terrain Display Select Input #1 - Momentary switch to 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
select/deselect terrain on left side
TP1B DINPL16 Terrain Display Select Input #2 - Momentary switch to 5.0.1.20 Type #1 (momentary)
select/deselect terrain on right side
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7 Terrain Relay Monitor #1 - Relay position feedback 5.0.1.31 28 V = Relay On
This input was added in –204-204. Open = Relay Off
TP7D DINPH8 Terrain Relay Monitor #2 - Relay position feedback 5.0.1.31 28 V = Relay On
This input was added in –204-204. Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

TP4D DOUTL7 - Displayable Discrete #1 6.9.3.7
TP11A DOUTL10 - Displayable Discrete #2 6.9.3.7
TP11B DMON3 - Callout Monitor Discrete
Note 1: When ‘Lamp Type Format 2’ is selected with program pin PPCNF12 (see Appendix D, TABLE D-T17), then ‘Terrain Awareness
trigger DOUTL3 (MP7B) per ‘Lamp Type Format 1’. If 429 outputs are used to trigger messages, the logic may be different. The ability to

Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Was 27.5 prior to –204.
Alpha Margin Type 0
D-T17).
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
Installation Notes
Special Use of ‘Configuration Option 2’ For this aircraft type (and any that point to this type) the program pin ‘Configuration Option
program pin. 2’ is used to enable the use of direct FMS position inputs whenever the GPS options are
selected but the GPS/IRS data is not usable. This program pin enables a Boeing Type II
configuration.

Revision History
Effectivity
10/15/97 MJC Deleted ‘STC’ from name of aircraft type. -202
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 OEM as specified in F-192.


Revision History
Effectivity
10/15/97 MJC Deleted ‘STC’ from name of aircraft type. -202
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 OEM as specified in F-192.

F-195 Aircraft Type 195: 737-600 Integrated

Note: Except for configuration parameter differences this interface also defines 737-700 (see F-196), 737-800 (see F-197) and
737-700IGW (see F-207).
Revision History
Effectivity
08/28/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2137: Added Interface. - -202
Deleted discrete DH. Revised references to DH and MDA.
09/03/97 - M. Calhoun Deleted “Right” from channel 11 fault designation. Also deleted reference on this - -202
channel to the Triple Radio Altitude Option which does not apply to 737.
09/10/97 - M. Calhoun Deleted Selected Runway Heading from both ILS channels to match change made - -202
to MKV ICD document 993-0006-410 Rev A.
09/18/97 - M. Calhoun Added ‘INOP & Warning in Same Window’ to configuration table. This prevents - -202
INOPs from being set for duration of self test.
09/18/97 - M. Calhoun Changed both SMYD buses from “Windshear’ type to ‘Basic’. Changed Flap - -202
Angle signal type from “Windshear’ type to ‘Basic’. Change required since this
aircraft uses Flap Angle to determine Ground Prox landing flaps.
09/23/97 - M. Calhoun Revised Terrain Display Config table comments to indicate that display priorities - -202
controlled by display system.
09/26/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2171: Added RNP input to channel 2. - -202
SCR 2217: Replaced INOP & Warning Annunciations in same window with
Boeing Self Test configuration item.
10/24/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2281: Replaced ‘Audio On’ with ‘PWS Inhibit Discrete’ on TP12B. Added - -202
‘TCAS Inhibit Discrete’ to TP4D.
11/14/97 - M. Calhoun Added ‘*’ note to FMC #1 RNP input. Typo correction only. - -202
11/24/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2357: Removed Terrain/Obstacle Caution from DOUTL3. - -202
02/05/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2559: Changed Display Type to LCD. - -204
03/09/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2611: Revised ARINC 429 output data to select set E-1C. - -204
04/16/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2667: Changed KAVA/KAVO and KF pointers in configuration table. - -204
06/22/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2887: Added installation note on Config Option 2 to enable use of FMS -206 -206
position.
(-208).
SCR 3221 and 3222: Comment only (-208) – added notes for new Alternate Mode
4B and lamp format program pins.
26-MAY-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3923: Revised ARINC 429 output data to change E-1C qualifier to E-1D. - -210
28-MAY-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3921: Removed Alternate display strapping details (now found in appendix -210 -210
D-14). Added Terrain Display variant information.
17-AUG-99 – M. Henderson SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 on #2 channel of Emk V. - -210
28-MAR-00 – M. Calhoun SCR 4967: Corrected typos on corrected Altitude labels for channels 3 and 14 as - -
follows:
Changed Corrected Altitude from label 204 to 251.
Changed QNH Corrected Altitude from label 251 to 204.
F-195: Aircraft Type 737-600 Integrated (type 195) continued
enables a Boeing Type II configuration. Refer to section 6.7.10 of the Product Specification for more information.

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
*RNP (Required Nav Perf) 4.1.1.107 171 16 0-128 NM TA&D 0.001953125 1000
*Select Single or Dual GPS
Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-5 DEU #1 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Left EFIS CP pass thru bus)
B = MP10B **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
**Minimum Descent Altitude 4.1.1.65.1 365 Format 2 ±16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
Landing Altitude 4.1.1.52 127 16 ±65,536 ft Baro Callouts 1.0 200
**Discrete Word 1 4.1.1.105 272 Format 1 n/a Min/App Min n/a 100
MDA Selected Bit 27
*Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 273 Format 4 n/a Basic n/a 100-200
Range Bits 12-19
V1 (left only) Bit 27
Terrain Select Bit 21
**SDI Specific (use Left only)

Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: SMYD BUS 1
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Right EFIS CP pass thru bus)
B = TP9B **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100-200
MDA Selected Bit 27
Range Bits 12-19

Bus Type: Basic
• Select PWS Option 1 or PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
• Select PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
• Select Dual ILS Program pin to enable. See Note 1.

Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable
Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/20
(Note 2)
Note 1: The E1-D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set as follows:
E1-D affects the activation of bits 25 and 26 of label 274 and was activated in place of E-1C in the –210-210. Refer to appendix
E-1.2 for details.

Note: No analog TA INOP or Not Available discrete output provided. These are available via ARINC 429 output.
TP11B DMON3 - Callout Monitor Discrete 6.9.3.5

Boeing Self Test Yes Product Specification 6.10.6.1.2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap 27.5 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details
B6 prior to –204.
Alpha Margin Type 0
Flap Handle to KF KF13
KF9 prior to –204.

Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Boeing Integrated Honeywell LCD EFIS G-14.2
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
04/24/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2667: Added KF pointer due to changes in 737-600. - -204
06-JUN-00 G.Burlingame General document cleanup: Removed proprietary notice from footer. - -

Revision History
Effectivity
02/05/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2558: Changed Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO pointer from B6 to B7. - -204
Flap Handle to Kf KF10 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.

NOTE: This aircraft configuration not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-202-202.
Revision History
Effectivity
Revised references to DH and MDA.
09/18/97 - M. Calhoun Added ‘INOP & Warning in Same Window’ to configuration table. This - -202
prevents INOPs from being set for duration of self test.
09/22/97 - M. Calhoun Revised channel 6 fault designation from ‘ILS Bus’ to ‘ILS Bus 1’. Also - -202
corrected effectivity note from -203 to -202.
09/23/97 - M. Calhoun Revised Terrain Display Config table comments to indicate that display - -202
priorities controlled by display system.
SCR 2217: Replaced INOP & Warning Annunciations in same window
with Boeing Self Test configuration item.
Added ‘TCAS Inhibit Discrete’ to TP4D.
12/17/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2466: Removed label set 16 from TX429-2 transmitter. -202
FMS position.
Appendix G
(-208).
program pin.
30-MAR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3724: Added V1 command bit to both EIU channels. -210 -210
15-APR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3778: Changed both EFIS buses and Discrete Word 2 signal types to -210 -210
basic due to presence of V1 command.
26-MAY-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3923: Revised ARINC 429 output data to change E-1C qualifier to E- - -210
1D.
02-JUN-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3935: Revised ARINC 429 output data to add set 18 to both - -210
channels.
17-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 and remove label set 18, - -210
Henderson on #2 channel of Emk V.
24-AUG-99 – Richard auf SCR 4044: Removed phrase ‘label set #18 removed in –210 from channel - -210
der Springe #2’ from Note 2 of the Serial Data Output, since this label set was also
added in the –210.

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic

Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
RX429-4 Center (#3) LRRA (Low
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional) Speed)
RX429-5 EIU-L (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10B **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 ±16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100
**Minimum Descent Altitude 4.1.1.65.1 365 Format 2 ±16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100
MDA Select Bit 27
*Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 274 Format 1 n/a Basic n/a 100
Range Bits 23-29
V1 Command (added –210) Bit 19
**SDI Specific (use left only)

Bus Type: Basic
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15-BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 0.1 100-200

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Select PWS Option 1 or PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
Select PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.
RX429-16 EIU-R-1 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = TP5D **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 ±16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100
MDA Select Bit 27
Range Bits 23-29
V1 Command (added –210) Bit 19

*SDI Specific (use both sides)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either the Dual GPS Option, or the Dual ILS option can be selected to activate this
GPS #2
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 FPM Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
ILS #2 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic Select Dual ILS Program pin to enable.

GPS #1 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
FMC #2 (High Speed) Bus Type: Basic

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/16/18
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
Note 1: The E-1D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set as follows:
E-1.2 for details.
Note 2: Label set 20 added in 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
Note 3: Label set 18 added in 965-0976-0xx-210-210.


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Alpha Margin Type 1
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Boeing Integrated Collins EFIS G-13.2
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
23-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3809: Made comment only change to delete those parameters that are - -
common with 201.


Revision History
Effectivity
11/13/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2143: Changed DPF6 to DPF15. - -202
11/14/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2143: Changed KF6 to KF12. - -202
09/30/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 3159: Changed B2 to B9. - -206
23-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3809: Made comment only change to delete those parameters that are - -
common with 201.


Note: Except for configuration parameter differences this interface also defines 767-300ER (see F-203), 767-300 (see F-202),
757-200 (see F-199) and 757-300 (see F-200).
Revision History
Effectivity
SCR 2217: Replaced INOP & Warning Annunciations in same window
FMS position.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
1D.
02-JUN-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3935: Revised ARINC 429 output data to add set 18 to both - -210
channels.
17-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 and remove label set 18, - -210
Henderson on #2 channel of Emk V.
24-AUG-99 – Richard auf SCR 4044: Removed phrase ‘label set #18 removed in –210 from channel - -210
der Springe #2’ from Note 2 of the Serial Data Output, since this label set was also
added in the –210.

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
*RNP (Required Nav Performance) 4.1.1.107 171 16 0-128 NM TA&D 0.001953125 1000

Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
RX429-5 SG-L (Low Speed) Bus Type: For Minimums Optional/For Approaching Minimums Required, or
TA&D.
B = MP10B Decision Height 4.1.1.27 370 17 16,384 Ft App Min 0.125 250
Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 273 Format 3 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 24-29
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
See Note 1
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
RX429-16 SG-R (Low Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D.
B = TP5D Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 273 Format 3 n/a TA&D n/a 250
Range Bits 24-29
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either Single/Dual GPS program pin, or the Optional Input Select program
RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2
pin can be selected to activate this channel. GPS Options have priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/18
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
Note: The E1-D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set as follows:
E-1.2 for details.
Note 2: Label set 20 is not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
Note 3: Label set 18 added in –210-210.


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0

Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Boeing Integrated Collins EFIS G-13.1
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
23-APR-99 – L. Calderai SCR 3809: Made comment only change to delete those parameters which - -
are common with 201.

F-203 Aircraft Type 203: 767-300ER Integrated

Revision History
Effectivity
23-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3809: Comment only change to delete those parameters that are - -
actually common with 201.


NOTE: This aircraft configuration not supported prior to 965-0976-0xx-210-210.
Revision History
Effectivity
31-MAR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3355: Added Interface. -210 -210
06-APR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3355: Removed ARINC 429 output set 5. -210 -210
09-APR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3355: Changed mode 6 volume configuration item from '–6db' to 'normal'. -210 -210
15-APR-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3778: Changed both EFIS buses and Discrete Word 2 signal types to -210 -210
basic due to presence of V1 command.
26-MAY-99 - M. Calhoun SCR 3923: Revised ARINC 429 output data to change E-1C qualifier to E-1D. - -210
02-JUN-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3935: Revised ARINC 429 output data to add sets 5 & 18 to both -210 -210
channels.
25-JUN-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 3870: Revised 'Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO’, ’Flap Angle to Flap Handle’ -210 -210
and ' Flap Handle to Kf ' parameters.
17-AUG-99 – M. SCR 4044: Move Autotilt labels to label set 20 and remove label set 18, on #2 - -210
Henderson channel of Emk V.
24-AUG-99 – Richard auf SCR 4044: Removed note 1 from Serial Data Output which stated that label - -210
der Springe sets 18 and 20 are not supported prior to –210, since this A/C type is not
supported prior to –210.

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic

Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Triple Radio Altitude program pin to enable.
RX429-5 DCU-L (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = MP10B **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 ±16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100
MDA Select Bit 27
Range Bits 23-29
V1 Command Bit 19

Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10 ILS #2 (low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
A = TP9A Localizer 4.1.1.56 173 12 ±0.4 DDM Basic 0.00009765625 33.3-66.6
B = TP9B Glideslope 4.1.1.41 174 12 ±0.8 DDM Basic 0.0001953125 33.3-66.6
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-16 DCU-R-1 (Low Speed) Bus Type: Basic
B = TP5D **Decision Height 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 2 ±16,384 Ft Min/App Min 0.125 100
MDA Select Bit 27
Range Bits 23-29
V1 Command Bit 19
*SDI Specific (use both sides)
RX429-17 GPS #2
Bus Type: Basic
• Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
Vertical Velocity 4.1.1.87 165 15 ±32,768 FPM Basic 1 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/18


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Windshear Parameters N/A (for Allied Algorithm)
Alpha Margin Type 0
Note 1: ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ configuration can be reversed with program pin PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.
Alternate Displays:
Basic Display: Boeing Integrated Collins LCD G-29.1
Variant Displays:

Note: Enhanced features not compatable with QFE Operation without Geometric Altitude active.
Note: Except for configuration parameter differences this interface also defines the 777-300 (see F-206).
Revision History
Effectivity
Revised references to DH.
Updated Left & Right AIMS GP Bus 1 Inputs.
09/03/97 - M. Calhoun Added Attitude Mode (label 270) to both AIMS IRS buses until SCR 2130 - -202
can be incorporated.
09/18/97 - M. Calhoun Deleted Attitude Mode (label 270) from both AIMS IRS buses as SCR - -202
2130 has been incorporated.
09/26/97 - M. Calhoun SCR 2217: Replaced INOP & Warning Annunciations in same window - -202
12/17/97 - C. Bambini SCR 2466: Removed label set 16 from TX429-2 transmitter - -202
FMS position.
07/30/98 - M. Calhoun SCR 2939: Added SAT to both left and right AIMS GP Bus 3. - -206
Appendix G
(-208).
program pin.
1D.
Henderson

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: LEFT AIMS IRS BUS
RX429-1 AIMS-L IRS
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RIGHT AIMS IRS BUS
RX429-2 AIMS-R IRS
Bus Type: Basic
(High Speed)
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: LEFT AIMS GP BUS 3
RX429-3 AIMS-L GP Bus #3
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
*Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 271 Format 2 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Range (left/Right) Bits 24-29
**Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Deg Basic 0.25 190-500
*SDI Specific (bring in both)

**SAT added in –206.
RX429-4 Center LRRA
Select Triple RA Program pin to enable.

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RIGHT AIMS GP BUS 3
RX429-5 AIMS-R GP Bus #3
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
*Discrete Word 2 4.1.1.106 271 Format 2 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Range (left/Right) Bits 24-29
**Static Air Temperature 4.1.1.78 213 11 ±512 Deg Basic 0.25 190-500
*SDI Specific (bring in both)

**SAT added in –206.
Bus Type: Basic
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: LEFT AIMS GP BUS 1
RX429-7 AIMS-L GP Bus #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = MP12D Landing Altitude 4.1.1.52 127 16 ±65,536 ft Baro Callouts 1.0 1060
GPWS Discrete Data 4.1.1.32 270 n/a Discrete Basic n/a 100-200
**Minimum Descent 4.1.1.65.1 365 Format 1 ±16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 90-110
Altitude 4.1.1.33 272 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 40-60
*PFD Discrete Word Bit 27
MDA Select (Left only) Bit 12
V1 (Left only) Bit 13
EFA (Left only) Bit 14
Terrain Select (both) 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-110
FMC Magnetic Track Angle 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 1 ±16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 90-110
**DH Selected
*SDI Specific - bring in both

** SDI Specific - use 0/0
RX429-8 Left LRRA
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)

CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Fault Designation: RIGHT AIMS GP BUS 1
RX429-9 AIMS-R GP Bus #1
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
B = TP9D Landing Altitude 4.1.1.52 127 16 ±65,536 ft Baro Callouts 1.0 1060
GPWS Discrete Data 4.1.1.32 270 n/a Discrete Basic n/a 100-200
**Minimum Descent 4.1.1.65.1 365 Format 1 ±16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 90-110
Altitude 4.1.1.33 272 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 40-60
*PFD Discrete Word Bit 27
MDA Select (Left only) Bit 12
V1 (Left only) Bit 13
EFA (Left only) Bit 14
Terrain Select (Both) 4.1.1.53 310 20 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.00017166137695 50-110
FMC Magnetic Track Angle 4.1.1.27.2 370 Format 1 ±16,384 ft Min/App Min 0.125 90-110
**DH Selected
*SDI Specific - bring in both

** SDI Specific - use 0/0
RX429-10 AIMS-L CMC (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
RX429-11 Right LRRA (Low Speed)
(Optional)
Select Dual or Triple RA Program pin to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Select PWS Option 1 or PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.
B = TP6A Status Word 4.1.1.109 075 Discrete n/a Basic n/a 20
RX429-14
A = TP1C
B = TP1D
Select PWS Option 2 program pin to activate.
RX429-16
A = TP5C
B = TP5D

RX429-17 GPS #2 Bus Type: TA&D Select Dual GPS Overlay Program Pin to enable.
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional)
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft TA&D 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm TA&D 0.000061035 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

MP1A DINPL1
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP9B DINPL9 Gear Override 5.0.1.2 Gnd = Landing Gear O’ride (dn)
Open = Not Landing Gear O’ride
MP9C DINPL10 Flap Override 5.0.1.3 Gnd = Landing Flaps O’ride (dn)
Open = Not Landing Flaps O’ride
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
TX429-1 Low Speed A = MP1C B = MP1D Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1B, E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/16
TX429-2 Low Speed A = TP2A B = TP2B Transmits the following Appendix E label sets: E-1B, E-1D/2/4/5/6/7/10/20
(Note 2)
Note 1: The E-1B/E1-D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set as follows:
E1-B affects the activation of bit 12 of label 270. Refer to appendix E-1.1 for details.
E-1.2 for details.


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap Approach Flaps
Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO Use Corrected AOA
Alpha Margin Type 0
Pitch Compensation PC1

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:

Revision History
Effectivity
Flap Handle to Kf KF11 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details.
Pitch Compensation PC2
F-207 Aircraft Type 207: 737-700IGW Integrated

Revision History
Effectivity
09/10/97 - M. Calhoun Changed to use 737-700 preliminary windshear parameters. - -202
11/25/97 - M. Calhoun Referenced type 195 for interface and 196 for W/S parameters. - -202
23-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3809: Comment only change to delete those parameters that are - -
actually common with 195.
Note: These windshear parameters are identical to the 737-700 (aircraft type 196).

F-212 Aircraft Type 212: 737-NG Windshear Update

Note: This configuration applies to the 737-700 Combi, 737-900 and all future derivatives of the 737-NG. Refer to aircraft
types 195, 196, 197 and 207 for other 737-NG types.
Revision History
Effectivity
14-JAN-00 - M. Calhoun SCR 4764: Added Interface. - -212
15-FEB-00 - M. Calhoun SCR 4764: Deleted references to unused notes. - -212
28-MAR-00 - M. Calhoun SCR 4967: Corrected typos on corrected Altitude labels for channels 3 and - -
14 as follows:
Changed Corrected Altitude from label 204 to 251.
Changed QNH Corrected Altitude from label 251 to 204.
enables a Boeing Type II configuration. Refer to section 6.7.10 of the Product Specification for more information.
F-212: Aircraft Type 737-NG Windshear Update (type 212) continued

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic

Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
MDA Selected Bit 27
Range Bits 12-19
Reference Speed (#1) 4.1.1.66.1 070 11 ±512 Knots Windshear 0.25 50-100


Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Left Body AOA)
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(Right Body AOA)
Bus Type: Basic
MDA Selected Bit 27
Range Bits 12-19
Reference Speed (#2) 4.1.1.66.1 070 11 ±512 Knots Windshear 0.25 50-100

Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)

Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
CHANNEL CONNECT TO: Either Single/Dual GPS program pin, or the Optional Input Select program
RX429-18 Either GPS #1 or FMC #2
pin can be selected to activate this channel. GPS Options have priority.
GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Analog Input Data

Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

Serial Data Output
Note 1: The E1-D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set, it affects the activation of bits 25 and 26
of label 274. Refer to appendix E-1.2 for details.


Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap 27.5 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult Honeywell for details
Alpha Margin Type 0
Flap Handle to KF N/A

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-213 Aircraft Type 213: Boeing 707
Revision History
Effectivity
20-DEC-00 – M. Force SCR 5754: Initial Version -213 -213
20-DEC-00 – M. Force SCR 5754: Deleted FMC labels from channel 18 -213 -213
12-JAN-01 – M. Force SCR 5754: Formatting corrections - -213
19-JAN-01 – L. Caldeira SCR 5754: Finished fixing format. - -213

F-213: Aircraft Type Boeing 707 (type 213) continued

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Overlay to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
MDA Selected Bit 27
Range Bits 12-19


Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
B = MP12D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 45-110
Corrected (Body)Angle of Attack 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Basic
B = TP9D Flap Angle 4.1.1.37 137 12 ±180 Degrees Basic 0.0439453125 45-110
Corrected (Body)Angle of Attack 4.1.1.7 222 12 ±180 Degrees Windshear 0.0439453125 50-100
Bus Type: Basic
MDA Selected Bit 27
Range Bits 12-19

RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B


Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic
• Select PWS Option 2 Program Pin to activate.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)


Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Bus Type: Basic
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 Basic 0.03125 1000
VFOM 4.1.1.86 136 18 32768 ft Basic 0.125 1000
HFOM 4.1.1.48 247 18 16 nm Basic 0.000061035 1000
Analog Input Data

CHANNEL 1 CONNECT Reference Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
(+) = TP13A TO: 4.1.3.2.1
Input Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B Radio
Altimeter #1 Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 1
CHANNEL 2 CONNECT Reference Format: ARINC 552 with Validity Flag
(+) = TP14A TO: 4.1.3.2.1
(-) = TP14B Radio
Altimeter #2 • Select Dual LRRA Program pin to activate.
(Optional) Fault Designation: RADIO ALTIMETER 2
CHANNEL 3 CONNECT
(+) = TP13C TO: N/C
(-) = TP13D
CHANNEL 4 CONNECT
(+) = TP14C TO: N/C
(-) = TP14D


Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
MP5C DINPL4
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
MP14A DINPL12
MP2D DINPL14
TP1A DINPL15 Altitude Alert 5.0.1.37 Gnd = Active
Open = Normal
TP1B DINPL16
TP4C DINPL18
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP15A DINPH1 Radio Altimeter #1 Validity Flag 5.0.1.1 28VDC = Valid
0VDC = Invalid
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3 Radio Altimeter #2 Validity Flag 5.0.1.1 28VDC = Valid
0VDC = Invalid
TP15D DINPH4
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
Open = Relay Off
Open = Relay Off

F213: Aircraft Type Boeing 707 (type 213) continued

Serial Data Output
Note 1: The E1-D ARINC 429 output label set is different from the standard E-1 set as follows:
E1-D affects the activation of bits 25 and 26 of label 274. Refer to appendix E-1.2 for details.



Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Landing Flap 27.5 Proprietary aircraft data. Consult AlliedSignal for details
Flap Handle to KAVA/KAVO Use Corrected AOA
Alpha Margin Type 0
Flap Handle to KF KF10
Note 1: ‘Alternate Mode 4B’ can be activated/de-activated with PPCNF9, see Appendix D, Table D-T14.

Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:

F-217 Aircraft Type 217: 737-300 (UA)

Note: Except for configuration parameter differences, this interface also defines F-218, F-219 and F-220.
Revision History
Effectivity
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: -204
Configuration Data.
Appendix G (-208).
glideslope #2.
Henderson
10-JAN-00 – M. Calhoun Corrected typo on label 272 on EFIS Bus 2, is format 2, was shown as - -
format 3.

F-217: Aircraft Type 737-300 UA (type 217)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
acitvate FMC Magnetic Track).
Nav Mode
Program Pin to activate FMC
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)
F-217: Aircraft Type 737-300 UA (type 217) continued

Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-8
A = MP13A
B = MP13B
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
RX429-11
A = TP8A
B = TP8B
RX429-12 WX Radar Hazard Bus # 1
Bus Type: TA&D
Select PWS option 1 to enable.
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
Bus Type: Basic

RX429-15
A = TP4A
B = TP4B
or TA&D
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
(Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

DAA #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
(VOR/ILS Frequency)

GPS #1 (High Speed)
Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

Nav Mode
Analog Input Data

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13B
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Basic
(-) = TP13D
Bus Type: Basic
Select Dual ILS program pin to enable (see note 1).


Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
TP4C DINPL18 Reserved for WXR R/T Audio On -
MP5D DINPL19
Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
(Note 1)

TP12B DOUTL6 - Audio On 6.9.3.3
TP4D DOUTL7 - Displayable discrete #1 6.9.3.8
TP11A DOUTL10 - Displayable discrete #2 6.9.3.8

Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
IRS Type 1
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-218 Aircraft Type 218: 737-300 (UA - Alternate Lamp Format)

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101 or -102-102.
Except for the following configuration parameters and discrete outputs this interface is identical to the 737-300 UA as specified
in F-217.
Revision History
Effectivity
01-Jan-99 – S. Arnett Comment only (-204) – changed obstacle alert note from –104 to –204. - -



Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 UA as specified in F-217.
Revision History
Effectivity
change only.


Revision History
Effectivity
change only.
Except for the following configuration parameters and discrete outputs, this interface is identical to the 737-300 UA as
specified in F-217.



Note: Except for configuration parameter differences, this interface also defines 767-300ER (see F-222), 767-300 (see F-223)
and 757-200/200ER (see F-224).
Revision History
Effectivity
11/05/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2139: Added Simulator Reposition to pin TP15D. - -202
optional nav Mode to both FMCs.
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: -204
Configuration Data.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
Henderson

F-221: Aircraft Type 767-200 UA (type 221)

Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
Bus Type: Basic
Format: ARINC 429
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
or TA&D
Bus Type: Basic

Bus Type: Windshear
Bus Type: Basic
(Low Speed)
Bus Type: Windshear
RX429-10
A = TP9A
B = TP9B
Bus Type: Basic
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Bus
(High Speed)
B = TP8D Hazard Range 4.1.1.46 077 bits 28/29 n/a TA&D N/a 20
Bus Type: Basic
(Optional)
B = TP6A Mode 4.1.1.12 270 bit 12 n/a Basic N/a 250-500
Bus Type: Basic

RX429-15 Right (#2) Wx Radar Hazard
Bus Type: TA&D
(Optional) Bus
(High Speed)
or TA&D
Modes) 4.1.1.90.2 273 Format 1 n/a TA&D n/a 200
Discrete Word 2 (WXR On/Off)
GPS #2
Bus Type: TA&D
(High Speed)
(Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

ILS #2 (Low Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Runway Heading 4.1.1.75 017 15 –BCD 0-359 Deg Basic 0.1 100-200
Note 1: The ARINC 743 option is not suported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.

GPS #1 (High Speed) Bus Type: TA&D
(Note 1).
Altitude 4.1.1.5 076 20 ±131,072 FT TA&D 0.125 1000
HDOP 4.1.1.47 101 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
VDOP 4.1.1.85 102 15 1024 TA&D 0.03125 1000
Date 4.1.1.25 260 11 mm dd TA&D n/a 1000

FMC #2 (High Speed)
Bus Type: Basic
Nav Mode
activate Magnetic Track (Note
2)
Note 1: The ARINC 743 option is not suported prior to 965-0976-0xx-206-206.

Analog Input Data
Not Applicable

Open = On Ground
Open = Not inhibit
Open = > DH
Open = Not inhibit
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
Open = Normal
TP4C DINPL18 Reserved for WXR R/T Audio On #1 - -
MP5D DINPL19 Reserved for WXR R/T Audio On #2 - -
MP7A DINPL20 WXR #2 On/Off (R/T # 2 Selected) - Only required for 5.0.1.25 Gnd = On
TP15A DINPH1
TP15B DINPH2
TP15C DINPH3
TP15D DINPH4 Simulator Reposition 5.0.1.23 28V = Reposition
Note: Not available prior to -202-202. Open = Normal
TP7A DINPH5
TP7B DINPH6
TP7C DINPH7
TP7D DINPH8

Serial Data Output
1)


Lamp Format Type 2
Aero Data N/A
Analog AOA Type N/A
Landing Flap N/A
Alpha Margin Type 0
Alternate Displays:
Variant Displays:
F-222 Aircraft Type 222: 767-300ER (UA)

NOTE: This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101, or -102-102.
Revision History
Effectivity
change only.
change only.
Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 767-200 (UA) as specified in F-221.


Revision History
Effectivity
change only.

F-224 Aircraft Type 224: 757-200/200ER (UA)

This aircraft configuration is not supported by 965-0976-0xx-101-101, or -102-102.
Revision History
Effectivity
11/05/97 – M. Calhoun SCR 2139: Added Simulator Reposition to pin TP15D. - -202
03/20/98 – C. Bambini SCR 2633: -204
Configuration Data.
Appendix G (-208).
program pin.
13-JAN-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3457: Deleted all the text that defined the interface, since this is the - -
exact same plane as 221. Redid the document to be in the same style as
other planes that are identical. This was a doc change only, since the code
already was doing an include.
23-APR-99 – L. Caldeira SCR 3809: REALLY did what I said I was going to do in the SCR 3457 - -
note. Fixed values to be correct. Comment only change. The code was
already correct.


Except for the configuration parameters defined below, this interface is identical to the 737-300 UA as specified in F-217.
Revision History
Effectivity
change only.


Except for the following configuration parameters and discrete outputs this interface is identical to the 737-300 UA as specified
in F-217.
Revision History
Effectivity
change only.


Appendix G – Terrain Display Configuration Data Tables
Revision History
Effectivity
12-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3428: Added new Appendix G section containing the Terrain Display - -
Configuration Data previously included with each aircraft type
(-208). This information does not drive any display requirements and is for
information only. Sections 7 and 8 of the SRD drive the display
requirements. The Terrain Inhibit Monitoring item has been moved to the
Configuration Data section of ICD 7F for each aircraft type if the entry is
YES, otherwise this item is not included.
13-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3377: Added G-10.2 and pointed A/C 117 to G-10.2 (Table G-T1). - -
13-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 2876: Correct G-20.2 to remove manual select information and add - -
manual deselect information.
14-JAN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 1594: Added no display option for A/C 43 (alt display 1). - -
01-FEB-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3508: Corrected “Value” statement in G-15-2 Configuration 2. - -
05-FEB-99 – S. Arnett Revised peaks available comment in G-20.1. - -
05-FEB-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3417: Pointed A/C 94 to G-16.2 (Table G-T1) for alt display 1. - -
11-FEB-99 – Gary Boyd Corrected typo in AC162 basic display reference, G-3.6 and 8.3.R60 (ref - -
SCR 3432)
18-FEB-1999 – Richard In sections G-1 through G-25 tables changed ‘Value’ to ‘Description’. In - -
auf der Springe Sections G21 and G22 reworded Auto Pop Up description. In section G21
added Terrain Not Available parameters.
SCR 3550: In table G-T1 at type 129 changed ref G-22.2 to G-22.1 and
changed ref SRD 8.22.R20 to 8.22.R10. In section G-22 moved Terrain
Not Available parameters from G-22.2 to G-22.1 and deleted G-22.2.
03-MAR-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3408: In table G-T2, reference section G-3, added EM5 aircraft type - -
082, comment only.
Corrected typo in table G-T1, A/C 187, G-23.1 should be G-23.4,
8.23.R10 should be 8.23.R40.
31-MAR-99 – M.Calhoun SCR 3355: Added AC type 204 to tables G-T1 & G-T2. -210 -210
Added G-29 for Collins LCD.
05-APR-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3735: Added AC type 46 to tables G-T1 & G-T2. - -210
SCR 3736: Added AC type 47 to tables G-T1 & G-T2.
26-MAY-99 – M.Calhoun SCR 3919: Added AC type 18 to tables G-T1 & G-T2. -210 -210
26-MAY-99 – M.Calhoun SCR 3921: Added configurations now selectable on EM5 via variants as -210 -210
follows: 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.3, 6.1, 6.2, 8.1, 9.1, 10.3.
Also corrected A/C 139 cross references in table G-T1 (did refer to G-20.1
and 8.20.R10).
03-JUN-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3937: Added G-19.3 and G-19.4 configurations selectable on EM5 - -210
via display variants selection.
08-JUN-99– Gary Boyd SCR 3820: Added Peaks to FDS 255 display (G4). Removed “Peaks” -210 -210
enabled release data from Table G-T1 and added it to Table G-T2.
Remove “Reference Section” columns from section G-...
Made section G format more uniform.
Added AC type 112 to tables G-T1 & G-T2. Referenced ProLine 21 in
table G-T2 and section G-16. (SCR 1602 (now closed) added AC 112 and
Proline 21 to other requirements, but this comment change was not made).
SCR 3902: Added Peaks to G-6 and G-7, and G-T2 (same reference).
18-JUN-99 – MPF SCR 3769: Added A/C type 134 with RDR 4A/B PPI. -210 -210
12-JUL-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4036: Revise comments in G-20.1 and G-20.2 to reference scaling of - -210
overlay text and GS on right EFIS option. Added G-20.3 and G-20.4.
Effectivity
27-JUL-99 -G. Burlingame SCR 3751: Revised 037, 038 and 112 in G-T1 to reference G-16.3 - -210
Updated G-T2 to include separate G16 entry for ProLine 21
Added G-16.3 for ProLine 21 with Peaks
30-JUL-99 – S. Arnett SCR 3963: Added AC type 110 to tables G-T1 & G-T2. Revised G-T2 - -210
and G-12 to reference Primus Epic with Primus 2000 for A/C 110.
04-AUG-99 – J. Egilsrud SCR 4072: Revised table G-T1 to add alternate display for A/C 57, 113, - -210
132, 136, 148, and 172. Revised G-18 and G-25 to add alternate display.
05-AUG-99 – S. Arnett SCR 4125: Revised G-19.3 and G-19.4 from “TERR” to “TERR-?”. - -210
12-AUG-99 – J. Kistler SCR 4072: Revised table G-T1 and section G-18 to remove changes to - -210
A/C type 172. Removed reference to alternate display types for A/C 57,
113, 132, 136 and 148 and added reference to variant type. Updated G25-
4 to define water as cyan.
19-AUG-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 3382: Change G-17 to reflect a single ASPB display type (also -210
change format to be correct for EM5).
SCR 4005: Added Display for Aircraft Type 88 (DASH 8-400) to G-T1.
Added SMD68 support to G-T2 (G-26) for release 210. Added G-26.1 and
G26.2 to Table G-T3.
24-AUG-99 – J. Egilsrud SCR 4165: Added alternate displays 1, 2 and 3 to A/C type 118. Added -210
variant display to A/C type 139.
26-AUG-99 – J. Egilsrud SCR 4204: Comment only changes. In table G-T1, A/C 118, changed -210
nomenclature for basic/alternate displays from “GS not reversed/reversed”
to “GS on right/left”. Also, for A/C type 139, made same change for basic
and variant display. In table G-T3, modified nomenclature for G-20.1, G-
20.2, G-20.3 and G-20.4 from “GS not reversed/reversed” to “GS on
right/left”.
26-AUG-99 – Gary Boyd SCR 4210: Change G-6.1 “Overlay Page” note. -210
27-AUG-99 – M. Grigore SCR 3382: Document change in G-17. - -
27-OCT-99 – M. Grigore SCR 4539: Added Note 3 to G-17 to define ASPB labels supported and -210 -210
ASPB compatible displays validated in each respective release.
23-DEC-99 – M. Calhoun SCR 4764: Added a/c type 212 in table G-T1. - -212
05-JAN-00 – Richard auf SCR 4763: Added a/c type 152 in table G-T1. - -212
der Springe
06-JAN-00 – Richard auf SCR 4780: Expanded G-22 Peaks Mode description: the display may not - -
der Springe support cyan for water.
19-JAN-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4810: Added Peaks for Primus 2000/EPIC to G-T2 and G-12-1. -212
02-FEB-00 – N Paterson SCR 4844: Added a/c type 122 in table G-T1 and G-T2. - -
07-FEB-00 – M. Calhoun In G-15.4 added a note to clarify WX On requirement. - -
16-FEB-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4868: Changed reference to 8.12.R10 to 8.31.R10 for AC110 in G- -212 -212
T1. Moved existing Primus Epic display configuration from group 8.12 to
new group 8.31 in table G-T2. Removed reference to Primus Epic in
G-12. Added new section G-31.
Comment to add section G-30 as placeholder for Astronautics display
currently for Em7 only. Referenced G-30 in table G-T2.
17-FEB-00 – M. SCR 4878: Added A/C type 176 in table G-T1 and G-T2. - -212
Henderson
22-FEB-00 – MJC SCR 4887: Noted Peaks available as of –210 for G-13 and G-14. - -210
Effectivity
03-MAR-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4079: New G-15-8 the same as G15-7 except Haze is a blocky -212 -212
Amber pattern rather then Magenta. Added G-15.8 reference to G-T1,
217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, and 226.
23-MAR-00 – P. Bateman SCR 4895: Added Aircraft Type 163 to Table G-T1 and G-T2. -212 -212
23-MAR-00 – S. Arnett SCR 4957: Added Peaks for Primus 1000 in G-T2 and G-11.1. - -212
SCR 4958: Comment only – Renamed “Primus Epic” to ”Primus Epic CDS
and CDS/R” in G-T2, G-31, and G-31.1. AC 110 will still reference
Primus Epic in G-T1 since this is a future aircraft and once the
requirements are completed, a new Primus Epic section will be added.
4-APR-00 SCR 4711: Added A/C Type 155 to Table G-T1 and G-T2 -212 -212
19-APR-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4712: G-T2, Peaks Enabled for ProLine II/IV G-3 -212 -212
G-3.1, G-3.3, G-3.6, Peaks Enabled, overlays moved to left side.
SCR 5010: G-T2, Peaks Enabled for IN182A/IN812A G-8
G-8.1, Peaks Enabled, overlays moved to upper right.
SCR 5011: G-T2, Peaks Enabled for IN842A/IN862A G-9
G-9.1, Peaks Enabled, overlays moved to upper right.
SCR 5016: G-T2, Peaks Enabled for ProLine 4 (integrated) G-16
G-16.1, Peaks Enabled via overlay located on upper left side of display.
G-16.2, Peaks not supported for this variant.
01-MAY-00 – M. Grigore SCR 5059: Updated nomenclature to KCPB in G-17. Modified Note 3 in -212 -212
G-17.1.
23-MAY-00 – MJC Global replace of AlliedSignal with Honeywell. Also added notes to 8.15 - -
with limitations on selecting '4-button' variants.
25-MAY-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 4780: 1) Globally removed reference to “Search Lights”. 2) -212 -212
Removed “Terrain Inhibit Monitoring” reference (controlled in Appendix
F). 3) Added new display variant G-20.5.
26-JUL-00 – M. SCR 5300: Added A/C Type 175 to Table G-T1 and G-T2. - -214
Henderson SCR 5285: Added A/C Type 143 to Table G-T1 and G-T2.
15-AUG-00 – P. Bateman SCR 5356: Added A/C Type 74 to Table G-T1 and G-T2. - -213
16-AUG-00 – P. Bateman SCR 5335: Table GT-1: Added display variants G-23.5 and G-23.6 - -213
G-23.5: No autorange.
G-23.6: No autorange, blue water.
30-AUG-00 – P. Bateman SCR 5356: Added G28-1, Bendix EFIS 10 section. -213
11-OCT-00 – Gary Boyd SCR 5304: Changes: future future
(1) Table G-T1, A/C 137 with Honeywell DU-1080 EFIS display.
(2) Included Table G-T1 Title on each page of table.
(3) Table G-T2, Renamed Section G-27 from “UPS B747-100/200 EFIS”
to “EFIS, DU-1080” for AC137.
(4) Table G-27, which was reserved for UPS ADC display, was renamed
and used for the new Honeywell DU-1080 display.
04-JAN-01 – May Ng SCR 5335: Fixed SCR number and section number in the previous (16- - -
AUG-00) audit trail.
05-JAN-01 – S. Arnett SCR 5750: Added A/C Type 154 to Table G-T1 and G-T2. - -213
SCR 5749: Added G-11.4, G-11.5 for binary peaks.
SCR 5751: Added G-12.4, G-12.5, G-12.6 for binary peaks.
08-JAN-01 – P. Bateman SCR 5335: Renumbered G-23.5,6 to G-23.6,7 added G-23.5 which is - -213
unused on the MKV EGPWS. Variant references now line up with SRD
requirement numbers (ie 8.23.R60 and 8.23.R70)
09-JAN-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5754: Added AC213 (E6) to G-T1/G-T2. -213
Effectivity
SCR 5035: Added to G-T1 AC037/038 display variant G-16.4 (overlay -213
Peaks Elevations). Added G-16.4.
SCR 5746: Relabeled G-T2 section G-17 for KCPB -
Added “General Comments” to G-2.1.
02-FEB-01 – M. SCR 5285: Changed A/C 143 effectivity to “-213” in table G-T2. - -213
Henderson SCR 5300: Changed A/C 175 effectivity to “-213” in table G-T2.
Henderson
15-FEB-01 – Gary Boyd SCR 5746: Added to G-T2 Comments that aircraft supports “Selectable - -
Display” ID’s 20 thru 90 (AC 001, 016, 054, 055, 065, 066, 067, 068,
070, 071, 075, 081, 082, 098, 108, 115, 117, 118, 120, 130, 133, 139, 172,
179, 180, and 187).
Henderson
TERRAIN DISPLAY DATA

This appendix contains the detailed terrain display configuration data. Each aircraft in ICD appendix F contains a “Terrain
Display Configuration Options” table that points to the applicable Appendix G display type section. The following table
summarizes what installations support a terrain display and indicates the applicable display type with its corresponding ICD
Appendix G section and System Requirements Document (SRD) EGPWS Configuration Parameters and EGPWS Display
Configuration Parameter sections.
The display interface activated for each aircraft type is selected in several ways depending on the EGPWC part number being
used. Prior to –208-208, the display interface was pre-defined to a single type as described in the ICD section for the specifi c
aircraft type. For the –208-208, additional capability to select a different display interface than the single pre-defined basic
display was added using the Alternate Display program pin option.
For the –210-210, two additional ways to select the display interface were added. The first method, referred to as Terrain
Display Select, allows some, but not all, aircraft types to pick from a selection of display types in a method similar to that
provided with the MKVII EGPWS.
The second method, referred to a ‘Display Variant Selection’, allows selection of various flavors of the basic display type. For
example, take aircraft 98, this is a case where the PPI-4A/4B is defined as the basic display with a reference to appendix G-
23.3, which activates blue water peaks display on the PPI. Looking at appendix G-23 you will see that there are several other
versions of this display. Using the display variant option an installer could select Variant #1 (G-23.1, which does not provide
blue water peaks display), Variant #2 (G-23.2, which provide blue water peaks display and has no TERR overlay), Variant
#4 (G-23.4, which does not provide blue water peaks display and sets CTR mode on the display), Variant #5 (G-23.6, which
does not provide blue water peaks display or autoranging), or Variant #5 (G-23.7, which does provide blue water peaks
display but not autoranging). The Variant number itself simply corresponds to the subsection number of the appendix G
reference. So in this example, Variant #3 would have no effect, since G-23.3 is already the basic display definition.
TABLE G-T1: AIRCRAFT TYPE BASIC AND ALTERNATE DISPLAY SUMMARY

(See text just prior to this table for information regarding display variant selection)
* Item for internal Honeywell use only

Aircraft Aircraft Type Display Type ICD * SRD Comments
Type Appendix Section (Display comments per aircraft type)
Number G 8
0 757/767 N/A N/A N/A
(Boeing
MKIII)
1 A320/321 Airbus G-25.3 8.25.R30 Changed selection logic after 101 – was
(UA-STC) (A319/A320/A321/A330/ deselect on Wx to ON.
A340) Sextant EFIS Changed to special priority in 208.
Added Alt Pop Up in 208.
Added screen blanking in 208. (Supports
Display ID’s 20-90)
2 747-400 (BA) RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.2 8.23.R20 Defined Water in 208.
3 767-300 ER Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8.15.R10 Points to A/C 31
Collins EFIS
4 737-300 Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8.15.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
BASIC Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
is ON)” to “Anytime (if WX is ON)” in
208.
Changed to special priority in 105.
5 767-300 Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8.15.R10 Points to A/C 31
BASIC Collins EFIS
BASIC Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.


Number G 8
7 Spare
8 737-400 Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8. Points to A/C 4
BASIC Collins EFIS 15.R10
BASIC Collins EFIS
10 Spare
11 Spare
12 Spare
13 Spare
14 Spare
15 Spare
16 737-300 w/ RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Deleted Moving marker in 208.
PPI Display Variant Display –
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.6 8.23.R60 Variant Display not available before –
without Autorange. 213. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
17 737-500 w/ RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Points to A/C 16
without Autorange. 213.
18 737-400 w/ RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Points to A/C 16
without Autorange. 213.
19 Spare
20 Spare
21 Spare
22 Spare
23 Spare
24 Spare
25 Spare
26 Spare
27 Spare
28 Spare
29 Spare
30 747-400 Basic Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8.15.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
31 767-200 Basic Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.1 8.15.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
208.
32 (RSV) Default
(Commercial
MK3)
33 EMB-145/135 Honeywell Primus 1000 G-11.2 8.11.R20


Number G 8
34 ILYUSHIN
IL96M/T
35 Do-328 Jet Honeywell Primus 2000 G-12.3 8.12.R30
36 SAAB 2000 N/A N/A N/A Display not supported
37 Cessna Collins ProLine 21 G-16.3 8.16.R30 New aircraft in 210.
Citation Jet 1 (Integrated) G-16.4 8.16.R40 Variant display added in 213.
38 Cessna Collins ProLine 21 G-16.3 8.16.R30 New aircraft in 210.
Citation Jet 2 (Integrated) G-16.4 8.16.R40 Variant display added in 213.
39 CL604 Non- Collins ProLine 4 (Non- G-3.1 8.3.R10 Display not supported prior to 202.
Integrated Integrated)
40 CL604 Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 New aircraft in 206.
Integrated (Integrated)
41 Spare
42 (RSV)
A320/321
MLS
43 RJ 100/200 Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-3.1 8.3R10 New aircraft in 208.
Non- (Non-Integrated)
integrated Alt Dsp 1 – No Display G-0.1 8.0.R10
44 MD-10 Honeywell Boeing DPD G-22.1 8.22.R10
(OEM) Integrated LCD EFIS
45 MD-11 Honeywell Boeing DPD G-21.1 8.21.R10
(OEM) Integrated CRT EFIS
46 CRJ 700 Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 New aircraft in 210.
(Integrated)
47 RJ 100/200 Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 New aircraft in 210.
48 (RSV)
FOKKER 100
(AHRS/Extern
al Windshear)
49 (RSV) COM
MKV Type 17
(EMB/MLS)
50 (RSV) COM
MKV Type 18
(TU-204)
51 (RSV) COM
MKV Type 19
Do-328/MLS
52 (RSV) SAAB
2000/MLS
53 (RSV) BAE
ATP


Number G 8
54 Avro RJ with Basic – RDR 4A/B G-23.1 8.23.R10 Changed from N/A to special priority in
PPI and WXR Bendix (PPI) 105.
Scan Control Variant Display – G-23.6 8.23.R60 Alternate display 1 and 2 not supported
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) prior to 208.
without Autorange. Variant Display not available before –
Alt Dsp 1 – HW Primus G-5.2 8.5.R20 213. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
708
Alt Dsp 2 – Collins WXI G-2.3 8.2.R30
701/771 PPI
55 Avro RJ with RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Changed from N/A to special priority in
Bendix PPI 105. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
56 Spare
57 A330/340 Airbus G-25.1 8.25.R10 Added screen blanking in 208.
Airbus OEM (A319/A320/A321/A330/
A340) Sextant EFIS
Variant Display – G-25.4 8.25.R40 Variant display added in 210.
(A319/A320/A321/A330/
A340) Sextant EFIS with
integrated peaks
elevations
58 (RSV)
A330/340
MLS
59 (RSV) RJ
/MLS
60 Spare
61 (RSV) MD-
11/MLS
(reserved for
OEM)
62 Citation X Honeywell Primus 2000 G-12.1 8.12.R10
63 TEST N/A N/A N/A
(COMMERCI
AL)
64 Spare
65 Hawker 800C Collins ProLine 2 (Non- G-3.1 8.3R10 Display not supported prior to 204.
Integrated) (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
66 Hawker 800S Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Integrated, 5x6
67 Hawker 1000 Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
(Safe Flight Integrated, 5x6
AOA)
68 GII Basic – No display G-0.1 8.0.R10 Alternate display 1 and 2 not supported
Alt Dsp 1 – Collins G-4.2 8.4.R20 prior to 208.
FDS-255 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Alt Dsp 2 – Honeywell G-7.1 8.7.R10
EDZ805


Number G 8
69 GIII/IIB Basic – No display G-0.1 8.0.R10 Alternate display 1 and 2 not supported
Alt Dsp 1 – Collins G-4.2 8.4.R20 prior to 208.
FDS-255
Alt Dsp 2 – Honeywell G-7.1 8.7.R10
EDZ805
70 FALCON Collins ProLine 2 (Non- G-3.1 8.3R10 Display not supported prior to 202.
20F/AHRS,P2 Integrated) (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
20F/IRS, P2 Integrated) (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
72 (RSV) IPTN
CN-235
73 Hawker Collins ProLine 2 (Non- G-3.1 8.3R10
800C/SP (Safe Integrated)
Flight AOA)
74 FIAS Bendix EFIS 10 (Non- G-28.1 8.28R10 New aircraft in –213.
Beechcraft Integrated)
300F
75 FALCON 900 Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Integrated, 5x6
76 (RSV) FIAS
CL-601/3R
77 FALCON Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10
20F, Proline 4 (Integrated)
78 LEAR Collins ProLine 4 (Non- G-3.6 8.3R60 Display not supported prior to 202.
MODEL 60 Integrated)
79 Gulfstream Honeywell SPZ8x00 G-19.1 8.19.R10
GIV Integrated, 8x8
80 (RSV) FIAS
LEAR 60
81 CL-601/3A Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
(SafeFlight Integrated, 5x6
AOA)
82 FALCON 50 Basic – Collins ProLine 2 G-3.1 8.3R10 Basic Display not supported prior to 202.
(Collins) (Non-Integrated) Alternate displays 1 and 2 not supported
Alt Dsp 1 – Honeywell G-7.1 8.7.R10 prior to 208.
EDZ805 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Alt Dsp 2 – Collins G-3.1 8.3.R10
ProLine 4 (Non-Int)
83 (RSV)
FALCON 50
429 ILS
84 (RSV)
FALCON 50
(HW)
85 CL601/3A Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10
(Rosemont Integrated, 5x6
AOA)
86 (RSV)
CL601/3A
429 ILS


Number G 8
GIV w/ Dual Integrated, 8x8
IRS/ADC/RA
88 Dash 8-400 Sextant (deHavilland G-26.1 8.26.R10 Display supported in 210
Dash 8-400) SMD68 Variant 1: Standard
G-26.2 8.26.R20 Variant 2: Supports CYAN water for
Peaks.
89 Galaxy Non- Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-3.1 8.3R10 New aircraft in 208.
Integrated (Non-Integrated)
Alt Dsp 1 – No Display G-0.1 8.0.R10
Proline 4 (non-int) with
auto range
90 Astra SPX Collins ProLine 4 (Non- G-3.1 8.3R10 Display not supported prior to 105.
Integrated)
91 FALCON Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 Basic Display not supported prior to 202.
2000 (Integrated) (±60° sweep) Alternate Display 1 not supported prior to
Alt Dsp 1 – Collins G-16.2 8.16.R20 208.
ProLine 4 (Integrated)
(±90° sweep)
92 FALCON 50 Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 Basic Display not supported prior to 202.
EX (Integrated) (±60° sweep) Alternate Display 1 not supported prior to
(±90° sweep)
93 FALCON 900 Honeywell Primus 2000 G-12.2 8.12.R20
EX
94 FALCON 50, Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 Alternate Display 1 not supported prior to
Proline 4 (Integrated) (±60° sweep) 208.
(±90° sweep)
95 Test Type 2 N/A N/A N/A Display not supported.
GV (with 2 Integrated, 8x8
ILS)
97 Canadair Honeywell Primus 2000 G-12.1 8.12.R10 Selection logic not supported prior to 105.
Global
Express
98 Honeywell RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.3 8.23.R30 Changed selection logic after 101 – was
King Air Variant Display – deselect on Wx to ON.
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.7 8.23.R70 Changed to special priority in 208.
without Autorange. Variant Display not available before –
213. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
99 Qual Test RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Variant Display not available before –
Configuration Variant Display – 213.
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.6 8.23.R60
without Autorange.


Number G 8
Simulator Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
101 737-400 (AK) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.2 8.15.R20 Changed manual selection logic from
208.
Added Peaks in 206, unconditionally
enabled.
Made obstacles unconditionally enabled.
102 Lear 45 N/A N/A N/A
103 Cessna Excel Honeywell Primus 1000 G-11.1 8.11.R10
GV (with 4 Integrated, 8x8
ILS)
105 757-200 (AA) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.4 8.15.R40 Changed manual selection logic from
208.
Alt Pop Up not supported in 101.
106 767-200 (AA) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.4 8.15.R40 Changed manual selection logic from
208.
107 (RSV) MD80
(SAS)
108 A300-600 Airbus (A300/A310) G-18.1 8.18.R10 Changed selection logic after 101 – was
(AA) Sextant EFIS deselect on Wx to ON.
Changed manual selection logic from
“Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
Added screen blanking in 208.
(Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
109 767-300ER Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.4 8.15.R40 Changed manual selection logic from
(AA) Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
110 Hawker Honeywell Primus Epic G-31.1 8.31.R10 New aircraft in 210. Changed display
Horizon (Integrated) type from G-12.1 to G-31.1 in 212.


Number G 8
(JAL) Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
112 Premier 1 Collins ProLine 21 G-16.3 8.16.R30 New aircraft in 210.
(Integrated)
113 A320/321 Airbus G-25.1 8.25.R10 Changed selection logic after 101 – was
(A319/A320/A321/A330/ deselect on Wx to ON.
A340) Sextant EFIS Changed manual selection logic from
Variant Display – G-25.4 8.25.R40 “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
(A319/A320/A321/A330/ is ON)” to “Anytime (if WX is ON)” in
A340) Sextant EFIS with 208.
integrated peaks Changed to special priority in 105.
elevations Added Alt Pop Up in 208.
Variant display added in 210.
114 MD 80 (AA- MD 80/88/90, DC-9 HW G-20.1 8.20.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
EFIS) EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
115 MD 80 (AA RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.4 8.23.R40 Changed to special priority in 208.
non-EFIS) (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
(Saudi) Collins EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
117 ASA Bendix EFS 40/50 non- G-10.2 8.10.R20 Revised 453 bus information.
Sabreliner integrated (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
118 MD88/90 Basic – MD80/88/90, G-20.1 8.20.R10 Alternate Display 1 not supported prior to
(Delta) DC-9 HW EFIS, GS on 208.
right
Alt Dsp 1 – MD80/88/90, G-20.2 8.20.R20 Alternate displays 2 and 3 not supported
DC-9 HW EFIS with GS prior to 210.
on right, and revised (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
selection and auto pop up
logic
Alt Dsp 2 – MD80/88/90, G-20.3 8.20.R30
DC-9 HW EFIS with GS
on left, and revised
selection and auto pop up
logic
Alt Dsp 3 – MD80/88/90, G-20.4 8.20.R40
DC-9 HW EFIS, GS on
left
119 Spare


Number G 8
120 MD87 with RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Deleted moving marker in –206.
PPI Display Variant Display – Variant Display not available before –
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.6 8.23.R60 213. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
without Autorange.
121 (RSV) Collins ProLine 21
Premier 1
122 NIMROD No Display G-0.1 8.0.R10
123 C130 (PSCI) Bendix EFS 40/50 Non- G-10.1 8.10.R10
Integrated
124 Spare
2000 Non- Integrated)
Integrated
126 Falcon 50Ex Collins ProLine 4 (Non- G-3.1 8.3R10 Display not supported prior to 101.
Non- Integrated)
Integrated
127 (RSV)
FALCON
900Ex Non-
Integrated
128 Spare: Was
777-200
evaluation for
–101, -102, -
104 & -105
129 B-717 Honeywell Boeing DPD G-22.1 8.22.R10
(MD95) Integrated LCD EFIS
130 DC8-72 Collins ProLine 2 (Non- G-3.4 8.3R40 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Integrated)
131 Fokker 100 Fokker 100 Collins EFIS G-.24.1 8.24.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
(AA) Display “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.
132 A320 Alt Airbus G-25.1 8.25.R10 Points to A/C 113.
Lamp Format (A319/A320/A321/A330/ Added Alt Pop Up in 208.
A340) Sextant EFIS Added screen blanking in 208.
(A319/A320/A321/A330/
integrated peaks
elevations
133 A330/340 Airbus G-25.3 8.25.R30 Changed to special priority in 208.
(STC) (A319/A320/A321/A330/ Added Alt Pop Up in 208.
A340) Sextant EFIS Added screen blanking in 208.
134 RC-135 RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.1 8.23.R10 Variant Display not available before –
Variant Display – 213.
RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.6 8.23.R60
without Autorange.
135 KC-135 Collins FDS-255 G-4.1 8.4.R10


Number G 8
136 Airbus Airbus G-25.1 8.25.R10 Points to A/C 57
A330/A340 (A319/A320/A321/A330/
Alt Lamp A340) Sextant EFIS
(A319/A320/A321/A330/
integrated peaks
elevations
137 C-5 Honeywell, DU-1080 G-27.1 8.27.R10 future
EFIS
138 Hawker 800 Honeywell SPZ8000 G-7.1 8.7R10
(S/Safeflight) Integrated, 5x6
139 TWA DC-9- MD 80/88/90, DC-9 HW G-20.2 8.20.R20 Variant display not supported prior to
82/-83 EFIS with GS on left 210. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Variant Display –
MD80/88/90, DC-9 HW G-20.3 8.20.R30
EFIS with GS on right
140 Spare
141 Spare
142 Spare
143 737-500 Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.5 8.15.R50 Points to A/C 144.
Contained Collins EFIS
Popup/Alt
Lamp Format
(BA)
144 737-300 Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.5 8.15.R50
Popup/Alt
Lamp Format
(BA)
Popup/Alt
Lamp Format
(BA)
Popup (BA)
147 767-300ER Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.5 8.15.R50 Points to A/C 146
Popup (BA)
148 A319/320/321 Airbus G-25.2 8.25.R20 Added Alt Pop Up in 208.
Contained (A319/A320/A321/A330/ Added screen blanking in 208.
Popup/Alt A340) Sextant EFIS
Lamp Format Variant Display – G-25.5 8.25.R50 Variant display added in 210.
(BA) (A319/A320/A321/A330/
integrated peaks
elevations
149 Spare


Number G 8
150 Spare
151 Spare
152 Dash 8-400 Sextant (deHavilland G-26.1 8.26.R10 Points to A/C 088
Dash 8-400) SMD68
153 Spare
154 Galaxy Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 New Aircraft Type in 213.
155 CASA Sextant SMD68 G-26.1 8.26.R10 Used on A/C 155
156 Spare
157 Falcon N/A N/A N/A Display not supported.

900Ex/No
Display
158 Spare
159 Spare
160 Spare
161 Spare
162 Beechjet Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-3.6 8.3R60 Basic Display not supported prior to 202.
400A (Non-Integrated) Alternate Display 1 not supported prior to
163 Beechjet Basic – Collins ProLine 4 G-16.1 8.16.R10 New Aircraft Type in 212.
400A (Integrated) Dual Display
Integrated Alt Dsp 1 – Collins
Single Display
164 Spare
165 Spare
166 Lear 45 Honeywell Primus 1000 G-11.2 8.11.R20
(Integrated)
167 Cessna Excel Honeywell Primus 1000 G-11.1 8.11.R10
(Low speed
digital ILS)
168 Spare
169 757-200 No Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.4 8.15.R40 Points to A/C 105.
WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label (DAL)
WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label (DAL)
WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label (DAL)
172 A300 (Single Airbus (A300/A310) G-18.2 8.18.R20 Changed manual selection logic from
Inputs) Sextant EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
208.


Number G 8
173 767-300ER Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.4 8.15.R40 Points to A/C 109.
No WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label (DAL)
WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label (DAL)
WXR ON Collins EFIS
Label
(Lufthansa)
176 Hawker 800 Collins ProLine 21 G-16.3 8.16.R30 New aircraft in 212.
XP (Integrated)
177 Spare
178 Spare
179 MD80 Non- Honeywell Primus 708 G-5.1 8.5.R10 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
EFIS Alaska Radar
Airlines
180 MD80 EFIS MD80/88/90, DC-9 HW G-20.1 8.20.R10 Changed manual selection logic from
Alaska EFIS “Anytime if EFIS in proper mode and WX
Airlines is ON)” to “Anytime (if WX is ON)” in
208. (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
181 Spare
182 Spare
183 Spare
184 Spare
185 (RSV) 737-
300 (Analog)
Delta Airlines
186 (RSV) 727-
200 Delta
Airlines
187 737-200 Delta RDR 4A/B Bendix (PPI) G-23.4 8.23.R40 (Supports Display ID’s 20-90)
Airlines
188 Spare
189 Spare
190 Spare
191 Spare
Boeing OEM Collins EFIS
(Non-
Integrated)
(Non-
Integrated)
(Non-
Integrated)


Number G 8
195 737-600 Boeing Integrated G-14.2 8.14.R20
Boeing Honeywell LCD EFIS
Integrated
196 737-700 Boeing Integrated G-14.2 8.14.R20 Points to A/C 195
Integrated
Integrated
198 747-400 Boeing Integrated Collins G-13.2 8.13.R20
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
199 757-200 Boeing Integrated Collins G-13.1 8.13.R10 Points to A/C 201
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
203 767-300ER Boeing Integrated Collins G-13.1 8.13.R10 Points to A/C 201
Boeing EFIS
Integrated
Boeing LCD
Integrated
205 777-200 Boeing Integrated G-14.1 8.14.R10
Integrated
Integrated
207 737-700IGW Boeing Integrated G-14.2 8.14.R20 Points to A/C 195
(BBJ) Boeing Honeywell LCD EFIS
Integrated
208 (RSV) 777-
200X Boeing
Integrated
209 (RSV) 777-
300X Boeing
Integrated
210 (RSV) 737-
900 Boeing
Integrated


Number G 8
211 (RSV) 747-
400 IGW
Boeing
Integrated
212 737-NG Boeing Integrated G-14.2 8.14.R20 Points to A/C 195
Integrated Honeywell LCD EFIS
Windshear
Update
213 707 Boeing Boeing Integrated G-14.2 8.14.R20 Points to A/C 195
Military E6 Honeywell LCD EFIS
214 Spare
215 Spare
216 Spare
217 737-300 (UA) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70
Collins EFIS G-15.8
218 737-300 (UA Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70 Points to A/C 217
– Alt Lamp) Collins EFIS G-15.8
219 737-500 (UA) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70 Points to A/C 217
Collins EFIS G-15.8
– Alternate Collins EFIS G-15.8
Lamp Format)
221 767-200 (UA) Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70
Collins EFIS G-15.8
222 767-300ER Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70 Points to A/C 221
(UA) Collins EFIS G-15.8
Collins EFIS G-15.8
224 757- Boeing Non-Integrated G-15.7 8.15.R70 Points to A/C 221
200/200ER Collins EFIS G-15.8
(UA)
Collins EFIS G-15.8
– Alt Lamp) Collins EFIS G-15.8
227 Spare
228 Spare
229 Spare
230 Spare
231 Spare
232 Spare
233-511 Spares
The following table specifies the basic and alternate terrain display configuration data parameter sets which can be referenced
by EM5 aircraft. See text prior to Table G-T1 regarding display variant selection.
Table G-T2: Appendix G Basic and Alternate Terrain Display Configuration Data Parameter Sets
Display Name/Type Manufacturer Section* EM5 Aircraft Types (ACnnn) Peaks
No display N/A G-0 043, 068, 069, 089. 122 No
PPI AMD Honeywell G-1 EM7 only 208
PPI, WXI-701/711 Collins G-2 054 208
ProLine II/IV Collins G-3 039, 043, 065, 070, 071, 073, 078, 082, 089, 090, 212
125, 126, 130, 162
FDS-255 (integrated) Collins G-4 068, 069, 135 210
Primus 708 Honeywell G-5 054, 179 208
SPZ8000 old style (integrated) Honeywell G-6 EM7 only 210
SPZ8000/EDZ805 new style Honeywell G-7 066, 067, 068, 069, 075, 081, 082, 085, 138 210
(integrated)
IN182A/IN812A Honeywell G-8 EM7 only 212
IN842A/IN862A Honeywell G-9 EM7 only 212
EFS 40/50 Honeywell G-10 117, 123 208
Primus 1000 (integrated) Honeywell G-11 033, 103, 166, 167 212
Primus 2000 (integrated) Honeywell G-12 035, 062, 093, 097 212
Boeing EFIS (integrated) Collins G-13 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203 210
Boeing LCD EFIS (integrated) Honeywell G-14 195, 196, 197, 205, 206, 207, 212 210
• 213 • 213
Boeing EFIS Collins & G-15 • 101, 105, 169 • 206
Honeywell • 003, 004, 005, 006, 008, 009, 030, 031, 100, • 208
106, 109, 111, 116, 144, 145, 146, 147, 170, 171,
173, 174, 192, 193, 194, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221,
222, 223, 224, 225, 226
• 143, 175 • 213
ProLine 4 (integrated) Collins G-16 040, 046, 047, 077, 091, 092, 094, 162, 163 212
154 213
ProLine 21 (integrated) Collins 037, 038, 112, 176 210
KCPB Plug and Play N/A G-17 Selectable (see Appendix D-14, ID 25) 210
Airbus A300/A310 EFIS Sextant G-18 108, 172 208
Gulfstream SPZ8x00 Honeywell G-19 • 096, 104 206
• 079, 087 208
MD80/88/90, DC-9 EFIS Honeywell G-20 118, 114, 139, 180 208
Boeing DPD EFIS (integrated) Honeywell G-21 045 208
Boeing DPD LCD (integrated) Honeywell G-22 044, 129 208
RDR 4A/B PPI Honeywell G-23 • 002, 098 206
• 016, 017, 018, 054, 055, 099, 115, 120, 187 208
Fokker 100 EFIS Collins G-24 131 208
Airbus EFIS A319/A320 Sextant G-25 • 001 206
/A321/A330/A340 • 057, 113, 132,133,136, 148 208
DeHavilland Dash 8 Sextant G-26 088, 155 212
EFIS/CASA EFIS
EFIS, DU-1080 Honeywell G-27 137 future
EFIS 10 Honeywell G-28 074 210
Boeing LCD EFIS (integrated) Collins G-29 204 210
Astronautics EFIS (integrated) Astronautics G-30 EM7 only 210
Primus Epic CDS and CDS/R Honeywell G-31 110 212
(integrated)
* The order of Appendix G sections matches SRD section 8.
The following table describes the configurable items provided in the terrain display configuration data parameter sets. In
most cases the information specified by the EGPWS as default (or standard) for each item is provided. Detailed information
is provided as required to describe options available for a configuration item.
Table G-T3: Default Values for Display Parameters
Reference Section SRD 6.7.6.1*
Configurable item Description Reference Section
Sweep • Default – Back and forth sweeping motion from +90 to 0 SRD 6.7.6.1.R180*
to –90, then reverse SRD 6.7.6.1.R190*
• Fan Mode – Start from center and paint to outside angle SRD 6.7.6.4.R20*
limit
• Honeywell
Auto Pop Up Pop-Up on Caution or Warning from neither SRD 6.7.6.2.R150*
Alternate Pop Up Not used SRD 6.7.6.2.R155*
ICD D-11
Pop Down Never automatically pop-down SRD 6.7.6.2.R140*
Selection Logic Allow selection at any time SRD 6.7.6.2.R130*
Auto Range No SRD 6.7.6.2.R45*
Range (if auto range activated) 10 nm SRD 6.7.6.2.R45*
Moving Marker Yes – Honeywell type with moving marker line SRD 6.6.7.1.R200*
Overlay Page No SRD 6.7.6.1.R120*
Display Priority Standard – SRD 6.7.6.2.R170*
1 – PWS Warning (Hazard level 3) 1 PriPWSW
2 – Warning (terrain or obstacle) or self test 2 PriTerrWT, WO, S
3 – PWS Caution (Hazard level 2) 3 PriPWSC
4 – Caution (terrain or obstacle) 4 PriTerrCT, CO
5 – PWS Alert (Hazard level 1) 5 PriPWSA
6 – Terrain Normal or Display selected (no failure) 6 PriTERR, TERRD
7 – PWS Normal 7 PriPWS
8 – Terrain Inhibited, Terrain Inop, Terrain Not Available 8 Pri TerrI, N, O
Special Priority (non Airbus) – SRD 6.7.6.2.R170*
1 – Warning (terrain or obstacle) 1 PriTerrWT, WO
2 – PWS Warning (Hazard level 3) 2 PriPWSW
3 – Caution (terrain or obstacle) or self test 3 PriTerrCT, CO, S
5 – PWS Alert (Hazard level 1) – default 5 PriPWSA
6 – Terrain Normal or Display selected (no failure) – deflt 6 PriTERR, TERRD
7 – Not defined 7–
8 – PWS Normal 8 PriPWS
8 – Terrain Inhibited, Terrain Inop, Terrain Not 8 PriTerrI, N, O
Available – default
Special Priority Airbus – SRD 6.7.6.2.R170*
1 – PWS Warning (Hazard level 3) – default 1 PriPWSW
3 – Warning (terrain or obstacle) or self test 3 PriTerrWT, WO, S
4 – Caution (terrain or obstacle) – default 4 PriTerrCT, CO
5 – PWS Alert (Hazard level 1) – default 5 PriPWSA
6 – Terrain Normal or Display selected (no failure) – deflt 6 PriTERR, TERRD
7 – PWS Normal – default 7 PriPWS
8 – Terrain Inhibited, Terrain Inop, Terrain Not Available – 8 Pri TerrI, N, O
default
Table G-T3 Continued:
Configurable item Description Reference Section

Display bus type • ARINC 708 Standard Data Format (label 055) SRD 6.7.6.4.1* Type 1
• ARINC 708 Data Format with PWS (label 055) SRD 6.7.6.4.2* Type 2
• Airbus Data Format for PWS (label 066) SRD 6.7.6.4.3* Type 3
• ARINC Compatible Format SRD 6.7.6.4.4* Type 4
• Airbus Specific Header (label 055) SRD 6.7.6.4.9* Type 5
• Honeywell Proprietary Data Format SRD 6.7.6.4.5* Type 0
• Honeywell Picture Bus Data Format SRD TBD
Terrain Mode annunciation Standard – SRD 6.7.6.1.R210*
SRD 6.7.6.1.R215*
No failure, caution, or warning- Green TERR
Terrain caution condition - Yellow TERR
Terrain warning condition - Red TERR
Obstacle caution condition - Yellow OBST
Obstacle warning condition - Red OBST
Self Test - Purple TERR-ST
Peaks Available No – Program Pin PPCNF13 selection for Peaks On/Off will ICD D-9
have no effect
If peaks is available, this entry will indicate how the program
pin affects selection of peaks.
Obstacles Enabled Basic No – Program Pin PPCNF13 used to enable obstacles. ICD D-9
If this entry is Yes, then PPCNF13 is used to disable
obstacles.
Blank Display No – Do not blank display prior to releasing relays SRD 6.7.6.1.R195*
Self Test Display parameters No – Self test parameters are not included on display SRD 6.7.6.3.R50*
G-0 No Display
G-0.1 Default
This Terrain Display Configuration allows for proper functionality when no display is selected. For this configuration, the
picture bus should not be hooked up.
G-1 PPI AMD Display

Terrain Display Configuration Data not provided since this display applies only to EM7 aircraft.
G-2 Collins WXI-707/711 PPI Display

G-2.1 Configuration 1 (Variant 1)
Terrain Display Configuration Data
Reference Section SRD 8.2.R10*
Function Description
Display Type Collins WXI 701/711 PPI
Sweep Type Fan Mode
Auto Pop Up Alternate Pop Up Program Pin PPCNF15 (MP15C)
TA&D Alternate Pop Up: False TA&D Alternate Pop Up: True
Pop Up On Caution or Warning from Never Pop Up
neither
Pop Down Default – never automatically pop down
Manual select Default – Anytime
Manual deselect Default – Anytime
Auto Range Yes – 10 NM (default)
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Without Peaks: TERR located top center of display
With Peaks: Peaks numbers lower left
Display Priority Special
Display bus type ARINC 708 Data Format
Terrain Mode annunciation Default
Peaks Mode Available starting –208-208
To enable see Appendix D-9, Enhanced Feature Control (PPCNF 13).
Obstacles Enabled Basic No – Program Pin PPCNF13 used to enable obstacles
Blank Display Yes – Prior to releasing relays
General Comments While displaying Terrain:
(1) The characters “WX” will be displayed, in white, at the upper left corner.
(2) The tilt value of “.00’ will be displayed, in white, at the bottom right corner.

Terrain Display Configuration Data for those items different from G-2.1
Reference section SRD 8.2.R20*
Auto Range No

Overlay Page Without Peaks: TERR located lower left of display

Auto Range No
Overlay Page Without Peaks: TERR located lower left of display
G-3 Collins ProLine II and IV (Non-integrated) Display

Display Type Collins ProLine II or IV (non-integrated), 5 X 6
Sweep Type Default with ± 60 degree limit
Never Pop Up Pop Up On Caution or Warning from
neither
Pop Down Default – Never automatically pop down
Auto Range Default – No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes (TERR located on right side of display)
TERR and Peaks Elevations on upper left of display as of –212-212.
Display Priority Standard
Display bus type ARINC 708 Standard Data Format
Terrain Mode annunciation Standard
Peaks Mode Available in –212-212
Peaks Elevation via Overlay, sea level water not shown.
G-3.2 Configuration 2 – 5x6 with Pop-Up (Variant 2)

Selection False Selection True
neither
G-3.3 Configuration 3 – 5x4, 5x5 with Pop-Up (Variant 3)

Pop Up On Caution or Warning Never Pop Up
from neither
Overlay Page Yes (TERR located on right side of display– different location than 5x6)

Display priority Special

Auto Range Yes - 10 NM (default)

Display Type Collins ProLine, 7 X 6
Overlay Page Yes (TERR located on right side of display – different location than 5x6)
G-4 Collins FDS-255 Display

Display Type Collins FDS-255
Sweep Type Fan Mode with ± 91 degree limit
neither
Pop Down Controlled by FDS-255 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Manual select Controlled by FDS-255 system
Manual deselect Controlled by FDS-255 system
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page For Peaks Elevations only.
Terrain Mode annunciation FDS-255 system outputs Terrain Mode annunciation, it does not use EGPWS ASCII
message
Peaks Mode Available starting -210-210
Water is defined as cyan.


Overlay Page Yes
*Item for internal Honeywell use only
G-5 Honeywell Primus 708 Radar Display

Display Type Honeywell Primus 708 Radar
Sweep Type Fan Mode
neither AND WX is ON
Manual select Default – Anytime (if WX is ON)
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Without Peaks: TERR located left of center
With Peaks: Peaks numbers located left of center
Display Priority Special
Display bus type ARINC 708 Data Format
Terrain Mode annunciation Default, except TERR-ST is magenta

G-6 Honeywell SPZ8000 5x6 Integrated Display (Older style)

Display Type Honeywell (5x6) (SPZ8000) older style; does not blank every fourth weather radar
display line
Sweep Type Honeywell
Pop Up On Caution or Warning Never Pop Up
Manual select Controlled by SPZ8000 display system
Manual deselect Controlled by SPZ8000 display system
Auto Range Yes, 10 NM
Moving Marker Yes (Honeywell type)
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations only (located on lower right side of display)
Display bus type Honeywell picture bus

Auto Range No
*Item for Honeywell internal use only
G-7 Honeywell SPZ8000 5x6 (New Style) and EDZ805 5x6 Integrated Display
Terrain Display Configuration Data Reference Section SRD 8.7.R10*
Display Type Honeywell (5x6) SPZ8000/EDZ805 - every fourth display line is blanked
neither
Manual select Controlled by SPZ8000/EDZ805 system
Manual deselect Controlled by SPZ8000/EDZ805 system
Auto Range Yes 10NM
Moving Marker Yes (Honeywell type) – Gray line with black moving marker
Overlay Page Peaks Elevations only
Display bus type Honeywell picture bus
Terrain Mode annunciation SPZ8000 system outputs Terrain Mode annunciation, it does not use EGPWS ASCII
message.
SPZ8000 outputs TERR in green (or cyan) when terrain is selected and no failure
conditions exist, otherwise outputs TERR in amber in the mode annunciation window.
Since the message window is for mode annunciation instead of alert indication, the TERR
message does not change color when a caution or warning condition exists, nor does it
change to OBST for obstacle alerts
G-8 Bendix IN182A/IN812A Radar Display

Terrain Display Configuration Data Reference Section SRD 8.8.R10*
Display Type Bendix IN182A/IN812A color Radar Display (RDR-2000 radar system)
Sweep Type Sweep range +/- 50 degrees
Pop Up when display is in proper Mode Never Pop Up
Manual select Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Manual deselect Anytime
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; “TERR” centered at top of display.
TERR and Peaks Elevation located upper right of display as of –212-212.
Display bus type Standard ARINC 453
Peaks Elevation via Overlay, sea level water shown as blue.
G-9 Bendix IN842A/IN862A Radar Display

Display Type Bendix IN842A/IN862A color Radar Display (RDR-2100 radar system)
Sweep Type Sweep range +/- 60 degrees
Pop Up when display is in proper Mode Never Pop Up
Manual select Anytime WXR is on and display is in proper Mode
Manual deselect Anytime
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes; “TERR” centered at top of display.
TERR and Peaks Elevation located upper right of display as of –212-212.
Display bus type Standard ARINC 453
Peaks Elevation via Overlay, sea level water shown as blue.
G-10 Bendix EFS 40/50 Non-Integrated Display

Reference section 8.10.R10*
Display Type Bendix EFS 40/50
Sweep Type Default with ± 60 degree limit
neither when EFIS is in a displayable mode
Manual select Anytime if EFIS is in displayable mode; Vertical Profile not selected
Manual deselect Anytime if EFIS is in displayable mode; Vertical Profile not selected.
If Vertical Profile selected, then automatic deselect
Auto Range No
Moving Marker No
Overlay Page Yes (TERR located middle right hand side of display)
Terrain Mode annunciation Default
Water is defined as deep blue.

Display bus type Pass ARINC 708 Tilt, Gain, and Mode to 453

Auto Range Yes
Overlay Page No
Sweep Type ± 90 degree limit
Peaks Text Uses ARINC 453 label 025. EFIS strapping selects bottom left or right placement.
G-11 Honeywell Primus 1000 Integrated Display

Display Type Honeywell Primus 1000, 8 X 6 MFD
Pop Up On Caution or Warning from Does not affect pop up logic. The IC
neither, based on Honeywell display controls pop up, therefore disabling of pop
controller IC strapping up is done via the IC strapping.
(label 171, bit 18)
Pop Down Controlled by Primus 1000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Manual select Controlled by Primus 1000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Manual deselect Controlled by Primus 1000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Auto Range Yes - 10 NM (default) see 4.1.1.92
(for IC (MFD) strapped for pop up (label 171, bit 18 – auto range confirm))
Moving Marker Yes (Honeywell type) – Gray line with black moving marker
Display bus type Honeywell Proprietary Data format -
Honeywell single channel left/right interleaved picture bus
Terrain Mode annunciation Primus 1000 system controls Terrain Mode Annunciation Window of MFD.
Primus 1000 outputs EGPWS ASCII message TERR in green when terrain is selected
and no failure conditions exist, otherwise outputs the appropriate failure message in the
mode annunciation window. Since the message window is for mode annunciation instead
of alert indication, the TERR message does not change color when a caution or warning
condition exists, nor does it change to OBST for obstacle alerts
Peaks Mode (available in 212) To enable see Appendix D-9, Enhanced Feature Control (PPCNF 13).
Water is defined as blue and the Peaks Elevations use overlay text, which is placed on
lower right side of the display.

Terrain Mode annunciation EGPWS ASCII message TERR is cyan instead of green when terrain selected for display
and no failure conditions exist

Note: This is strictly an MKVII Pop Up On Caution or Warning Never pop up
EGPWC option as it does not
confirm the IC strapping to
determine pop-up enable.

Overlay Page No
Peaks Mode Peaks Elevations provided in Terrain Mode Annunciation field via EGPWS 429 Binary
labels.

Overlay Page No
labels.
G-12 Honeywell Primus 2000 Integrated Display

Display Type Honeywell Primus 2000, 7 X 8 MFD
Pop Up On Caution or Warning from Does not affect pop up logic. The IC
neither, based on Honeywell display controls pop up, therefore disabling of pop
controller IC strapping up is done via the IC strapping.
(label 171, bit 18)
Pop Down Controlled by Primus 2000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Manual select Controlled by Primus 2000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
Manual deselect Controlled by Primus 2000 system using EGPWS label 274, bits 28 and 29
(for IC (MFD) strapped for pop up (label 171, bit 18 – auto range confirm))
Moving Marker No
Display bus type Honeywell Proprietary Data Format -
Honeywell single channel left/right interleaved picture bus
Peaks Mode (available in 212) To enable see Appendix D-9, Enhanced Feature Control (PPCNF 13).
Water is defined as blue and the Peaks Elevations use overlay text, which is placed on
lower right side of the display.
Terrain Mode annunciation Primus 2000 system controls Terrain Mode Annunciation Window of MFD. Primus 2000
outputs EGPWS ASCII message TERR (green) when terrain is selected and no failure
conditions exist, otherwise outputs the appropriate failure message in the mode
annunciation window. Since the message window is for mode annunciation instead of
alert indication, the TERR message does not change color when a caution or warning
condition exists, nor does it change to OBST when for obstacle alerts

Terrain Mode annunciation EGPWS ASCII message is blank instead of green when terrain selected for display and
no failure conditions exist

Auto Range Yes - 5 NM

Overlay Page No
labels.

Terrai

(MKV) 993-0976-401

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(MKV) 993-0976-401

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

APPLICATION

DASH NO. NEXT ASSY USED ON

Typed signatures constitute approval. Actual

CONTRACT NO. PRECIOUS METAL

DRAWN Marc Calhoun 09-SEP-97 Interface Control Document

ENGR Marc Calhoun 09-SEP-97 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System

APVD Lyle Kendall 09-SEP-97 A 97896 993-0976-401 H

APVD SCALE: NONE SHEET 1 OF 1242

REVISION STATUS OF SHEETS INDEX

3 COMPUTER DESIGN CRITERIA .............................................................................................................................. 14

4 EXTERNAL INTERFACE ............................................................................................................................................ 15

PROPRIETARY NOTICE ON TITLE PAGE APPLIES

1.0 Part Number

1.2 System Overview

1.3 Document Overview

3 Computer Design Criteria

Corrected typo in table for 4.1.1.111.

4.1 Rear Connector

4.1.1 ARINC 429 Input Data

BINARY (BNR) DATA

BINARY CODED DECIMAL (BCD) DATA

HONEYWELL DISCRETE DATA

4.1.1.1 Aircraft Configuration Word

4.1.1.2 Aircraft ID Word #1

4.1.1.3 Aircraft ID Word #2

4.1.1.4 Aircraft ID Word #3

4.1.1.5 Altitude - GPS (MSL)

4.1.1.6 Angle of Attack - Body

4.1.1.7 Angle of Attack - Corrected

4.1.1.8 Angle of Attack – Indicated/Body

4.1.1.9 Angle of Attack - Local - Left

4.1.1.10 Angle of Attack - Local - Right

4.1.1.11 Angle of Attack - Stick Shaker

4.1.1.12 Attitude Mode

4.1.1.13 Barometric Altitude Rate

4.1.1.14 BITE Command Word

BITE COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS

4.1.1.15 Body Longitudinal Acceleration

4.1.1.16 Body Normal Acceleration

4.1.1.17 Body Pitch Rate

4.1.1.18 Command Word - Windshear

4.1.1.19 Command Word

BITS 25 (LSB) to 31 (MSB)= 7 BITS = Command Code

4.1.1.20 Computed Airspeed

4.1.1.21 Control Word 1

CONTROL WORD 1 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

Bits 14 to 16 = Mode, format as follows

4.1.1.22 Control Word 2 or EFIS Discrete Word #2 (see note 1)

CONTROL WORD 2 BIT ASSIGNMENTS

BITS 24 to 29 = Display Range (5 to 320NM, format as follows)

4.1.1.23 Corrected Barometric Altitude

4.1.1.24 Corrected Barometric Altitude

4.1.1.26 Date/Flight Leg MD-11 CFDS

4.1.1.27 Decision Height Selected - Common Scaling

4.1.1.27.1 Decision Height Selected - EFS 40/50 Scaling

4.1.1.27.2 Decision Height Selected - Where DH & MDA on Separate Labels

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - COMMON SCALING Source: AIMS GP BUS #1

FORMAT 2: Left SDI Used

DECISION HEIGHT SELECTED - COMMON SCALING Source: DEU/EIU

4.1.1.27.3 Decision Height Selected - IOP Scaling

4.1.1.28 Decision Height Selected - IC Scaling

4.1.1.29 Decision Height Selected - IOC Scaling

4.1.1.30 DH/MDA Selected - DAU Scaling